Acts of Thomas

Acta Apostolorum Apocrypha : Volume 2 : pp. 99-291 : Tischendorf; this Greek text is based upon the following manuscripts (in order of priority):

Paris gr 881 s X

Paris gr 1468 s XI

Paris gr 1454 s X

Paris gr 1176 s XIII

Angelic B 2 2 s XI

Escorial Y II 9 s XI

Escorial Y II 6 s XII

Chisian R VII 51 s XII

Paris gr 764 s IX

Monac gr 262 s IX

Bodl Clark 43 s XI

Paris gr 1510 s XI

Paris gr 1485 s XI

Paris gr 1551 s XIV

Paris gr 1613 s XV

Paris gr 1540 s XI

Vallicell B 35 s XI

Vatic gr 1190 s XV

Paris gr 1173 A s XII

Vatic 797 s XI

Petroburg 94 s XII

acta aethiopica

miracula latina

passio latina

acta syriaca

Note: paraphrasical witness dates II-III CE.

ATo 1:0 Πράξεις τοῦ ἁγίου ἀποστόλου Θωμᾶ.

Practices of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-setee-off of-a-Tômas.

ATo 1:1 Κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἦμεν πάντες οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος καὶ Ἀνδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ, Φίλιππος καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος, Θωμᾶς καὶ Ματθαῖος ὁ τελώνης, Ἰάκωβος Ἀλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος, καὶ Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου, καὶ διείλαμεν τὰ κλίματα τῆς οἰκουμένης, ὅπως εἷς ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ κλίματι τῷ λαχόντι αὐτῷ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἔθνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ κύριος αὐτὸν ἀπέστειλεν πορευθῇ.

Down to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-time we-were all the-ones setees-off in unto-Ierosoluma', a-Simôn the-one being-forthed a-Petros and an-Andreas the-one brethrened of-it, an-Iakôbos the-one of-the-one of-a-Zebedaios and an-Iôannês the-one brethrened of-it, a-Filippos and a-Bartholomaios, a-Tômas and a-Matthaios the-one a-finish-purchaser, an-Iakôbos of-an-Alfaios and a-Simôn the-one Kanan-belonged, and an-Ioudas of-an-Iakôbos, and we-had-sectioned-through to-the-ones to-clinings-to of-the-one of-being-housed-unto, unto-which-whither one each of-us in unto-the-one unto-a-clining-to unto-the-one unto-takenating unto-it and into to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to in unto-which the-one Authority-belonged to-it it-set-off, it-might-have-been-traversed-of.

ATo 1:2 κατὰ κλῆρον οὖν ἔλαχεν ἡ Ἰνδία Ἰούδᾳ Θωμᾷ τῷ καὶ Διδύμῳ· οὐκ ἐβούλετο δὲ ἀπελθεῖν, λέγων μὴ δύνασθαι μήτε χωρεῖν διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός, καὶ ὅτι Ἄνθρωπος ὢν Ἑβραῖος πῶς δύναμαι πορευθῆναι ἐν τοῖς Ἰνδοῖς κηρύξαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν;

Down to-a-lot accordingly it-takenated, the-one an-India, unto-an-Ioudas unto-a-Tômas unto-the-one and unto-a-Didumos; not it-was-purposing then-also to-have-had-came-off, forthing lest to-able lest-also to-space-unto, through to-the-one to-an-un-vigoring-of of-the-one of-a-flesh, and to-which-a-one, A-mankind being Ebra-belonged unto-whither I-able to-have-been-traversed-of in unto-the-ones unto-Indian to-have-heraldered to-the-one to-an-un-secludinged-of?

ATo 1:3 Καὶ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ διαλογιζομένου καὶ λέγοντος ὤφθη αὐτῷ ὁ σωτὴρ διὰ τῆς νυκτός, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Μὴ φοβοῦ Θωμᾶ, ἄπελθε εἰς τὴν Ἰνδίαν καὶ κῆρυξον ἐκεῖ τὸν λόγον· ἡ γὰρ χάρις μού ἐστιν μετὰ σοῦ.

And to-the-ones-these of-it of-fortheeing-through-to and of-forthing, it-was-beheld unto-it the-one a-Savior through of-the-one of-a-night, and it-fortheth unto-it, Lest thou-should-fearee-unto, Tômas, thou-should-have-had-came-off into to-the-one to-an-India and thou-should-have-heraldered thither to-the-one to-a-forthee; the-one too-thus a-granting of-me it-be with of-thee.

ATo 1:4 Ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἐπείθετο, λέγων· Ὅπου βούλει με ἀποστεῖλαι ἀπόστειλον ἀλλαχοῦ· εἰς Ἰνδοὺς γὰρ οὐκ ἀπέρχομαι.

The-one then-also not it-was-suring, forthing, Of-Whither thou-purpose to-me to-have-set-off thou-should-have-set-off of-other-spaced; into to-Indian too-thus not I-come-off.

ATo 2:1 Καὶ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λέγοντος καὶ ἐνθυμουμένου ἔτυχεν ἔμπορόν τινα εἶναι ἐκεῖ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδίας ἐλθόντα ᾧ ὄνομα Ἀββάνης, ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως Γουνδαφόρου ἀποσταλέντα καὶ ἐντολὴν παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ εἰληφότα τέκτονα πριάμενον ἀγαγεῖν αὐτῷ.

And to-the-ones-these of-it of-forthing and of-being-passioned-in-unto, it-had-actuanated to-traversed-in to-a-one to-be thither off of-the-one of-an-India to-having-had-came, unto-which a-naming-to an-Abbanês, off of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-Goundaforos to-have-had-been-set-off, and to-a-finishing-in beside of-it to-having-hath-had-come-to-take, to-a-crafter to-buying to-have-had-led unto-it.

ATo 2:2 ὁ δὲ κύριος ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ περιπατοῦντα τὸ μεσημβρινὸν εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Βούλει τέκτονα πρίασθαι;

The-one then-also Authority-belonged having-had-seen to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-gatheredness to-treading-about-unto to-the-one to-middle-day-belonged-to it-had-said unto-it, Thou-purpose to-a-crafter to-buy?

ATo 2:3 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ναί. Καὶ ὁ κύριος ἔφη αὐτῷ· Ἔχω δοῦλον τέκτονα καὶ βούλομαι αὐτὸν πωλῆσαι.

The-one then-also it-had-said unto-it, Yea. And the-one Authority-belonged it-was-declaring unto-it, I-hold to-a-bondee to-a-crafter and I-purpose to-it to-have-trafficked-unto.

ATo 2:4 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὑπέδειξεν αὐτῷ τὸν Θωμᾶν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, καὶ συνεφώνησεν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τριῶν λιτρῶν ἀσήμου, καὶ ἔγραψεν ὠνὴν λέγων· Ἐγὼ Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ἰωσὴφ τοῦ τέκτονος ὁμολογῶ πεπρακέναι ἐμὸν δοῦλον Ἰούδαν ὀνόματι σοὶ τῷ Ἀββάνῃ ἐμπόρῳ Γουνδαφόρου τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Ἰνδῶν.

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said it-en-showed-under unto-it to-the-one to-a-Tômas off en-longed-from, and it-sounded-together-unto with of-it of-three of-litra' of-un-signified-of, and it-scribed to-a-purchasing forthing, I an-Iêsous son of-an-Iôsêf of-the-one of-a-crafter, I-along-forthee-unto to-have-had-come-to-en-acrossate to-mine to-a-bondee to-an-Ioudas unto-a-naming-to unto-thee unto-the-one unto-an-Abbanês unto-traversed-in of-a-Goundaforos of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-Indian.

Note: of-litra' : 12 ounces of weight; i.e. here 36 ounces.

ATo 2:5 Τῆς δὲ ὠνῆς τελεσθείσης ὁ σωτὴρ παραλαβὼν Ἰούδαν τὸν καὶ Θωμᾶν ἀπήγαγεν πρὸς Ἀββάνην τὸν ἔμπορον· καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἀββάνης εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν· Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ δεσπότης σου;

Of-the-one then-also of-a-purchasing of-having-been-finished-unto the-one a-Savior having-had-taken to-an-Ioudas to-the-one and to-a-Tômas, it-had-led-off toward to-an-Abbanês to-the-one to-traversed-in; and having-had-seen to-it, the-one an-Abbanês, it-had-said toward to-it, The-one-this it-be the-one a-bind-doer of-thee?

ATo 2:6 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Ναί, κύριός μού ἐστιν.

And having-been-separated-off, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said, Yea, authority-belonged of-me it-be.

ATo 2:7 Ὁ δέ φησιν· Ἠγόρασά σε παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ.

The-one then-also it-declareth, I-gathered-to to-thee beside of-it.

ATo 2:8 Καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἡσύχαζεν.

And the-one a-setee-off it-quiesced-to.

ATo 3:1 Τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς ὄρθρου εὐξάμενος καὶ δεηθεὶς τοῦ κυρίου εἶπεν ὁ ἀπόστολος· Πορεύομαι ὅπου βούλει κύριε Ἰησοῦ· τὸ θέλημα τὸ σὸν γενέσθω.

Unto-the-one then-also of-held of-a-ruddy-jutting, having-goodly-held and having-been-binded of-the-one of-Authority-belonged it-had-said, the-one a-setee-off, I-traverse-of of-whither thou-purpose, Authority-belonged Iêsous; the-one a-determining-to the-one thine it-should-have-had-became.

ATo 3:2 Ἀπῆλθεν δὲ πρὸς Ἀββάνην τὸν ἔμπορον μηδὲν ὅλως τι μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ κομισάμενος ἀλλ᾿ ἢ τὸ τίμημα αὐτοῦ μόνον.

It-had-came-off then-also toward to-an-Abbanês to-the-one to-traversed-in to-lest-then-also-one unto-whole to-a-one with of-self tending-to other or to-a-valuating-to of-it to-stayeed.

ATo 3:3 δεδώκει γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος λέγων· Ἤτω μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ἡ τιμή σου μετὰ τῆς χάριτός μου ὅπου ἂν ἀπέρχῃ.

It-had-come-to-give too-thus unto-it, the-one Authority-belonged, forthing, It-should-be with of-thee and the-one a-valuation of-thee with of-the-one of-a-granting of-me to-which-of-whither ever thou-might-come-off.

ATo 3:4 κατέλαβεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος τὸν Ἀββάνην ἴσως τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἀναφέροντα εἰς τὸ πλοῖον· ἤρξατο οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς συναναφέρειν αὐτῷ.

It-had-taken-down then-also, the-one a-setee-off, to-the-one to-an-Abbanês unto-samed to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-it to-bearing-up into to-the-one to-a-floatlet; it-firsted accordingly, and it, to-bear-up-together unto-it.

ATo 3:5 ἐμβάντων δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον καὶ καθεσθέντων ἐξήταζεν ὁ Ἀββάνης τὸν ἀπόστολον λέγων· Ποίαν ἐργασίαν οἶδας;

Of-having-had-stepped-in then-also of-them into to-the-one to-a-floatlet and of-having-been-sat-down-unto-to it-was-out-testing-to, the-one an-Abbanês, to-the-one to-a-setee-off forthing, To-whither-belonged to-a-working-unto thou-had-come-to-see?

ATo 3:6 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη· Ἐν μὲν ξύλοις ἄροτρα καὶ ζυγοὺς καὶ τρυτάνας καὶ πλοῖα καὶ κώπας πλοίων καὶ ἱστοὺς καὶ τροχίσκους, ἐν δὲ λίθοις στήλας τε καὶ ναοὺς καὶ πραιτώρια βασιλικά.

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, In indeed unto-woods to-en-liftings and to-couplages and to-trutanê' and to-floatlets and to-oars of-floatlets and to-standees and to-circutee-belongings-of, in then-also unto-stones to-blocks also and to-temples and to-praitôrions to-ruler-belonged-of.

Note: to-en-liftings : used to refer to ploughing or cultivating soil, with contexts extending into procuring in women and unearthing information, etc.

Note: to-trutanê' : Greek creation from Latin trutina = a balance scale.

Note: to-circuitee-belongings-of : used to refer to something circuited in category, the course or the thing designed to circuit, paricularly small circlular or spherical objects.

Note: to-praitôrions : Greek creation from Latin from Latin praetorium = a military headquarters

ATo 3:7 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἀββάνης ὁ ἔμπορος· Τοιούτου γὰρ καὶ χρείαν ἔχομεν τεχνίτου.

It-had-said then-also unto-it, the-one an-Abbanês the-one traversed-in, Of-the-one-unto-the-one-this too-thus and to-an-affording-of we-hold of-a-crafter.

ATo 3:8 Ἤρξαντο οὖν καταπλέειν· ἔσχον δὲ ἐπιτήδειον ἄνεμον, καὶ προθύμως ἔπλεον ἕως ὅτε κατήντησαν εἰς Ἀνδράπολιν, πόλιν βασιλικήν.

They-firsted accordingly to-float-down-unto; they-had-held then-also to-avail-belonged-upon to-a-wind, and unto-passioned-before they-were-floating-unto unto-if-which which-also they-down-ever-a-oned-unto into to-an-Andrapolis, to-a-city to-ruler-belonged-of.

ATo 4:1 Ἐξελθόντες δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου εἰσῄεσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν.

Having-had-came-out then-also off of-the-one of-a-floatlet they-were-going-into into to-the-one to-a-city.

ATo 4:2 καὶ ἰδοὺ φωναὶ αὐλητῶν καὶ ὑδραύλεων καὶ σάλπιγγες περιηχοῦσαι αὐτούς· ἐξήταζεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγων· Τίς ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ ἑορτὴ ἡ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ;

And thou-should-have-had-seen, sounds of-channelers and of-water-channelings and of-trumpets, reverberating-about-unto to-them; it-was-out-testing-to then-also, the-one a-setee-off, forthing, What-one it-be the-one-this the-one a-festival the-one in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this?

Note: of-channelers : used to refer to wind instrument players.

Note: of-water-channelings : a wind instrument whose air was driven by water power, i.e. a hydraulic organ.

ATo 4:3 Ἔλεγον δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκεῖ ὅτι Καὶ σὲ οἱ θεοὶ ἤγαγον ἵνα εὐωχηθῇς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ.

They-were-forthing then-also unto-it, the-ones thither, to-which-a-one, And to-thee the-ones deities they-had-led so thou-might-have-been-goodly-held-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this.

ATo 4:4 ὁ γὰρ βασιλεὺς θυγατέρα μονογενῆ ἔχει, καὶ νῦν αὐτὴν ἐκδίδωσιν ἀνδρὶ πρὸς γάμον· τῶν οὖν γάμων ἡ χαρὰ καὶ ἡ πανήγυρίς ἐστιν αὕτη σήμερον ἣν εἶδες ἑορτήν.

The-one too-thus a-ruler-of to-a-daughter to-stayeed-becominged it-holdeth, and now to-it it-giveth-out unto-a-man toward to-a-marriage; of-the-ones accordingly of-marriages the-one a-joyedness and the-one an-all-gathering it-be the-one-this this-day to-which thou-had-seen to-a-fesitval.

ATo 4:5 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς κήρυκας ἀπέστειλεν κηρύξαι πανταχοῦ πάντας παρατυχεῖν εἰς τοὺς γάμους, πλουσίους τε καὶ πένητας, δούλους τε καὶ ἐλευθέρους, ξένους τε καὶ πολίτας· εἴ τις δὲ παραιτήσηται καὶ μὴ παρατύχῃ εἰς τοὺς γάμους, ὑπεύθυνος ἔσται τῷ βασιλεῖ.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of to-heralders it-set-off to-have-heraldered of-all-spaced to-all to-have-had-actuanated-beside into to-the-ones to-marriages, to-wealth-belonged also and to-necessitatinged, to-bondees also and to-en-freed, to-guested also and to-city-belongers; if a-one then-also it-might-have-appealed-beside-unto and lest it-might-have-had-actuanated-beside into to-the-ones to-marriages, straightened-under it-shall-be unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of.

ATo 4:6 Ἀββάνης δὲ ἀκούσας εἶπεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· Ἀπέλθωμεν οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἵνα μὴ προσκρούσωμεν τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ μάλιστα ξένοι ὄντες.

An-Abbanês then-also having-heard, it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, We-might-have-had-came-off accordingly and we, so lest we-might-have-strucked-toward unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, and most-such guested being.

ATo 4:7 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· Ἀπέλθωμεν.

The-one then-also it-had-said, We-might-have-had-came-off.

ATo 4:8 Καταλύσαντες δὲ ἐν τῷ ξενοδοχείῳ καὶ ὀλίγον ἀναπαύσαντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς γάμους.

Having-loosed-down then-also in unto-the-one unto-a-guested-receivinglet-of and to-little having-been-ceased-up they-had-came-off into to-the-ones to-marriages.

Note: having-been-ceased-up (ANAPAUSANTES) : ANAPAENTES corrected to ANAPAUSANTES.

ATo 4:9 καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀνακεκλιμένους πάντας ἀνεκλίθη καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ· ἀπέβλεπον δὲ εἰς αὐτὸν πάντες ὡς εἰς ξένον καὶ ἐξ ἀλλοδαπῆς ἐλθόντα γῆς· Ἀββάνης δὲ ὁ ἔμπορος ὡς ἅτε δεσπότης εἰς ἄλλον τόπον ἀνεκλίθη.

And having-had-seen, the-one a-setee-off, to-having-had-come-to-be-clined-up to-all it-was-clined-up and it in unto-the-one unto-middle; they-viewed-up then-also into to-it, all, as into to-guested and out of-other-surfaced of-a-soil; an-Abbanês then-also the-one traversed-in as to-which-also a-bind-doer into to-other to-an-occasion it-was-clined-up.

Note: of-other-surfaced : see DAPEDON; DAPOS=surface + EIDO-seeinged.

ATo 5:1 Δειπνησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ πιόντων ὁ ἀπόστολος οὐδενὸς ἐγεύσατο· οἱ οὖν περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντες ἔλεγον αὐτῷ· Τί ἦλθες ἐνθάδε μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων;

Of-having-mealed-unto then-also of-them and of-having-had-drank, the-one a-setee-off of-not-then-also-one it-tasted-of; the-ones accordingly about to-it being they-were-forthing unto-it, To-what-one thou-had-came in-from-which-then-also lest-also eat-belonging lest-also drinking?

ATo 5:2 Ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς λέγων· Διὰ μεῖζόν τι τῆς βρώσεως ἢ καὶ τοῦ πότου ἦλθον ἐνθάδε, καὶ ἵνα τὸ θέλημα τοῦ βασιλέως τελέσω.

The-one then-also it-separated-off unto-them forthing, Through to-greateninged-of to-a-one of-the-one of-a-feeding or and of-the-one of-a-drinkeeing I-had-came in-from-which-then-also, and so to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of I-might-have-finished-unto.

ATo 5:3 οἱ γὰρ κήρυκες τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως κηρύσσουσιν, καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τῶν κηρύκων ὑπόδικος ἔσται τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως κρίσει.

The-ones too-thus heralders to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-ruler-of they-heralder, and which ever lest it-might-have-heard of-the-ones of-heralders coursed-under it-shall-be unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-a-separating.

ATo 5:4 Δειπνησάντων οὖν αὐτῶν καὶ πιόντων, καὶ στεφάνων καὶ μύρων προσενεχθέντων, λαβόντες μύρον ἕκαστος, ὃς μὲν τὴν ὄψιν αὐτοῦ κατήλειφεν, ὃς δὲ τὸ γένειον, ὃς δὲ καὶ ἄλλους τόπους τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ·

Of-having-mealed-unto accordingly of-them and of-having-had-drank, and of-wreaths and of-seeped of-having-been-beared-toward, having-had-taken to-seeped, each, which indeed to-the-one to-a-beholding of-it it-was-smearing-along-down, which then-also to-the-one to-an-edgelet, which then-also and to-other to-occasions of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-it;

Note: of-seeped : used to refer to extracted oils and perfumes from plants.

Note: to-an-edgelet : used to refer to edges in general, particularly of axes, of person refers to the edge of the jaw, i.e. the lower jaw line, etc.

ATo 5:5 ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος τὴν κορυφὴν ἤλειψεν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλῆς, καὶ ὀλίγον τι εἰς τοὺς μυκτῆρας ἐπέχρισεν ἑαυτοῦ, κατέσταξεν δὲ καὶ εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τὰς ἑαυτοῦ, προσῆπτε δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ συνέχρισεν ἐπιμελῶς· καὶ τὸν στέφανον δὲ τὸν προσενεχθέντα αὐτῷ ἐκ μυρσίνης καὶ ἄλλων ἀνθέων πεπλεγμένον λαβὼν ἐπέθετο τῇ ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλῇ, κλάδον δὲ καλάμου ἔλαβεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεῖχεν.

The-one then-also a-setee-off to-the-one to-a-crest it-smeared-along of-the-one of-self of-a-head, and to-little to-a-one into to-the-ones to-snouts it-anointed-upon of-self, it-down-trickled-to then-also and into to-the-ones to-hearings to-the-ones of-self, it-was-fastening-toward then-also and unto-the-ones unto-teeth of-it, and to-the-ones about to-the-one to-a-heart of-it it-anointed-together unto-vied-upon; and to-the-one to-a-wreath then-also to-the-one to-having-been-beared-toward unto-it, out of-a-myrtle and of-other of-placeednesses-up to-having-had-come-to-be-braided, having-had-taken, it-was-placing-upon unto-the-one of-self unto-a-head, to-a-branch then-also of-a-reed it-had-taken in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-it and it-was-holding-down.

Note: of-placeednesses-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

ATo 5:6 ἡ δὲ αὐλήτρια κατέχουσα ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτῆς τοὺς αὐλοὺς περιήρχετο πάντας καὶ ηὔλει· ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν καθ᾿ ὃν τόπον ἦν ὁ ἀπόστολος, ἔστη ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ καταυλοῦσα πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ὥραν πολλήν.

The-one then-also a-channeleress holding-down in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-it to-the-ones to-channels it-was-coming-about to-all and it-was-channeling-unto; which-also then-also it-had-came down to-which to-an-occasion it-was the-one a-setee-off, it-had-stood upon-up-unto-which of-it channeling-down-unto toward to-the-one to-a-head of-it to-an-houredness to-much.

Note: to-channels : used to refer to an air channel as in wind instruments.

Note: a-channeleress : a female flute (channel) player.

ATo 5:7 ἦν δὲ Ἑβραία τῷ γένει ἡ αὐλήτρια ἐκείνη.

It-was then-also Ebra-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-becomeedness the-one a-channeleress the-one-thither.

Note: a-channeleress : a female flute (channel) player.

ATo 6:1 Τοῦ δὲ ἀποστόλου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀφορῶντος εἷς τις τῶν οἰνοχόων ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐράπισεν αὐτόν.

Of-the-one then-also of-a-setee-off into to-the-one to-a-soil of-off-seeeeing-unto one a-one of-the-ones of-wine-pourers having-stretched-out to-the-one to-a-hand of-it it-slapped-to to-it.

ATo 6:2 ἐπάρας δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ προσσχὼν τῷ τύψαντι αὐτὸν εἶπεν· Ὁ θεός μου ἀφήσει σοι εἰς τὸν μέλλοντα αἰῶνα τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην, εἰς δὲ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον δείξει αὐτοῦ τὰ θαυμάσια, καὶ θεάσομαι ἤδη τὴν χεῖρα ἐκείνην τὴν τύψασάν με ὑπὸ κυνῶν συρομένην.

Having-lifted-upon then-also, the-one a-setee-off, to-the-ones to-eyes of-it and having-had-held-toward unto-the-one unto-having-strikered to-it it-had-said, The-one a-Deity of-me it-shall-send-off unto-thee into to-the-one to-pending to-an-age to-the-one to-un-coursing-unto to-the-one-this, into then-also to-the-one to-an-orderation to-the-one-this it-shall-en-show of-it to-the-ones to-marvel-to-belonged, and I-shall-spectate which-then to-the-one to-a-hand to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-having-strikered to-me under of-dogs to-being-dragged.

ATo 6:3 Καὶ εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἤρξατο ψάλλειν καὶ λέγειν τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην· Ἡ κόρη τοῦ φωτὸς θυγάτηρ, ᾗ ἐνέστηκε καὶ ἔγκειται τὸ ἀπαύγασμα τῶν βασιλέων τὸ γαῦρον, καὶ ἐπιτερπὲς ταύτης τὸ θέαμα, φαιδρῷ κάλλει καταυγάζουσα· ἧς τὰ ἐνδύματα ἔοικεν ἐαρινοῖς ἄνθεσιν, ἀποφορὰ δὲ εὐωδίας ἐξ αὐτῶν διαδίδοται· καὶ ἐν τῇ κορυφῇ ἵδρυται ὁ βασιλεύς, τρέφων τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἀμβροσίᾳ τοὺς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἱδρυμένους·

And having-had-said to-the-ones-these it-firsted to-twang and to-forth to-the-one to-a-song to-the-one-this, The-one a-damsel, of-the-one of-a-light a-daughter, unto-which and it-had-come-to-stand-in and it-be-situated the-one a-raying-off-to of-the-ones of-rulers-of the-one a-grandeured, and delightinged-upon of-the-one-this the-one a-spectating-to, unto-en-lighted unto-a-seemlieedness down-raying-to; of-which the-ones sinkings-in-to it-had-come-to-resemble unto-spring-belonged-to unto-placeednesses-up, a-bearedness-off then-also of-a-goodly-odoring-unto out of-them it-be-given-through; and in unto-the-one unto-a-crest it-be-seateed the-one a-ruler-of, nourishing unto-the-one of-self unto-an-un-mortaling-unto to-the-ones upon to-it to-being-seateed;

Note: unto-placeednesses-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

ATo 6:4 ἔγκειται δὲ ταύτης τῇ κεφαλῇ ἀλήθεια, χαρὰν δὲ τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῆς ἐμφαίνει· ἧς τὸ στόμα ἀνέῳκται καὶ πρεπόντως αὐτῇ· τριάκοντα καὶ δύο εἰσὶν οἱ ταύτην ὑμνολογοῦντες· ἧς ἡ γλῶττα παραπετάσματι ἔοικεν τῆς θύρας ὃ ἐκτινάσσεται τοῖς εἰσιοῦσιν· ἧς ὁ αὐχὴν εἰς τύπον βαθμῶν ἔγκειται ὧν ὁ πρῶτος δημιουργὸς ἐδημιούργησεν, αἱ δὲ δύο αὐτῆς χεῖρες σημαίνουσιν καὶ ὑποδεικνύουσιν τὸν χορὸν τῶν εὐδαιμόνων αἰώνων κηρύσσοντες, οἱ δὲ δάκτυλοι αὐτῆς τὰς πύλας τῆς πόλεως ὑποδεικνύουσιν·

it-be-situated-in then-also of-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-head an-un-secluding-of, to-a-joyedness then-also unto-the-ones unto-feet of-it it-manifesteth-in; of-which the-one a-becutteeing-to it-had-come-to-be-opened-up and unto-befittinged-of unto-it; thirty and two they-be the-ones to-the-one-this hymn-fortheeing-unto; of-which the-one a-tongue unto-a-spreading-beside-to it-had-come-to-resemble of-the-one of-a-portaledness which it-be-jolted-out unto-the-ones unto-going-into; of-which the-one a-neck into to-a-strike of-steppings-of it-be-situated-in of-which the-one most-before a-locality-worker it-locality-worked-unto, the-ones then-also two of-it hands they-signify and they-en-show-under, to-the-one to-a-chorus of-the-ones of-goodly-daimoninged of-ages heraldering, the-ones then-also digits of-it to-the-ones to-gates of-the-one of-a-city they-en-show-under;

ATo 6:5 ἧς ὁ παστὸς φωτεινός, ἀποφορὰν ἀπὸ βαλσάμου καὶ παντὸς ἀρώματος διαπνέων, ἀναδιδούς τε ὀσμὴν ἡδεῖαν σμύρνης τε καὶ φύλλου, ὑπέστρωνται δὲ ἐντὸς μυρσίναι καὶ ἀνθη πάμπολλα ἡδύπνοα, αἱ δὲ κλεῖδες ἐν καλάμοις κεκόσμηνται.

of-which the-one a-chamber lighted-belonged-to, to-a-bearedness-off off of-a-balsam and of-all of-an-en-lifting-to currenting-through, giving-up also to-an-odor to-pleasured of-a-myrrh also and of-a-leaf, they-had-come-to-be-en-strewed-under then-also in-unto-the-one-which myrtles and placeednesses-up all-much pleasure-currented, the-ones then-also latches in unto-reeds they-had-come-to-be-orderationed-unto.

Note: of-an-en-lifting-to : used to refer to ploughing, often of an aroma as ploughing the air.

Note: placeednesses-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

Note: placeednesses-up all-much pleasure-currented (ANQH PAMPOLLA HDUPNOA) : ANQEWN PAMPOLLWN HDUPNOWN corrected to ANQH PAMPOLLA HDUPNOA.

Note: latches (KLEIDES) : KLEISTADES corrected to KLEIDES.

ATo 7:1 περιεστοιχισμένην δὲ αὐτὴν ἔχουσιν οἱ ταύτης νυμφίοι, ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἕβδομός ἐστιν, οὓς αὐτὴ ἐξελέξατο· αἱ δὲ ταύτης παράνυμφοί εἰσιν ἑπτά, αἳ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῆς χορεύουσιν· δώδεκα δέ εἰσιν τὸν ἀριθμὸν οἱ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῆς ὑπηρετοῦντες καὶ αὐτῇ ὑποκείμενοι, τὸν σκοπὸν καὶ τὸ θέαμα εἰς τὸν νυμφίον ἔχοντες, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ θεάματος αὐτοῦ φωτισθῶσιν·

To-having-had-come-to-be-belineated-about-to then-also to-it they-hold, the-ones of-the-one-this bride-belonged, of-which the-one a-number seventh it-be, to-which the-one-this it-forthed-out; the-ones then-also of-the-one-this brided-beside they-be seven, which in-toward-from of-it they-chorus-of; two-ten then-also they-be to-the-one to-a-number the-ones in-toward-from of-it rowing-under-unto and unto-it being-situated-under, to-the-one to-a-scout and to-the-one to-a-spectating-to into to-the-one to-bride-belonged holding, so through of-the-one of-a-spectating-to of-it they-might-have-been-lighted-to.

Note: which (AI): OI corrected to AI.

ATo 7:2 καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα σὺν αὐτῷ ἔσονται εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν χαρὰν τὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἔσονται ἐν τῷ γάμῳ ἐκείνῳ ἐν ᾧ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες συναθροίζονται, καὶ παραμενοῦσιν τῇ εὐωχίᾳ ἧς οἱ αἰώνιοι καταξιοῦνται, καὶ ἐνδύσονται βασιλικὰ ἐνδύματα καὶ ἀμφιάσονται στολὰς λαμπράς, καὶ ἐν χαρᾷ καὶ ἀγαλλιάσει ἔσονται ἀμφότεροι, καὶ δοξάσουσι τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων·

And into to-the-one to-an-age together unto-it they-shall-be into to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-joyedness to-the-one to-aged-belonged, and they-shall-be in unto-the-one unto-a-marriage unto-the-one-thither, in unto-which the-ones most-greats they-be-flurried-along-together-to, and they-shall-stay-beside unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-holding-unto of-which the-ones aged-belonged they-be-en-deem-belonged, and they-shall-sink-in to-ruler-belonged-of to-sinkings-in-to and they-shall-around-belong-to to-seteeings, and in unto-a-joyedness and unto-an-excess-jump-belonging they-shall-be more-around, and they-shall-reckon-to to-the-one to-a-Father of-the-ones of-whole;

Note: they-shall-around-belong-to : used to refer to a wrapped garment or wrapped blanket, etc.

Note: to-seteeings : used to refer to an outfit.

ATo 7:3 οὗ τὸ φῶς τὸ γαῦρον ἐδέξαντο, καὶ ἐφωτίσθησαν ἐν τῇ θέᾳ τοῦ δεσπότου αὐτῶν, οὗ τὴν ἀμβροσίαν βρῶσιν ἐδέξαντο μηδὲν ὅλως ἀπουσίαν ἔχουσαν, ἔπιον δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ μὴ δίψαν αὐτοῖς παρέχοντος καὶ κομιδῇ· ἐδόξασαν δὲ καὶ ὕμνησαν σὺν τῷ ζῶντι πνεύματι τὸν πατέρα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὴν μητέρα τῆς σοφίας.

of-which to-the-one to-a-light to-the-one to-grandeured they-received, and they-were-lighted-to in unto-the-one unto-a-spectatedness of-the-one of-a-Bind-doer of-them, of-which to-the-one to-an-un-mortaling-unto to-a-feedeeing they-received to-lest-then-also-one unto-whole to-a-being-off-unto to-holding, they-had-drank then-also and off of-the-one of-a-wine of-the-one lest to-a-thirstedness unto-them of-holding-beside and unto-tended; they-reckoned-to then-also and they-hymed-unto together unto-the-one unto-lifing-unto unto-a-currenting-to, to-the-one to-a-Father of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of and to-the-one to-a-mother of-the-one of-a-wisdoming-unto.

ATo 8:1 Καὶ ὅτε ὕμνησεν καὶ ἐτέλεσεν τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην, πάντες οἱ ἐκεῖ παρόντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπέβλεπον· καὶ ἡσύχαζεν· ἀπέβλεπον δὲ καὶ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἐναλλαγέν, τὰ δὲ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεχθέντα οὐκ ἐνόουν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς Ἑβραῖος ἦν καὶ τὰ λεχθέντα ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἑβραϊστὶ ἐλέχθη· ἡ δὲ αὐλήτρια πάντα ἤκουσεν μόνη, Ἑβραία γὰρ ἦν τῷ γένει· καὶ ἀποστᾶσα ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ηὔλει τοῖς ἄλλοις, εἰς αὐτὸν δὲ τὰ πολλὰ ἀφεώρα καὶ ἀπέβλεπεν· πάνυ γὰρ ἠγάπησεν αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνθρωπον ὁμόεθνον αὐτῆς· ἦν δὲ καὶ τῇ ἰδέᾳ ὡραῖος ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας.

And which-also it-hymned-unto and it-finished-unto to-the-one to-a-song to-the-one-this, all the-ones thither being-beside into to-it they-were-viewing-off; and it-was-quiecing-to; they-were-viewing-off then-also and to-the-one to-a-sighteedness of-it to-having-had-been-othered-in, to-the-ones then-also under of-it to-having-been-forthed not they-were-en-mulling-unto, upon-if-then it Ebra-belonged it-was and the-ones being-forthed under of-it unto-Ebra-belonginged it-was-forthed; the-one then-also a-channeleress to-all it-heard stayeed, Ebra-belonged too-thus it-was unto-the-one unto-a-becomeedness; and having-had-stood-off off of-it it-was-channeling-unto unto-the-ones unto-other, into to-it then-also to-the-ones to-much it-was-off-seeeeing-unto and it-was-viewing-off; all-now too-thus it-excessed-off-unto to-it as to-a-mankind to-placeedness-belonging-to-alonged of-it; it-was then-also and unto-the-one unto-a-sightedness hour-belonged over to-all to-the-ones thither to-being.

Note: a-channeleress : a female flute (channel) player.

Note: it-was-channeling-unto : used to refer to channeling air into wind instruments.

ATo 8:2 καὶ ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ἡ αὐλήτρια πάντας καὶ αὐλήσασα, ἄντικρυς αὐτοῦ ἐκαθέσθη, ἀφορῶσα καὶ ἀτενίζουσα εἰς αὐτόν· αὐτὸς δὲ ὅλως εἰς οὐδένα ἀφεώρα οὐδὲ προσεῖχέν τινι, εἰ μὴ μόνον εἰς τὴν γῆν ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ προσεῖχεν, προσδεχόμενος πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκεῖθεν.

And which-also it-finished-unto, the-one a-channeleress, to-all and having-channeled-unto, ever-a-one-strucked of-it it-was-sat-down-unto-to, off-seeeeing-unto and stretching-along-to into to-it; it then-also unto-whole into to-not-the-also-one it-was-off-seeeeing-unto not-then-also it-was-holding-toward unto-a-one, if lest to-stayeed into to-the-one to-a-soil holding to-the-ones to-eyes of-it it-was-holding-toward, receiving-toward whither-also it-might-have-loosed-up thither-from.

Note: a-channeleress : a female flute (channel) player.

Note: having-channeled-unto : used to refer to channeling air into wind instruments.

Note: ever-a-one-strucked (ANTIKRUS) : from ANTI+KROUW.

ATo 8:3 ὁ δὲ οἰνοχόος ἐκεῖνος ὁ ῥαπίσας αὐτὸν κατῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πηγὴν ἀντλῆσαι ὕδωρ· ἔτυχεν δὲ ἐκεῖ εἶναι λέοντα, καὶ ἐθανάτωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀφῆκεν κεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ κατακόψας τὰ μέλη αὐτοῦ· κύνες δὲ εὐθὺς ἔλαβον τὰ μέλη αὐτοῦ, ἐν οἷς καὶ εἷς μέλας κύων τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ χεῖρα τῷ στόματι κρατῶν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦ συμποσίου εἰσήνεγκεν.

The-one then-also a-wine-pourer the-one-thither the-one having-slapped-to to-it it-had-came-down into to-the-one to-a-pitching to-have-bucketed-unto to-a-water; it-had-actuanated then-also thither to-be to-a-lion, and it-en-deathed to-it and it-sent-off to-be-situated in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion having-felled-down to-the-ones to-membereednesses of-it; dogs then-also unto-straight they-had-taken to-the-ones to-membereednesses of-it, in unto-which and one blackened a-dog to-the-one to-right-belonged of-it to-a-hand unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to securing-unto into to-the-one to-an-occasion of-the-one of-a-drinkerlet-together it-beared-into.

ATo 9:1 Ἰδόντες δὲ ἐξεπλάγησαν πάντες, ἐξετάζοντες ὅτι τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπολειφθείς.

Having-had-seen then-also they-had-been-smitten-out all, out-testing-to to-which-a-one what-one it-be the-one out of-them having-been-remaindered-off.

ATo 9:2 ὡς δὲ φανερὸν ἐγένετο ὅτι τοῦ οἰνοχόου ἐστὶν ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ πατάξαντος τὸν ἀπόστολον, ἡ αὐλήτρια τοὺς αὐλοὺς αὐτῆς κατεάξασα ἔρριψεν, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀπελθοῦσα ἐκαθέσθη λέγουσα ὅτι Οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἢ θεός ἐστιν ἢ ἀπόστολος τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐγὼ γὰρ ἤκουσα ἑβραϊστὶ εἰπόντος τῷ οἰνοχόῳ ὅτι Ἤδη θεάσομαι τὴν χεῖρα τὴν τύψασάν με ὑπὸ κυνῶν συρομένην· Ὅπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθεάσασθε νῦν· ὡς γὰρ εἶπεν οὕτως καὶ συνέβη.

As then-also en-manifested it-had-became to-which-a-one of-the-one of-a-wine-pourer it-be the-one a-hand, of-the-one of-having-smote to-the-one to-a-setee-off, the-one a-channeleress to-the-ones to-channels of-it having-en-bursted-down it-flung, and toward to-the-ones to-feet of-the-one of-a-setee-off having-had-came-off it-was-sat-down-unto-to forthing to-which-a-one, The-one-this the-one a-mankind or a-Deity it-be or a-setee-off of-the-one of-a-Deity; I too-thus I-heard unto-Ebra-belonginged of-having-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-wine-pourer to-which-a-one, Which-then I-shall-spectate to-the-one to-a-hand to-the-one to-having-strikered to-me under of-dogs to-being-dragged; to-which-very and ye ye-spectated, now as too-thus it-had-said, unto-the-one-this and it-had-stepped-together.

Note: a-channeleress : a female flute (channel) player.

Note: to-channels : used to refer to an air channel as in wind instruments.

ATo 9:3 Καὶ τινὲς μὲν ἐπίστευον αὐτῇ, τινὲς δὲ οὔ.

And ones indeed they-were-trusting-of unto-it, ones then-also not.

ATo 9:4 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας ταῦτα προσελθὼν εἶπεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· Ἀναστὰς ἐλθὲ μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ καὶ εὖξαι ὑπὲρ τῆς θυγατρός μου· μονογενῆ γὰρ αὐτὴν ἔχω, καὶ σήμερον αὐτὴν ἐκδίδωμι.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of having-heard to-the-ones-these, having-had-came-toward it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, Having-had-stood-up thou-should-have-had-came with of-ME and thou-should-have-goodly-held over of-the-one of-a-daughter of-me; to-stayeed-becominged too-thus to-it I-hold, and this-day to-it I-give-out.

ATo 9:5 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος οὐκ ἐβούλετο συναπελθεῖν αὐτῷ· οὐδέπω γὰρ ἦν ἐκεῖ αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος ἀποκαλυφθείς· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἄκοντα αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγεν εἰς τὸν νυμφῶνα, ὅπως εὔξηται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν.

The-one then-also a-setee-off not it-was-purposing to-have-had-came-off-together unto-it; not-unto-whither too-thus it-was thither unto-it the-one Authority-belonged having-been-shrouded-off; the-one then-also a-ruler-of to-un-be-outed to-it it-had-led-off into to-the-one to-an-en-briding, unto-which-whither it-might-goodly-hold over of-them.

ATo 10:1 Στὰς δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἤρξατο εὔχεσθαι καὶ λέγειν οὕτως· Ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου, ὁ συνοδοιπόρος τῶν αὐτοῦ δούλων, ὁ ὁδηγῶν καὶ εὐθύνων τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύοντας, ἡ καταφυγὴ καὶ ἡ ἀνάπαυσις τῶν τεθλιμμένων, ἡ ἐλπὶς τῶν πενήτων καὶ λυτρωτὴς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων, ὁ ἰατρὸς τῶν ἐν νόσῳ κατακειμένων ψυχῶν καὶ σωτὴρ πάσης κτίσεως, ὁ τὸν κόσμον ζωοποιῶν καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐνδυναμῶν, σὺ ἐπίστασαι τὰ μέλλοντα, ὃς καὶ δι᾿ ἡμῶν τελειοῖς αὐτά·

Having-had-stood then-also, the-one a-setee-off, it-firsted to-goodly-hold and to-forth unto-the-one-this, The-one Authority-belonged of-me and the-one a-Deity of-me, the-one way-traversed-together of-the-ones of-it of-bondees, the-one way-leading-unto and straighening to-the-ones into to-it to-trusting-of, the-one a-fleeing-down and the-one a-ceasing-up of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-pressed, the-one a-droved-sureeing of-the-ones of-necessitatinged and an-en-looser of-the-ones of-spear-captured, the-one an-en-curer of-the-ones in unto-an-ailment of-being-situtated-down of-breathings and a-Savior of-all of-a-befounding, the-one to-the-one to-an-orderation life-doing-unto and to-the-ones to-breathings abling-in, thou thou-stand-upon to-the-ones to-pending, which and through of-us thou-en-finish-belong to-them.

ATo 10:2 σὺ κύριε ὁ ἀποκαλύπτων μυστήρια ἀπόκρυφα καὶ ἐκφαίνων λόγους ἀπορρήτους ὄντας· σὺ εἶ κύριε ὁ φυτουργὸς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ δένδρου, καὶ διὰ τῶν σῶν χειρῶν πάντα τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἔργα ἀπογεννᾶται· σὺ εἶ κύριε ὁ ἐν πᾶσιν ὢν καὶ διερχόμενος διὰ πάντων καὶ ἐγκείμενος πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις σου καὶ διὰ τῆς πάντων ἐνεργείας φανερούμενος·

Thou, Authority-belonged, the-one shrouding-off to-flexerlets to-hidened-off and manifesting-out to-forthees to-uttered-off to-being; thou thou-be, Authority-belonged, the-one plant-worked of-the-one of-excess-placed of-an-en-treeing, and through of-the-ones of-thine of-hands all the-ones excess-placed works it-be-off-generated-unto; thou thou-be, Authority-belonged, the-one in unto-all being and coming-through through of-all and being-situated-in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works of-thee and through of-the-one of-all of-a-working-in-of being-en-manifested;

ATo 10:3 Ἰησοῦ Χριστὲ ὁ τῆς εὐσπλαγχνίας υἱὸς καὶ τέλειος σωτήρ, Χριστὲ υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἡ δύναμις ἡ ἀπτόητος ἡ τὸν ἐχθρὸν καταστρέψασα, καὶ ἡ φωνὴ ἡ ἀκουσθεῖσα τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἡ σαλεύσασα τὰς ἐξουσίας αὐτῶν ἁπάσας, ὁ πρεσβευτὴς ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕψους ἀποσταλεὶς καὶ ἕως τοῦ ᾅδου καταντήσας, ὃς καὶ τὰς θύρας ἀνοίξας ἀνήγαγες ἐκεῖθεν τοὺς ἐγκεκλεισμένους πολλοῖς χρόνοις ἐν τῷ τοῦ σκότους ταμιείῳ, καὶ τούτοις τὴν ἄνοδον ὑποδείξας τὴν εἰς τὸ ὕψος ἀνάγουσαν·

Iêsous Anointed, the-one of-the-one of-a-goodly-boweling-unto a-Son and finish-belonged a-Savior, Anointed Son of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-lifing-unto, the-one an-ability the-one un-fluttered the-one to-the-one to-en-enmitied having-beturned-down, and the-one a-sound the-one having-been-heard unto-the-ones unto-firsting, the-one having-undulated-of to-the-ones to-beings-out-unto of-them to-along-all, the-one a-more-elder-of the-one off off-the-one of-a-lofteedness having-had-been-set-off and unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-hadês having-down-ever-a-oned-unto, which and to-the-ones to-portalednesses having-opened-up thou-had-led-up thither-from to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-latch-belonged-in unto-much unto-whiles in unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-dimmeedness unto-a-facilitatelet-of, and unto-the-ones-these to-the-one to-a-way-up having-en-showed-under to-the-one into to-the-one to-a-lofteedness to-leading-up.

ATo 10:4 δέομαί σου κύριε Ἰησοῦ, ἱκετηρίαν σοι προσφέρων ὑπὲρ τῶν νεωτέρων τούτων, ἵνα τὰ βοηθοῦντα αὐτοῖς καὶ συμβαλλόμενα καὶ συμφέροντα ποιήσῃς.

I-bind of-thee, Authority-belonged Iêsous, to-a-petitionering-unto unto-thee bearing-toward over of-the-ones of-more-new of-the-ones-these, so to-the-ones to-holler-running-unto unto-them and to-being-casted-together and to-bearing-together thou-might-have-done-unto.

ATo 10:5 Καὶ ἐπιθεὶς αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰπὼν Ὁ κύριος ἔσται μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν, κατέλιπεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ καὶ ἀπῆλθεν.

And having-had-placed-upon unto-them to-the-ones to-hands of-it and having-had-said, The-one Authority-belonged it-shall-be with of-ye; it-had-remaindered-down to-them in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion, and it-had-came-off.

ATo 11:1 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἠξίου τοὺς παρανύμφους ἐξέρχεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ νυμφῶνος.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-was-en-deem-belonging to-the-ones to-brided-beside to-come-out off of-the-one of-an-en-briding.

ATo 11:2 πάντων δὲ ἐξελθόντων καὶ τῶν θυρῶν κλεισθεισῶν ὁ νυμφίος τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐπῆρεν, ἵνα τὴν νύμφην πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀγάγῃ.

Of-all then-also of-having-had-came-out and of-the-ones of-portalednesses of-having-been-latch-belonged the-one bride-belonged to-the-one to-a-spreading-down-to of-the-one of-an-en-briding it-lifted-upon, so to-the-one to-a-briding toward to-self it-might-have-had-led.

ATo 11:3 καὶ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν τὴν ἀπεικασίαν Ἰούδα Θωμᾶ ἔχοντα καὶ ὁμιλοῦντα τῇ νύμφῃ, τοῦ πρὸ βραχέως εὐλογήσαντος αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐξελθόντος ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἀποστόλου, καί φησιν αὐτῷ· Οὐχὶ πρὸ πάντων ἐξῆλθες;

And it-had-seen to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-an-Iêsous to-the-one to-a-resembling-off-unto of-an-Ioudas of-a-Tômas to-holding and to-grouping-along-unto unto-the-one unto-a-briding, of-the-one before unto-short of-having-goodly-fortheed-unto to-them and of-having-had-came-out off of-them, of-the-one of-a-setee-off, and it-declareth unto-it, Unto-not before of-all thou-had-came-out?

ATo 11:4 πῶς νῦν εὑρέθης ὧδε;

Unto-whither now thou-was-found unto-which-then-also?

ATo 11:5 Ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ Ἰούδας ὁ καὶ Θωμᾶς, ἀδελφὸς δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰμι.

The-one then-also Authority-belonged it-had-said unto-it, I not I-be an-Ioudas the-one and a-Tômas, brethrened then-also of-it I-be.

ATo 11:6 Καὶ καθεσθεὶς ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης, ἐκέλευσεν δὲ καὶ αὐτοῖς καθεσθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῖς δίφροις, καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς λέγειν·

And having-been-sat-down-unto-to, the-one Authority-belonged, upon of-the-one of-a-clining, it-bade-of then-also and unto-them to-have-been-sat-down-unto-to upon unto-the-ones unto-two-en-priorations, and it-firsted unto-them to-forth,

Note: having-been-sat-down-unto-to (KAQESQEIS) : EKAQESQH corrected to KAQESQEIS.

Note: unto-two-en-priorations : used to refer to a double worked [skin] seat, the work of a currier implied along with the work of purpose detailed in context.

ATo 12:1 Μνημονεύετε τέκνα μου ὧν ὁ ἀδελφός μου ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν καὶ τίνι ὑμᾶς παρέθετο· καὶ τοῦτο γνῶτε, ὅτι ἐὰν ἀπαλλαγῆτε τῆς ῥυπαρᾶς κοινωνίας ταύτης, γίνεσθε ναοὶ ἅγιοι, καθαροί, ἀπαλλαγέντες πλήξεων καὶ ὀδυνῶν φανερῶν τε καὶ ἀφανῶν, καὶ φροντίδας οὐ περιθήσεσθε βίου καὶ τέκνων, ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια ὑπάρχει.

Ye-should-memory-stayee-of, Creationees of-me, of-which the-one brethrened of-me it-spoke-unto unto-ye and unto-what-one to-ye it-placed-beside; and to-the-one-this ye-should-have-had-acquainted, to-which-a-one if-ever ye-might-have-had-been-othered-off of-the-one of-en-dirtied of-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto of-the-one-this, ye-should-become temples hallow-belonged, cleansed, having-had-been-othered-off of-smittenings and of-anguishes of-en-manifested also and of-un-manifestinged, and to-centresses not ye-shall-place-about of-a-dureeation and of-creationees, of-which the-one a-finisheedness a-destructing-off-of it-firsteth-under.

Note: of-a-centress : used to refer to the main focus, usually of thought, but also of the heart, and of authority, etc.

ATo 12:2 ἐὰν δὲ καὶ κτήσησθε παῖδας πολλούς, διὰ τούτους γίνεσθε ἅρπαγες καὶ πλεονέκται, ὀρφανοὺς δέροντες καὶ χήρας πλεονεκτοῦντες, καὶ ταῦτα ποιοῦντες ὑποβάλλετε ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τιμωρίας κακίστας.

If-ever then-also and ye-might-have-befounded-unto to-children to-much, through to-the-ones-these ye-become snatchers and holders-beyond, to-orphaned apart-belonging and to-bereaved holding-beyond-unto, and to-the-ones-these doing-unto ye-cast-under to-selves into to-value-wardings-unto to-most-wedge-wedged.

ATo 12:3 οἱ γὰρ πολλοὶ παῖδες ἄχρηστοι γίνονται, ὑπὸ δαιμονίων ὀχλούμενοι, οἳ μὲν φανερῶς, οἳ δὲ καὶ ἀφανῶς· γίνονται γὰρ ἢ σεληνιαζόμενοι ἢ ἡμίξηροι ἢ πηροὶ ἢ κωφοὶ ἢ ἄλαλοι ἢ παραλυτικοὶ ἢ μωροί· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ὦσιν ὑγιαίνοντες, ἔσονται πάλιν ἀποίητοι, ἄχρηστα καὶ βδελυκτὰ ἔργα διαπραττόμενοι· εὑρίσκονται γὰρ ἢ ἐν μοιχείᾳ ἢ ἐν φόνῳ ἢ ἐν κλοπῇ ἢ ἐν πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑμεῖς συντριβήσεσθε.

The-ones too-thus children un-afforded they-become, under of-daimonlets being-crowded-unto, which indeed unto-en-manifested, which then-also and unto-un-manifestinged, they-become too-thus or being-moon-belonged-to or half-dried or besided or blunted or un-spoken or loosed-beside-belonged-of or dulled; if-ever then-also and they-might-be healthing, they-shall-be unto-furthered un-done-unto, to-un-afforded and to-abhorrered to-works practicing-through; they-be-found too-thus or in unto-an-adultering-of or in unto-a-slayee or in unto-a-stealing or in unto-a-harloting-of, and in unto-the-ones-these unto-all ye ye-shall-be-rubbed-together.

ATo 12:4 ἐὰν δὲ πεισθῆτε καὶ τηρήσητε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἁγνὰς τῷ Θεῷ, γενήσονται ὑμῖν παῖδες ζῶντες, ὧν αἱ βλάβαι αὗται οὐ θιγγάνουσιν, καὶ ἔσεσθε ἀμέριμνοι, ἄσκυλτον διάγοντες βίον χωρὶς λύπης καὶ μερίμνης, προσδοκῶντες ἀπολήψεσθαι ἐκεῖνον τὸν γάμον τὸν ἄφθορον καὶ ἀληθινόν, καὶ ἔσεσθε ἐν αὐτῷ παράνυμφοι συνεισερχόμενοι εἰς τὸν νυμφῶνα ἐκεῖνον τὸν τῆς ἀθανασίας καὶ φωτὸς πλήρης.

If-ever then-also ye-might-have-been-sured and ye-might-have-kept-unto to-the-ones to-breathings of-ye to-pure unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, they-shall-become unto-ye children lifing-unto, of-which the-ones illings the-ones-these not they-broach, and ye-shall-be un-portion-memoried, to-un-flayabled leading-through to-a-dureeation of-spaced of-a-throe and of-a-portion-memoriedness, toward-thinking-unto to-shall-have-taken-off to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-marriage to-the-one to-un-degradabled and to-secluded-belonged-to, and ye-shall-be in unto-it brided-beside coming-into-together into to-the-one to-an-en-briding to-the-one-thither to-the-one of-the-one of-an-un-deathing-unto and of-a-light fullinged.

ATo 13:1 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν ταῦτα οἱ νεώτεροι, ἐπίστευσαν τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδότους ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀπείχοντο τῆς ῥυπαρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας, καὶ ἔμειναν οὕτως ἐν τῷ τόπῳ διανυκτερεύοντες.

As then-also they-heard to-the-ones-these, the-ones more-new, they-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged and to-selves to-given-out they-gave unto-it, and they-were-holding-off of-the-one of-an-en-dirtied of-a-passioning-upon-unto, and they-stayed unto-the-one-this in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion night-passing-through-of.

Note: (APEIXONTO) : APESXONTO corrected to APEIXONTO.

ATo 13:2 ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾿ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν λέξας αὐτοῖς· Ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἔσται μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν.

The-one then-also Authority-belonged it-had-came-out off in-toward-from of-them having-forthed unto-them, The-one a-granting of-the-one of-Authority-belonged it-shall-be with of-ye.

ATo 13:3 Ὄρθρου δὲ ἐπιστάντος ἀπήντησεν ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ πληρώσας τὴν τράπεζαν εἰσήγαγεν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ νυμφίου καὶ τῆς νύμφης· εὗρεν δὲ αὐτοὺς ἀντικρὺ ἀλλήλων καθεζομένους, τῆς δὲ νύμφης τὴν ὄψιν ἀσκέπαστον εὗρεν, καὶ ὁ νυμφίος πάνυ ἱλαρὸς ὑπῆρχεν.

Of-a-ruddy-jutting then-also of-having-had-stood-upon it-off-ever-a-one-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, and having-en-filled to-the-one to-a-four-footedness it-had-led-into in-toward-from of-the-one of-bride-belonged and of-the-one of-a-briding; it-had-found then-also to-them ever-a-one-strucked of-other-to-other to-being-sat-down-unto-to, of-the-one then-also of-a-briding to-the-one to-a-beholding to-un-covered it-had-found, and the-one bride-belonged all-now sectionated it-was-firsting-under.

Note: ever-a-one-strucked (ANTIKRUS) : from ANTI+KROUW.

ATo 13:4 ἡ δὲ μήτηρ προσελθοῦσα τῇ νύμφῃ εἶπεν· Διὰ τί οὕτως καθέζῃ τέκνον, καὶ οὐκ αἰδῇ, ἀλλ᾿ οὕτως εἶ ὡς πολὺν χρόνον συμβιώσασα τῷ ἰδίῳ ἀνδρί;

The-one then-also a-mother having-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-a-briding it-had-said, Through to-what-one unto-the-one-this thou-be-sat-down-unto-to, Creationee, and not thou-un-sight-unto, other unto-the-one-this thou-be as to-much to-a-while having-en-dureeated-together unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-man?

ATo 13:5 Καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς εἶπεν· Διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα σου οὐδὲ σκεπάζῃ;

And the-one a-father of-it it-had-said, Through to-the-one to-much to-an-excessing-off to-the-one toward to-the-one to-a-man of-thee not-then-also thou-cover-to?

ATo 14:1 Ἀποκριθεῖσα δὲ ἡ νύμφη εἶπεν· Ἀληθῶς πάτερ ἐν πολλῇ ἀγάπῃ ὑπάρχω, καὶ τῷ κυρίῳ μου εὔχομαι παραμεῖναί μοι τὴν ἀγάπην ἧς ᾐσθόμην ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, καὶ αἰτήσομαι τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ᾐσθόμην σήμερον.

Having-been-separated-off then-also, the-one a-briding, it-had-said, Unto-un-secludinged, Father, in unto-much unto-an-excessing-off I-first-under, and unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged of-me I-goodly-hold to-have-stayed-beside unto-me to-the-one to-an-excessing-of of-which I-was-knowing-along unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-night, and I-shall-appeal-unto to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-man of-which I-was-knowing-along this-day.

ATo 14:2 διὸ δὴ οὐκέτι σκεπάσομαι, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἔσοπτρον τῆς αἰσχύνης ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἀφῄρηται· καὶ οὐκέτι αἰσχύνομαι ἢ αἰδοῦμαι, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἔργον τῆς αἰσχύνης καὶ τῆς αἰδοῦς ἐξ ἐμοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέστη· καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἐκπλήσσομαι, ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἔκπληξις ἐμοὶ οὐ παρέμεινεν· καὶ ὅτι ἐν ἱλαρότητι καὶ χαρᾷ ὑπάρχω, ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ ἐταράχθη·

Through-to-which then not-if-to-a-one I-shall-cover-to, upon-if-then the-one an-en-looking-into of-the-one of-a-shamening off of-ME it-had-come-to-be-lifted-off-unto; and not-if-to-a-one I-shamen or I-un-sight-unto, upon-if-then the-one a-work of-the-one of-a-shamening and of-the-one of-an-un-sightness-of out of-ME to-en-longed it-had-stood-off; and to-which-a-one not I-be-smitten-out upon-if-then the-one a-smittening-out unto-me not it-stayed-beside, and to-which-a-one in unto-a-sectionateness and unto-a-joy I-first-under, upon-if-then the-one a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-joyedness not it-was-stirred;

Note: an-en-looking-into : used to refer to looking in a mirror.

ATo 14:3 καὶ ὅτι ἐξουθένισα τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον καὶ τοὺς γάμους τούτους τοὺς παρερχομένους ἀπ᾿ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου, ἐπειδὴ ἑτέρῳ γάμῳ ἡρμόσθην· καὶ ὅτι οὐ συνεμίγην ἀνδρὶ προσκαίρῳ, οὗ τὸ τέλος μετὰ λαγνείας καὶ πικρίας ψυχῆς ὑπάρχει, ἐπειδὴ ἀνδρὶ ἀληθινῷ συνεζεύχθην.

and to-which-a-one I-not-from-oned-out-to to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one-this and to-the-ones to-marriages to-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-coming-beside off in-toward-from of-the-ones of-eyes of-me, upon-if-then unto-different unto-a-marriage I-was-lifted-along-of-to; and to-which-a-one not I-en-mingled-together unto-a-man unto-timed-toward, of-which the-one a-finisheedness with of-an-exceeded-aquainting-of and of-a-bittering-unto of-a-breathing it-firsteth-under, upon-if-then unto-a-man unto-secluded-belonged-to I-was-en-coupled-together.

Note: of-an-exceeded-aquainting-of (LAGNEIAS) : from LIAN, as a strengthening augment, and GNWSIS; i.e. sexual acquaintaince.

ATo 15:1 Καὶ ἔτι πλείονα τούτων λεγούσης τῆς νύμφης ἀποκρίνεται ὁ νυμφίος καὶ λέγει· Εὐχαριστῶ σοι κύριε ὁ διὰ τοῦ ξένου ἀνδρὸς κηρυχθεὶς καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν εὑρεθείς· ὁ μακράν με τῆς φθορᾶς ποιήσας καὶ σπείρας ἐν ἐμοὶ τὴν ζωήν· ὁ τῆς νόσου με ἀπαλλάξας ταύτης τῆς δυσιάτου καὶ δυσθεραπεύτου καὶ παραμενούσης εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ὑγείαν σώφρονα ἐγκαταθέμενός μοι·

And if-to-a-one to-beyond of-the-ones-these of-forthing of-the-one of-a-briding it-be-separated-off the-one bride-belonged and it-fortheth, I-goodly-grant-unto unto-thee, Authority-belonged the-one through of-the-one of-guested of-a-man having-been-heraldered and in unto-us having-been-found; the-one to-en-longed to-me of-the-one of-a-degradedness having-done-unto and having-whorled in unto-ME to-the-one to-a-lifing; the-one of-the-one of-an-ailment to-me having-othered-off of-the-one-this of-the-one of-onerously-cured and of-onerously-ministered-of and of-staying-beside into to-the-one to-an-age, and to-a-healthing-of to-rationally-centeringed-of having-had-placed-down-in unto-me;

ATo 15:2 ὁ σαυτόν μοι ὑποδείξας καὶ πάντα τὰ κατ᾿ ἐμὲ ἐν οἷς εἰμι ἀποκαλύψας μοι· ὁ λυτρωσάμενός με ἀπὸ τῆς πτώσεως καὶ εἰς τὸ κρεῖττόν με παραγαγών, καὶ τῶν μὲν προσκαίρων ἀπαλλάξας, καταξιώσας δέ με τῶν ἀθανάτων καὶ ἀεὶ ὄντων·

the-one to-itself unto-me having-en-showed, and to-all to-the-ones down to-ME in unto-which I-be having-shrouded-off unto-me; the-one having-en-loosed to-me off of-the-one of-a-falling and into to-the-one to-securinged-of to-me having-had-led-beside, and of-the-ones indeed of-timed-toward having-othered-off, having-en-deem-belonged-down then-also to-me of-the-ones of-un-deathed and ever-if of-being;

ATo 15:3 ὁ σεαυτὸν κατευτελίσας ἕως ἐμοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς σμικρότητος, ἵνα ἐμὲ τῇ μεγαλωσύνῃ παραστήσας ἑνώσῃς σεαυτῷ·

The-one to-thyself having-goodly-finished-to unto-if-which of-ME and of-the-one of-mine of-a-besmallness, so to-ME unto-the-one unto-a-greateningedness having-had-stood-beside thou-might-have-en-oned unto-thyself;

Note: having-goodly-finished-to : i.e. to make of a good price, affordable, attainable, etc.; in a negative sense to devalue worth.

ATo 15:4 ὁ τὰ ἴδια σπλάγχνα μὴ ἐπισχὼν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, ἀλλὰ ὑποδείξας μοι ζητῆσαι ἐμαυτὸν καὶ γνῶναι τίς ἤμην καὶ πῶς ὑπάρχω νῦν, ἵνα πάλιν γένωμαι ὃ ἤμην· ὃν ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ᾔδειν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεζήτησας·

the-one to-the-ones to-private-belonged to-bowels lest having-had-held-upon off of-me, of-the-one of-being-destructed-off, other having-en-showed-under unto-me to-have-sought-unto to-myself and to-have-had-acquainted what-one I-was and unto-whither I-first-under now, so unto-furthered I-might-have-had-became to-which I-was; to-which I indeed not I-had-come-to-have-had-seen, it then-also thou-sought-unto;

Note: off of-me (AP EMOU) : EC EMOU corrected to APO MOU.

Note: I-was and unto-whither (HMHN KAI PWS) : HMHN KAI TIS KAI PWS corrected to HMHN KAI PWS.

ATo 15:5 ὃν μὴ ἐπιστάμην, αὐτὸς δέ με προσελάβου· οὗ ᾐσθόμην καὶ νῦν οὐ δύναμαι ἀμνημονεῖν τούτου·

to-which lest I-stood-upon, it then-also to-me thou-had-taken-toward; of-which I-was-knowing-along and now not I-able to-un-memory-stayee-unto of-the-one-this;

ATo 15:6 οὗ ἡ ἀγάπη ἐν ἐμοὶ βράσσει, καὶ εἰπεῖν μὲν ὡς δεῖ οὐ δύναμαι, ἃ δὲ χωρῶ λέγειν περὶ αὐτοῦ βραχεῖα καὶ πάνυ ὀλίγα, καὶ ἀνάλογα οὐ τυγχάνει πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνου δόξαν· οὐκ αἰτιᾶται δέ με ἀναιδευόμενον πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγειν καὶ ἃ μὴ οἶδα· διὰ γὰρ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀγάπην καὶ ταῦτα λέγω.

of-which the-one an-excessing-off in unto-ME it-agitateth, and to-have-had-said indeed as it-bindeth not I-able, to-which then-also I-space-unto to-forth about of-it to-short and all-now to-little, and to-un-fortheed-up not it-actuanateth toward to-the-one of-the-one-thither to-a-reckonedness; not it-appealeth-unto then-also to-me to-un-un-sighting-of toward to-it to-forth and to-which lest I-had-come-to-see; through too-thus to-the-one of-it to-an-excessing-off and to-the-ones-these I-forth.

Note: to-un-un-sighting-of (ANAIDEUMENON): un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 16:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς παρὰ τοῦ νυμφίου καὶ τῆς νύμφης ταῦτα, τὴν ἐσθῆτα αὐτοῦ διέρρηξεν καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ ἐγγὺς αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν· Ἐξέλθατε ταχέως καὶ περιέλθατε ὅλην τὴν πόλιν, καὶ συλλαβόντες φέρετέ μοι ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν φαρμακὸν τὸν κακῶς παρατυχόντα ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ· ἐγὼ γὰρ εἰσήγαγον αὐτὸν ἰδίαις χερσὶν εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον αὐτῷ ἵνα εὔξηται ἐπὶ τῇ ἀτυχεστάτῃ μου θυγατρί· ὃς δ᾿ ἂν εὑρὼν αὐτὸν προσαγάγῃ μοι, πᾶν εἴ τι ἂν αἰτήσηταί μοι, δίδωμι αὐτῷ.

Having-heard then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, beside of-the-one of-bride-belonged and of-the-one of-a-briding to-the-ones-these, to-the-one to-a-clotheness of-it it-en-bursted-through and unto-the-ones unto-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-it to-neared of-it it-was-forthing, Ye-should-have-came-out unto-quick and ye-should-have-came-about to-whole to-the-one to-a-city, and having-had-taken-together ye-should-bear unto-me to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one to-a-doser to-the-one unto-wedge-wedged to-having-had-actuanated-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this; I too-thus I-had-led-into to-it unto-private-belonged unto-hands and into to-the-one to-a-house of-me, and I I-had-said unto-it so it-might-goodly-hold upon unto-the-one unto-most-un-actuatinged of-me unto-a-daughter; which then-also ever having-had-found to-it it-might-have-had-led-toward unto-me, to-all if to-a-one ever it-might-have-appealed-unto unto-me I-give unto-it.

ATo 16:2 Ἀπελθόντες οὖν περιῆλθον ζητοῦντες αὐτόν, καὶ οὐχ εὗρον αὐτόν· πλεύσας γὰρ ἦν.

Having-had-came-off accordingly they-had-came-about seeking-unto to-it, and not they-had-found to-it; having-floated-unto too-thus it-was.

ATo 16:3 ἀπῆλθον δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ ξενοδοχεῖον ὅπου ἦν καταλύσας, καὶ εὗρον ἐκεῖ τὴν αὐλήτριαν κλαίουσαν καὶ ἀνιωμένην, ἐπειδὴ μὴ παρέλαβεν αὐτὴν μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ.

They-had-came-off then-also and into to-the-one to-a-guested-receivinglet to-which-of-whither it-was having-loosed-down, and they-had-found thither to-the-one to-a-channeleress to-sob-belonging and to-un-non-belonging-unto, upon-if-then lest it-had-taken-beside to-it with of-self.

Note: a-channeleress : a female flute (channel) player.

Note: to-un-non-belonging-unto (ANIWMENHN) : from ANIAOMAI; AN=un and NH=non; Active, inflict unceasing annoyance or affliction; Middle, feel unceasing [distress]; Passive, experience unceasing [annoyance or affliction].

ATo 16:4 ἐξηγησαμένων δὲ αὐτῇ τὸ πρᾶγμα τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπὶ τῶν νεωτέρων ἐχάρη πάνυ ἀκούσασα, καὶ ἀποθεμένη τὴν λύπην εἶπεν· Νῦν εὗρον κἀγὼ ὧδε ἀνάπαυσιν.

Of-having-led-out-unto then-also unto-it to-the-one to-a-practicing-to to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become upon of-the-ones of-more-new it-had-been-joyed all-now having-heard, and having-placed-off to-the-one to-a-throe it-had-said, Now I-had-found and-I unto-which-then-also to-a-ceasing-up.

ATo 16:5 Καὶ ἀναστᾶσα ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ἦν σὺν αὐτοῖς χρόνον ἱκανόν, ἕως οὗ κατήχησαν καὶ τὸν βασιλέα.

And having-had-stood-up it-had-came-off toward to-them, and it-was together unto-them to-a-while to-ampled, unto-if-which of-which they-reverberated-down-unto and to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

ATo 16:6 πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν συνηθροίζοντο ἐκεῖ, ἕως ὅτε φήμης ἤκουσαν τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ὅτι ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν τῆς Ἰνδίας κατήχθη καὶ ἐκεῖ διδάσκει.

Much then-also and of-the-ones of-brethrened they-were-flurrying-along-together-to thither, unto-if-which which-also of-a-declaring they-heard of-the-one of-a-seteee-off, to-which-a-one in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-the-one of-an-India it-was-led-down and thither it-veer-veerateth.

ATo 16:7 καὶ ἀπελθόντες κατεμίγησαν αὐτῷ.

And having-had-came-off they-en-mingled unto-it.

ATo 17:0 Πράξεις Θωμᾶ ἀποστόλου. περὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Γουνδαφόρον εἰσελεύσεως αὐτοῦ.

Practices of-a-Tômas of-a-setee-off. About of-the-one toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-a-Goundaforos of-a-coming-into of-it.

ATo 17:1 Ὅτε δὲ εἰσῆλθεν ὁ ἀπόστολος εἰς τὰς πόλεις τῆς Ἰνδίας μετὰ Ἀββάνη τοῦ ἐμπόρου, ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἀββάνης εἰς ἀσπασμὸν Γουνδαφόρου τοῦ βασιλέως, προσανήνεγκεν δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ τοῦ τέκτονος ὃν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἤγαγεν. ἐχάρη δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν προσέταξεν. εἰσελθόντος οὖν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς· Ποίαν τέχνην ἐπίστασαι;

Which-also then-also it-had-came-into, the-one a-setee-off, into to-the-ones to-cities of-the-one of-an-India with of-an-Abbanês of-the-one of-traversed-in, it-had-came-off, the-one an-Abbanês, into to-a-drawing-along-to-of of-a-Goundaforos of-the-one of-a-ruler-of. It-beared-up-toward then-also unto-it about of-the-one of-a-creationer to-which with of-it it-had-led. It-had-been-joyed then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, and toward to-it to-have-had-came-into to-it it-arranged-toward. Of-having-had-came-into accordingly of-it it-had-said unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, To-whither-belonged to-a-crafting thou-stand-upon?

ATo 17:2 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Τὴν τεκτονικὴν καὶ τὴν οἰκοδομικήν.

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, To-the-one to-crafted-belonged-of and to-the-one to-a-house-built-belonged-of.

ATo 17:3 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς· Τίνα οὖν οἶδας ἐν ξύλοις ἐργασίαν, καὶ τίνα ἐν λίθοις;

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, To-what-one accordingly thou-had-come-to-see in unto-woods to-a-working-unto, and to-what-one in unto-stones?

ATo 17:4 Λέγει ὁ ἀπόστολος· Ἐν μὲν ξύλοις ἄροτρα ζυγοὺς τρυτάνας τροχιλείας καὶ πλοῖα καὶ κώπας καὶ ἱστούς, ἐν δὲ λίθοις στήλας ναοὺς καὶ πραιτώρια βασιλικά.

It-fortheth, the-one a-setee-off, In indeed unto-woods to-en-liftings, to-couplages, to-trutanê', to-circuitee-groupings-of, and to-floatlets and to-oars and to-standees, in then-also unto-stones to-blocks, to-temples, and to-praitôrions to-ruler-belonged-of.

Note: to-en-liftings : used to refer to ploughing or cultivating soil, with contexts extending into procuring in women and unearthing information, etc.

Note: to-trutanê' : Greek creation from Latin trutina = a balance scale.

Note: to-circuitee-groupings-of (TROXILEIAS) : TROXILEAS corrected to TROXILEIAS.

Note: to-praitôrions : from Latin; military headquarters.

ATo 17:5 Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν· Οἰκοδομεῖς μοι παλάτιον;

And the-one a-ruler-of it-had-said, Thou-house-build-unto unto-me to-a-palation?

Note: to-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

ATo 17:6 Ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη· Ναί, οἰκοδομῶ καὶ τελίσκω· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἦλθον, οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ τεκτονεῦσαι.

The-one then-also it-was-separated-off, Yea, I-house-build-unto and I-finish-belong-of; through to-the-one-this too-thus I-had-came, to-have-house-built-unto and to-have-creationed-of.

ATo 18:1 Καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἤρξατο διαλέγεσθαι αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ περὶ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τοῦ πραιτωρίου καὶ περὶ τῶν θεμελίων τὸ πῶς τεθῶσιν, ἕως ὅτε ἦλθον εἰς τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ἐν ᾧ ἐβούλετο τὴν οἰκοδομὴν γενέσθαι· καὶ εἶπεν· Ὧδε βούλομαι τὴν οἰκοδομὴν γενέσθαι.

And having-had-taken-beside to-it, the-one a-ruler-of, it-had-came-out out-unto-which of-the-ones of-gates of-the-one of-a-city, and it-firsted to-forth-through unto-it in unto-the-one unto-a-way about of-the-one of-a-house-building of-the-one of-a-praitôrion and about of-the-ones of-placeeer-belonged to-the-one unto-whither they-might-have-been-placed, unto-if-which which-also they-had-came into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-thither in unto-which it-was-purposing to-the-one to-a-house-building to-have-had-became; and it-had-said, Unto-which-then-also I-purpose to-the-one to-a-house-building to-have-had-became.

Note: of-a-praitôrion : from Latin; military headquarters.

ATo 18:2 Καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος Ναί φησιν· καὶ γὰρ ὁ τόπος οὗτος ἐπιτήδειός ἐστιν πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομήν.

And the-one a-setee-off, Yea, it-declareth, and too-thus the-one an-occasion the-one-this avail-belonged-upon it-be toward to-the-one to-a-house-building.

ATo 18:3 Ἦν δὲ ὁ τόπος ἀλσώδης, καὶ ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ. λέγει οὖν ὁ βασιλεύς· Ἄρξαι κτίζειν.

It-was then-also the-one an-occasion grove-seeinged, and waters much it-was thither. It-fortheth accordingly, the-one a-ruler-of, Thou-should-have-firsted to-befound-to.

ATo 18:4 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη· Νῦν οὐ δύναμαι ἄρξασθαι κτίζειν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ.

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, Now not I-able to-have-firsted to-befound-to in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-this.

ATo 18:5 Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Πότε φησὶν δύνῃ;

And the-one a-ruler-of, Whither-also, it-declareth, thou-might-able?

ATo 18:6 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη· Ἄρχομαι ἀπὸ Δίου καὶ τελίσκω Ξανθικῷ.

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, I-first off of-a-Dios and I-finish-belong-of unto-a-Xanthikos.

Note: of-a-Dios ... unto-a-Xanthikos : Macedonian calendar, equivalent in season to the modern October and March.

ATo 18:7 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς θαυμάσας εἶπεν· Πᾶσα οἰκοδομὴ θέρους οἰκοδομεῖται· σὺ δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ χειμῶνι δύνασαι οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ κτίσαι παλάτιον;

The-one then-also a-ruler-of having-marveled-to it-had-said, All a-house-building of-a-summer it-be-house-built-unto; thou then-also unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-pour-belonging thou-able to-have-house-built-unto and to-have-befounded-to to-a-palation?

Note: to-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

ATo 18:8 Καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Οὕτως ὀφείλει γενέσθαι, καὶ ἄλλως οὐκ ἔχει.

And the-one a-setee-off it-had-said, Unto-the-one-this it-debteth to-have-had-became, and unto-other not it-holdeth.

ATo 18:9 Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν· Εἰ τοίνυν τοῦτο ἔδοξέν σοι, διαχάραξόν μοι πῶς γίνεται τὸ ἔργον, ἐπειδὴ διὰ χρόνου ἔρχομαι ἐνθάδε.

And the-one a-ruler-of it-had-said, If unto-the-one-now to-the-one-this it-thought-unto unto-thee, thou-should-have-paled-through unto-me unto-whither it-becometh, the-one a-work, upon-if-then through of-a-while I-come in-from-which-then-also.

Note: thou-should-have-paled-through : i.e. in the sense of making an impression on a medium, i.e. a blueprint.

ATo 18:10 Καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος κάλαμον λαβὼν διεχάρασσεν μετρῶν τὸν τόπον, καὶ τὰς μὲν θύρας ἔτασσεν κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν τοῦ ἡλίου βλέπειν πρὸς τὸ φῶς, τὰς δὲ θυρίδας κατὰ δύσιν πρὸς τοὺς ἀνέμους, τὸ δὲ ἀρτοποιεῖον πρὸς μεσημβρίαν ἐποίησεν εἶναι, τὸν δὲ ἀγωγὸν τοῦ ὕδατος τὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν εἰς τὸ ἀρκτῷον.

And the-one a-setee-off to-a-reed having-had-taken it-paled-through measuring-unto to-the-one to-an-occasion and to-the-ones indeed to-portalednesses it-was-arranging down to-the-one to-a-finishing-up of-the-one of-a-sun to-view toward to-the-one to-a-light, to-the-ones then-also to-portalets down to-a-sinking toward to-the-ones to-winds, to-the-one then-also to-an-adjustation-dolet-unto toward to-a-middle-daying-unto it-did-unto to-be, to-the-one then-also to-a-leadee of-the-one of-a-water to-the-one into to-the-one to-a-rowing-under-unto into to-the-one to-en-firstant-belonged.

Note: it-paled-through : i.e. in the sense of making an impression on a medium, i.e. marked off.

Note: to-an-adjustation-dolet-unto : a place for doing bread work.

Note: to-en-firstant-belonged : derived from ARXW; refers to the northern region and its sky; called "firstant" because all other stars, as viewable from earth, rotate around it.

ATo 18:11 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἰδὼν εἶπεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· Ἀληθῶς τεχνίτης εἶ, καὶ πρέπει σοι βασιλεῦσιν ἐξυπηρετεῖν.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of having-had-seen it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, Unto-un-secludinged a-craft-belonger thou-be, and it-befitteth unto-thee unto-rulers-of to-row-under-out-unto.

ATo 18:12 Καὶ πολλὰ αὐτῷ καταλείψας ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ.

And to-much unto-it having-remaindered-down it-had-came-off off of-it.

ATo 19:1 Καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν ἀπέστελλεν ἀργύρια καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, τά τε πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐργατῶν.

And down to-a-time it-was-setting-off to-silverlets and to-the-ones to-avail-belonged-upon, to-the-ones also toward to-the-one to-a-lifing of-it also and of-the-ones of-remaindered of-workers.

ATo 19:2 ὁ δὲ λαμβάνων πάντα οἰκονόμει περιερχόμενος τὰ ἄστη καὶ τὰ πέριξ χωρία, διαδίδων καὶ εὐσεβείας παρέχων τοῖς πένησιν καὶ τεθλιμμένοις, καὶ ἄνεσιν παρεῖχεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων· Οἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς βασιλικῶν τεύξασθαι ἀμοιβῶν, πένητας δὲ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀναπαύεσθαι χρή.

The-one then-also taking to-all it-house-parceleeth-unto coming-about to-the-ones to-towns and to-the-ones unto-about to-spacelets, giving-through and to-goodly-reverings-of holding-beside unto-the-ones unto-necessitatinged and unto-having-had-come-to-be-pressed, and to-a-sending-up it-was-holding-beside unto-them, forthing, It-had-come-to-see, the-one a-ruler-of, of-ruler-belonged-of to-have-actuated of-along-belonged-steppings, to-necessitatinged then-also toward to-the-one to-being-beside to-be-ceased-up it-affordeth-unto.

ATo 19:3 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁ βασιλεὺς πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον ἀπέστειλεν πρεσβευτήν, γράψας αὐτῷ τάδε· Σήμανόν μοι τί πεποίηκας, ἢ τίνα σοι ἀποστείλω, ἢ τίνος χρῄζεις.

With then-also to-the-ones-these the-one a-ruler-of toward to-the-one to-a-setee-off it-set-off to-a-more-elder-of, having-scribed unto-it to-the-ones-then-also, Thou-should-have-signified unto-me to-what-one thou-had-come-to-do-unto, or to-what-ones unto-thee I-shall-set-off, or of-what-one thou-afford-belong-unto-to.

ATo 19:4 Ἀποστέλλει αὐτῷ ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγων ὅτι Τὸ πραιτώριον ἔκτισται, μόνη δὲ ἡ στέγη περιλείπεται.

It-setteth-off unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, forthing to-which-a-one, The-one a-praitôrion it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to, stayeed then-also the-one a-shielding it-had-come-to-be-remaindered-about.

Note: a-praitôrion : from Latin; military headquarters.

Note: a-shielding : used to refer to protective coverings, not to the military object.

ATo 19:5 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας ἔπεμψεν αὐτῷ πάλιν χρυσίον καὶ ἄσημον, γράψας αὐτῷ ὅτι Τὸ πραιτώριον εἴ γε γέγονεν στεγασθήτω.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of having-heard it-volleyed unto-it unto-furthered to-a-goldlet and to-un-signified-of, having-scribed unto-it to-which-a-one, The-one a-praitôrion if too it-hath-had-come-to-become it-should-have-been-shielded-to.

Note: a-praitôrion : from Latin; military headquarters.

ATo 19:6 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος πρὸς τὸν κύριον εἶπεν· Εὐχαριστῶ σοι κύριε κατὰ πάντα, ὅτι ἀπέθανες πρὸς ὀλίγον ἵνα ἐγὼ ζήσω ἀιδίως ἐν σοί, καὶ πέπρακάς με ἵνα πολλοὺς ἐλευθερώσῃς δι᾿ ἐμοῦ.

The-one then-also a-setee-off toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged it-had-said, I-goodly-grant-unto unto-thee, Authority-belonged, down to-all, to-which-a-one thou-had-died-off toward to-little so I I-might-have-lifed-unto unto-aged-belonged in unto-thee, and thou-had-come-to-en-acrossate to-me so to-much thou-might-have-en-freed through of-ME.

ATo 19:7 Καὶ οὐκ ἐπαύετο τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ ἀναψύχειν τοὺς τεθλιμμένους, λέγων ὅτι Ταῦτα ὁ κύριος οἰκονόμησεν ὑμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸς παρέχει ἑκάστῳ τὴν τροφήν· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τροφεὺς τῶν ὀρφανῶν καὶ οἰκονόμος τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τεθλιμμένοις αὐτὸς γίνεται ἄνεσις καὶ ἀνάπαυσις.

And not it-was-ceasing of-the-one to-veer-veerate and to-breath-up to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-pressed, forthing to-which-a-one, To-the-ones-these the-one Authority-belonged it-house-parceleed-unto unto-ye, and it it-holdeth-beside unto-each to-the-one to-a-nourishing; it too-thus it-be the-one a-Nourisher-of of-the-ones of-orphans and a-House-parceleer of-the-ones of-bereaved, and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-pressed it it-becometh a-sending-up and a-ceasing-up.

ATo 20:1 Ὅτε δὲ παρεγένετο ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἐξήταζεν τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ περὶ τοῦ πραιτωρίου οὗ ἔκτιζεν αὐτῷ Ἰούδας ὁ καὶ Θωμᾶς· ἔλεγον δὲ αὐτῷ ὅτι Οὔτε παλάτιον ἔκτισεν οὔτε ἄλλο τι ἐποίησεν ὧν ἐπηγγείλατο ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ περιέρχεται τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὰς χώρας, καὶ εἴ τι ἔχει πάντα δίδωσι τοῖς πένησι, καὶ διδάσκει θεὸν νέον ἕνα, καὶ νοσοῦντας θεραπεύει καὶ δαίμονας ἀπελαύνει καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ ποιεῖ παράδοξα· καὶ νομίζομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι μάγος ἐστίν.

Which-also then-also it-had-became-beside, the-one a-ruler-of, into to-the-one to-a-city, it-was-out-testing-to to-the-ones to-cared of-it about of-the-one of-a-praitôrion of-which it-befounded-to unto-it, an-Ioudas the-one and a-Tômas; they-were-forthing then-also unto-it to-which-a-one, Not-also to-a-palation it-befounded-to not-also to-other to-a-one it-did-unto of-which it-leadeeered-upon to-have-done-unto, other it-cometh-about to-the-ones to-cities and to-the-ones to-spacednesses, and if to-a-one it-holdeth to-all it-giveth unto-the-ones unto-necessitatinged, and it-veer-veerateth to-a-Deity to-new to-one, and to-ailing-unto it-ministereth-of and to-daimons it-droveth-off, and to-other to-much it-doeth-unto to-reckoned-beside; and we-parcelee-to we to-which-a-one a-magos it-be;

Note: of-a-praitôrion : from Latin; military headquarters.

Note: to-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

Note: a-magos : used to refer to educated men from the east usually specializing in astronomy.

ATo 20:2 ἀλλ᾿ αἱ εὐσπλαγχνίαι αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ ἰάσεις αἱ δωρεὰν ἐξ αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι, ἔτι δὲ τὸ ἁπλοῦν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιεικὲς καὶ τὸ τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ σημαίνει ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν ἢ ἀπόστολος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ νέου ὃν αὐτὸς καταγγέλλει· συνεχῶς γὰρ νηστεύει καὶ εὔχεται, καὶ ἄρτον ἐσθίει μόνον μετὰ ἅλατος, καὶ τὸ ποτὸν αὐτοῦ ὕδωρ, καὶ φορεῖ ἓν ἱμάτιον εἴτε ἐν εὐδίᾳ εἴτε ἐν χειμῶνι, καὶ οὐδὲν παρά τινος λαμβάνει, καὶ ἃ ἔχει ἄλλοις δίδωσιν.

other the-ones goodly-bowelings-unto of-it and the-ones curings the-ones to-a-giftedness out of-it becoming, if-to-a-one then-also the-one folded-along of-it and resembled-upon and the-one of-the-one of-a-trust of-it it-signifieth to-which-a-one course-belonged it-be or a-setee-off of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-new to-which it it-leadeeereth-down; unto-held-together too-thus it-non-eateth-of and it-goodly-holdeth, and to-an-adjustation it-eat-belongeth to-stayeed with of-a-saltiness, and the-one drinkeed of-it a-water, and it-beareeth-unto to-one to-an-apparelet if-also in unto-a-goodly-throughing-unto if-also in unto-a-pour-belonging, and to-not-then-also-one beside of-a-one it-taketh, and to-which it-holdeth unto-other it-giveth.

Note: unto-a-goodly-throughing-unto : used to refer to goodly conditions, especially good weather.

ATo 20:3 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ταῖς χερσὶν αὑτοῦ τὴν ὄψιν προσέτριψεν, τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ κινῶν ἐπὶ ὥραν πολλήν.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-ones unto-hands of-it to-the-one to-a-beholding it-rubbed-toward, to-the-one to-a-head of-it moving-unto upon to-an-hour to-much.

ATo 21:1 Καὶ μετεπέμψατο τὸν ἔμπορον τὸν ἀγαγόντα αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν ἀπόστολον, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἔκτισάς μοι τὸ παλάτιον;

And it-volleyed-with to-the-one to-traversed-in to-the-one to-having-had-led to-it and to-the-one to-a-setee-off, and it-had-said unto-it, Thou-befounded-to unto-me to-the-one to-a-palation?

Note: to-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

ATo 21:2 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη· Ναί, ἔκτισα.

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, Yea, I-befounded-to.

ATo 21:3 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν· Πότε οὖν ὑπάγομεν καὶ βλέπομεν αὐτό;

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-had-said, Whither-also accordingly we-lead-under and we-view to-it?

ATo 21:4 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη· Νῦν αὐτὸ ἰδεῖν οὐ δύνασαι, ἀλλ᾿ ὅταν τοῦ βίου τούτου ἐξέλθῃς βλέπεις αὐτό.

The-one then-also having-been-separated-off unto-it it-was-declaring, Now to-it to-have-had-seen not thou-able, other which-also-ever of-the-one of-a-dureeation of-the-one-this thou-might-have-had-came-out thou-view to-it.

ATo 21:5 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς πάνυ ὀργισθεὶς ἐκέλευσεν ὑπὸ δεσμὸν γενέσθαι τόν τε ἔμπορον καὶ Ἰούδαν τὸν καὶ Θωμᾶν καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθῆναι, ἕως ἂν ἀνακρίνας μάθῃ τίνι ἐδόθη τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ οὕτως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἐμπόρου.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of all-now having-been-stressed-to it-bade-of under to-a-bindee to-have-had-became to-the-one also to-traversed-in and to-an-Ioudas to-the-one and to-a-Tômas and into to-a-guardery to-have-been-casted unto-if-which ever having-separated-up it-might-have-had-learned unto-what-one it-was-given the-ones of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and unto-the-one-this to-it it-might-have-destructed-off with of-the-one of-traversed-in.

ATo 21:6 ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος χαίρων ἀπῄει ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ, καὶ ἔλεγεν τῷ ἐμπόρῳ· Μὴ φοβοῦ μηδέν, ἀλλὰ μόνον πίστευσον τῷ δι᾿ ἐμοῦ κηρυσσομένῳ Θεῷ, καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐλευθερωθήσῃ, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος ζωὴν κομίσῃ.

The-one then-also a-setee-off joying it-was-going-off in unto-the-one unto-a-bindeerlet, and it-was-forthing unto-the-one unto-traversed-in, Lest thou-should-fearee-unto to-lest-then-also-one, other to-stayeed thou-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one through of-ME unto-being-heraldered unto-a-Deity, and off indeed of-the-one-this of-the-one of-an-orderation thou-shall-be-en-freed, off then-also of-the-one of-pending of-an-age to-a-lifing thou-might-have-tended-to.

ATo 21:7 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐσκέπτετο ποίῳ θανάτῳ αὐτοὺς ἀναλώσῃ.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-was-scouting unto-whither-belonged unto-a-death to-them it-might-have-other-alonged-up.

ATo 21:8 ὡς δὲ ἔδοξεν πυρὶ αὐτοὺς καῦσαι ἐκδεδαρμένους, αὐτῇ τῇ νυκτὶ Γὰδ ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀδελφὸς ἐκακοῦτο, καὶ διὰ τὴν λύπην καὶ ἐπίθεσιν ἣν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἔπαθεν ἐβαρήθη σφόδρα· καὶ μεταπεμψάμενος τὸν βασιλέα εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἀδελφὲ βασιλεῦ, τὸν οἶκόν μου καὶ τὰ τέκνα μου παρατίθημί σοι· ἐγὼ γὰρ διὰ τὴν ἐπήρειαν τὴν συμβᾶσάν σοι ἐλυπήθην καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀποθνῄσκω, καὶ ἐὰν μὴ ἐπέλθῃς τῇ τιμωρίᾳ κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐκείνου τοῦ μάγου, οὐκ ἀναπαύσεις μου τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς ᾅδου.

As then-also it-thought-unto unto-a-fire to-them to-have-burn-belonged to-having-had-come-to-be-aparted-out, unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-night a-Gad the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of brethrened it-was-being-en-wedged-wedged-out, and through to-the-one to-a-throe and to-a-placing-upon to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-had-trekked it-was-weighted-unto to-vehemented; and having-volleyed-with to-the-one to-a-ruler-of it-had-said unto-it, Brethrened Ruler-of, to-the-one to-a-house of-me and to-the-ones to-creationees of-me I-place-beside unto-thee; I too-thus through to-the-one to-an-insulting-upon-of to-the-one to-having-had-stepped-together unto-thee I-was-throed-unto and thou-should-have-had-seen, I-die-off, and if-ever lest thou-might-have-had-came-upon unto-the-one unto-a-value-warding-unto down of-the-one of-a-head of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-magos, not thou-shall-cease-up of-me to-the-one to-a-breathing into of-a-hadês.

Note: of-a-magos : used to refer to educated men from the east usually specializing in astronomy.

ATo 21:9 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ἀδελφῷ εἶπεν· Δι᾿ ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς τοῦτο ἐσκεπτόμην, τὸ πῶς αὐτὸν θανατώσω· τοῦτο δὲ ἔδοξέν μοι, ἐν πυρὶ αὐτὸν κατακαῦσαι ἐκδαρέντα, καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν ἔμπορον μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀγαγόντα αὐτόν.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of unto-the-one of-self unto-brethrened it-had-said, Through of-whole of-the-one of-a-night to-the-one-this I-was-scouting, to-the-one unto-whither to-it I-shall-en-death; to-the-one-this then-also it-thought-unto unto-me, in unto-a-fire to-it to-have-burn-belonged-down to-having-had-been-aparted-out, and to-it and to-the-one to-traversed-in with of-it to-the-one to-having-had-led to-it.

ATo 22:1 Καὶ ὡς ὡμίλουν, ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ψυχὴ Γὰδ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ.

And as they-were-grouping-along-unto, it-had-came-out, the-one a-breathing of-a-Gad of-the-one of-brethrened of-it.

ATo 22:2 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐπένθει τὸν Γὰδ σφόδρα, πάνυ γὰρ ἠγάπα αὐτόν, καὶ προσέταξεν εἰς βασιλικὴν ἐσθῆτα καὶ πολύτιμον κηδευθῆναι αὐτόν.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-was-grieving-unto to-the-one to-a-Gad to-vehemented, all-now too-thus it-excessed-off-unto to-it, and it-arranged-toward into to-ruler-belonged-of to-a-clotheness and to-much-valued to-have-been-regarded-of to-it.

ATo 22:3 τούτων δὲ γενομένων τὴν ψυχὴν Γὰδ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως ἄγγελοι παραλαβόντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνήγαγον, ὑποδεικνύοντες αὐτῷ τοὺς ἐκεῖ τόπους καὶ οἰκήσεις, ἐξετάζοντες αὐτόν· Εἰς ποῖον τόπον βούλει οἰκῆσαι;

Of-the-ones-these then-also of-having-had-became, to-the-one to-a-breathing of-a-Gad of-the-one of-brethrened of-the-one of-a-ruler-of leadeeers having-had-taken-beside, into to-the-one to-a-sky they-had-led-up, en-showing-under unto-it to-the-ones thither to-occasions and to-housings, out-testing-to to-it, Into to-whither-belonged to-an-occasion thou-purpose to-have-housed-unto?

ATo 22:4 Ὅτε δὲ ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν Θωμᾶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ἣν ἔκτισεν τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἰδὼν αὐτὴν ὁ Γὰδ εἶπεν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις· Δέομαι ὑμῶν κύριοί μου, εἰς ἕνα τῶν κατώγεων οἴκων τούτων συγχωρήσατέ μοι οἰκῆσαι.

Which-also then-also they-neared-to into to-the-one to-a-house-building of-a-Tômas of-the-one of-a-setee-off, to-which it-befounded-to unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, having-had-seen to-it, the-one a-Gad, it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-leadeeers? I-bind of-ye, Authority-belonged of-me, into to-one of-the-ones of-soiled-down of-houses of-the-ones-these thou-should-have-spaced-together-unto unto-me to-have-housed-unto.

ATo 22:5 Οἳ δὲ ἔφησαν αὐτῷ· Οὐ δύνασαι οἰκῆσαι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ οἰκοδομῇ. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· Διὰ τί;

The-ones then-also they-declared unto-it, Not thou-able to-have-housed-unto in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-house-building. The-one then-also it-had-said, Through to-what-one?

ATo 22:6 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Τοῦτο τὸ παλάτιον ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν ὃ οἰκοδόμησεν ὁ χριστιανὸς ἐκεῖνος τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου.

They-forth unto-it, The-one-this the-one a-palation the-one-thither it-be to-which it-house-built-unto, the-one Anointed-belonged-to the-one-thither, unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-thee.

Note: a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

ATo 22:7 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· Δέομαι ὑμῶν κύριοί μου, συγχωρήσατέ μοι ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν μου, ἵνα ἀγοράσω παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ παλάτιον τοῦτο· οὗ γὰρ οἶδεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, καὶ πιπράσκει μοι αὐτό.

The-one then-also it-had-said, I-bind of-ye, Authority-belonged of-me, ye-should-have-spaced-together-unto unto-me to-have-had-came-off toward to-the-one to-brethrened of-me, so I-might-have-gathered-to beside of-it to-the-one to-a-palation to-the-one-this; of-which too-thus it-had-come-to-see, the-one brethrened of-me, which-whither-belonged it-be, and it-en-acrossateth unto-me to-it.

Note: to-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

Note: of-which (οὗ) : is correct; οὐ corrected to οὗ.

ATo 23:1 Τότε οἱ ἄγγελοι ἀφῆκαν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Γάδ· καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐνδύειν αὐτοὺς αὐτὸν τὴν ἐντάφιον στολὴν ἐπεισῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔλεγεν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἑστῶσιν· Καλέσατέ μοι τὸν ἀδελφόν μου, ἵνα αἰτήσωμαι παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ μίαν αἴτησιν.

To-the-one-which-also the-ones leadeeers they-sent-off to-the-one to-a-breathing of-the-one of-a-Gad; and in unto-the-one to-sink-in to-them to-it to-the-one to-buriage-belonged to-a-setee it-had-came-into-upon unto-it, the-one a-breathing of-it; and it-was-forthing unto-the-ones about to-it unto-having-hath-had-come-to-stand, Ye-should-have-called-unto unto-me to-the-one to-brethrened of-me, so I-might-have-appealed-unto beside of-it to-one to-an-appealing.

ATo 23:2 εὐθέως οὖν εὐηγγελίσαντο τῷ βασιλεῖ αὐτῶν λέγοντες ὅτι Ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἀνέζησεν.

Unto-straight accordingly they-goodly-leadeeered-to unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-them forthing to-which-a-one, The-one brethrened of-thee it-up-lifed-unto.

ATo 23:3 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐκπηδήσας σὺν πλήθει πολλῷ ἤρχετο πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον ἀδελφόν, καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔστη πρὸς τὴν κλίνην αὐτοῦ ὥσπερ ἔκπληκτος, μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι αὐτῷ.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of having-out-scurried-unto together unto-a-repleteedness unto-much it-was-coming toward to-the-one to-private-belonged to-brethrened, and having-had-came-into it-had-stood toward to-the-one to-a-clining of-it as-very smitten-out, lest abling to-have-spoken unto-it.

ATo 23:4 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ· Οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἀδελφὲ ὅτι εἴ τις ᾔτησέν σε τὸ ἥμισυ τῆς βασιλείας σου, δέδωκας ἂν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ· διὸ ἀξιῶ σε παρασχεῖν μοι χάριτα μίαν ἣν αἰτοῦμαί σε ἵνα πωλήσῃς μοι ὃ αἰτοῦμαι παρὰ σοῦ.

It-had-said then-also, the-one brethrened of-it, I-had-come-to-see and I-had-come-to-sure, Brethrened, to-which-a-one if a-one it-appealed-unto to-thee to-the-one to-half of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-thee, thou-had-come-to-give ever over of-ME; through-to-which I-en-deem-belong to-thee to-have-had-held-beside unto-me to-a-granting to-one to-which I-appeal-unto to-thee so thou-might-have-trafficked-unto unto-me to-which I-appeal-unto beside of-thee.

ATo 23:5 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· Καὶ τί ἐστιν ὃ αἰτεῖς με πωλῆσαί σοι;

The-one then-also a-ruler-of having-been-separated-off it-had-said, And what-one it-be to-which thou-appeal-unto to-me to-have-trafficked-unto unto-thee?

ATo 23:6 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη· Ὅρκῳ με πεῖσον ὅτι μοι παρέχεις.

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, Unto-a-fencee to-me thou-should-have-sured to-which-a-one unto-me thou-hold-beside.

ATo 23:7 Καὶ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅτι Ἓν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μοι εἴ τι ἐὰν αἰτήσῃ δίδωμί σοι.

And it-en-oathed unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, to-which-a-one, To-one of-the-ones of-firsting-under unto-me if to-a-one if-ever thou-might-have-appealed-unto, I-give unto-thee.

ATo 23:8 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Τὸ παλάτιον ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἔχεις πώλησόν μοι.

And it-fortheth unto-it, To-the-one to-a-palation to-the-one-thither to-the-one in unto-the-ones unto-skies thou-hold, thou-should-have-trafficked-unto unto-me.

Note: to-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

Note: to-the-one {2nd} : to-which in some alt. texts.

ATo 23:9 Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν· Ἐμοὶ παλάτιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πόθεν ὑπάρχει;

And the-one a-ruler-of it-had-said, Unto-ME a-palation in unto-the-ones unto-skies whither-from it-firsteth-under?

Note: a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

ATo 23:10 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη· Ἐκεῖνο ὃ οἰκοδόμησέν σοι ἐκεῖνος ὁ χριστιανὸς ὁ ὢν νῦν ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ, ὃν ἤγαγέν σοι ὁ ἔμπορος ἀγοράσας παρὰ Ἰησοῦ τινος· τὸν δοῦλον λέγω ἐκεῖνον τὸν Ἑβραῖον, ὃν ἐβούλου κολάσαι ὡς ἐπίθεσίν τινα παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ παθών, ἐφ᾿ ὃν κἀγὼ λυπηθεὶς ἀπέθανον καὶ ἀνέζησα νῦν.

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, To-the-one-thither to-which it-house-built-unto unto-thee, the-one-thither the-one Anointed-belonged-to the-one being now in unto-the-one unto-a-bindeerlet, to-which it-had-led unto-thee, the-one traversed-in, having-gathered-to beside of-an-Iêsous of-a-one; to-the-one to-a-bondee I-forth to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-Ebra-belonged, to-which thou-was-purposing to-have-strictured as to-a-placing-upon to-a-one beside of-it having-had-trekked, upon to-which and-I having-been-throed-unto I-had-died-off and I-up-lifed-unto now.

ATo 24:1 Τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς ἐπίστασιν ἐλθὼν συνῆκεν περὶ τῶν διαφερόντων αὐτῷ καὶ μελλόντων αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν, καὶ εἶπεν· Ἐκεῖνο τὸ παλάτιον πωλῆσαί σοι οὐ δύναμαι, εὔχομαι δὲ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτὸ καὶ οἰκῆσαι καὶ καταξιωθῆναι τῶν οἰκητόρων αὐτοῦ· σὺ δὲ ἀληθῶς εἰ βούλει πρίασθαι τοιοῦτον παλάτιον, ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ζῇ καὶ κτίζει σοι ἐκείνου βέλτιον.

To-the-one-which-also the-one a-ruler-of into to-a-standing-upon having-had-came it-sent-together about of-the-ones of-bearing-through unto-it and of-pending of-aged-belonged of-excess-placed, and it-had-said, To-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-palation to-have-trafficked-unto unto-thee not I-able, I-goodly-hold then-also to-have-had-came-into into to-it and to-have-housed-unto and to-have-been-en-deem-belonged-down of-the-ones of-housers of-it; thou then-also unto-un-secludinged if thou-purpose to-have-bought to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-a-palation, thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-mankind it-lifeth-unto and it-befoundeth-to unto-thee of-the-one-thither to-better-belonginged-of.

Note: to-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

ATo 24:2 Καὶ εὐθέως πέμψας ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ τὸν ἔμπορον τὸν ἐγκλεισθέντα σὺν αὐτῷ, λέγων· Δέομαί σου ὡς ἄνθρωπος δεόμενος τοῦ διακόνου τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα εὔξῃ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ δεηθῇς ἐκείνου οὗ διάκονος ὑπάρχεις ἵνα μοι ἀφήσῃ καὶ παρίδῃ ἃ εἰς σὲ διεπραξάμην ἢ καὶ ἐνεθυμήθην διαπράξασθαι, καὶ ἄξιόν με γενέσθαι οἰκήτορα ἐκείνης τῆς οἰκήσεως ἧσπερ ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδὲν ἔκαμον, σὺ δέ μοι ἔκτισας μόνος καμών, συνεργούσης σοι τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ σου, καὶ ἵνα γένωμαι ὑπηρέτης κἀγὼ καὶ δουλεύσω τῷ Θεῷ τούτῳ ᾧ σὺ κηρύττεις.

And unto-straight having-volleyed it-had-led-out out of-the-one of-a-bindeerlet to-the-one to-a-setee-off and to-the-one to-traversed-in to-the-one to-having-been-latch-belonged-in together unto-it, forthing, I-bind of-thee as a-mankind binding of-the-one of-a-raiser-through of-the-one of-a-Deity so thou-might-have-goodly-held over of-ME and thou-might-have-been-binded of-the-one-thither of-which a-raiser-through thou-first-under so unto-me thou-shall-send-off and thou-might-have-had-seen-beside to-which into to-thee I-practiced-through or and I-was-passioned-in-unto to-have-practiced-through, and to-deem-belonged to-me to-have-had-became to-a-houser of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-housing which-very I indeed to-not-then-also-one I-wearied, thou then-also unto-me thou-befounded-to stayeed wearying, of-working-together-unto unto-thee of-the-one of-a-granting of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee, and so I-might-have-had-became an-under-rower and-I and I-shall-bondee-of unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one-this unto-which thou thou-heralder.

ATo 24:3 Καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς δὲ αὐτοῦ προσπεσὼν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ἔλεγεν· Δέομαί σου καὶ ἱκετεύω ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἵνα ἄξιος γένωμαι τῆς τούτου διακονίας καὶ ὑπηρεσίας, καὶ κληρωθῶ ἄξιος γενέσθαι τῶν ὀφθέντων μοι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ.

And the-one brethrened then-also of-it having-had-fallen-toward unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off it-was-forthing, I-bind of-thee and I-petition-of in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee so deem-belonged I-might-had-became of-the-one of-the-one-thither of-a-raising-through-unto and of-a-rowing-under-unto, and I-might-have-been-en-lotted deem-belonged to-have-had-became of-the-ones of-having-been-beheld unto-me under of-the-ones of-leadeeers of-it.

ATo 25:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος χαρᾶς ληφθεὶς εἶπεν· Ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι κύριε Ἰησοῦ ὅτι ἀπεκάλυψάς σου τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις· σὺ γὰρ εἶ μόνος θεὸς τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ οὐχ ἕτερος· καὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ τὰ πάντα εἰδὼς τὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἄγνωστα· σὺ εἶ κύριε ὁ ἐν πᾶσι εὐσπλαγχνία καὶ φειδὼ ποιούμενος τοὺς ἀνθρώπους· οἱ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι διὰ τὴν πλάνην τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς παρεῖδάν σε, σὺ δὲ οὐ παρεῖδες αὐτούς.

The-one then-also a-setee-off, of-a-joyedness having-been-taken, it-had-said, I-along-forthee-out-unto unto-thee, Authority-belonged Iêsous, to-which-a-one thou-shrouded-off of-thee to-the-one to-an-un-secluding-of in unto-the-ones unto-mankinds unto-the-ones-these; thou too-thus thou-be stayeed a-Deity of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of, and not different; and thou thou-be the-one to-the-ones to-all having-had-come-to-see to-the-ones unto-the-ones unto-much to-un-acquaintabled; thou thou-be, Authority-belonged, the-one in unto-all a-goodly-boweling-unto and to-a-sparing doing-unto to-the-ones to-mankinds; the-ones too-thus mankinds through to-the-one to-a-wandering to-the-one to-being in unto-them they-saw-beside to-thee, thou then-also not thou-had-seen-beside to-them.

ATo 25:2 καὶ νῦν αἰτουμένου μου καὶ ἱκετεύοντός σε δέξαι τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὸν τούτου ἀδελφόν, καὶ κατάμειξον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν σὴν ποίμνην, καθαρίσας αὐτοὺς τῷ σῷ λουτρῷ καὶ ἀλείψας αὐτοὺς τῷ σῷ ἐλαίῳ ἀπὸ τῆς περιεχούσης αὐτοὺς πλάνης· φύλαξον δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν λύκων, φέρων αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς σοῖς λειμῶσι·

And now of-appealing-unto of-me and of-petitioning-of to-thee thou-should-have-received to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-the-one of-the-one-this to-brethrened, and thou-should-have-en-mingled-down to-them into to-the-one to-thine to-a-shepherding, having-cleansed-to to-them unto-the-one unto-thine unto-an-en-bathing and having-smeared-along to-them unto-the-one unto-thine unto-an-oillet off of-the-one of-holding-about to-them of-a-wandering; thou-should-have-guardered then-also to-them and off of-the-ones of-wolves, bearing to-them in unto-the-ones unto-thine unto-meadows;

ATo 25:3 πότισον δὲ αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμβροσιώδους σου πηγῆς τῆς μὴ τεθολωμένης μήτε ληγούσης· δέονται γάρ σου καὶ ἱκετεύουσιν καὶ βούλονται ὑπηρέται καὶ διάκονοί σου γενέσθαι, καὶ ἕνεκεν τούτου εὐδοκοῦσιν καὶ διωχθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου καὶ διὰ σὲ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν μισηθῆναι καὶ ὑβρισθῆναι καὶ ἀποθανεῖν, ὡς καὶ σὺ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ταῦτα πάντα ἔπαθες, ἵνα ἡμᾶς περιποιήσῃ, κύριος ὢν καὶ ἀληθῶς ποιμὴν ἀγαθός.

thou-should-have-drinkationed-to then-also to-them off of-the-one of-un-mortal-seeinged of-thee of-a-pitching of-the-one lest of-having-had-come-to-be-en-turbided lest-also of-abating; they-bind too-thus of-thee and they-petition-of and they-purpose under-rowers and raisers-through of-thee to-have-had-became, and in-out-in of-the-one-this they-goodly-think-unto and to-have-been-pursued under of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-thee and through to-thee under of-them to-have-been-hated-unto and to-have-been-abused-to and to-have-had-died-off, as and thou over of-us to-the-ones-these to-all thou-had-trekked, so to-us thou-might-have-done-about-unto, Authority-belonged being and unto-un-secluding-of a-shepherd excess-placed.

ATo 25:4 σὺ δὲ δὸς αὐτοῖς ἵνα ἔχωσιν ἐν σοὶ μόνῳ τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὴν παρὰ σοῦ βοήθειάν τε καὶ ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν, ἧς ἐκδέχονται παρὰ σοῦ μόνου, καὶ ἵνα βεβαιωθῶσιν εἰς τὰ σὰ μυστήρια, καὶ δέξονται τῶν σῶν χαρισμάτων καὶ δομάτων τὰ τέλεια ἀγαθά, καὶ ἀνθήσουσιν ἐν τῇ σῇ διακονίᾳ, καὶ τελεσφορήσουσιν ἐν τῷ πατρί σου.

Thou then-also thou-should-have-had-given unto-them so they-might-hold in unto-thee unto-stayeed to-the-one to-an-all-uttering-unto and to-the-one beside of-thee to-a-holler-running-of also and to-a-droved-sureeing of-the-one of-a-savioring-unto of-them, of-which they-receive-out beside of-thee of-stayeed, and so they-might-have-been-en-step-step-belonged into to-the-ones to-thine to-flexerlets, and they-shall-receive of-the-ones of-thine of-grantings-to and to-givings-to to-the-ones to-finish-belonged to-excess-placed, and they-shall-placeedness-up-unto in unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-raising-through-unto, and they-finish-bearee-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-Father of-thee.

ATo 26:1 Πάνυ οὖν διατεθέντες ἐν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ὅ τε βασιλεὺς Γουνδαφόρος καὶ ὁ τούτου ἀδελφὸς Γὰδ εἵποντο αὐτῷ μηδ᾿ ὅλως ἀναχωροῦντες, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπαρκοῦντες τοῖς δεομένοις, πᾶσιν διδόντες καὶ ἀναπαύοντες πάντας· ἐδεήθησαν δὲ αὐτοῦ ἵνα καὶ τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ λόγου δέξωνται λοιπὸν καὶ αὐτοί, λέγοντες αὐτῷ· Σχολαζουσῶν τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν καὶ προθύμων ἡμῶν ὄντων περὶ τὸν θεόν, δὸς ἡμῖν τὴν σφραγῖδα· ἠκούσαμεν γάρ σου λέγοντος ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ὃν κηρύσσεις διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ σφραγῖδος ἐπιγινώσκει τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα.

All-now accordingly having-been-placed-through in unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off the-one also a-ruler-of a-Goundaforos and the-one of-the-one-this brethrened a-Gad they-were-following unto-it lest-then-also unto-whole spacing-up-unto, and them lift-belonging-of-upon-unto unto-the-ones unto-binding, unto-all giving and ceasing-up to-all; they-were-binded then-also of-it so and to-the-one to-a-seal of-the-one of-a-forthee they-might-have-received to-remaindered and them, forthing unto-it, Of-leisuring-to of-the-ones of-breathings of-us and of-passioned-before of-us of-being about to-the-one to-a-Deity, thou-should-have-had-given unto-us to-the-one to-a-seal; we-heard too-thus of-thee of-forthing to-which-a-one the-one a-Deity to-which thou-heralder through of-the-one of-it of-a-seal it-acquainteth-upon to-the-ones to-private-belonged to-stepped-before.

ATo 26:2 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἔφη αὐτοῖς· Καὶ χαίρω καὶ δέομαι ὑμῶν λαβεῖν τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην, καὶ κοινωνῆσαί μοι εἰς τὴν εὐχαριστίαν ταύτην καὶ εὐλογίαν τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ τελειωθῆναι ἐν αὐτῇ οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν κύριος καὶ θεὸς πάντων, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὃν κηρύσσω, καὶ αὐτὸς πατὴρ ἀληθείας, εἰς ὃν ὑμᾶς πιστεύειν ἐδίδαξα.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-was-declaring unto-them, And I-joy and I-bind of-ye to-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-seal to-the-one-this, and to-have-en-together-belonged-to-unto unto-me into to-the-one to-a-goodly-granting-unto to-the-one-this and to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, and to-have-been-en-finish-belonged in unto-it; the-one-this too-thus it-be Authority-belonged and a-Deity of-all, an-Iêsous Anointed, to-which I-heralder, and it a-father of-an-un-secluding-of, into to-which to-ye to-trust-of I-veer-veerated.

ATo 26:3 Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν προσενεγκεῖν αὐτοὺς ἔλαιον, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ ἐλαίου δέξωνται τὴν σφραγῖδα.

And it-bade-of to-have-beared-toward to-them to-an-oillet, so through of-the-one of-an-oillet they-might-have-received to-the-one to-a-seal.

ATo 26:4 ἤνεγκαν οὖν τὸ ἔλαιον, καὶ λύχνους ἀνῆψαν πολλούς· νὺξ γὰρ ἦν.

They-beared accordingly to-the-one to-an-oillet, and to-luminatings-of they-fastened-up to-much; a-night too-this it-was.

ATo 27:1 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐσφράγισεν αὐτούς· ἀπεκαλύφθη δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος διὰ φωνῆς λέγων· Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν ἀδελφοί.

And having-had-stood-up, the-one a-setee-off, it-sealed-to to-them; it-was-shrouded-off then-also unto-them the-one Authority-belonged through of-a-sound forthing, A-joinifying unto-ye, Brethrened.

ATo 27:2 Οἳ δὲ φωνῆς μόνον ἤκουσαν αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὲ εἶδος αὐτοῦ οὐκ εἶδον· οὐδέπω γὰρ ἦσαν δεξάμενοι τὸ ἐπισφράγισμα τῆς σφραγῖδος.

The-ones then-also of-a-sound to-stayeed they-heard of-it, to-the-one then-also to-a-sighteedness of-it not they-had-seen; not-then-also-unto-whither too-thus they-were having-received to-the-one to-a-sealing-upon-to of-the-one of-a-seal.

ATo 27:3 λαβὼν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ καταχέας ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν καὶ ἀλείψας καὶ χρίσας αὐτοὺς ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ἐλθὲ τὸ ἅγιον ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα· ἐλθὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ ὑψίστου καὶ ἡ εὐσπλαγχνία ἡ τελεία· ἐλθὲ τὸ χάρισμα τὸ ὕψιστον· ἐλθὲ ἡ μήτηρ ἡ εὔσπλαγχνος· ἐλθὲ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἄρρενος· ἐλθὲ ἡ τὰ μυστήρια ἀποκαλύπτουσα τὰ ἀπόκρυφα· ἐλθὲ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν ἑπτὰ οἴκων, ἵνα ἡ ἀνάπαυσίς σου εἰς τὸν ὄγδοον οἶκον γένηται.

Having-had-taken then-also, the-one a-setee-off, to-the-one to-an-oillet and having-poured-down upon of-the-one of-a-head of-them and having-smeared-along and having-anointed to-them it-firsted to-forth, Thou-should-have-had-came, the-one hallow-belonged a-naming-to of-the-one of-Anointed the-one over to-all to-a-naming-to; thou-should-have-had-came, the-one an-ability of-the-one of-most-lofteed and the-one a-goodly-boweling-unto the-one finish-belonged; thou-should-have-had-came, the-one a-granting-to the-one most-lofteed; thou-should-have-had-came, the-one a-mother the-one goodly-boweled; thou-should-have-had-came, the-one an-en-together-belonging-to-unto of-the-one of-male; thou-should-have-had-came, the-one to-the-ones to-flexerlets shrouding-off to-the-ones to-hidened-off; thou-should-have-had-came, the-one a-mother of-the-ones of-seven of-houses, so the-one a-ceasing-up of-thee into to-the-one to-eighth to-a-house it-might-have-had-became;

ATo 27:4 ἐλθὲ ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν πέντε μελῶν, νοὸς ἐννοίας φρονήσεως ἐνθυμήσεως λογισμοῦ, κοινώνησον μετὰ τούτων τῶν νεωτέρων· ἐλθὲ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα καὶ καθάρισον τοὺς νεφροὺς αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν, καὶ ἐπισφράγισον αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος.

thou-should-have-had-came, the-one more-eldered of-the-ones of-five of-members; of-an-en-mulling-of, of-an-en-mulling-in-unto, of-a-centering, of-a-passioning-in, of-a-fortheeing-to-of; thou-should-have-en-together-belonged-to-unto with of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-more-new; thou-should-have-had-came, the-one hallow-belonged a-currenting-to and thou-should-have-cleansed-to to-the-ones to-kidneys of-them and to-the-one to-a-heart, and thou-should-have-sealed-upon-to to-them into to-a-naming-to of-a-Father and of-a-Son and of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to.

ATo 27:5 Καὶ σφραγισθέντων αὐτῶν ὤφθη αὐτοῖς νεανίας λαμπάδα ἀνημμένην κατέχων, ὡς καὶ τοὺς λύχνους αὐτοὺς τῇ τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτῆς προσβολῇ ἀμαυρωθῆναι.

And of-having-been-sealed-to of-them it-was-beheld unto-them a-new-belonging to-a-lamp to-having-had-come-to-be-fastened-up holding-down, as and to-the-ones to-luminatings-of to-them unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-light of-it unto-a-casting-toward to-have-been-en-diminished-along.

ATo 27:6 καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἀφανὴς αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο. εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος πρὸς τὸν κύριον· Ἀχώρητον ἡμῖν κύριε τὸ φῶς σού ἐστιν, καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα φέρειν αὐτό· μεῖζον γάρ ἐστιν τῆς ἡμετέρας ὄψεως.

And of-having-had-came-out un-manifestinged unto-them it-had-became. It-had-said then-also, the-one a-setee-off, toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, Un-spaceabled-unto unto-us, Authority-belonged, the-one a-light of-thee it-be, and not we-able to-bear to-it; greateninged-of too-thus it-be of-the-one of-ours of-a-beholding.

ATo 27:7 Αὔγους δὲ γενομένου καὶ διαφαύσαντος κλάσας ἄρτον κοινωνοὺς αὐτοὺς κατέστησεν τῆς εὐχαριστίας τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

Of-a-rayeedness then-also of-having-had-became and of-having-shined-through, having-broke to-an-adjustation to-en-together-belonged-to to-them it-stood-down of-the-one of-a-goodly-granting-unto of-the-one of-Anointed.

Note: of-having-had-became : GENAMENOU corrected to GENOMENOU.

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

ATo 27:8 ἔχαιρον δὲ καὶ ἠγαλλιῶντο· πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι πιστεύοντες προσετίθεντο καὶ ἤρχοντο εἰς τὸ καταφύγιον τοῦ σωτῆρος.

They-were-joying then-also and they-were-excess-jump-belonging-unto; much then-also and different trusting-of they-were-being-placed-toward, and they-were-coming into to-the-one to-a-flee-downlet of-the-one of-a-Savior.

ATo 28:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος οὐκ ἐπαύετο κηρύσσων καὶ λέγων αὐτοῖς· Ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες, παῖδες καὶ κόραι, νεανίσκοι καὶ παρθένοι, ἀκμαῖοι καὶ γηραλέοι, εἴτε δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι, ἀπέχεσθε τῆς πορνείας καὶ τῆς πλεονεξίας καὶ τῆς ἐργασίας τῆς γαστρός· ἐν γὰρ τούτοις τοῖς τρισὶν κεφαλαίοις γίνεται πᾶσα ἀνομία.

The-one then-also a-setee-off not it-was-ceasing heraldering and forthing unto-them, Men and Women, Children and Shearagings, New-belongings-of and Maidens, Apex-belonged and Oldened-unto, if-also bondees if-also en-freed, ye-should-hold-off of-the-one of-a-harloting-of and of-the-one of-a-holding-beyond-unto and of-the-one of-a-working-unto of-the-one of-a-stomach; in too-thus unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-three unto-head-belonged it-becometh all an-un-parceleeing-unto.

Note: shearagings : refers to the iris/pupil because of its multi-sheared look; also, a female, as a sprout 16 yrs. and over before bearing children.

ATo 28:2 ἡ γὰρ πορνεία πηροῖ τὸν νοῦν καὶ τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοὺς σκοτίζει, καὶ ἐμπόδιον γίνεται τῆς τοῦ σώματος πολιτείας, εἰς ἀσθένειαν μετατιθεῖσα ὅλον τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ εἰς νόσον ἐμβάλλουσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα.

The-one then-also a-harloting-of it-en-besideth to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-of and to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-breathing to-eyes it-dimmeeth-to, and to-footed-belonged-in it-becometh of-the-one of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-a-citizening-of, into to-an-un-vigoring-of placing-with to-whole to-the-one to-a-mankind and into to-an-ailment casting-in to-whole to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to.

ATo 28:3 ἡ δὲ ἀπληστία εἰς φόβον καὶ αἰσχύνην καθίστησι τὴν ψυχήν, ἐντὸς τοῦ σώματος ὑπάρχουσα καὶ διαρπάζουσα τὰ ἀλλότρια καὶ ταύτην τὴν ὑποψίαν ἔχουσα, ἢ ἀποδιδοῦσα τὰ ἀλλότρια τοῖς δεσπόταις ᾐσχύνθη.

The-one then-also an-un-repleting-unto into to-a-fearee and to-a-shamening it-standeth-down to-the-one to-a-breathing, in-unto-the-one-which of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to firsting-under and through-snatching-to to-the-ones to-other-belonged, and to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-beholding-under-unto holding or giving-off to-the-ones to-other-belonged unto-the-ones unto-bind-doers it-was-shamened.

Note: or : the-one (ἡ) corrected to or (ἢ); some editors offer lest (μὴ).

ATo 28:4 ἡ δὲ ἐργασία τῆς κοιλίας εἰς φροντίδας καὶ μερίμνας καὶ λύπας ἐμβάλλει τὴν ψυχήν, τοῦτο μεριμνῶσα μὴ ἄρα ἐνδεὴς αὐτῶν γένηται καὶ τῶν πόρρωθεν τούτων ὄντων θεαθῇ.

The-one then-also a-working-unto of-the-one of-a-hollowing-unto into to-centresses and to-portion-memoriednesses and to-throes it-casteth-in to-the-one to-a-breathing, to-the-one-this portion-memorying-unto lest thus bindinged-in of-them it-might-have-had-became, and of-the-ones far-unto-which-from of-the-ones-these of-being it-might-have-been-binded.

Note: to-centresses : used to refer to the main focus, usually of thought, but also of the heart, and of authority, etc.

Note: it-might-have-been-binded (DEHQH) : QEAQH corrected to DEHQH.

ATo 28:5 ἐπὰν οὖν ἀπαλλαγῆτε τούτων, γίνεσθε ἀφρόντιδες καὶ ἄλυποι καὶ ἄφοβοι, καὶ παραμένει ὑμῖν ἐκεῖνο τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος· Μὴ μεριμνήσητε εἰς τὴν αὔριον, ἡ γὰρ αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς.

Upon-ever accordingly ye-might-have-had-been-othered-off of-the-ones-these, ye-become un-centressed and un-throed and un-feareed, and it-stayeth-beside unto-ye, the-one-thither the-one having-been-forthed under of-the-one of-a-Savior, Lest ye-might-have-portion-memoried-unto into to-the-one to-morrow, the-one too-thus to-morrow it-shall-portion-memory-unto of-self.

ATo 28:6 Μνημονεύσατε κἀκείνου τοῦ λόγου τοῦ προειρημένου· Ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τοὺς κόρακας καὶ ἀφίδετε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι οὔτε σπείρει οὔτε θερίζει οὔτε συνάγει εἰς τὰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ θεὸς οἰκονομεῖ αὐτά· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς ὀλιγόπιστοι;

Ye-should-have-memoried-of of-and-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-forthee of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-said-before, Ye-should-have-viewed-in into to-the-ones to-ravens and ye-should-have-had-seen-off into to-the-ones to-flying-belonged-to of-the-one of-a-sky, to-which-a-one not-also it-whorleth not-also it-summereth-to not-also it-leadeth-together into to-the-ones to-placements-off, and the-one a-Deity it-house-parceleeth-unto to-them; unto-whither-which more-such to-ye, Little-trusted?

ATo 28:7 Ἀλλὰ προσδέξασθε τὴν τούτου παρουσίαν, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχετε, καὶ πιστεύετε τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ· οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀποδίδωσιν ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ πρὸς τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐλεύσει αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῇ ὑστέρᾳ οὐκ ἔχει τις λόγον ἀπολογίας, μέλλων παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ κρίνεσθαι, ὡς μὴ ἀκούσας.

Other ye-should-have-received-beside to-the-one of-the-one-this to-a-being-beside-unto, and into to-it to-the-ones to-droved-sureeings ye-should-hold, and ye-should-trust-of unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it; the-one-this too-thus it-be the-one a-separater of-lifing-unto and of-en-deaded, and it it-giveth-off unto-one unto-each toward to-the-ones to-practices of-it, and in unto-the-one unto-a-coming of-it and unto-a-manifesting-upon-of unto-the-one unto-latter not it-holdeth, a-one, to-a-forthee of-a-fortheeing-off-unto, pending beside of-it to-have-been-separated-off, as lest having-heard.

ATo 28:8 οἱ γὰρ κήρυκες αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ τέσσαρα κλίματα τῆς οἰκουμένης κηρύσσουσιν.

The-ones too-thus heralders of-it into to-the-ones to-four to-clinings-to of-the-one of-being-housed-unto they-heralder.

ATo 28:9 μετάγνωτε οὖν καὶ πιστεύσατε τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ, καὶ δέξασθε ζυγὸν πρᾳότητος καὶ φορτίον ἐλαφρόν, ἵνα ζήσητε καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνητε.

Ye-should-have-had-acquainted-with accordingly and ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-leadeeering-upon-unto, and ye-should-have-received to-a-couplage of-mildness and to-a-bearereelet to-eased, so ye-might-have-lifed-unto and lest ye-might-have-had-died-off.

ATo 28:10 ταῦτα κτήσασθε, ταῦτα φυλάξατε· ἐξέλθετε ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους, ἵνα τὸ φῶς ὑμᾶς προσδέξηται· ἔλθετε πρὸς τὸν ὄντως ἀγαθόν, ἵνα παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὴν χάριν δέξησθε, καὶ τὸ αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἐγκαταθήσεσθε ταῖς ὑμετέραις ψυχαῖς.

To-the-ones-these ye-should-have-befounded-unto, to-the-ones-these ye-should-have-guardered; ye-should-have-had-came-out off of-the-one of-a-dimmeedness, so the-one a-light to-ye it-might-have-received-toward; ye-should-have-had-came toward to-the-one unto-being to-excess-placed, so beside of-it to-the-one to-a-granting ye-might-have-received, and to-the-one of-it to-a-signlet-of ye-shall-place-down-in unto-the-ones unto-yours unto-breathings.

ATo 29:1 Ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ τινὲς τῶν παρεστώτων εἶπον αὐτῷ· καιρός ἐστιν τοῦ τὸν χρεώστην ἀπολαβεῖν τὸ χρέος.

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-it ones of-the-ones of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside they-had-said unto-it, A-time it-be of-the-one to-the-one to-an-afforder to-have-had-taken-off to-the-one to-an-affordeedness.

Note: to-an-afforder : one who yields a service or payment as if indebted to do so.

ATo 29:2 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὁ μὲν κύριος τοῦ χρέους ἀεὶ τὸ περισσὸν ἀπολαβεῖν βούλεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸ δέον αὐτῷ δῶμεν.

The-one then-also it-had-said unto-them, The-one indeed Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-affordeedness ever-if to-the-one to-abouted to-have-had-taken-off it-purposeth, we then-also to-the-one to-binding unto-it we-might-have-had-given.

ATo 29:3 Καὶ εὐλογήσας αὐτοὺς ἔλαβεν ἄρτον καὶ ἔλαιον καὶ λάχανον καὶ ἅλας, καὶ εὐλογήσας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς· αὐτὸς δὲ παρέμεινεν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ νηστείᾳ, ἔμελλεν γὰρ ἡ κυριακὴ ἐπιφαίνειν.

And having-goodly-fortheed-unto to-them it-had-taken to-an-adjustation and to-an-oillet and to-a-tillerant and to-a-saltiness, and having-goodly-fortheed-unto it-gave unto-them; it then-also it-stayed-beside unto-the-one of-self unto-a-non-eating-of, it-was-pending too-thus, the-one Authority-belonged-of, to-manifest-upon.

Note: to-manifest-upon : EPIFEEIN corrected to EPIFAINEN.

ATo 29:4 τῆς δὲ νυκτὸς ἐπιούσης καὶ καθεύδοντος αὐτοῦ ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος ἔστη πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ λέγων· Θωμᾶ, ἀναστὰς ὄρθρου, εὐλογήσας πάντας μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν καὶ διακονίαν ἄπελθε κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολικὴν ὁδὸν μίλια δύο, καὶ ἐκεῖ δείξω ἐν σοὶ τὴν ἐμὴν δόξαν· δι᾿ ὃ γὰρ ἀπέρχει πολλοὶ πρόσφυγές μοι γενήσονται, καὶ ἐλέγξεις τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ.

Of-the-one then-also of-a-night of-being-upon and of-resting-down-of of-it, having-had-came, the-one Authority-belonged, it-had-stood toward unto-the-one unto-a-head of-it forthing, Tômas, having-had-stood-up of-a-ruddy-jutting, having-goodly-fortheed-unto to-all with to-the-one to-a-goodly-holding and to-a-raising-through-unto thou-should-have-had-came-off down to-the-one to-finish-up-belonged-of to-a-way to-milion' to-two, and thither I-shall-en-show in unto-thee to-the-one to-mine to-a-reckonedness; through to-which too-thus thou-come-off much fleers-toward unto-me they-shall-become, and thou-shall-trial to-the-one to-a-spawning and to-the-one to-an-ability of-the-one of-en-enmitied.

Note: to-milion' : a milion is a Roman mile = 1000 strides, a stride equaling two walking steps; about 5000 ft.

ATo 29:5 Ἀναστὰς δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔλεγεν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς οὖσιν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ· Τέκνα καὶ ἀδελφοί, ὁ κύριος βούλεταί τί ποτε σήμερον δι᾿ ἐμοῦ διαπράξασθαι· ἀλλ᾿ εὐξώμεθα καὶ δεηθῶμεν αὐτοῦ ἵνα μηδέν τί ποτε ἐμπόδιον γένηται ἡμῖν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ ὡς πάντοτε καὶ νῦν κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ βούλημα καὶ θέλημα γένηται δι᾿ ἡμῶν.

Having-had-stood-up then-also off of-the-one of-a-sleep it-was-forthing unto-the-ones unto-brethrened unto-the-ones unto-being with of-it, Creationes and Brethrened, the-one Authority-belonged it-purposeth to-a-one whither-also this-day through of-ME to-have-been-practiced-through; other we-might-have-goodly-held and we-might-have-been-binded of-it so lest-then-also a-one whither-also footed-belonged-in it-might-have-had-became unto-us toward to-it, other as all-to-the-one-which-also and now down to-the-one of-it to-a-purposing-to and to-a-determining-to it-might-have-had-became through of-us.

ATo 29:6 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ καὶ εὐλόγησεν αὐτούς· καὶ κλάσας ἄρτον τῆς εὐχαριστίας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς εἰπών· Ἔσται ὑμῖν αὕτη ἡ εὐχαριστία εἰς εὐσπλαγχνίαν καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ μὴ εἰς κρίσιν καὶ ἀμοιβήν.

And to-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-it it-placed-upon unto-them to-the-ones to-hands of-it and it-goodly-fortheed-unto to-them; and having-broke to-an-adjustation of-the-one of-a-goodly-granting-unto it-gave unto-them having-had-said, It-shall-be unto-ye the-one-this the-one a-goodly-granting-unto into to-a-goodly-boweling-unto and to-a-besectionateedness, and lest into to-a-separating and to-an-along-belonged-stepping.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

ATo 29:7 Καὶ αὐτοὶ εἶπον Ἀμήν.

And them they-had-said, Amên.

ATo 30:0 Περὶ τοῦ δράκοντος πρᾶξις γ´.

About of-the-one of-a-serpent a-practice three.

ATo 30:1 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν ὅπου αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος προσέταξεν· καὶ ἐγγὺς γενόμενος τοῦ δευτέρου μιλίου καὶ ὀλίγον ἐκκλίνας τῆς ὁδοῦ εἶδεν πτῶμα νέου εὐμόρφου κείμενον, καὶ εἶπεν· Κύριε, μὴ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξήγαγές με ἐλθεῖν ἐνθάδε, ἵνα ἴδω τὸν πειρασμὸν τοῦτον;

And it-had-came-out, the-one a-setee-off, of-the-one to-have-had-came-off to-which-of-whither to-it the-one Authority-belonged it-arranged-toward; and neared having-had-became of-the-one of-second of-a-milion and to-little having-clined-out of-the-one of-a-way it-had-seen to-an-en-falling-to of-new of-goodly-formed to-situating, and it-had-said, Authority-belonged, lest through to-the-one-this thou-had-led-out to-me to-have-had-came in-from-which-then-also, so I-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-an-across-belonging-to-of to-the-one-this?

Note: of-a-milion : a milion is a Roman mile = 1000 strides, a stride equaling two walking steps; about 5000 ft.

ATo 30:2 γενέσθω τοίνυν τὸ θέλημά σου ὡς βούλει. Καὶ ἤρξατο εὔχεσθαι καὶ λέγειν· Κύριε κριτὰ ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν, ζώντων τῶν παρεστώτων καὶ νεκρῶν τῶν κειμένων, καὶ δέσποτα πάντων καὶ πατήρ· πατὴρ δὲ οὐ τῶν ἐν σώμασιν οὐσῶν ψυχῶν ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐξελθουσῶν· τῶν γὰρ ἐν μιάσμασιν οὐσῶν ψυχῶν δεσπότης εἶ καὶ δικαστής· ἐλθὲ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ ᾗ ἐπικαλοῦμαι, καὶ δεῖξόν σου τὴν δόξαν εἰς τοῦτον τὸν ἐνθάδε κατακείμενον.

It-should-have-had-became unto-the-one-now the-one a-determining-to of-thee as thou-purpose. And it-firsted to-goodly-hold and to-forth, Authority-belonged Separater of-lifing-unto and of-en-deaded, of-lifing-unto of-the-ones of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside and of-en-deaded of-the-ones of-situating, and Bind-doer of-all and a-father; a-father then-also not of-the-ones in unto-en-capsulings-to of-being of-breathings other of-the-ones of-having-had-came-out; of-the-ones too-thus in unto-stainings-to of-being of-breathings a-bind-doer thou-be and a-courser; thou-should-have-had-came in unto-the-one unto-an-hour unto-the-one-this unto-which I-call-upon-unto, and thou-should-have-en-showed of-thee to-the-one to-a-reckonedness into to-the-one-this to-the-one in-from-which-then-also to-situating-down.

ATo 30:3 Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας αὐτῷ εἶπεν· Τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐκ ἀργῶς ἐγένετο, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ ἐχθρὸς ἐνήργησεν καὶ κατηργάσατο τοῦτο ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ προσβάλῃ· καὶ ὁρᾶτε ὅτι οὐκ ἐχρήσατο ἄλλο εἶδος οὐδὲ ἐνήργησεν δι᾿ ἄλλου ζῴου ἀλλ᾿ ἢ διὰ τοῦ ὑπηκόου αὐτοῦ.

And having-had-been-beturned toward to-the-ones to-pathing-along-unto unto-it it-had-said, The-one-this the-one a-practicing-to not unto-un-worked it-had-became, other the-one en-enmitied it-worked-in-unto and it-down-worked-to to-the-one-this so in unto-it it-might-have-had-casted-toward; and ye-should-seeee-unto to-which-a-one not it-afforded-unto to-other to-a-sighteedness not-then-also it-worked-in-unto through of-other of-a-lifelet other or through of-the-one of-heard-under of-it.

ATo 31:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ δράκων μέγας ἀπὸ φωλεοῦ ἐξελθών, τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ κατακρούων καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν κατατινάσσων ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ χρησάμενος πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον εἶπεν· Ἐρῶ ἔμπροσθέν σου διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἐθανάτωσα τοῦτον, ἐπειδὴ εἰς τοῦτο παρεγένου, ἐλέγξαι μου τὰ ἔργα.

And to-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-it a-serpent great off of-a-burrow having-had-came-out, to-the-one to-a-head of-it strucking-down and to-the-one to-a-tailedness jolting-down upon to-the-one to-a-soil and unto-a-sound unto-great having-afforded-unto toward to-the-one to-a-setee-off it-had-said, I-shall-utter in-toward-from of-thee through to-whither-belonged to-an-appealing-unto I-en-deathed to-the-one-this, upon-if-then into to-the-one-this thou-had-became-beside, to-have-trialed of-me to-the-ones to-works.

ATo 31:2 Καί φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος· Ναί, εἰπέ.

And it-declareth, the-one a-setee-off, Yea, thou-should-have-had-said.

ATo 31:3 Καὶ ὁ δράκων· Γυνή τίς ἐστιν ὡραία ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ τοῦ τῷ ἄντικρυς· καὶ διερχομένης αὐτῆς δι᾿ ἐμοῦ ἰδὼν αὐτὴν ἠράσθην αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀκολουθήσας αὐτῇ ἐπετήρουν· καὶ εὗρον τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν καταφιλοῦντα αὐτήν, ὃς καὶ ἐκοινώνησεν αὐτῇ καὶ ἄλλα αἰσχρὰ διεπράξατο μετ᾿ αὐτῆς·

And the-one a-serpent, A-woman a-one it-be hour-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-spacelet of-the-one unto-the-one ever-a-one-strucked; and of-coming-through of-it through of-ME having-had-seen to-it I-was-desired-unto of-it, and having-pathed-along-unto unto-it I-was-keeping-upon-unto; and I-had-found to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-new-belonging to-caring-down-unto to-it, which and it-en-together-belonged-to-unto unto-it and to-other to-en-shamed it-practiced-through with of-it;

Note: of-the-one unto-the-one : TOUTW corrected to TOU TW.

Note: ever-a-one-strucked (ANTIKRUS) : from ANTI+KROUW.

ATo 31:4 κἀμοὶ μὲν εὔκολα ἦν αὐτὰ ἐπὶ σοῦ ἐκφᾶναι, οἶδα γάρ σε δίδυμον ὄντα τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸν τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν ἀεὶ καταργοῦντα· ταράξαι δὲ ταύτην μὴ βουληθεὶς αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ οὐκ ἐθανάτωσα αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιτηρησάμενος αὐτὸν ἑσπέρας διερχόμενον τύψας ἐθανάτωσα αὐτόν, καὶ μάλιστα κατατολμήσαντα αὐτὸν τῇ κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο διαπράξασθαι.

Unto-and-me indeed goodly-fooded it-was to-them upon of-thee to-have-manifested-out, I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-thee to-twiced-of to-being of-the-one of-Anointed to-the-one to-the-one to-a-spawning of-us ever-if to-working-down-unto; to-have-stirred then-also to-the-one-this lest having-been-purposed, unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-hour not I-en-deathed to-it, other having-kept-upon-unto to-it of-an-into-acrossedness to-coming-through, having-strikered, I-en-deathed to-it, and most-such to-having-down-ventured-unto to-it unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged-of unto-a-day to-the-one-this to-have-practiced-through.

Note: goodly-fooded : used to refer to being non-finicky, i.e. easily contented.

ATo 31:5 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἐξήταζεν αὐτὸν λέγων· Εἰπέ μοι ποίας σπορᾶς καὶ ποίου γένους ὑπάρχεις.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-out-tested-to to-it forthing, Thou-should-have-had-said unto-me of-whither-belonged of-a-whorledness and of-whither-belonged of-a-becomeedness thou-first-under.

ATo 32:1 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἐγὼ ἑρπυστὴς ἑρπυστοῦ φύσεως καὶ βλαπτικὸς βλαπτικοῦ· υἱός εἰμι ἐκείνου τοῦ βλάψαντος καὶ πλήξαντος τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς ἑστῶτας· υἱός εἰμι ἐκείνου τοῦ καθεζομένου ἐπὶ θρόνου εἰς τὴν ὑπ᾿ οὐρανόν, τοῦ τὰ ἴδια λαμβάνοντος ἀπὸ τῶν δανειζομένων·

And it-had-said unto-it, I a-creeper-of-to of-a-creeper-of-to of-a-spawning and ill-belonged-of of-ill-belonged-of; a-son I-be of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-having-ill-declared and of-having-smitten to-the-ones to-four to-brethrened to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand; a-son I-be of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-sitting-down-unto-to upon of-a-throne into to-the-one under to-a-sky, of-the-one to-the-ones to-private-belonged of-taking off of-the-ones of-lending-to;

ATo 32:2 υἱός εἰμι ἐκείνου τοῦ τὴν σφαῖραν ζωννύοντος· συγγενὴς δέ εἰμι ἐκείνου τοῦ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ ὄντος, οὗ ἡ οὐρὰ ἔγκειται τῷ ἰδίῳ στόματι· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ διὰ τοῦ φραγμοῦ εἰσελθὼν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ καὶ μετὰ Εὔας λαλήσας ὅσα ὁ πατήρ μου ἐνετείλατό μοι λαλῆσαι αὐτῇ·

a-son I-be of-the-one-thither of-the-one to-the-one to-a-spheredness of-en-girding; together-becominged then-also I-be of-the-one-thither of-the-one out-unto-which-from of-the-one of-an-ôkeanos of-being, of-which the-one a-tailedness it-situateth-in unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-becutteeing-to; I I-be the-one through of-the-one of-a-hedging-of having-had-came-into in unto-the-one unto-a-sending-through-beside and with of-an-Eua having-spoken-unto to-which-a-which the-one a-father of-me it-finished-in unto-me to-have-spoken-unto unto-it.

Note: of-an-ôkeanos : the name of a Greek god, being used as a meaning, who is a unquellable source of water; water expanse as it extends beyond the Mediterranean; also used as an exclamation meaning un-surpassable.

Note: unto-a-sending-through-beside : used to refer to choice gardens as requiring special permission to enter, by implication a paradise or an exotic park.

ATo 32:3 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐξάψας καὶ πυρώσας Κάϊν ἵνα ἀποκτείνῃ τὸν ἴδιον ἀδελφόν, καὶ δι᾿ ἐμὲ ἄκανθαι καὶ τρίβολοι ἐφύησαν ἐν τῇ γῇ· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ τοὺς ἀγγέλους ἄνωθεν κάτω ῥίψας καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν γυναικῶν αὐτοὺς καταδήσας, ἵνα γηγενεῖς παῖδες ἐξ αὐτῶν γένωνται καὶ τὸ θέλημά μου ἐν αὐτοῖς διαπράξωμαι· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ τὴν καρδίαν Φαραὼ σκληρύνας, ἵνα τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ φονεύσῃ καὶ ἐν ζυγῷ σκληρότητος καταδουλώσηται αὐτούς·

I I-be the-one having-fastened-out and having-en-fired to-a-Kain so it-might-kill-off to-the-one to-private-belonged to-brethrened, and through to-ME apexednesses and three-casted in unto-the-one unto-a-soil; I I-be the-one to-the-ones to-leadeeers up-unto-which-from down-unto-which having-flung and in unto-the-ones unto-passionings-upon-unto of-the-ones of-women to-them having-binded-down, so soil-becominged children out of-them they-might-have-had-became and to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-me in unto-them I-might-have-practiced-through; I I-be the-one to-the-one to-a-heart of-a-Faraô having-stiffened, so to-the-ones to-creationees of-the-one of-an-Israêl it-might-have-slayed-of and in unto-a-couplage of-a-stiffness it-might-have-en-bondeed-down to-them;

Note: three-casted : used to refer to objects with a tri-casted pattern, thus used of caltrop weaponry and certain thorn bushes.

ATo 32:4 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ τὸ πλῆθος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ πλανήσας, ὅτε τὸν μόσχον ἐποίησαν· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ τὸν Ἡρώδην πυρώσας καὶ τὸν Καϊάφαν ἐξάψας ἐν τῇ ψευδηγορίᾳ τοῦ ψεύδους ἐπὶ Πιλάτου· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐμοὶ ἔπρεπεν· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ τὸν Ἰούδαν ἐξάψας καὶ ἐξαγοράσας ἵνα τὸν Χριστὸν θανάτῳ παραδῷ·

I I-be the-one to-the-one to-a-repleteedness in unto-the-one unto-solituded having-wandered-unto, which-also to-the-one to-a-calf they-did-unto; I I-be the-one to-the-one to-a-Hêrôdês having-en-fired and to-the-one to-a-Kaiafas having-fastened-out in unto-the-one unto-a-false-gathering-down-unto of-the-one of-a-falseedness upon of-a-Pilatos; the-one-this too-thus unto-ME it-was-befitting; I I-be the-one to-the-one to-an-Ioudas having-fastened-out and having-out-gathered-to so to-the-one to-Anointed unto-a-death it-might-have-had-given-beside;

ATo 32:5 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ τὴν ἄβυσσον τοῦ ταρτάρου οἰκῶν καὶ κατέχων, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἄκοντά με ἠδίκησεν καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους ἐξ ἐμοῦ ἐξελέξατο· συγγενής εἰμι ἐκείνου τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνατολῆς ἔρχεσθαι, ᾧ καὶ ἐξουσία δίδοται ποιῆσαι ὅπερ αὐτὸς βούλεται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

I I-be the-one to-the-one to-depthed-along of-the-one of-a-tartaros housing-unto and holding-down, the-one then-also a-son of-the-one of-a-Deity to-un-be-outed to-me it-un-coursed-unto and to-the-ones to-private-belonged out of-ME it-forthed-out; together-becominged I-be of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-pending off of-the-one of-a-finishing-up to-come, unto-which and a-being-out-unto it-be-given to-have-done-unto to-which-very it it-purposeth upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

Note: of-a-tartaros : the Noun (Pro_30:16; Job_40:15 (Job_40:20) Job_41:23 (Job_41:32)) used to refer to a constrained area, the Verb (2Pe_2:4) used to to refer to en-placing into a constrained area; used of a constrained area in general in Pro_30:16, used of the smaller animals existing with the beasts (Hebrew BEHEMOTH) in Job_40:15 as constrained by a steep jut, used of the constrained area of the deep sea in Job_41:23, used of the daimonions being en-placed into a constrained area in 2Pe_2:4. 2Pe_2:4 refers to what happened to satan in Genesis 3 as well as to the sons of God from Genesis 6. They are in currenting-to-belonged-of (PNEUMATIKOS) en-capsulings-to and constrained into an area that includes the soil of the earth; the condition, ability, and manifestation of their currenting-to-belonged-of en-capsulings-to is limited. They traverse about seeking to possess mankind, and can be cast out as Iêsous and His learners did to them.

ATo 33:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ δράκοντος ἐκείνου παντὸς τοῦ ὄχλου κατακούοντος, ἐπάρας ὁ ἀπόστολος τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ εἰς ὕψος εἶπεν· Παῦσαι λοιπὸν ἀναιδέστατε, καὶ αἰσχύνθητι νεκρούμενος ὅλος· ἔφθασεν γάρ σου τὸ τέλος τῆς ἀπωλείας· καὶ μὴ τόλμα λέγειν ἃ διεπράξω διὰ τῶν σοὶ ὑπηκόων γενομένων.

And to-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-serpent of-the-one-thither of-all of-the-one of-a-crowd of-hearing-down, having-lifted-upon, the-one a-setee-off, to-the-one to-a-sound of-it into to-a-lofteedness it-had-said, Thou-should-have-ceased to-remaindered, Most-un-un-sightinged, and thou-should-have-been-shamened being-en-deaded whole; it-priored too-thus of-thee, the-one a-finisheedness of-the-one of-a-destructing-off-of; and lest thou-should-venture-unto to-forth to-which thou-practiced-through through of-the-ones unto-thee of-heard-under of-having-had-became.

Note: Most-un-un-sightinged (ANAIDESTATE) : un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 33:2 κελεύω δέ σοι ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκείνου τοῦ μέχρι νῦν ἀγῶνα πρὸς ὑμᾶς ποιοῦντος διὰ τοὺς ἰδίους ἀνθρώπους, ἵνα τὸν ἰόν σου ὃν ἔβαλες εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἐκμυζήσῃς καὶ ἀνελκύσας λάβῃς ἐξ αὐτοῦ.

I-bid-of then-also unto-thee in unto-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-Iêsous of-the-one-thither of-the-one unto-lest-whilst now to-a-struggling toward to-ye of-doing-unto through to-the-ones to-private-belonged to-mankinds, so to-the-one to-an-emission of-thee to-which thou-had-casted into to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one-this thou-might-have-out-flexed-of-to and having-haulationed-up thou-might-have-had-taken out of-it.

ATo 33:3 Ὁ δὲ δράκων εἶπεν· οὔπω ὁ καιρὸς ἔφθασεν τοῦ τέλους ἡμῶν, καθὼς εἶπας· τί με ἀναγκάζεις λαβεῖν ὃ εἰς τοῦτον κατέβαλον καὶ ἀποθανεῖν πρὸ καιροῦ;

The-one then-also a-serpent it-had-said, Not-unto-whither the-one a-time it-priored of-the-one of-a-finisheedness of-us, down-as thou-had-said; to-what-one to-me thou-up-armed-to to-have-had-taken to-which into to-the-one-this I-had-casted-down and to-have-had-died-off before of-a-time?

ATo 33:4 καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἐπὰν ἀνιμήσηται καὶ ἐκμυζήσῃ ὃ ἐπέρριψεν τῇ κτίσει, τότε αὐτοῦ γίνεται τὸ τέλος.

And too-thus the-one mine a-father upon-ever it-might-have-up-strapped-unto and it-might-have-out-flexed-of-to to-which it-flung-upon unto-the-one unto-a-befounding, to-the-one-which-also of-it it-becometh the-one a-finisheedness.

ATo 33:5 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Δεῖξον οὖν ἤδη τὴν φύσιν τοῦ πατρός σου.

It-had-said then-also unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, Thou-should-have-en-showed accordingly which-then to-the-one to-a-spawning of-the-one of-a-father of-thee.

ATo 33:6 Καὶ προσελθὼν ὁ δράκων ἐπέθηκεν τὸ στόμα ἐπὶ τὴν πληγὴν τοῦ νεανίσκου καὶ ἐξεμύζησεν τὴν χολὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ.

And having-had-came-toward, the-one a-serpent, it-placed-upon to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to upon to-the-one to-a-smiting of-the-one of-a-new-belonging-of and it-out-flexed-of-to to-the-one to-a-bile out of-it.

ATo 33:7 καὶ κατὰ βραχὺ μὲν ἡ χροιὰ τοῦ νεανίσκου, ὥσπερ πορφύρα οὖσα, ἐλευκαίνετο, ὁ δὲ δράκων ἐφυσᾶτο.

And down to-short indeed the-one a-tinging-unto of-the-one of-a-new-belonging-of, as-very a-flushedness being, it-was-being-whitened, the-one then-also a-serpent it-was-being-puffed-unto.

ATo 33:8 ὅτε δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν χολὴν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀνέσπασεν ὁ δράκων, ὁ νεώτερος ἀναπηδήσας ἔστη, καὶ δραμὼν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἔπεσεν.

Which-also then-also to-all to-the-one to-a-bile into to-self it-up-drew-unto, the-one a-serpent, the-one more-new having-up-scurried-unto it-had-stood, and having-had-circuited toward to-the-ones to-feet of-the-one of-a-setee-off it-had-fallen.

ATo 33:9 ὁ δὲ δράκων φυσηθεὶς ἐλάκησεν καὶ ἀπέθανεν, καὶ ἐξεχύθη αὐτοῦ ὁ ἰὸς καὶ ἡ χολή· ἐν δὲ τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ὁ ἰὸς αὐτοῦ ἐξεχύθη χάσμα ἐγένετο μέγα, καὶ κατεπόθη ὁ δράκων ἐκεῖνος.

The-one then-also a-serpent having-been-puffed-unto it-blasted and it-had-died-off, and it-was-poured-out of-it the-one an-emission and the-one a-bile; in then-also unto-the-one unto-an-occasion of-which the-one an-emission of-it it-was-poured-out a-gaping-to it-had-became great, and it-was-drank-down the-one a-serpent the-one-thither.

ATo 33:10 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ· Βάλετε ἐργάτας καὶ ἀναπληρώσατε τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον, καὶ θέτε θεμελίους καὶ οἴκους οἰκοδομήσατε ἐπάνω, ἵνα οἴκησις γένηται τοῖς ξένοις.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-setee-off, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of and unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-it, Ye-should-have-had-casted to-workers and ye-should-have-en-filled-up to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-thither, and ye-should-have-had-placed to-placeeer-belonged and to-houses ye-should-have-house-built-unto upon-up-unto-which, so a-housing it-might-have-had-became unto-the-ones unto-guested.

ATo 34:1 Ὁ δὲ νεανίσκος ἔλεγεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ μετὰ πολλῶν δακρύων· Τί ἥμαρτον εἰς σέ;

The-one then-also a-new-belonging-of it-was-forthing unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off with of-much of-biten-tractants, To-what-one I-had-un-adjusted-along into to-thee?

ATo 34:2 ἄνθρωπος γὰρ εἶ δύο μορφὰς ἔχων, καὶ ὅπου ἂν θέλῃς ἐκεῖ εὑρίσκῃ, καὶ ὑπ᾿ οὐδενὸς ἐπέχῃ, ὡς ἐγὼ ὁρῶ.

A-mankind too-thus thou-be to-two to-forms holding, and to-which-of-whither ever thou-might-determine thither thou-be-found, and under of-not-then-also-one thou-hold-upon, as I I-seeee-unto.

ATo 34:3 ἐθεασάμην γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα ἐκεῖνον, ὡς παρέστηκά σοι, ὃς καὶ ἔλεγέν σοι· Πολλὰ ἔχω δεῖξαι διὰ σοῦ θαυμάσια, καὶ ἔργα μεγάλα ἔχω διὰ σοῦ τελέσαι, δι᾿ ὧν μισθὸν λήψῃ· καὶ πολλοὺς ποιήσεις ζῆσαι, καὶ ἔσονται ἐν ἀναπαύσει ἐν φωτὶ αἰωνίῳ ὡς τέκνα θεοῦ· σὺ οὖν ζωοποίησόν φησιν περὶ ἐμοῦ σοι λέγων τοῦτον τὸν νεανίσκον καταβληθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, καὶ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἔφορος αὐτοῦ γενοῦ.

I-spectated too-thus to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one-thither, as I-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-thee, which and it-was-forthing unto-thee, To-much I-hold to-have-en-showed through of-thee to-marvel-to-belonged, and to-works to-great I-hold through of-thee to-have-finished-unto, through of-which to-a-pay thou-shall-take; and to-much thou-shall-do-unto to-have-lifed-unto, and they-shall-be in unto-a-ceasing-up in unto-a-light unto-aged-belonged as creationees of-a-Deity; thou accordingly thou-should-have-life-done-unto, it-declareth about of-ME unto-thee, forthing, to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-new-belonging-of to-having-been-casted-down under of-the-one of-en-enmitied, and in unto-all unto-a-time a-bearee-upon of-it thou-should-have-had-became.

ATo 34:4 Καλῶς οὖν ἥκεις ἐνθάδε, καὶ πάλιν καλῶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπελεύσῃ, καὶ αὐτοῦ ὅλως μὴ ἀπολειπομένου σου.

Unto-seemly accordingly thou-arrive in-from-which-then-also, and unto-furthered unto-seemly toward to-it thou-shall-come-off, and of-it unto-whole lest of-remaindering-off of-thee.

Note: of-it unto-whole lest of-remaindering-off of-thee : inferring there is no "saving" need to find him again.

ATo 34:5 ἐγὼ δὲ ἐγενόμην ἄνευ φροντίδος καὶ ὀνειδισμοῦ· καὶ ἐπέφαυσέν μοι ἀπὸ τῆς φροντίδος τῆς νυκτερινῆς καὶ ἀνεπάην ἀπὸ τῆς ἐργασίας τῆς ἡμερινῆς· ἀπηλλάγην δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ παροξύναντός με ταῦτα πράττειν, ἥμαρτον εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὸν τὰ ἐναντία διδάξαντά με· καὶ ἀπώλεσα ἐκεῖνον τὸν τῆς νυκτὸς συγγενῆ τὸν ἀναγκάζοντά με ἁμαρτάνειν ταῖς αὐτοῦ πράξεσιν, εὗρον δὲ ἐκεῖνον τὸν φεγγώδη ὄντα μου συγγενῆ.

I then-also I-had-became un-nodded of-a-centress and of-a-reproaching-to-of; and it-lighted-upon unto-me off of-the-one of-a-centress of-the-one of-night-belonged-to and I-had-been-ceased-up off of-the-one of-a-working-unto of-the-one of-day-belonged-to; I-had-been-othered-off then-also and off of-the-one of-having-sharpened-beside to-me to-the-ones-these to-practice, I-had-un-adjusted-along into to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in to-having-veer-veerated to-me; and I-destructed-off to-the-one-thither to-the-one of-the-one of-a-night to-together-becominged to-the-one to-up-arming-to to-me to-un-adjust-along unto-the-ones of-it unto-practices, I-had-found then-also to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-lighteedness-seeinged to-being of-me to-together-becominged.

Note: of-a-centress : used to refer to the main focus, usually of thought, but also of the heart, and of authority, etc.

ATo 34:6 ἀπώλεσα μὲν ἐκεῖνον τὸν σκοτίζοντα καὶ ἀμαυροῦντα τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπηκόους, ἵνα μὴ γνῶσιν ἃ διαπράττονται, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτῶν αἰσχυνθέντες ἀπόσχωνται ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν, καὶ αἱ τούτων πράξεις τέλος σχῶσιν· εὗρον δὲ ἐκεῖνον οὗ τὰ ἔργα φῶς ἐστιν καὶ αἱ πράξεις ἀλήθεια, ἃ διαπραττόμενός τις οὐ μεταγινώσκει.

I-destructed-off indeed to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-having-dimmeed-to and to-having-darkened-along to-the-ones of-self to-heard-under, so lest they-might-have-had-acquainted to-which they-practice-through, and in unto-the-ones unto-works of-them having-been-shamened they-might-have-held-off off of-them, and the-ones of-the-ones-these practices to-a-finisheedness they-might-have-had-held; I-had-found then-also to-the-one-thither of-which the-ones works a-light it-be and the-ones practices an-un-secluding-of, to-which practicing-through, a-one, not it-acquainteth-with.

ATo 34:7 ἀπηλλάγην δὲ καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου οὗ τὸ ψεῦδος παράμονον, οὗ καὶ τὸ κάλυμμα προηγεῖται σκότος, ὄπισθεν δὲ παρέπεται αἰσχύνη ἀναιδευομένη ἐν ἀπραγίᾳ· εὗρον δὲ τὸν καλά μοι φανεροῦντα εἰς τὸ λαβέσθαι με τούτων, τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας υἱόν, συγγενῆ ὄντα τῆς ὁμονοίας, ὃς τὴν ὁμίχλην ἀποσοβῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κτίσιν φωτίζει καὶ τὰς πληγὰς θεραπεύων τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῆς καταστρέφει.

I-had-been-othered-off then-also and off of-the-one-thither of-which the-one a-falseedness stayeed-beside, of-which and the-one a-shrouding-to it-leadeth-before-unto to-a-dimmeedness, aback-from then-also it-followeth-beside, a-shamening, un-un-sighting-of in unto-an-un-practicing-unto; I-had-found then-also to-the-one to-seemly unto-me to-en-manifesting into to-the-one to-have-taken to-me of-the-ones-these, to-the-one of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of to-a-son, to-together-becominged to-being of-the-one of-an-along-en-mulling-unto, which to-the-one to-a-fog revereething-off, to-the-one of-self to-a-befounding it-lighteth-to, and to-the-ones to-smitings ministering-of, to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-it it-beturneth-down;

Note: it-followeth-beside, a-shamening : PAREPETAI KAI AISXUNH corrected to PAREPETAI AISXUNH.

Note: un-un-sighting-of (ANAIDEUMENH): un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 34:8 ἀλλὰ δέομαί σου ἄνθρωπε τοῦ θεοῦ ποίησόν με πάλιν θεάσασθαι αὐτὸν καὶ ἰδεῖν τοῦτον τὸν νῦν ἀπόκρυφόν μοι γενόμενον, ἵνα καὶ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσω, ἧς τὸ θαῦμα ἐξειπεῖν οὐ δύναμαι· οὐκ ἔστιν γὰρ τῆς φύσεως τούτου τοῦ ὀργάνου τοῦ σωματικοῦ.

other I-bind of-thee, Mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity, thou-should-have-done-unto to-me unto-furthered to-have-spectated to-it and to-have-had-seen to-the-one-this to-the-one now to-hidened-off unto-me to-having-had-became, so and of-the-one of-a-sound of-it I-might-have-heard, of-which to-the-one to-a-marveling-to to-have-had-said-out not I-able; not it-be too-thus of-the-one of-a-spawning of-the-one-this of-the-one of-a-vital of-the-one of-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of.

Note: of-a-vital : used to refer to crucial but self contained components of a whole whether of en-capsuling-to organs or project tools or music orchestra.

ATo 35:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λέγων· Ἐὰν τούτων ἀπαλλαγῇς ὧν τὴν γνῶσιν ἐδέξω, ὥσπερ καὶ εἶπας, καὶ γνῷς τίς ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος ἐν σοί, καὶ μάθῃς, καὶ κατήκοος γενήσῃ ἐκείνου, οὗ νῦν διὰ τῆς ζεούσης σου ἀγάπης ἐπιζητεῖς, καὶ ὄψῃ αὐτὸν καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ ἔσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀναπαύσει αὐτοῦ ἀναπαήσῃ καὶ ἔσῃ ἐν τῇ χαρᾷ αὐτοῦ.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-was-separated-off unto-it forthing, If-ever of-the-ones-these thou-might-have-had-been-othered-off of-which to-the-one to-an-acquainting thou-received, as-very and thou-said, and thou-might-have-had-acquainted what-one it-be the-one to-the-ones-these having-practiced-through in unto-thee, and thou-might-have-had-learned, and heard-down thou-might-have-had-became of-the-one-thither, of-which now through of-the-one of-boiling of-thee of-an-excessing-off thou-seek-upon-unto, and thou-shall-behold to-it and together unto-it thou-shall-be into to-the-one to-an-age, and in unto-the-one unto-a-ceasing-up of-it thou-shall-have-been-ceased-up and thou-shall-be in unto-the-one unto-a-joyedness of-it.

ATo 35:2 ἐὰν δὲ ῥᾳθυμότερον διατεθῇς πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ πάλιν ἐπιστραφῇς πρὸς τὰς προτέρας σου πράξεις, καὶ παρεάσῃς τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ φαιδρὸν ἐκεῖνο πρόσωπον τὸ νῦν ὑποδειχθέν σοι, καὶ τὸ ἀπαύγασμα τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτοῦ, οὗ νῦν ἐπιθυμεῖς, διαλάθῃς, οὐ μόνον τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης στερίσκῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς μελλούσης, καὶ ἀπελεύσῃ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ὃν ἔλεγες ἀπολωλεκέναι, καὶ οὐκέτι θεάσῃ ἐκεῖνον ὃν ἔλεγες εὑρηκέναι.

If-ever then-also to-more-lolled thou-might-have-been-placed-through toward to-it and unto-furthered thou-might-have-had-been-beturned-upon toward to-the-ones to-more-before of-thee to-practices, and thou-might-have-beside-let-unto to-the-one to-a-seemlieedness and to-the-one to-en-lighted to-the-one-thither to-looked-toward, to-the-one now to-having-been-en-showed unto-thee, and to-the-one to-a-raying-off-to of-the-one of-a-light of-it, of-which now thou-passion-upon-unto, thou-might-have-had-secluded-through, not to-stayeed of-the-one of-a-lifing of-the-one-this thou-might-be-destituted other and of-the-one of-pending, and thou-shall-come-off toward to-the-one-thither to-which thou-was-forthing to-have-had-come-to-destruct-off, and not-if-to-a-one thou-shall-spectate to-the-one-thither to-which thou-was-forthing to-have-had-come-to-find.

Note: thou-might-have-beside-let-unto : EASHS corrected to PAREASHS.

ATo 36:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἤρχετο εἰς τὴν πόλιν κατέχων τὴν χεῖρα ἐκείνου τοῦ νέου καὶ λέγων αὐτῷ· Ταῦτα ἅπερ ἐθεάσω τέκνον ὀλίγα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν ὧν ὁ θεὸς ἔχει· οὐ γὰρ περὶ τούτων τῶν φαινομένων εὐαγγελίζεται ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ μείζονα τούτων ἐπαγγέλλεται ἡμῖν· ἐφ᾿ ὅσον δὲ ἐν σώματί ἐσμεν, οὐ δυνάμεθα λέξαι καὶ ἐκφᾶναι ἃ μέλλει ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν διδόναι.

And to-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off it-was-coming into to-the-one to-a-city holding-down to-the-one to-a-hand of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-new and forthing unto-it, The-ones-these to-which-very thou-spectated, Creationee, little it-be off of-the-ones of-much of-which the-one a-Deity it-holdeth; not too-thus about of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-having-been-manifested it-goodly-leadeeereth-to unto-us, other to-greateninged-of of-the-ones-these it-leadeeereth-upon unto-us; upon to-which-a-which then-also in unto-an-en-capsuling-to we-be, not we-able to-have-forthed and to-have-manifested-out to-which it-pendeth unto-the-ones unto-breathings of-us to-give.

ATo 36:2 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι φῶς ἡμῖν παρέχει, τοῦτο τὸ ὁρώμενόν ἐστιν καὶ ἔχομεν αὐτό· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ πλοῦτον, ὃς ἔστιν καὶ φαίνεται ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, καὶ ὀνομάζομεν αὐτὸν καὶ οὐ χρῄζομεν αὐτοῦ, ἐπειδὴ εἴρηται ὅτι Δυσκόλως πλούσιος εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν·

If-ever we-might-have-had-said to-which-a-one to-a-light unto-us it-holdeth-beside, the-one-this the-one being-seeeed-unto it-be and we-hold to-it; if-ever then-also and to-a-wealth, which it-be and it-be-manifested in unto-the-one unto-an-orderation unto-the-one-this, and we-name-to to-it and not we-afford-belong-unto-to of-it, upon-if-then it-had-come-to-be-uttered to-which-a-one, Unto-onerously-fooded wealth-belonged it-shall-come-into into to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-the-ones of-skies;

ATo 36:3 Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀμπεχόνην ἐσθῆτος εἴπωμεν, ἣν οἱ τρυφῶντες ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ἀμφιέννυνται, ὠνόμασται, καὶ εἴρηται ὅτι Οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων εἰσίν·

If then-also and to-a-holding-around of-a-clotheness we-might-have-had-said, to-which the-ones en-luxurying in unto-the-one unto-a-dureeation unto-the-one-this they-en-put-around, it-had-come-to-be-named-to, and it-had-come-to-be-uttered to-which-a-one, The-ones to-the-ones to-softed beareeing-unto, in unto-the-ones unto-houses of-the-ones of-rulers-of they-be;

ATo 36:4 Εἰ δὲ καὶ δεῖπνα πολυτελῆ, περὶ τούτων ἐντολὴν εἰλήφαμεν προσέχειν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν, μὴ βαρηθῆναι ἐν κραιπάλῃ καὶ μέθῃ καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς, λέγων ἃ ἔστιν, καὶ εἴρηται· Μὴ μεριμνήσητε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν τί φάγητε ἢ τί πίητε, μηδὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν τί ἐνδύσησθε, ὅτι ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος· Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν τὴν πρόσκαιρον ταύτην εἴπωμεν, κρίσις καὶ ταύτης ὥρισται.

If then-also and to-meals to-much-finishinged, about of-the-ones-these to-a-finishing-in we-had-come-to-take to-hold-toward off of-them, lest to-have-been-weighted-unto in unto-a-brim-clenching and unto-a-toxinating and unto-portion-memoriednesses unto-en-dureeated-belonged-of, forthing to-which it-be, and it-had-come-to-be-uttered, Lest ye-might-have-portion-memoried-unto unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-ye to-what-one ye-might-have-had-devoured or to-what-one ye-might-have-had-drank, lest-then-also unto-the-one unto-an-en-capsuling-to of-ye to-what-one ye-might-have-sunk-in, to-which-a-one the-one a-breathing more-beyond it-be of-the-one of-a-nourishing and the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-the-one of-a-sinking-in-to; if-ever then-also and to-a-ceasing-up to-the-one to-timed-toward to-the-one-this we-might-have-had-said, a-separating and of-the-one-this it-had-come-to-be-bounded-to;

Note: unto-a-brim-clenching : used to refer to a hangover, by implication a bingeing; occurs only here.

ATo 36:5 ἀλλὰ λέγομεν περὶ τὸν ἄνω κόσμον, περὶ θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων, περὶ ἐγρηγόρων καὶ ἁγίων, περὶ τῆς ἀμβροσιώδους τροφῆς καὶ τοῦ ποτοῦ τῆς ἀμπέλου τῆς ἀληθινῆς, περὶ ἐνδυμάτων παραμόνων καὶ μὴ παλαιουμένων, περὶ ὧν ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ οὖς ἤκουσεν, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν ἀνέβη, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἡτοίμασεν τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν.

other we-forth about to-the-one up-unto-which to-an-orderation, about of-a-Deity and of-leadeeers, about of-watched and of-hallow-belonged, about of-the-one of-un-mortal-seeinged of-a-nourishing and of-the-one of-a-drinkee of-the-one of-a-vine of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to, about of-sinkings-in-to of-stayeed-beside and lest of-being-en-past-belonged, about of-which an-eye not it-had-seen not-then-also to-which an-ear it-heard, not-also upon to-a-heart of-mankinds of-un-adjusted-along it-had-stepped-up, to-which the-one a-Deity it-readied-to unto-the-ones unto-excessing-off-unto to-it.

ATo 36:6 περὶ τούτων διαλεγόμεθα καὶ περὶ τούτων εὐαγγελιζόμεθα.

About of-the-ones-these we-forth-through and about of-the-ones-these we-goodly-leadeeer-to.

ATo 36:7 πίστευσον οὖν αὐτῷ καὶ σύ, ἵνα ζήσῃς, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔχε τὴν πεποίθησιν, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃς.

Thou-should-have-trusted-of accordingly unto-it and thou, so thou-might-have-lifed-unto, and into to-it thou-should-hold to-the-one to-a-suring, and not lest thou-might-have-had-died-off.

ATo 36:8 οὐδὲ γὰρ δώροις πείθεται ἵνα αὐτῷ προσενέγκῃς, οὐδὲ θυσιῶν ἐπιδέεται ἵνα αὐτῷ θύσῃς.

Not-then-also too-thus unto-gifts it-be-sured so unto-it thou-might-have-beared-toward, not-then-also of-surings-unto it-be-binded-upon so unto-it thou-might-have-surged;

ATo 36:9 ἀλλ᾿ ἄπιδε πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ οὐ παραβλέψει σέ· καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπίστρεψον καὶ οὐ καταλείψει σε.

other thou-should-have-had-seen-off toward to-it, and not it-shall-view-beside to-thee; and toward to-it thou-should-have-beturned-upon and not it-shall-remainder-down to-thee.

ATo 36:10 ἡ γὰρ τούτου εὐπρέπεια καὶ τὸ κάλλος κατεπιθύμιόν σε ποιήσει ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγαπήσῃς· ἀλλὰ οὔτε συγχωρεῖ σοι ἀποστραφῆναι σε ἀπὸ αὐτοῦ.

The-one too-thus of-the-one-this a-goodly-befitting-of and the-one a-seemlieedness passion-belonged-upon-down to-thee it-shall-do-unto so to-it thou-might-have-excessed-off-unto; other not-also it-spaceth-together-unto unto-thee to-have-had-been-beturned-off to-thee off of-it.

Note: to-thee off of-it : SEAUTON corrected to SE APO AUTOU.

ATo 37:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου τῷ νέῳ ἐκείνῳ πολὺς ὄχλος προσετίθετο.

And to-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off unto-the-one unto-new unto-the-one-thither much a-crowd it-was-placing-toward.

ATo 37:2 ἀπιδὼν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶδεν αὐτοὺς ἐπαίροντας ἑαυτοὺς ἵνα αὐτὸν ἴδωσιν, καὶ εἰς ὑψηλοὺς τόπους ἀνήρχοντο, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀπόστολος· Ἄνδρες οἱ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὸ συνέδριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ θέλοντες εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν πιστεῦσαι, ἀπὸ τούτου τύπον λάβετε, καὶ ἴδετε ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ὑψωθῆτε ἐμὲ τὸν μικρὸν θεάσασθαι οὐ δύνασθε, καὶ ὅμοιον ὄντα με ὑμῶν κατοπτεῦσαι οὐ δύνασθε·

Having-had-seen-off then-also, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-seen to-them to-lifting-upon to-selves so to-it they-might-have-had-seen, and into to-lofteed-of to-occasions they-were-coming-up, and it-had-said toward to-them, the-one a-setee-off, Men, the-ones having-had-came into to-the-one to-a-seatlet-together of-the-one of-Anointed and determining into to-the-one to-an-Iêsous to-have-trusted-of, off of-the-one-this to-a-strike ye-should-have-had-taken, and ye-should-have-had-seen to-which-a-one if-ever lest ye-might-have-been-en-overed, to-ME to-the-one to-small to-have-spectated not ye-able, and to-along-belonged to-being to-me of-ye to-have-beheld-down-of not ye-able;

ATo 37:3 εἰ οὖν ἐμὲ τὸν ὑμῖν ὅμοιον ὄντα οὐ δύνασθε ἰδεῖν ἐὰν μὴ ἐπάρητε ἑαυτοὺς ὀλίγον ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἐν ὕψει διατρίβοντα καὶ νῦν ἐν βάθει εὑρισκόμενον πῶς δύνασθε ἰδεῖν εἰ μὴ πρότερον ἐπάρητε ἑαυτοὺς ἐκ τῆς προτέρας πολιτείας ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν πράξεων τῶν ἀνωφελῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν μὴ παραμενουσῶν καὶ τοῦ πλούτου τοῦ ἐνθάδε καταλιμπανομένου καὶ τῆς κτήσεως τῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς παλαιουμένης καὶ τῶν ἐνδυμάτων τῶν φθειρομένων καὶ τοῦ κάλλους τοῦ γηρῶντος καὶ ἀφανιζομένου, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦ σώματος ὅλου ἐν ᾧ ταῦτα πάντα ἀποτεταμίευται, καὶ παλαιούμενον κόνις γίνεται, ὑποστρέφον εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν· πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα αὐτὸ τὸ σῶμα ὑπορθοῖ.

If accordingly to-ME to-the-one unto-ye to-along-belonged to-being not ye-able to-have-had-seen if-ever lest ye-might-have-lifted-upon to-selves to-little out of-the-one of-a-soil, to-the-one-thither to-the-one in unto-a-lofteedness to-rubbing-through and now in unto-a-deepeedness to-being-found unto-whither ye-able to-have-had-seen if lest to-more-before ye-might-have-lifted-upon to-selves out of-the-one of-more-before of-a-citizening-of of-ye and of-the-ones of-practices of-the-ones of-un-aidancinged and of-the-ones of-passionings-upon-unto of-the-ones lest of-staying-beside and of-the-one of-a-wealth of-the-one in-from-which-then-also of-being-remaindered-down and of-the-one of-a-befoundeeing of-the-one out of-the-one of-a-soil of-being-en-past-belonged and of-the-ones of-a-sinkings-in-to of-the-ones of-being-degraded, and of-the-one of-a-seemlieedness, of-the-one of-an-oldeness and of-being-un-manifested-to, if-to-a-one then-also and of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-whole in unto-which the-ones-these all it-had-come-to-be-facilitated-off-of, and to-being-en-past-belonged, a-raising it-becometh, beturning-under into to-the-one of-self to-a-spawning; to-all too-thus to-the-ones-these it the-one an-en-capsuling-to it-en-straightly-jutteth-under;

ATo 37:4 ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον πιστεύσατε εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ὃν κηρύσσομεν ἡμεῖς, ἵνα ἡ ἐλπὶς ὑμῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔσται καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν ζωὴν ἔχητε εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων, ἵνα αὐτὸς ὑμῖν συνοδοιπόρος γένηται ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χώρᾳ τῆς πλάνης, καὶ λιμὴν ὑμῖν γένηται εἰς ταύτην τὴν θορυβώδη θάλασσαν.

other more-sunch ye-should-have-trusted-of into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-us to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed, to-which we-heraldered we, so the-one a-droved-sureeing of-ye into to-it it-shall-be and in unto-it to-the-one to-a-lifing ye-might-hold into to-ages of-ages, so it unto-ye a-way-traverser-together it-might-have-had-became in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness of-the-one of-a-wandering, and a-harbor unto-ye it-might-have-had-became into to-the-one-this to-the-one to-turmoil-seeinged to-a-sea.

ATo 37:5 ἔσται δὲ ὑμῖν καὶ πηγὴ βρύουσα ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ διψαλέᾳ, καὶ σηκὸς πλήρης βρώσεως ἐν τῷ τῶν πεινώντων τόπῳ, καὶ ἀνάπαυσις ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν, ἰατρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν σωμάτων.

It-shall-be then-also unto-ye and a-pitching teeming in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness unto-the-one unto-thirsted, and a-grotto fullinged of-a-feedeeing in unto-the-one of-the-ones of-hungering-unto unto-an-occasion, and a-ceasing-up unto-the-ones unto-breathings of-ye, an-en-curer then-also and of-the-ones of-en-capsulings-to.

ATo 38:1 Τότε τὸ πλῆθος τῶν συναχθέντων ἀκοῦον ταῦτα ἐδάκρυεν καὶ ἔλεγεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· Ἄνθρωπε τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃν σὺ κηρύσσεις θεὸν ἡμεῖς οὐ τολμῶμεν λέγειν ὅτι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν ἃ διεπραξάμεθα ἀλλότρια αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, μὴ ἀρέσκοντα αὐτῷ·

To-the-one-which-also the-one a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-having-been-led-together hearing to-the-ones-these it-was-biten-tractanting and it-was-forthing unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, Mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity, to-which thou thou-heralder to-a-Deity we not we-venture-unto to-forth to-which-a-one of-it we-be, to-which-a-one the-ones works of-us to-which we-practiced-through other-belonged of-it it-be, lest pleasing unto-it;

Note: it-was-biten-tractanting : i.e., shedding tears, usually from emotional "bite"; also, leaking sap.

ATo 38:2 εἰ δὲ σπλαγχνίζεται ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐλεεῖ ἡμᾶς καὶ ῥύεται παριδὼν τὰς προτέρας ἡμῶν πράξεις, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν ὧν διεπραξάμεθα ἐν πλάνῃ ὄντες ἐλευθεροῖ ἡμᾶς, καὶ οὐχ ὑπολογίζεται ἡμῖν οὐδὲ ὑπόμνησιν ἡμῶν ποιεῖται τῶν προτέρων ἁμαρτημάτων, γινόμεθα αὐτοῦ θεράποντες, καὶ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ εἰς τέλος ἄξομεν.

If then-also it-be-boweled-to upon to-us and it-besectionateth-unto to-us and it-tracteth, having-had-seen-beside to-the-ones to-more-before of-us to-practices, and off of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged of-which we-practiced-through in unto-a-wandering being, it-en-freeth to-us, and not it-fortheeth-under-to unto-us not-also to-a-memorying-under of-us it-doeth-unto of-the-ones of-more-before of-un-adjustings-along-to, we-become of-it ministers, and to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-it into to-a-finisheedness we-shall-lead.

ATo 38:3 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος αὐτοῖς ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων· Οὐ καταψηφίζεται ὑμῶν οὐδὲ λογίζεται ὑμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἃς ἐν πλάνῃ ὄντες διεπράξασθε, ἀλλὰ παραβλέπει ὑμῶν τὰ παραπτώματα ἃ κατὰ ἀγνωσίαν ἦτε πεποιήκατε.

The-one then-also a-setee-off unto-them it-separated-off forthing, Not it-pebbleth-down-to of-ye not-then-also it-fortheeth-to unto-ye to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto to-which in unto-a-wandering being ye-practiced-through, other it-vieweth-beside of-ye to-the-ones to-en-fallings-beside-to to-which down to-an-un-acquainting-unto which-also ye-had-come-to-do-unto.

Note: ye-had-come-to-do-unto : PEPOIHKOTES corrected to PEPOIHKATE.

ATo 39:0 Πρᾶξις δ´ περὶ τοῦ πώλου.

A-practice then-also about of-the-one of-a-colt.

ATo 39:1 Τοῦ δὲ ἀποστόλου ἔτι ἑστῶτος ἐν τῇ λεωφόρῳ καὶ διαλεγομένου τῷ πλήθει πῶλος ὀνάδος ἦλθεν καὶ ἔστη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ εἶπεν· Ὁ δίδυμος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ ὑψίστου καὶ συμμύστης τοῦ λόγου τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ ἀποκρύφου, ὁ δεχόμενος αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀπόκρυφα λόγια, ὁ συνεργὸς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς ἐλεύθερος ὢν γέγονας δοῦλος καὶ πραθεὶς πολλοὺς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν εἰσήγαγες·

Of-the-one then-also of-a-setee-off if-to-a-one of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand in unto-the-one unto-smooth-beareed and of-forthing-through unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness a-colt of-a-donkeyingness it-had-came and it-had-stood in-toward-from of-it, and having-opened-up to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it it-had-said, The-one twiced-of of-the-one of-Anointed, the-one a-setee-off of-the-one of-most-lofteed and flexer-together of-the-one of-a-forthee of-the-one of-Anointed of-the-one of-hidened-off, the-one receiving of-it to-the-ones to-hidened-off to-fortheelets, the-one worked-together of-the-one of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity, which en-freed being thou-hath-had-come-to-become a-bondee, and having-been-en-acrossated, to-much into to-an-en-freeing-unto thou-had-led-into;

Note: unto-smooth-beareed : used to refers to a trodden way.

Note: of-a-donkeyingness : donkey family.

ATo 39:2 ὁ συγγενὴς τοῦ μεγάλου γένους τοῦ τὸν ἐχθρὸν καταδικάσαντος καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους λυτρωσαμένου, ὁ πρόφασις τῆς ζωῆς πολλοῖς γενόμενος ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰνδῶν· ἦλθες γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς πλανωμένους ἀνθρώπους, καὶ διὰ τῆς σῆς ἐπιφανείας καὶ τῶν λόγων σου τῶν θεϊκῶν νῦν ἐπιστρέφονται πρὸς τὸν ἀποστείλαντά σε θεὸν τῆς ἀληθείας· ἀνελθὼν ἐπικαθέσθητί μοι καὶ ἀναπάηθι ἕως ἂν εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσέλθῃς.

the-one together-becominged of-the-one of-great of-a-becomeedness of-the-one to-the-one to-en-enmited of-having-down-coursed-to and to-the-ones to-private-belonged of-having-en-freed, the-one a-manifesting-before of-the-one of-a-lifing unto-much having-had-became in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness of-the-ones of-Indian; thou-had-came too-thus toward to-the-ones to-being-wandered-unto to-mankinds, and through of-the-one of-thine of-a-manifesting-upon-of and of-the-ones of-forthees of-thee of-the-ones of-Deity-belonged-of now they-be-beturned-upon toward to-the-one to-having-set-off to-thee to-a-Deity of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of; having-had-came-up thou-should-have-been-sat-down-upon-unto-to unto-me and thou-should-have-been-ceased-up unto-if-which ever into to-the-one to-a-city thou-might-have-had-came-into.

ATo 39:3 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Ὦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστὲ νοερὲ τῆς εὐσπλαγχνίας τῆς τελείας· ὦ ἡ ἡσυχία καὶ ἡ ἠρεμία, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις νῦν λαλούμενε· ὦ ἀπόκρυφε ἀνάπαυσις καὶ διὰ τῆς ἐνεργείας φανερούμενε σωτὴρ ἡμῶν καὶ τροφεῦ, διαφυλάσσων ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀναπαύων ἐν σώμασιν ἀλλοτρίοις·

And having-been-separated-off the-one a-setee-off it-had-said, Oh, Iêsous Anointed En-mulled of-the-one of-a-goodly-boweling-unto of-the-one of-finish-belonged; Oh, the-one a-quiescing-unto and the-one a-quieting-unto, and in unto-the-ones unto-un-fortheed unto-lifelets now Being-spoken-unto; Oh, Hidened-off, a-ceasing-up, and through of-the-one of-a-working-in-of, Being-en-manifested, a-savior of-us and a-nourisher-of, guardering-through to-us and ceasing-up in unto-en-capsulings-to unto-other-belonged;

ATo 39:4 ὁ σωτὴρ τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν· ἡ βρύσις ἡ γλυκεῖα καὶ ἄληκτος, ἡ πηγὴ ἡ εὐκατάστατος καὶ καθαρὰ καὶ μηδέποτε θολουμένη· ὁ ἐπαμύντωρ καὶ βοηθὸς ἐν ἀγῶνι τῶν ἰδίων δούλων, ὁ τὸν ἐχθρὸν ἀποστρέφων καὶ ἀποσοβῶν ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν, ὁ εἰς πολλοὺς ἀγῶνας ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀγωνιζόμενος καὶ νικᾶν ποιῶν ἡμᾶς ἐν πᾶσι·

the-one a-savior of-the-ones of-ours of-breathings; the-one a-teeming, the-one sweet-belonged and un-abated, the-one a-pitching the-one goodly-stood-down and cleansed and lest-then-also-whither-also being-en-turbided; the-one a-heedener-upon and holler-ran in unto-a-struggling of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-bondees, the-one to-the-one to-en-enmitied beturning-off and revereething-off off of-us, the-one into to-much to-strugglings over of-us struggling-to, and to-mull-belong-of-unto doing-unto to-us in unto-all;

ATo 39:5 ὁ ἀληθὴς ἀθλητὴς ἡμῶν καὶ ἀήττητος· ὁ στρατηλάτης ἡμῶν ὁ ἅγιος καὶ νικηφόρος· ὁ ἔνδοξος καὶ χαρὰν παρέχων τοῖς ἰδίοις τὴν μηδέποτε παρερχομένην, καὶ ἄνεσιν τὴν μηδ᾿ ὅλως θλίψιν ἔχουσαν· ὁ ἀγαθὸς ποιμὴν ὁ ἑαυτὸν ἐκδοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων προβάτων καὶ τὸν λύκον νικήσας καὶ λυτρωσάμενος τοὺς ἰδίους ἄρνας καὶ εἰς νομὴν ἀγαθὴν ἀγαγών· δοξάζομεν καὶ ὑμνοῦμεν σὲ καὶ τὸν ἀόρατόν σου πατέρα καὶ τὸ ἅγιόν σου πνεῦμα καὶ τὴν μητέρα πασῶν κτίσεων.

the-one un-secludinged a-dasher-along of-us and un-lessenabled; the-one an-amass-drover of-us the-one hallow-belonged and mull-belonged-of-beareed; the-one reckoned-in and to-a-joyedness holding-beside unto-the-ones unto-private-belonged to-the-one lest-then-also-whither-also to-coming-beside, and to-a-sending-up to-the-one lest-then-also unto-whole to-a-pressing to-holding; the-one excess-placed a-shepherd the-one to-self having-had-given-out over of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-stepped-before, and to-the-one to-a-wolf having-mull-belonged-of and having-en-loosed to-the-ones to-private-belonged to-lamblings and into to-a-parceleeing to-excess-placed having-had-led; we-reckon-to and we-hymn-unto to-thee and to-the-one to-un-seeeed of-thee to-a-Father and to-the-one to-hallow-belonged of-thee to-a-currenting-to and to-the-one to-a-mother of-all of-befoundings.

ATo 40:1 Ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου τὸ παρὸν πᾶν πλῆθος εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπέβλεπεν προσδοκῶν κατακοῦσαι τί ἀποκρίνεται τῷ πώλῳ.

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off the-one being-beside all a-repleteedness into to-it it-was-viewing-off, toward-thinking-unto to-have-heard-down to-what-one it-separateth-off unto-the-one unto-a-colt.

ATo 40:2 πολλὴν δὲ ὥραν σταθεὶς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἔκπληκτος ὥσπερ γεγονὼς καὶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀπιδὼν εἶπεν τῷ πώλῳ· Τίνος εἶ καὶ τίνος ὑπάρχεις;

To-much then-also to-an-houredness having-been-stood the-one a-setee-off, smitten-out as-very having-hath-had-come-to-become, and into to-the-one to-a-sky having-had-seen-off it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-colt, Of-what-one thou-be and of-what-one thou-first-under?

ATo 40:3 ἔκπληκτα γάρ εἰσι τὰ διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου ἐκφανθέντα καὶ παράδοξα ἅτινα ἀπόκρυφα τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑπάρχει.

Smitten-out too-thus they-be the-ones through of-the-one of-a-becuteeing-to of-thee having-been-manifested-out and reckoned-beside which-ones hidened-off unto-the-ones unto-much it-firsteth-under.

ATo 40:4 Ὁ δὲ πῶλος ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· Τῆς γενεᾶς εἰμι ἐκείνης τῆς ἐξυπηρετησαμένης τῷ Βαλαάμ, ἧς καὶ ὁ κύριός σου καὶ διδάσκαλός σου εἰς τὸν καθήκοντά μοι κατὰ γένος ἐκάθισεν.

The-one then-also a-colt having-been-separated-off it-had-said, Of-the-one of-a-becomedness I-be of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-having-rowed-under-out-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Balaam, of-which and the-one Authority-belonged of-thee and a-veer-veerator of-thee into to-the-one to-arriving-down unto-me down to-a-becomeedness it-sat-down-to.

ATo 40:5 κἀγὼ νῦν ἀπεστάλην σὲ ἀναπαῦσαι καθεσθέντα ἐπάνω μου· καὶ λάβω πίστιν, καὶ προστεθῇ μοι ἡ μερὶς ἐκείνη ἣν νῦν μέλλω κτᾶσθαι διὰ τῆς σῆς ὑπηρεσίας ἧς ἐξυπηρετησάμην σοι· καὶ ὅταν σοι διακονήσω, ἐξ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνεται.

And-I now, I-had-been-set-off to-thee to-have-ceased-up, to-having-been-sat-down-unto-to upon-up-unto-which of-me; and I-might-have-had-taken to-a-trust, and it-might-have-been-placed-toward unto-me the-one a-portion the-one-thither to-which now I-pend to-befound-unto through of-the-one of-thine of-a-rowing-under-unto of-which I-rowed-under-out-unto unto-thee; and which-also-ever unto-thee I-might-have-raised-through-unto, out of-ME it-be-taken.

Note: of-which ... it-be-taken : omitting this clause is probably correct; it appears to be an awkward supplement.

ATo 40:6 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Δυνατός ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ὁ τὴν δωρεάν σοι ταύτην χαρισάμενος ἵνα ἕως τέλους πληρωθῇ ἐν σοὶ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ γένος σοι διαφέρουσιν· τούτου γὰρ τοῦ μυστηρίου ἐγὼ ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἄτονος ὑπάρχω.

It-had-said then-also unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, Able it-be the-one-thither the-one to-the-one to-a-giftedness unto-thee to-the-one-this having-granted-to so unto-if-which of-a-finisheedness it-might-have-been-en-filled in unto-thee and unto-the-ones down to-a-becomeedness unto-thee unto-bearing-through; of-the-one-this too-thus of-the-one of-a-flexerlet I un-vigoringed and un-stretched I-first-under.

ATo 40:7 Καὶ οὐκ ἐβούλετο ἐπικαθεσθῆναι αὐτῷ.

And not it-was-purposing to-have-been-sat-down-upon-unto-to unto-it.

ATo 40:8 ὁ δὲ πῶλος ἐδέετο καὶ ἱκέτευεν αὐτὸν ἵνα εὐλογηθῇ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐπορκούμενος αὐτῷ.

The-one then-also a-colt it-was-binding and it-was-petitioning-of to-it so it-might-have-been-goodly-fortheed-unto under of-it being-fenceed-upon-unto unto-it.

ATo 40:9 Τότε ἀνελθὼν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐκαθέσθη.

To-the-one-which-also having-had-came-up, the-one a-setee-off, it-was-sat-down-unto-to.

ATo 40:10 καὶ εἵποντο σὺν αὐτῷ οἳ μὲν προάγοντες αὐτὸν οἳ δὲ ἀκολουθοῦντες· ἔτρεχον δὲ πάντες βουλόμενοι ἰδεῖν τὸ πέρας καὶ πῶς τὸν πῶλον ἀπολύει.

And they-were-following together unto-it, which indeed leading-before to-it, which then-also pathing-along-unto; they-were-circuiting then-also, all purposing to-have-had-seen to-the-one to-across and unto-whither to-the-one to-a-colt it-looseth-off.

ATo 41:1 Ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν ἐγγὺς τῶν πυλῶν τῆς πόλεως, κατῆλθεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λέγων· Ἄπελθε καὶ διαφυλάχθητι ὅπου ἦς.

Which-also then-also it-had-came to-neared of-the-ones of-gates of-the-one of-a-city, it-had-came-down off of-it forthing, Thou-should-have-had-came-off and thou-should-have-been-guardered-through to-which-of-whither thou-was.

ATo 41:2 εὐθέως δὲ ὁ πῶλος πεσὼν εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀπέθανεν.

Unto-straight then-also the-one a-colt having-had-fallen into to-the-one to-a-beloweedness beside to-the-ones to-feet of-the-one of-a-setee-off it-had-died-off.

ATo 41:3 πάντες δὲ οἱ παρόντες ἠθύμησαν λέγοντες τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· ζωοποίησον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀνέγειρον.

All then-also the-ones being-beside they-un-passioned-unto forthing unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, Thou-should-have-life-done-unto to-it and thou-should-have-roused-up.

ATo 41:4 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ἐγὼ μὲν ἠδυνάμην ἐγεῖραι αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἀλλὰ πάντως τοῦτο συμφέρει· ὁ γὰρ αὐτῷ δοὺς λόγον ἵνα λαλήσῃ ἠδύνατο αὐτὸν ποιῆσαι μηδὲ ἀποθανεῖν· οὐκ ἐγείρω δὲ αὐτὸν οὐχ ὡς μὴ δυνάμενος, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ συμβαλλόμενον αὐτῷ καὶ συμφέρον.

The-one then-also having-been-separated-off it-had-said unto-them, I indeed I-able to-have-roused to-it through of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed; other unto-all the-one-this it-beareth-together; the-one too-thus having-had-given to-a-forthee so it-might-have-spoken-unto, it-was-abling to-it to-have-done-unto lest-then-also to-have-had-died-off; not I-rouse then-also to-it not as lest abling, other to-which-a-one the-one-this it-be the-one being-casted-together unto-it and bearing-together.

ATo 41:5 τοῖς δὲ παροῦσιν παρεκελεύσατο ὀρύξαι σκάμμα καὶ θάψαι αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα· καὶ ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐκέλευσεν.

Unto-the-ones then-also unto-being-beside it-bade-beside-of to-have-gougered to-a-digging-to and to-have-burialed of-it to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to; and they-did-unto as it-bade-of.

ATo 42:0 Πρᾶξις έ περὶ τοῦ δαίμονος τοῦ ἐνοικήσαντος εἰς τὴν γυναῖκα.

A-practice five about of-the-one of-a-daimon of-the-one of-having-housed-in-unto into to-the-one to-a-woman.

ATo 42:1 Εἰσῆλθεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἰς τὴν πόλιν τοῦ παντὸς ὄχλου ἀκολουθοῦντος αὐτῷ· ἐσκέπτετο δὲ ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς τοὺς γονεῖς τοῦ νεωτέρου ὃν ἐζωοποίησεν θανόντα ὑπὸ τοῦ δράκοντος· πάνυ γὰρ ἐδέοντο αὐτοῦ παραγενέσθαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῶν.

It-had-came-into then-also, the-one a-setee-off, into to-the-one to-a-city, of-the-one of-all of-a-crowd of-pathing-along-unto unto-it; it-was-scouting then-also to-have-had-came-off toward to-the-ones to-becomeeers of-the-one of-more-new to-which it-life-did-unto to-having-had-died under of-the-one of-a-serpent; all-now too-thus it-was-binding of-it to-have-had-became-beside toward to-them and to-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-house of-them.

ATo 42:2 γυνὴ δέ τις πάνυ ὡραία αἰφνιδίως φωνὴν ἀφῆκε μεγίστην λέγουσα· Ἀπόστολε τοῦ νέου θεοῦ ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν Ἰνδίαν, καὶ δοῦλε τοῦ ἁγίου ἐκείνου καὶ μόνου ἀγαθοῦ θεοῦ·

A-woman then-also a-one all-now hour-belonged unto-un-manifest-belonged to-a-sound it-sent-off to-most-great forthing, Setee-off of-the-one of-new of-a-Deity, the-one having-had-came into to-the-one to-an-India, and Bondee of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-the-one-thither and of-stayeed of-excess-placed of-a-Deity;

ATo 42:3 διὰ σοῦ γὰρ οὗτος κηρύσσεται ὁ σωτὴρ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐρχομένων, καὶ διὰ σοῦ ἰατρεύεται τὰ σώματα τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ κολαζομένων, καὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ γεγονὼς πρόφασις τῆς ζωῆς πάντων τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐπιστρεφόντων· κέλευσόν με ἀχθῆναι ἔμπροσθέν σου ἵνα σοι ἀφηγήσωμαι τὰ συμβάντα μοι καὶ τάχα ἐκ σοῦ γένηταί μοι ἐλπίς, καὶ οὗτοι δὲ οἱ παρεστῶτές σοι εὐέλπιδες γένωνται μᾶλλον εἰς τὸν θεὸν ὃν κηρύσσεις.

through of-thee to-thus the-one-this it-be-heraldered, the-one a-savior of-the-ones of-breathings of-the-ones toward to-it of-coming, and through of-thee it-be-curered-of the-ones en-capsulings-to of-the-ones under of-the-one of-en-enmitied of-being-strictured, and thou thou-be the-one having-hath-had-come-to-become a-manifesting-before of-the-one of-a-lifing of-all of-the-ones upon to-it of-beturning-upon; thou-should-have-bade-of to-me to-have-been-led in-toward-from of-thee so unto-thee I-might-have-led-off-unto to-the-ones to-having-had-stepped-together unto-me, and to-quick out of-thee it-might-have-had-became unto-me a-droved-sureeing, and the-ones-these then-also the-ones having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-thee, goodly-drove-sureeinged they-might-have-had-became more-such into to-the-one to-a-Deity to-which thou-heralder.

ATo 42:4 οὐ μικρῶς γὰρ βασανίζομαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἤδη χρόνου πενταετοῦς ἐνεστῶτος.

Not unto-small too-thus I-be-abraded-to under of-the-one of-ever-a-oned-in which-then of-a-while of-five-yeared of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-in.

ATo 42:5 ὡς γυνὴ ἐκαθεζόμην ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ τὸ πρότερον, καὶ πανταχόθεν με εἰρήνη περιεῖχεν, καὶ οὐδενὸς μέριμναν ἐποιούμην· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλου τινὸς φροντίδα εἶχον.

As a-woman I-was-sitting-down-unto-to in unto-a-quiescing-unto to-the-one to-more-before, and all-spaced-from to-me a-joinifying it-was-holding-about, and of-not-then-also-one to-a-portion-memoriedness I-was-doing-unto; not-then-also too-thus of-other of-a-one to-a-centress I-was-holding.

Note: to-a-centress : used to refer to the main focus, usually of thought, but also of the heart, and of authority, etc.

ATo 43:1 ἔτυχεν δὲ ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἐξιούσης μου ἀπὸ τοῦ λουτροῦ ἀπήντησέν μοι ὡς ἄνθρωπός τις τεθορυβημένος καὶ ἐντάραχος ὤν· ἡ δὲ τούτου φωνὴ καὶ ἀπόκρισις ἐδόκει μοι εἶναι ἀμυδρὰ καὶ λεπτὴ πάνυ· καὶ εἶπεν στὰς ἄντικρύς μου· Ἐγώ τε καὶ σὺ ἐν μιᾷ ἀγάπῃ ἐσόμεθα, καὶ κοινωνήσωμεν ἀλλήλοις ὡς ἀνὴρ γυναικὶ συμμείγνυται.

It-had-actuanated then-also in unto-one of-the-ones of-dayednesses, of-going-out of-me off of-the-one of-an-en-bathing, it-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-me, as a-mankind a-one having-had-come-to-be-tumulted-unto and stirred-in being; the-one then-also of-the-one-this a-sound and a-separating-off, it-was-thinking-unto unto-me to-be watered-along and peeled all-now; and it-had-said having-had-stood ever-a-one-strucked of-me, I also and thou in unto-one unto-an-excessing-off we-shall-be, and we-might-have-en-together-belonged-unto unto-other-to-other as a-man unto-a-woman it-be-en-mingled-together.

Note: ever-a-one-strucked (ANTIKRUS) : from ANTI+KROUW.

ATo 43:2 Κἀγὼ ἀπεκρινάμην αὐτῷ λέγουσα· Τῷ ὁρμαστῷ μου οὐ συνεγενόμην, παραιτουμένη τοῦ μὴ γῆμαι, καὶ σοὶ ὡς ἐν μοιχείᾳ θέλοντί μοι κοινωνῆσαι πῶς ἐμαυτὴν ἐκδώσω;

And-I I-separated-off unto-it forthing, Unto-the-one unto-corded of-me not I-was-becoming-together, appealing-beside-unto of-the-one lest to-have-married-unto, and unto-thee as in unto-an-adultering-of unto-determining unto-me to-have-en-together-belonged-unto unto-whither to-myself I-shall-give-out?

Note: unto-corded : used to refer being attached, referring to the man previously engaged to marry her.

ATo 43:3 Καὶ εἰποῦσα ταῦτα διῆλθον· τῇ δὲ παιδίσκῃ τῇ σὺν ἐμοὶ οὔσῃ εἶπον· Ἐθεάσω τὸν νέον καὶ τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ, πῶς μὴ αἰδεσθεὶς παρρησίᾳ μοι διελέχθη;

And having-had-said to-the-ones-these I-had-came-through; unto-the-one then-also unto-a-child-belonging-of unto-the-one together unto-me unto-being I-had-said, Thou-spectated to-the-one to-new and to-the-one to-an-un-un-sighting-of of-it, unto-whither lest having-been-un-sighted-unto, unto-an-all-uttering-unto unto-me it-was-forthed-through?

Note: to-an-un-un-sighting-of (ANAIDEIAN) : un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 43:4 Ἣ δὲ εἶπέν μοι· Ἐγὼ πρεσβύτην εἶδον ὁμιλήσαντά σοι.

The-one then-also it-had-said unto-me, I to-a-more-elder I-had-seen to-grouping-along-unto unto-thee.

ATo 43:5 γενομένης δέ μου ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ δειπνησάσης ἡ ψυχή μου εἰς ὑποψίαν τινὰ ὑπέβαλέν μοι, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτι δυσὶ μορφαῖς ὤφθη μοι· τοῦτο αὐτὸ κατὰ νοῦν ἔχουσα ὕπνωσα.

Of-having-had-became then-also of-me in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto and of-having-mealed-unto, the-one a-breathing of-me into to-a-beholding-under to-a-one it-had-casted-under unto-me, and most-such to-which-a-one unto-two unto-forms it-was-beheld unto-me, to-the-one-this to-it down to-an-en-mulling-of I-en-sleeped.

ATo 43:6 ἐλθὼν οὖν ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἐκοινώνησέν μοι τῇ ῥυπαρᾷ μείξει αὐτοῦ.

Having-had-came accordingly in unto-the-one unto-a-night unto-the-one-thither it-en-together-belonged-unto unto-me unto-the-one unto-en-dirtied unto-a-mingling of-it.

ATo 43:7 ἔβλεπον δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ ἡμέρας οὔσης, καὶ ἔφευγον ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ· ἐν δὲ τῇ συγγενίδι αὐτοῦ νυκτὶ ἐρχόμενος παρεχρᾶτό μοι.

I-was-viewing then-also to-it and of-a-dayedness of-being, and I-was-fleeing off of-it; in then-also unto-the-one unto-a-together-becoming of-it unto-a-night coming it-beside-afforded-unto unto-me.

ATo 43:8 καὶ νῦν ὡς ὁρᾷς με πέντε ἔτη ἔχω ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐνοχλουμένη, καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστη ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ.

And now as thou-seeee-unto to-me, to-five to-yeareednesses I-hold under of-it being-crowded-in-unto, and not it-had-stood-off off of-ME;

ATo 43:9 ἀλλ᾿ ἐγὼ οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ὅτι καὶ δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα καὶ ἀλάστορες ὑποτάσσονταί σοι καὶ σύντρομοι γίνονται ἀπὸ τῆς εὐχῆς σου· εὖξαι οὖν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ ἀπέλασον ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ τὸν διενοχλοῦντά μοι δαίμονα, γένωμαι κἀγὼ ἐλευθέρα, καὶ συναθροισθῶ εἰς τὴν ἀρχαιόγονόν μου φύσιν, καὶ δέξωμαι τὸ χάρισμα τὸ τοῖς συγγενεῦσί μου δεδωρημένον.

other I I-had-come-to-see and I-had-come-to-sure to-which-a-one and daimons and currentings-to and un-secluders they-be-arranged-under unto-thee and trembleed-together they-become off of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding of-thee; thou-should-have-goodly-held accordingly over of-ME and thou-should-have-droved-off off of-ME to-the-one to-crowding-in-through-unto unto-me to-a-daimon, I-might-have-had-became and-I en-freed, and I-might-have-been-flurried-along-together-to into to-the-one to-first-belonged-became of-me to-a-spawning, and I-might-have-received to-the-one to-a-granting-to to-the-one unto-the-ones unto-together-becomers-of of-me to-having-had-come-to-be-gifted-unto.

ATo 44:1 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Ὢ πονηρία ἀκατάσχετος· ὢ ἀναίδεια τοῦ ἐχθροῦ· ὢ ὁ βάσκανος ὁ μηδέποτε ἠρεμῶν· ὢ ὁ δυσειδὴς ὁ τοὺς εὐειδεῖς ὑποτάσσων· ὢ ὁ πολύμορφος· ὡς ἂν βουληθῇ φαίνεται, ἡ δὲ τούτου οὐσία μεταβληθῆναι οὐ δύναται·

It-had-said-then-also, the-one a-setee-off, Oh an-en-necessitating-unto un-holdened-down; oh an-un-un-sighting-of of-the-one of-en-enmitied; oh the-one scowled the-one lest-then-also-whither-also quieting-unto; oh the-one onerously-seeinged the-one to-the-ones to-goodly-seeinged arranging-under; oh the-one much-formed; as ever it-might-have-been-purposed it-be-manifested, the-one of-the-one-this a-being-out-unto to-have-been-casted-with not it-ableth;

Note: an-un-un-sighting-of (ANAIDEIA) : un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 44:2 ὢ ἀπὸ τοῦ δολίου καὶ ἀπίστου· ὢ τὸ δένδρον τὸ πικρόν, οὗ οἱ καρποὶ αὐτοῦ ἐοίκασιν· ὢ ἀπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου τοῦ ὑπερμαχοῦντος τῶν ἀλλοτρίων· ὢ ἀπὸ τῆς πλάνης τῆς χρωμένης τῇ ἀναιδείᾳ· ὢ ἀπὸ τῆς πονηρίας τῆς ἑρπούσης ὡς ὄφις καὶ τούτου συγγενοῦς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχοντος.

oh off of-the-one of-guile-belonged and of-un-trusted; oh the-one an-en-treeing the-one bitter, of-which the-ones fruits of-it they-had-come-to-resemble; oh off of-the-one of-casted-through of-the-one of-battling-over-unto of-the-ones of-other-belonged; oh off of-the-one of-a-wandering of-the-one of-affording-unto unto-the-one unto-an-un-un-sighting-of; oh off of-the-one of-an-en-necessitating-unto of-the-one of-creeping as a-snake and of-the-one-this of-together-becominged of-it of-firsting-under.

Note: unto-an-un-un-sighting-of (ANAIDEIA) : un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 44:3 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐλθὼν ὁ δυσμενὴς ἔστη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, μηδενὸς ὁρῶντος αὐτὸν εἰ μὴ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου, καὶ φωνῇ μεγίστῃ χρησάμενος εἶπεν πάντων ἀκουόντων·

And to-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off, having-had-came, the-one onerously-stayinged, it-had-stood in-toward-from of-it, of-lest-then-also-one of-seeeeing-unto to-it, if lest of-the-one of-a-woman and of-the-one of-a-setee-off, and unto-a-sound unto-most-great having-afforded-unto it-had-said of-all of-hearing,

ATo 45:1 Τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοὶ ἀπόστολε τοῦ ὑψίστου;

What-one unto-us and unto-thee, Setee-off of-the-one of-most-lofteed?

ATo 45:2 τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοὶ δοῦλε Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ;

What-one unto-us and unto-thee, Bondee of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed?

ATo 45:3 τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοὶ σύμβουλε τοῦ ἁγίου υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ;

What-one unto-us and unto-thee, Bondee-together of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity?

ATo 45:4 διὰ τί βούλει ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι τοῦ καιροῦ ἡμῶν μηδέπω ἐνεστῶτος;

Through to-what-one thou-purpose to-us to-have-destructed-off of-the-one of-a-time of-us unto-lest-then-also-whither of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-in?

ATo 45:5 τίνος ἕνεκα βούλει λαβεῖν ἡμῶν τὴν ἐξουσίαν;

Of-what-one in-out-which thou-purpose to-have-had-taken of-us to-the-one to-a-being-out-unto?

ATo 45:6 ἕως γὰρ τῆς νῦν ὥρας εἴχομεν ἐλπίδα καὶ καιρὸν περιλειπόμενον.

Unto-if-which too-thus of-the-one now of-an-hour we-were-holding to-a-droved-sureeing and to-a-time to-remaindering-about.

ATo 45:7 τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί; σὺ ἔχεις ἐξουσίαν ἐν τοῖς σοῖς, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις. τίνος ἕνεκα βούλει τυραννίδι καθ᾿ ἡμῶν χρήσασθαι, καὶ μάλιστα αὐτὸς ἄλλους διδάσκων μὴ χρήσασθαι τυραννίδι;

What-one unto-us and unto-thee? Thou thou-hold to-a-being-out-unto in unto-the-ones unto-thine, and we in unto-the-ones unto-ours. Of-what-one in-out-which thou-purpose unto-a-tyrantess down of-us to-have-afforded-unto, and most-such it to-other veer-veerating lest to-have-afforded-unto unto-a-tyrantess?

ATo 45:8 τίνος ἕνεκα σὺ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων δέει ὡς τοῖς ἰδίοις μὴ ἀρκούμενος;

Of-what-one in-out-which thou of-the-ones of-other-belonged thou-bind as unto-the-ones unto-private-belonged lest being-lift-belonged-of-unto?

ATo 45:9 τίνος ἕνεκα ἐξομοιοῦσαι τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ ἀδικήσαντι ἡμᾶς;

Of-what-one in-out-which en-along-belonging unto-the-one unto-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-having-un-coursed-unto to-us?

ATo 45:10 ἔοικας γὰρ αὐτῷ πάνυ ὡς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀποκυηθείς.

Thou-had-come-to-resemble too-thus unto-it all-now as out of-it having-been-swelled-off.

ATo 45:11 ἐνομίσαμεν γὰρ κἀκεῖνον ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ποιῆσαι ὡς καὶ τοὺς λοιπούς· ὁ δὲ στραφεὶς ἔσχεν ἡμᾶς ὑποχειρίους.

We-parceleed-to too-thus to-and-the-one-thither under to-a-couplage to-have-done-unto as and to-the-ones to-remaindered; the-one then-also having-had-been-beturned it-had-held to-us to-hand-belonged-under.

ATo 45:12 οὐ γὰρ ᾔδειμεν αὐτόν· ἠπάτησεν δὲ ἡμᾶς τῇ μορφῇ αὐτοῦ τῇ δυσειδεστάτῃ καὶ τῇ πενίᾳ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῇ ἐνδείᾳ· θεασάμενοι γὰρ αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον ἐνομίσαμεν αὐτὸν σαρκοφόρον ἄνδρα εἶναι, μὴ εἰδότες ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ζωοποιῶν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.

Not too-thus we-had-come-to-have-had-seen to-it; it-deluded-unto then-also to-us unto-the-one unto-a-form of-it unto-the-one unto-most-onerously-seeinged and unto-the-one unto-a-necessitating-unto of-it and unto-the-one unto-a-binding-in-of; having-spectated too-thus to-it to-the-one-unto-the-one-this we-parceleed-to to-it to-flesh-beareed to-a-man to-be, lest having-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one it it-be the-one life-doing-unto to-the-ones to-mankinds.

ATo 45:13 ἔδωκεν δὲ ἡμῖν ἐξουσίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις, καὶ ἐν ᾧ ἐσμεν χρόνῳ τὰ ἡμέτερα μὴ ἐᾶσαι ἀλλ᾿ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀναστρέφεσθαι· σὺ δὲ βούλει ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον καὶ τὸ δεδομένον σοι κτήσασθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς καταπονῆσαι.

It-gave then-also unto-us to-a-being-out-unto in unto-the-ones unto-ours, and in unto-which we-be unto-a-while to-the-ones to-ours lest to-have-let-unto, other in unto-them to-be-beturned-up; thou then-also thou-purpose over to-the-one to-binding and to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-given unto-thee to-have-befounded-unto, and to-us to-have-necessitateed-down-unto.

ATo 46:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ δαίμων ἔκλαιεν λέγων· Ἀφίημί σε τὴν καλλίστην μου σύζυγον, ἣν πρώην πολλῷ χρόνῳ εὗρον καὶ ἀνεπάην· καταλιμπάνω σε τὴν βεβαίαν μου ἀδελφὴν τὴν ἀγαπητὴν ἐν ᾗ ηὐδόκησα.

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said, the-one a-daimon, it-was-sob-belonging, forthing, I-send-off to-thee to-the-one to-most-seemly of-me to-couplaged-together, to-which to-befored unto-much unto-a-while I-had-found and I-had-been-ceased-up; I-remainderen-down to-thee to-the-one to-step-step-belonged of-me to-brethrened to-the-one to-excessed-off-unto in unto-which I-goodly-thought-unto.

Note: to-step-step-belonged : derived from the step to step adjustment to gain a solid stance, as applied to sured construct.

ATo 46:2 τί ποιήσω οὐκ οἶδα, ἢ τίνα ἐπικαλέσομαι ἵνα μοι ἐπακούσας ἐπαμύνῃ.

To-what-one I-shall-do-unto not I-had-come-to-see, or to-what-one I-shall-call-upon-unto so unto-me having-heard-upon it-might-heeden-upon.

ATo 46:3 οἶδα τί ποιήσω· ἀπελεύσομαι εἴς τινας τόπους ἔνθα ἡ φήμη τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου οὐκ ἠκούσθη, καὶ τάχα σε τὴν ἐμὴν ἀγαπητὴν ἀντονομάσω.

I-had-come-to-see to-what-one I-shall-do-unto; I-shall-come-off into to-what-ones to-occasions in-from-which the-one a-declaring of-the-one of-a-man of-the-one-this not it-was-heard, and to-quick to-thee to-the-one to-mine to-excessed-off-unto I-shall-ever-a-one-name-to.

ATo 46:4 Καὶ ἐπάρας αὐτοῦ τὴν φωνὴν εἶπεν· Μένε ἐν εἰρήνῃ, τὸ καταφύγιον λαβοῦσα εἰς τὸν μείζονά μου· ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπελεύσομαι καὶ ζητήσω σου ὁμοίαν, καὶ ἐὰν μὴ εὕρω, πάλιν ἐπὶ σὲ ἐπιστρέφω·

And having-lifted-upon of-it to-the-one to-a-sound it-had-said, Thou-should-stay in unto-a-joinifying, to-the-one to-a-flee-downlet having-had-taken into to-the-one to-greateninged-of of-me; I then-also I-shall-come-off and I-shall-seek-unto of-thee to-along-belonged, and if-ever lest I-might-have-had-found, unto-furthered upon to-thee I-beturn-upon;

ATo 46:5 οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τούτου τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἔγγιστα ὑπάρχουσα εἰς αὐτὸν τὸ καταφύγιον ἔχεις, αὐτοῦ δὲ ἀποστάντος ἔσῃ ὁποία καὶ ἦς πρὸ τοῦ αὐτὸν ἐπιφανῆναι, καὶ αὐτὸν μὲν ἐπιλήσῃ, ἐμοὶ δὲ καιρὸς καὶ παρρησία γενήσεται· νῦν δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ σὲ ῥυσαμένου φοβοῦμαι.

I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-which-a-one of-the-one-this of-the-one of-a-man to-most-near firsting-under, into to-it to-the-one to-a-flee-downlet thou-hold, of-it then-also of-having-had-stood-off thou-shall-be which-whither-belonged and thou-was before of-the-one to-it to-have-had-been-manifested-upon, and to-it indeed thou-shall-seclude-upon; unto-ME then-also a-time and a-being-beside-unto it-shall-become; now then-also to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one to-thee of-having-tracted I-fearee-unto.

ATo 46:6 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ δαίμων ἀφανὴς ἐγένετο, μόνον δὲ ἀποστάντος αὐτοῦ πῦρ καὶ καπνὸς ὤφθη ἐκεῖ· καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐκεῖσε παρεστῶτες ἔκπληκτοι γεγόνασιν.

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said, the-one a-daimon, un-manifestinged it-had-became; to-stayeed then-also of-having-had-stood-off of-it a-fire and a-smoke it-was-beheld thither; and all the-ones thither-to having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside smitten-out they-had-come-to-become.

ATo 47:1 Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Οὐδὲν ξένον οὐδὲ ἀλλότριον ἔδειξεν ὁ δαίμων ἐκεῖνος ἀλλὰ τὴν φύσιν αὐτοῦ, ἐν ᾗ καὶ κατακαυθήσεται· καὶ γὰρ τὸ πῦρ αὐτὸν καταναλώσει, καὶ ὁ τούτου καπνὸς διασκεδασθήσεται.

Having-had-seen then-also, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said unto-them, To-not-then-also-one to-guested not-then-also to-other-belonged it-en-showed, the-one a-daimon the-one-thither, other to-the-one to-a-spawning of-it, in unto-which and it-shall-be-burn-belonged-down; and too-thus the-one a-fire to-it it-shall-other-along-up-down, and the-one of-the-one-this a-smoke it-shall-be-through-besepersed-to.

ATo 47:2 Καὶ ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ἰησοῦ τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ ἡμῖν ἀπεκαλύφθη, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐκφάνας ἡμῖν μυστήρια πάμπολλα, ὁ ἀφορίσας με κατ᾿ ἰδίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑταίρων μου πάντων, καὶ εἰπών μοι τρεῖς λόγους ἐν οἷς ἐγὼ ἐκπυροῦμαι, καὶ ἄλλοις εἰπεῖν αὐτὰ οὐ δύναμαι·

And it-firsted to-forth, Iêsous the-one a-flexerlet the-one hidened-off which unto-us it-was-shrouded-off, thou thou-be the-one having-manifested-out unto-us to-flexerlets to-all-much, the-one having-bounded-off-to to-me down to-private-belonged out of-the-ones of-comrades of-me of-all, and having-had-said unto-me to-three to-forthees in unto-which I I-be-en-fired-out, and unto-other to-have-had-said to-them not I-able;

ATo 47:3 Ἰησοῦ ἄνθρωπε πεφονευμένε νεκρὲ τεθαμμένε· Ἰησοῦ θεὲ ἐκ θεοῦ, σωτὴρ ὁ τοὺς νεκροὺς ζωοποιῶν καὶ τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἰώμενος· Ἰησοῦ ὁ ἐπιδεόμενος ὥσπερ καὶ σῴζων ὡς ἀνενδεής, ὁ τοὺς ἰχθύας θηρεύων εἰς τὸ ἄριστον καὶ εἰς τὸ δεῖπνον, ὁ πάντας ἐν πλησμονῇ καθιστῶν ἐν μικρῷ ἄρτῳ· Ἰησοῦ ὁ ἐπαναπαυόμενος ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας τοῦ καμάτου ὡς ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς κύμασι περιπατῶν ὡς θεός·

Iêsous Mankind Having-had-come-to-be-slayed-of En-deaded Having-had-come-to-be-burialed; Iêsous Deity out of-a-Deity, a-Savior, the-one to-the-ones to-en-deaded life-doing-unto and to-the-ones to-ailing-unto curing-unto; Iêsous the-one binding-upon as-very and saving-to as un-bindinged-in, the-one to-the-ones to-fishes beasting-of into to-the-one to-un-bounded and into to-the-one to-a-meal, the-one to-all in unto-a-repleted-staying sitting-down-to in unto-small unto-an-adjustation; Iêsous the-one ceasing-up-upon off of-the-one of-a-way-traversing-unto of-the-one of-a-wearying as a-mankind and upon unto-the-ones unto-swellings-to treading-about-unto as a-Deity;

Note: to-un-bounded : used to refer to the un-bounded meal, which was taken sometime during the day besides the main meal (DEIPNON).

Note: unto-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

ATo 48:1 Ἰησοῦ ὕψιστε, φωνὴ ἀνατείλασα ἀπὸ τῶν σπλάγχνων τῶν τελείων, πάντων σωτήρ, ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ φωτὸς ἡ καταστρέφουσα τὸν πονηρὸν ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ φύσει, καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν φύσιν συναθροίζων εἰς ἕνα τόπον, ὁ πολύμορφος, ὁ μονογενὴς ὑπάρχων, ὁ πρωτότοκος πολλῶν ἀδελφῶν, θεὲ ἐκ θεοῦ ὑψίστου, ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ καταφρονούμενος ἕως ἄρτι·

Iêsous Most-lofteed, a-sound finishing-up off of-the-ones of-bowels of-the-ones of-finish-belonged, of-all a-Savior, the-one right-belonged of-the-one of-a-light the-one beturning-down to-the-one to-en-necessitated in unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-spawning, and to-all of-it to-the-one to-a-spawning flurrying-along-together-to into to-one to-an-occasion, the-one much-formed, the-one stayeed-becominged firsting-under, the-one most-before-creationed of-much of-brethrened, Deity out of-a-Deity of-most-lofteed, the-one a-mankind the-one being-centered-down-unto unto-if-which thus-to-a-one;

ATo 48:2 Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ, ὁ μὴ παραβλέπων ἡμᾶς ἐν οἷς σε ἐπικαλούμεθα, ὁ γενόμενος πρόφασις πάση ζωῇ τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ, ὁ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς κρινόμενος καὶ φυλακιζόμενος ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ καὶ λύων πάντας τοὺς ἐν δεσμῷ ὄντας, ὁ καλούμενος πλάνος καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους λυτρούμενος ἀπὸ τῆς πλάνης·

Iêsous Anointed, the-one lest viewing-beside to-us in unto-which to-thee we-call-upon-unto, the-one having-had-became a-manifesting-before all unto-a-lifing unto-the-one unto-mankind-belonged-to, the-one through to-us being-separated and being-guarderied-to in unto-a-bindeerlet, and loosing to-all to-the-ones in unto-a-bindee to-being, the-one being-called-unto wandered and to-the-ones to-private-belonged en-loosing off of-the-one of-a-wandering;

Note: unto-all : PASI corrected to PASH.

ATo 48:3 δέομαί σου ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑστώτων καὶ πιστευόντων σοι τούτων· δέονται γὰρ τῶν σῶν δωρημάτων τυχεῖν, εὐέλπιδες ὄντες εἰς τὴν σὴν βοήθειαν, τὸ καταφύγιόν σου κατέχοντες ἐν τῇ σῇ μεγαλωσύνῃ· τὰς ἀκροάσεις αὐτῶν ὑπέχουσιν ἀκοῦσαι παρ᾿ ἡμῶν τοὺς λόγους τοὺς λαλουμένους αὐτοῖς.

I-bind of-thee over of-the-ones of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand and of-trusting-of unto-thee of-the-ones-these; they-bind too-thus of-the-ones of-thine of-giftings-to to-have-had-actuanated, goodly-drove-sureeinged being into to-the-one to-thine to-a-holler-running-of, to-the-one to-a-flee-downlet of-thee holding-down in unto-the-one unto-thine an-en-greateningedness; to-the-ones to-en-hearings of-them they-hold-under to-have-heard beside of-us to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones to-being-spoken-unto unto-them.

ATo 48:4 ἐλθέτω ἡ εἰρήνη σου καὶ σκηνωσάτω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀνακαινισάτω αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν προτέρων αὐτῶν πράξεων, καὶ ἀποδύσωνται τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνδύσωνται τὸν νέον τὸν νῦν ἐξ ἐμοῦ καταγγελλόμενον αὐτοῖς.

It-should-have-had-came, the-one a-joinifying of-thee, and it-should-have-en-tented in unto-them, and it-should-have-freshened-up-to to-them off of-the-ones of-more-before of-them unto-practices, and they-might-have-sunk-off to-the-one to-past-belonged to-a-mankind together unto-the-ones unto-practices of-it, and they-might-have-sunk-in to-the-one to-new to-the-one now out of-ME to-being-leadeeered-down unto-them.

ATo 49:1 Καὶ ἐπιθεὶς αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς εἰπών· Ἔσται ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.

And having-had-placed-upon unto-them to-the-ones to-hands it-goodly-fortheed-unto to-them having-had-said, It-shall-be upon to-ye the-one a-granting of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us of-an-Iêsous into to-the-ones to-ages.

ATo 49:2 Καὶ αὐτοὶ εἶπον· Ἀμήν.

And them they-had-said, Amên.

ATo 49:3 Ἐδεήθη δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡ γυνὴ λέγουσα· Ἀπόστολε τοῦ ὑψίστου δός μοι τὴν σφραγῖδα, ἵνα μὴ ὑποστρέψῃ εἰς ἐμὲ πάλιν ὁ ἐχθρὸς ἐκεῖνος.

It-was-binded then-also of-it the-one a-woman forthing, Setee-off of-the-one of-most-lofteed, thou-should-have-had-given unto-me to-the-one to-a-seal, so lest it-might-have-beturned-under into to-ME unto-furthered, the-one en-enmitied the-one-thither.

ATo 49:4 Τότε ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν ἐγγὺς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι, καὶ ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἐσφράγισεν αὐτὴν εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος.

To-the-one-which-also it-did-unto to-it to-neared of-it to-have-had-became, and having-had-placed upon unto-it to-the-ones to-hands of-it it-sealed-to to-it into to-a-naming-to of-a-Father and of-a-Son of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to.

ATo 49:5 πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι ἐσφραγίσθησαν μετ᾿ αὐτῆς.

Much then-also and other they-were-sealed-to with of-it.

ATo 49:6 ἐκέλευσεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος τῷ διακόνῳ αὐτοῦ παραθεῖναι τράπεζαν· παρέθηκαν δὲ συμψέλλιον ὃ εὗρον ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἁπλώσας σινδόνα ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸ ἐπέθηκεν ἄρτον τῆς εὐλογίας.

It-bade-of then-also, the-one a-setee-off, unto-the-one unto-a-raiser-through of-it to-have-had-placed-beside to-a-four-footedness; they-placed-beside then-also to-a-glidelet-together to-which they-had-found thither, and having-en-folded-along to-a-sindôn upon to-it it-placed-upon to-an-adjustation of-the-one of-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto.

Note: to-a-glidelet-together [SUMYELLION] : SUMYELION is correct; refers to a smooth seat noted for how its cuvature causes its occupants to glide toward its center. This section is lost/damaged in Sinaiticus. The SUMYELION form (one L) is found numerous times in Hermas Visions 3. There are various debates about the one L versus the 2 L form. The 2 L form chosen by *later* editors abandons the witness of the Visions text.

Note: to-a-sindôn : a fine fabric from SINDH, a region in Pakistan.

ATo 49:7 καὶ παραστὰς ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Ἰησοῦ ὁ καταξιώσας ἡμᾶς τῆς εὐχαριστίας τοῦ σώματός σου τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ τοῦ αἵματος κοινωνῆσαι, ἰδοὺ τολμῶμεν προσέρχεσθαι τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ καὶ ἐπικαλεῖσθαί σου τὸ ἅγιον ὄνομα· ἐλθὲ καὶ κοινώνησον ἡμῖν.

And having-had-stood-beside, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said, Iêsous the-one having-en-deem-belonged to-us of-the-one of-a-goodly-granting-unto of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-thee of-the-one of-hallow-belonged and of-the-one of-a-rushering-to to-have-en-together-belonged-to, thou-should-have-had-seen, we-venture-unto to-come-toward unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-goodly-granting-unto and to-call-upon-unto of-thee to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-a-naming-to; thou-should-have-had-came and thou-should-have-en-together-belonged-to unto-us.

ATo 50:1 Καὶ ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ἐλθὲ τὰ σπλάγχνα τὰ τέλεια, ἐλθὲ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἄρρενος, ἐλθὲ ἡ ἐπισταμένη τὰ μυστήρια τοῦ ἐπιλέκτου, ἐλθὲ ἡ κοινωνοῦσα ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἄθλοις τοῦ γενναίου ἀθλητοῦ, ἐλθὲ ἡ ἡσυχία ἡ ἀποκαλύπτουσα τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ παντὸς μεγέθους,

And it-firsted to-forth, Thou-should-have-had-came, the-ones bowels the-ones finish-belonged, thou-should-have-had-came, the-one an-en-together-belonging-to-unto of-the-one of-a-lambling, thou-should-have-had-came, the-one standing-upon to-the-ones to-flexerlets of-the-one of-forthed-upon, thou-should-have-had-came, the-one en-together-belonging-to in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-dashed-along of-the-one of-generated-belonged of-a-dasher-along, thou-should-have-had-came, the-one a-quiescing-unto the-one shrouding-off to-the-ones to-great-belonged of-the-one of-all of-a-greateedness,

ATo 50:2 ἐλθὲ ἡ τὰ ἀπόκρυφα ἐκφαίνουσα καὶ τὰ ἀπόρρητα φανερὰ καθιστῶσα, ἡ ἱερὰ περιστερὰ ἡ τοὺς διδύμους νεοσσοὺς γεννῶσα, ἐλθὲ ἡ ἀπόκρυφος μήτηρ, ἐλθὲ ἡ φανερὰ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτῆς καὶ παρέχουσα χαρὰν καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν τοῖς συνημμένοις αὐτῇ· ἐλθὲ καὶ κοινώνησον ἡμῖν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ ἣν ποιοῦμεν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου, καὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ ᾗ συνήγμεθα ἐπὶ τῇ κλήσει σου.

thou-should-have-had-came, the-one to-the-ones to-hidened-off manifesting-out and to-the-ones to-uttered-off to-en-manifested standing-down, the-one sacred a-latteredness-about the-one to-the-ones to-twiced-of to-nestlings generating-unto, thou-should-have-had-came, the-one hidened-off a-mother, thou-should-have-had-came, the-one en-manifested in unto-the-ones unto-practices of-it and holding-beside to-a-joyedness and to-a-ceasing-up unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-fastened-together unto-it; thou-should-have-had-came and thou-should-have-en-together-belonged-to unto-us in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-granting-unto to-which we-do-unto upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-thee, and unto-the-one unto-an-excessing-off unto-which we-had-come-to-be-led-together upon unto-the-one unto-a-calling of-thee.

Note: a-latteredness-about : used to refer to doves for using other nests.

ATo 50:3 Καὶ εἰπὼν ταῦτα διεχάραξεν τῷ ἄρτῳ τὸν σταυρόν, καὶ κλάσας ἤρξατο διαδιδόναι.

And having-had-said to-the-ones-these it-paled-through unto-the-one unto-an-adjustation to-the-one to-a-stake, and having-broke it-firsted to-give-through.

Note: it-paled-through : i.e. in the sense of making an impression on a medium, i.e. a blueprint.

ATo 50:4 καὶ πρῶτον τῇ γυναικὶ ἔδωκεν εἰπών· Ἔσται σοι τοῦτο εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ αἰωνίων παραπτωμάτων· Καὶ μετ᾿ αὐτὴν ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν τοῖς τὴν σφραγῖδα δεξαμένοις.

And to-most-before unto-the-one unto-a-woman it-gave having-had-said, It-shall-be unto-thee the-one-this into to-a-sending-off of-un-adjustings-along-unto and of-aged-belonged of-en-fallings-beside-to; and with to-it it-gave and unto-the-ones unto-other unto-all unto-the-ones to-the-one to-a-seal unto-having-received.

ATo 51:0 Πρᾶξις ϛ´ περὶ τοῦ νεανίσκου τοῦ φονεύσαντος τὴν κόρην.

A-practice sixth about of-the-one of-a-new-belonging-of of-the-one of-having-slayed-of to-the-one to-a-shearaging.

Note: to-a-shearaging : refers to the iris/pupil because of its multi-sheared look; also, a female, as a sprout 16 yrs. and over before bearing children.

ATo 51:1 Ἦν δέ τις νεανίσκος διαπραξάμενος πρᾶγμα ἀθέμιτον, προσελθὼν δὲ ἔλαβεν τῆς εὐχαριστίας τῷ ἰδίῳ στόματι, αἱ δὲ δύο χεῖρες αὐτοῦ ἐξηράνθησαν, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι μηκέτι προσαγαγεῖν τῷ ἰδίῳ στόματι.

It-was then-also a-one a-new-belonging-of having-practiced-through to-a-practicing-to to-un-placeed; having-had-came-toward then-also it-had-taken of-the-one of-a-goodly-granting-unto unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-becutteeing-to, the-ones then-also two hands of-it they-were-dried, as lest to-able lest-if-to-a-one to-have-had-led-toward unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-becutteeing-to.

Note: to-un-placeed : refers to something unlawful.

ATo 51:2 οἱ δὲ παρόντες ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἀνήγγειλαν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ τὸ συμβάν· καλέσας δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Λέξον μοι τέκνον καὶ μὴ αἰδεσθῇς, τί ὃ διεπράξω καὶ ὧδε ἦλθες· ἡ γὰρ εὐχαριστία τοῦ κυρίου ἤλεγξέν σε.

The-ones then-also being-beside having-had-seen to-it they-leadeeered-up unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off to-the-one to-having-had-stepped-together; having-callled-unto then-also, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said unto-it, Thou-should-have-forthed unto-me, Creationee, and lest thou-might-have-been-un-sighted-unto, to-what-one to-which thou-practiced-through and unto-which-then-also thou-had-came; the-one too-thus a-goodly-granting-unto of-the-one of-Authority-belonged it-trialed to-thee.

ATo 51:3 τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ χάρισμα εἰς πολλοὺς διερχόμενον μάλιστα μὲν τοὺς διὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης προσιόντας ἰᾶται, σὲ δὲ ἀπεξήρανεν, καὶ τὸ γενόμενον οὐ χωρὶς ἐνεργείας τινὸς γέγονεν.

The-one-this too-thus the-one a-granting-to into to-much coming-through most-such indeed to-the-ones through of-a-trust and of-an-excessing-off to-being-toward it-cureth, to-thee then-also it-dried-off, and the-one having-had-became not of-spaced of-a-working-in-of of-a-one it-hath-had-come-to-become.

ATo 51:4 Ὁ δὲ νέος ἐλεγχθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς εὐχαριστίας τοῦ κυρίου προσελθὼν προσέπεσεν τοῖς ποσὶν τοῦ ἀποστόλου καὶ ἐδέετο λέγων· Κακὸν πρᾶγμα πέπραχα· ἐνόμιζον γάρ τι καλὸν διαπράττεσθαι.

The-one then-also new having-been-trialed under of-the-one of-a-goodly-granting-unto of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, having-had-came-toward it-had-fallen-toward unto-the-ones unto-feet of-the-one of-a-setee-off and it-was-binding forthing, To-wedge-wedged to-a-practicing-to I-had-come-to-practice; I-was-parceleeing-to too-thus to-a-one to-seemly to-practice-through.

Note: I-had-come-to-practice : PEPRAKTAI MOI corrected to

PEPRAXA.

ATo 51:5 γυναικός τινος ἤρων οἰκούσης ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐν πανδοχείῳ, καὶ αὐτὴ δ᾿ ἐμὲ ἐφίλει.

Of-a-woman of-a-one I-was-desiring-unto of-housing-unto out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-city in unto-an-all-receivinglet-of, and it then-also to-ME it-was-caring-unto.

ATo 51:6 ἀκούσας δὲ ἐγὼ παρὰ σοῦ καὶ πιστεύσας ὅτι θεὸν ζῶντα καταγγέλλεις προσῆλθον καὶ τὴν σφραγῖδα ἐδεξάμην παρὰ σοῦ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις· ἔλεγες δέ· Ὃς ἐὰν κοινωνήσῃ τῇ μιαρᾷ μείξει, μάλιστα καὶ ἐν μοιχείᾳ, οὗτος οὐχ ἕξει ζωὴν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ᾧ κηρύσσω.

Having-heard then-also I beside of-thee and having-trusted-of to-which-a-one to-a-Deity to-lifing-unto thou-leadeeer-down, I-had-came-toward and to-the-one to-a-seal I-received beside of-thee together unto-the-ones unto-other; thou-was-forthing then-also, Which if-ever it-might-have-en-together-belonged-to unto-the-one unto-stained unto-a-mingling, most-such and in unto-an-adultering-of, the-one-this not it-shall-hold to-a-lifing beside unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-which I-heralder.

ATo 51:7 Ἐπεὶ οὖν πάνυ αὐτὴν ἠγάπουν, ἐδεόμην αὐτῆς καὶ ἔπειθον ἵνα σύνοικός μοι γένηται ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ πολιτείᾳ καθαρᾷ, ἣν σὺ αὐτὸς διδάσκεις· ἣ δὲ οὐκ ἐβούλετο.

Upon-if accordingly all-now to-it I-was-excessing-off-unto, I-was-binding of-it and I-was-suring so housed-together unto-me it-might-have-had-became in unto-a-purifying-unto and unto-a-citizening-of unto-cleansed, to-which thou it thou-veer-veerate; the-one then-also not it-was-purposing.

ATo 51:8 μὴ βουλομένης οὖν αὐτῆς λαβὼν ξίφος ἐθανάτωσα αὐτήν· οὐ γὰρ ἠδυνάμην αὐτὴν ὁρᾶν μετ᾿ ἄλλου μοιχευομένην.

Lest of-purposing accordingly of-it having-had-taken to-a-swordeedness I-en-deathed to-it; not too-thus I-was-abling to-it to-seeee-unto with of-other adultering-of.

ATo 52:1 Ταῦτα ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀκούσας εἶπεν· Ὦ μανιώδης μεῖξις, πῶς εἰς ἀναισχυντίας χωρεῖς;

To-the-ones-these the-one a-setee-off having-heard it-had-said, Oh Rave-seeinged a-mingling, unto-whither into to-un-shamenings-unto thou-space-unto?

ATo 52:2 ὦ ἐπιθυμία ἀκατάσχετε, πῶς τοῦτον ἐκίνησας ταῦτα ποιῆσαι;

Oh a-passioning-upon-unto un-holdened-down, unto-whither to-the-one-this thou-moved-unto to-the-ones-these to-have-done-unto?

ATo 52:3 ὦ ἔργον ὄφεως, πῶς ἐν τοῖς σοῖς ὀργίζῃ;

Oh Work of-a-snake, unto-whither in unto-the-ones unto-thine thou-be-stressed-to?

ATo 52:4 Ἐκέλευσεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος ὕδωρ αὐτῷ προσενεχθῆναι ἐν λεκάνῃ.

It-bade-of then-also, the-one a-setee-off, to-a-water unto-it to-have-been-beared-toward in unto-a-basin.

ATo 52:5 τοῦ δὲ ὕδατος προσενεχθέντος εἶπεν· Ἔλθετε τὰ ὕδατα ἀπὸ τῶν ὑδάτων τῶν ζώντων, τὰ ὄντα ἀπὸ τῶν ὄντων καὶ ἀποσταλέντα ἡμῖν· ἡ ἀνάπαυσις ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως ἀποσταλεῖσα ἡμῖν, ἡ δύναμις τῆς σωτηρίας ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐκείνης ἐρχομένη τῆς τὰ πάντα νικώσης καὶ ὑποτασσούσης τῷ ἰδίῳ θελήματι,

Of-the-one then-also of-a-water of-having-been-beared-toward it-had-said, Ye-should-have-had-came, the-ones waters, off of-the-ones of-waters of-the-ones of-lifing-unto, the-ones being off of-the-ones of-being and having-had-been-set-off unto-us; the-one a-ceasing-up the-one off of-the-one of-a-ceasing-up having-had-been-set-off unto-us, the-one an-ability of-the-one of-a-savioring-unto the-one off of-the-one of-an-ability of-the-one-thither coming of-the-one to-the-ones to-all of-mull-belonging-of and of-arranging-under unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-determining-to.

ATo 52:6 ἐλθὲ καὶ σκήνωσον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι τούτοις, ἵνα τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος τελείως ἐν αὐτοῖς τελειωθῇ.

Thou-should-have-had-came and thou-should-have-en-tented in unto-the-ones unto-waters unto-the-ones-these, so the-one a-granting-to of-the-one of-hallow-belonged unto-finish-belonged in unto-them it-might-have-been-finish-belonged.

ATo 52:7 Καὶ εἶπεν τῷ νεωτέρῳ· Ἄπελθε, νίψαι σου τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι τούτοις.

And it-had-said unto-the-one unto-more-new, Thou-should-have-had-came-off, thou-should-have-washed of-thee to-the-ones to-hands in unto-the-ones unto-waters unto-the-ones-these.

ATo 52:8 Καὶ νιψαμένου αὐτοῦ κατεστάθησαν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Πιστεύεις εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ὅτι πάντα δύναται ποῆσαι;

And of-having-washed of-it they-were-stood-down, and it-had-said unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, Thou-trust-of into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-us to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed, to-which-a-one to-all it-ableth to-have-done-unto?

ATo 52:9 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· Εἰ καὶ ἐλάχιστος τυγχάνω, πιστεύω.

The-one then-also it-had-said, If and most-lackened I-actuanate, I-trust-of;

ATo 52:10 ἀλλὰ τοῦτο διεπραξάμην οἰόμενός τι καλὸν ποιεῖν· ἐδεόμην γὰρ αὐτῆς, ὥσπερ καὶ εἶπόν σοι, ἣ δὲ οὐκ ἠβουλήθη πεισθῆναί μοι ἵνα ἑαυτὴν φυλάξῃ ἁγνήν.

other to-the-one-this I-practiced-through which-belonging to-a-one to-seemly to-do-unto; I-was-binding too-thus of-it, as-very and I-had-said unto-thee, which then-also not it-was-purposed to-have-been-sured unto-me so to-self it-might-have-guardered to-pure.

ATo 53:1 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Δεῦρο ἀπέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πανδοχεῖον ὅπου τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον διεπράξω, καὶ ἴδωμεν τὸ γεγονός.

It-had-said then-also unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, Thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, we-might-have-had-came-off into to-the-one to-an-all-receivinglet-of to-which-of-whither to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-work thou-practiced-through, and we-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become.

ATo 53:2 Προηγεῖτο δὲ ὁ νεώτερος τοῦ ἀποστόλου εἰς τὴν ὁδόν· γενόμενοι δὲ ἐν τῷ πανδοχείῳ εὗρον αὐτὴν κειμένην.

It-was-leading-before-unto then-also, the-one more-new, of-the-one of-a-setee-off into to-the-one to-a-way;

ATo 53:3 ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἠθύμησεν· κόρη γὰρ ἦν εὔμορφος.

Having-had-seen then-also to-it, the-one a-setee-off, it-un-passioned-unto; a-shearaging too-thus it-was goodly-formed.

Note: a-shearaging : refers to the iris/pupil because of its multi-sheared look; also, a female, as a sprout 16 yrs. and over before bearing children.

ATo 53:4 καὶ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὴν ἐνεχθῆναι ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τοῦ ξενοδοχείου.

And it-bade-of to-it to-have-been-beared-in in unto-the-one unto-middle of-the-one of-a-guested-receivinglet-of.

ATo 53:5 ἐπιθέντες δὲ αὐτὴν εἰς κράββατον ἐξήνεγκαν καὶ ἔθηκαν εἰς τὸ μέσον τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ πανδοχείου.

Having-had-placed-upon then-also to-it into to-a-krabattos they-beared-out and they-placed into to-the-one to-middle of-the-one of-a-channeling of-the-one of-an-all-receivinglet-of.

Note: to-a-krabattos (KRABBATON) : KRABATTON is correct; an oak weaved cot.

ATo 53:6 ἐπέθηκεν δὲ αὐτῇ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ἰησοῦ, ὃς πάντοτε φαίνῃ ἡμῖν, τοῦτο γὰρ βούλει, ἡμᾶς πάντοτε σὲ ἐπιζητεῖν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἡμῖν ἔδωκας ταύτην τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ αἰτεῖσθαι καὶ λαμβάνειν, καὶ οὐ μόνον τοῦτο ἐπέτρεψας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εὔξασθαι ἡμᾶς ἐδίδαξας·

It-placed-upon then-also unto-it to-the-one to-a-hand of-it, the-one a-setee-off, and it-firsted to-forth, Iêsous, which all-to-the-one-which-also thou-be-manifested unto-us, to-the-one-this too-thus thou-purpose, to-us all-to-the-one-which-also to-thee to-seek-upon-unto, and it unto-us thou-gave to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-being-out-unto of-the-one to-appeal-unto and to-take, and not to-stayeed to-the-one-this thou-turned-upon, other and to-the-one to-have-goodly-held to-us thou-veer-veerated;

ATo 53:7 ὁ οὐχ ὁρώμενος παρὰ τοῖς σωματικοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, τοῖς δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν οὐδ᾿ ὅλως ἀποκρυπτόμενος, καὶ τῇ μὲν ἰδέᾳ ἀπόκρυφος, τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις φανερούμενος ἡμῖν· καὶ ταῖς μὲν πράξεσί σου ταῖς πολλαῖς καθὼς χωροῦμεν ἐπεγνώκαμέν σε, αὐτὸς δὲ ἀμέτρως δέδωκας ἡμῖν τὰ δόματά σου εἰπών· Αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν, ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε, κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν·

the-one not being-seeeed-unto beside unto-the-ones unto-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of unto-eyes, unto-the-ones then-also of-the-one of-a-breathing of-us not-then-also unto-whole being-hidened-off, and unto-the-one indeed unto-a-sightedness hidened-off, unto-the-ones then-also unto-works being-en-manifested unto-us; and unto-the-ones indeed unto-practices of-thee unto-the-ones unto-much down-as we-space-unto we-had-come-to-aquaint-upon to-thee, it then-also unto-un-measured thou-had-come-to-give unto-us to-the-ones to-givings-to of-thee having-had-said, Ye-should-appeal-unto and it-shall-be-given unto-ye, ye-should-seek-unto and ye-shall-find, ye-should-strucketh and it-shall-be-opened-up unto-ye;

ATo 53:8 Δεόμεθα οὖν ὑποψίαν ἔχοντες τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἡμῶν· αἰτοῦμεν δέ σε οὐ πλοῦτον, οὐ χρυσόν, οὐκ ἄργυρον, οὐ κτῆσιν, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς γινομένων καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὴν γῆν χωρούντων, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο δεόμεθά σου καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν, ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου τῷ ἁγίῳ ἐγείρῃς ταύτην τὴν κειμένην ἐν τῇ σῇ δυνάμει εἰς δόξαν καὶ πίστιν τῶν παρεστώτων.

We-bind accordingly to-a-beholding-under-unto holding of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-to of-us; we-appeal-unto then-also to-thee not to-a-wealth, not to-a-gold, not to-a-silver, not to-a-befoundeeing, not to-other to-a-one of-the-ones off of-the-one of-a-soil of-becoming and unto-furthered into to-the-one to-a-soil of-spacing-unto, other to-the-one-this we-bind of-thee and we-call-beside-unto, so in unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-thee unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged thou-might-have-roused to-the-one-this to-the-one to-being-situated in unto-the-one unto-thine unto-an-ability into to-a-reckonedness and to-a-trust of-the-ones of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside.

ATo 54:1 Καὶ εἶπεν τῷ νεωτέρῳ σφραγίσας αὐτόν· Ἄπελθε καὶ λαβόμενος τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς εἰπὲ αὐτῇ· Ἐγὼ διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν χειρῶν σιδήρῳ σε ἐφόνευσα, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐμαῖς χερσὶν ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει Ἰησοῦ ἐγείρω σε.

And it-had-said unto-the-one unto-more-new having-sealed-to to-it, Thou-should-have-had-came-off and having-had-taken of-the-one of-a-hand of-it thou-should-have-had-said unto-it, I through of-the-ones of-mine of-hands unto-an-iron to-thee I-slayed-of, and in unto-the-ones unto-mine unto-hands upon unto-the-one unto-a-trust of-an-Iêsous I-rouse to-thee.

ATo 54:2 προσελθὼν οὖν ὁ νέος παρέστη αὐτῇ λέγων· Ἐπίστευσα ἐπὶ σὲ Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ.

Having-had-came-toward accordingly, the-one new, it-had-stood-beside unto-it forthing, I-trusted-of upon to-thee, Anointed Iêsous.

ATo 54:3 Καὶ ἀπιδὼν εἰς Ἰούδαν Θωμᾶν τὸν ἀπόστολον εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἔπευξαί μοι ἵνα ὁ κύριός μου εἰς τὴν βοήθειάν μου ἔλθῃ, ὃν καὶ ἐπικαλοῦμαι.

And having-had-seen-off into to-an-Ioudas to-a-Thômas to-the-one to-a-setee-off it-had-said unto-it, Thou-should-have-goodly-held-upon unto-me so the-one Authority-belonged of-me into to-the-one to-a-holler-running-of of-me it-might-have-had-came, to-which and I-call-upon-unto.

ATo 54:4 Καὶ ἐπιθεὶς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τῇ αὐτῆς χειρὶ εἶπεν· Ἐλθὲ κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ· ταύτῃ μὲν παράσχου τὴν ζωήν, ἐμοὶ δὲ τῆς πίστεώς σου τὸν ἀρραβῶνα.

And having-had-placed-upon to-the-one to-a-hand of-it unto-the-one of-it unto-a-hand it-had-said, Thou-should-have-had-came, Authority-belonged Iêsous Anointed; unto-the-one-this indeed thou-should-hold-beside to-the-one to-a-lifing, unto-ME then-also of-the-one of-a-trust of-thee to-the-one to-an-earnest.

ATo 54:5 Καὶ εὐθέως ἑλκύσαντος αὐτοῦ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτῆς ἀναπηδήσασα ἐκαθέσθη, ἀποβλέπουσα εἰς τὸν πολὺν ὄχλον τὸν παρεστῶτα· εἶδεν δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀπόστολον ἄντικρυς αὐτῆς ἑστῶτα, καὶ καταλιποῦσα τὸν κράββατον ἐκπηδήσασα πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ ἔπεσεν καὶ τῶν ἐνδυμάτων αὐτοῦ ἥπτετο λέγουσα·

And unto-straight of-having-haulationed of-it to-the-one to-a-hand of-it, having-up-scurried-unto it-was-sat-down-unto-to viewing-off into to-the-one to-much to-a-crowd to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside; it-had-seen then-also and to-the-one to-a-setee-off ever-a-one-strucked of-it to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand, and having-had-remaindered-down to-the-one to-a-krabattos having-out-scurried-unto toward unto-the-ones unto-feet of-it it-had-fallen, and of-the-ones of-sinkings-in-to of-it it-was-fastening, forthing,

Note: ever-a-one-strucked (ANTIKRUS) : from ANTI+KROUW.

Note: to-a-krabattos (KRABBATON) : KRABATTON is correct; an oak weaved cot.

ATo 54:6 Δέομαί σου κύριέ μου, ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἄλλος ὁ συνών σοι, ὃς οὐκ ἐγκατέλιπέν με παραμεῖναι εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὸν χῶρον τὸν δεινὸν καὶ χαλεπόν, ἀλλὰ σοί με παρέδωκεν εἰπών· Σὺ ταύτην παράλαβε ἵνα τελειωθῇ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰς τὸν αὐτῆς χῶρον συναχθῇ;

I-bind of-thee, Authority-belonged of-me, of-whither it-be the-one-thither the-one other the-one being-together unto-thee, which not it-had-remaindered-down-in to-me to-have-stayed-beside into to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-space to-the-one to-dired-belonged-to and to-harrowed, other unto-thee to-me it-gave-beside having-had-said, Thou to-the-one-this thou-should-have-had-taken-beside so it-might-have-been-en-finish-belonged and with to-the-ones-these into to-the-one of-it to-a-space it-might-have-been-led-together?

ATo 55:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολός φησιν πρὸς αὐτήν· Ἐξήγησαι ἡμῖν ποῦ παρεγένου.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-declareth toward to-it, Thou-should-have-led-out-unto unto-us of-whither thou-had-became-beside.

ATo 55:2 Ἣ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο· Σὺ ὁ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὤν, ᾧ καὶ παρεδόθην, βούλει ἀκοῦσαι;

The-one then-also it-separated-off, Thou the-one together unto-ME being, unto-which and I-was-given-beside, thou-purpose to-have-heard?

ATo 55:3 Καὶ ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ἄνθρωπός τις παρέλαβέν με ἀπεχθὴς τῇ ἰδέᾳ, μέλας ὅλος, ἡ δὲ τούτου ἐσθὴς πάνυ ῥερυπωμένη· ἀπήγαγεν δέ με εἴς τινα τόπον ἐν ᾧ πολλὰ χάσματα ὑπῆρχεν, καὶ πολλὴ δυσωδία καὶ ἀποφορὰ ἐχθίστη ἐκεῖθεν ἀπεδίδετο,

And it-firsted to-forth, A-mankind a-one it-had-taken-beside to-me enmityinged-off unto-the-one unto-a-sightedness, blackened whole, the-one then-also of-the-one-this a-clotheness all-now having-had-come-to-be-en-dirtied; it-had-led-off then-also to-me into to-a-one to-an-occasion in unto-which much gapings-to it-was-firsting-under, and much an-onerous-odoring-unto and a-bearedness-off most-enmitied thither-from it-was-giving-off,

ATo 55:4 ἐποίει δέ με εἰς ἕκαστον χάσμα παρακύψαι, καὶ εἶδον ἐν τῷ χάσματι πῦρ φλεγόμενον, καὶ τροχοὶ πυρὸς ἐκεῖσε ἔτρεχον, ψυχαὶ δὲ ἐνεκρέμαντο ἐν τοῖς τροχοῖς ἐκείνοις, ἀλλήλαις προσρηγνύμεναι· βοὴ δὲ καὶ ὀλολυγμὸς πλεῖστος ὑπῆρχεν ἐκεῖ, οὐδεὶς δὲ ἦν ὁ λυτρούμενος.

it-was-doing-unto then-also to-me into to-each to-a-gaping-to to-have-leaned-beside, and I-had-seen in unto-the-one unto-a-gaping-to to-a-fire to-blazing, and circuitees of-a-fire thither-to they-were-circuiting, breathings then-also they-were-hanging-in in unto-the-ones unto-circuitees unto-the-ones-thither, unto-other-to-other being-en-bursted-toward; a-hollering then-also and an-oloing-of most-beyond it-was-firsting-under thither; not-then-also-one then-also it-was the-one en-loosing.

Note: circuitees : used to refer to something circuited, the course or the thing designed, of wheels, hoops, mechanical rings, whirlwinds, circular tracks and boundaries, etc.

Note: an-oloing-of : used to refer to a cry in exultation or want, of the same sound as the stem of the Verb, "olo", usually toward deities.

ATo 55:5 ἔλεγεν δέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐκεῖνος· Αὗται αἱ ψυχαὶ ὁμόφυλοί σού εἰσιν, καὶ ἐν ἡμέραις ἀριθμοῦ παρεδόθησαν εἰς κόλασιν καὶ ἔκτριψιν, καὶ τότε ἄλλαι εἰσάγονται ἀντ᾿ αὐτῶν, ὁμοίως δὲ πάλιν καὶ αὐταὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ· αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ μεταλλάξασαι ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς τὴν συνουσίαν.

It-was-forthing then-also unto-me, the-one a-man the-one-thither, Them the-ones breathings along-tribed of-thee they-be, and in unto-dayednesses of-a-number they-were-given-beside into to-a-stricturing and to-a-rubbing-out, and to-the-one-which-also other they-be-led-into ever-a-one of-them, unto-along-belonged then-also unto-furthered and them in unto-other; them they-be the-ones having-othered-with of-a-man and of-a-woman to-the-one to-a-being-together-unto.

ATo 55:6 Καὶ κατοπτεύσασα εἶδον βρέφη ἐπ᾿ ἄλληλα σεσωρευμένα καὶ παλαίοντα ἀλλήλοις ἐπικείμενα.

And having-beheld-down-of I-had-seen to-babes upon to-other-to-other to-having-had-come-to-be-piled-of and to-en-past-belonging unto-other-to-other to-being-situated-upon.

ATo 55:7 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπέν μοι· Ταῦτά ἐστιν τὰ τούτων βρέφη, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνθάδε ἐτέθησαν εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτῶν.

The-one then-also having-been-separated-off it-had-said unto-me, The-ones-these it-be the-ones of-the-ones-these babes, and through to-the-one-this in-from-which-then-also they-were-placed into to-a-witnesslest of-them.

ATo 56:1 Ἀπήγαγεν δέ με εἰς ἄλλο χάσμα, καὶ παρακύψασα εἶδον βόρβορον καὶ σκώληκας ἀναβρύοντας, καὶ ψυχὰς ἐκεῖ κυλιομένας, καὶ βρυγμὸν μέγαν ἐκεῖθεν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀκουόμενον.

It-had-led-off then-also to-me into to-other to-a-gaping-to, and having-leaned-beside I-had-seen to-a-mud and to-worms to-teeming-up, and to-breathings thither to-being-en-roll-belonged, and to-a-grating-of to-great thither-from out of-them to-being-heard.

ATo 56:2 καὶ εἶπεν πρός με ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος· Αὗται αἱ ψυχαὶ γυναικῶν εἰσιν αἱ καταλείψασαι τοὺς ἄνδρας αὐτῶν καὶ εἰς ἄλλους μοιχεύσασαι καὶ εἰς ταύτην τὴν βάσανον ἐνεχθεῖσαι.

And it-had-said toward to-me, the-one a-mankind the-one-thither, Them the-ones breathings of-women they-be the-ones having-had-remaindered-down to-the-ones to-men of-them and into to-other having-adultering-of and into to-the-one-this to-the-one to-an-abradant having-been-beared-in.

ATo 56:3 Ἄλλο μοι χάσμα ἔδειξεν, εἰς ὃ παρακύψασα εἶδον ψυχὰς τὰς μὲν κρεμαμένας διὰ τῆς γλώττης, τὰς δὲ διὰ τῶν πλοκάμων, τὰς δὲ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν, τὰς δὲ διὰ τῶν ποδῶν κατὰ κεφαλῆς, καὶ καπνὸν καὶ θεῖον καπνιζομένας· περὶ ὧν ἀπεκρίνατό μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐκεῖνος ὁ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὤν·

To-other unto-me to-a-gaping-to it-en-showed, into to-which having-leaned-beside I-had-seen to-breathings to-the-ones indeed to-being-hanged through of-the-one of-a-tongue, to-the-ones then-also through of-the-ones of-braids, to-the-ones then-also through of-the-ones of-hands, to-the-ones then-also through of-the-ones of-feet down of-a-head, and to-a-smoke and to-a-runlet-of to-being-smoked-to; about of-which it-separated-off unto-me, the-one a-man the-one-thither the-one together unto-me being,

Note: to-a-runlet-of : used to refer to sulphur for its unique quality of melting in a "run" when burned.

ATo 56:4 Αἱ μὲν ψυχαὶ αὗται αἱ κρεμασθεῖσαι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης διάβολοί εἰσιν, καὶ ψευδεῖς λόγους καὶ αἰσχροὺς φθεγγόμεναι, καὶ μὴ αἰδούμεναι· αἱ δὲ διὰ τῶν τριχῶν κρεμάμεναι ἄχρωμοί εἰσιν αἱ μηδ᾿ ὅλως αἰδούμεναι καὶ γυμνοκέφαλοι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ περιάγουσαι·

The-ones indeed breathings the-ones-these the-ones being-hanged through of-the-one of-a-tongue casted-through they-be, and to-falsinged to-forthees and to-en-shamed voicing-off, and lest un-sighting-unto; the-ones then-also through of-the-ones of-hairs being-hanged un-tinged they-be the-ones lest-then-also unto-whole un-sighting-unto and stripped-headed in unto-the-one unto-an-orderation leading-about;

ATo 56:5 αἱ δὲ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν κρεμασθεῖσαι αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ τὰ ἀλλότρια ἀφελόμεναι καὶ κλέψασαι, καὶ μετρίοις μὴ ἐπιδοῦσαι μηδέποτε μηδέν, μηδὲ ἐπαρκήσασαι τοῖς τεθλιμμένοις, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἐποίουν τὰ πάντα λαμβάνειν θέλουσαι, καὶ μηδὲ ὅλως τῆς δίκης καὶ τῆς νομοθεσίας φροντίδα ποιησάμεναι· αἱ δὲ διὰ τῶν ποδῶν διάστροφοι κρεμάμεναι αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ κούφως μὲν καὶ προθύμως τρέχουσαι ὁδοῖς πονηραῖς καὶ πορείαις ἀτάκτοις, νοσοῦντας μὴ ἐπισκεπτόμεναι καὶ τοὺς ἐξιόντας τοῦ βίου μὴ προκομίζουσαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μία καὶ ἑκάστη ψυχὴ ἀπολαμβάνει τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῆς.

the-ones then-also through of-the-ones of-hands being-hanged the-one-these they-be the-ones to-the-ones to-other-belonged having-had-sectioned-off and having-stolen, and unto-measure-belonged lest giving-upon lest-then-also-whither-also to-lest-then-also-one, lest-then-also having-lift-belonged-of-unto unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-pressed, other to-the-one-this they-were-doing-unto to-the-ones to-all to-take determining, and lest-then-also unto-whole of-the-one of-a-coursing and of-the-one of-a-parcelee-placing-unto to-a-centress having-done-unto; the-ones then-also through of-the-ones of-feet beturned-through being-hanged the-ones-these they-be the-ones unto-eased indeed and unto-passioned-before circuiting unto-ways unto-en-necessitated and unto-traversings-of unto-un-arranged, to-ailing-unto lest scouting-upon and to-the-ones to-being-out of-the-one of-a-dureeation lest tending-before-to, and through to-the-one-this one and each a-breathing it-taketh-off to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-practiced of-it.

Note: to-a-centress : used to refer to the main focus, usually of thought, but also of the heart, and of authority, etc.

Note: of-it : AUTH corrected to AUTHS.

ATo 57:1 Πάλιν ἀπαγαγών με ὑπέδειξέν μοι ἄντρον πάνυ σκοτεινόν, δυσωδίαν πολλὴν ἀποπνέον, πολλαὶ δὲ ψυχαὶ ἐκεῖθεν παρέκυπτον βουλόμεναι τοῦ ἀέρος τι μεταλαμβάνειν, οἱ δὲ τούτων φύλακες οὐκ εἴων αὐτὰς παρακύπτειν.

Unto-furthered having-had-led-off to-me it-en-showed-under unto-me to-a-den all-now to-dimmeed-belonged-to, to-an-onerous-odoring-unto to-much to-currenting-off, much then-also breathings thither-from they-were-leaning-beside purposing of-the-one of-an-air to-a-one to-take-with, the-ones then-also of-the-ones-these guarders not they-were-letting-unto to-them to-lean-beside.

ATo 57:2 ὁ δὲ συνών μοι εἶπε· Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ δεσμωτήριον τούτων τῶν ψυχῶν ὧν εἶδες· ἐπὰν γὰρ πληρώσωσι τὰς κολάσεις αὐτῶν ὧν μία ἑκάστη ἔπραξεν, ὕστερον ἄλλαι αὐτὰς διαδέχονται· εἰσὶν δὲ καί τινες τελείως καταναλισκόμεναι, καὶ εἰς ἄλλας κολάσεις παραδίδονται.

The-one then-also being-together unto-me it-had-said, The-one-this it-be the-one a-bindeerlet of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-breathings of-which thou-had-seen; upon-ever too-thus they-might-have-en-filled to-the-ones to-stricturings of-them of-which one each it-practiced, to-latter other to-them they-be-received-through; they-be then-also and ones unto-finish-belonged being-other-alonged-up-down, and into to-other to-stricturings they-be-given-beside.

ATo 57:3 Ἔλεγον δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ τῷ παραλαβόντι με ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τὰς ψυχὰς φρουροῦντες τὰς οὔσας ἐν τῷ σκοτεινῷ ἄντρῳ· Δὸς ἡμῖν αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰσαγάγωμεν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας, ἕως ὅτε καιρὸς ἐφίσταται εἰς κόλασιν αὐτὴν παραδοθῆναι.

They-were-forthing then-also unto-the-one unto-a-man unto-the-one unto-having-had-taken-beside to-me, the-ones-thither the-ones to-the-ones to-breathings guardering, to-the-ones to-being in unto-the-one unto-dimmeed-belonged-to unto-a-den, Thou-should-have-had-given unto-us to-it, so we-might-have-had-led-into to-it toward to-the-ones to-other, unto-if-which which-also a-time it-standeth-upon into to-a-stricturing to-it to-have-been-given-beside.

ATo 57:4 Ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς· Οὐ δίδωμι αὐτὴν ὑμῖν, ἐπειδὴ γὰρ φοβοῦμαι τὸν παραδόντα μοι αὐτήν· οὐ γὰρ ἐκελεύσθην ἐνθάδε αὐτὴν καταλεῖψαι· σὺν ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀνάγω αὐτήν, ἕως ἂν ἐντολὴν περὶ ταύτης δέξωμαι.

The-one then-also it-separated-off unto-them, Not I-give to-it unto-ye, upon-if-then too-thus I-fearee-unto to-the-one to-having-had-given-beside unto-me to-it; not too-thus I-was-bade-of in-from-then-also to-it to-have-remaindered-down; together unto-ME then-also I-lead to-it, unto-if-which ever to-a-finishing-in about of-the-one-this I-might-have-received.

Note: to-have-remaindered-down (KATALEIYAI) : rare 1st aorist form.

ATo 57:5 Καὶ παραλαβών με ἀνήγαγέν με εἰς ἄλλον χῶρον, ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν ἄνθρωποι οἳ ἐβασανίζοντο πικρῶς.

And having-had-taken-beside to-me it-had-led-up to-me into to-other to-a-space, in unto-which they-were mankinds which they-were-being-abraded-to unto-bittered.

ATo 57:6 ὁ δέ σοι ὅμοιος λαβών μέ σοι παρέδωκεν, λέξας σοι ταῦτα· Παράλαβε ταύτην, ἐπειδὴ μία ἐστὶν τῶν θρεμμάτων τῶν πλανηθέντων.

The-one then-also unto-thee along-belonged having-had-taken to-me unto-thee it-gave-beside, having-forthed unto-thee to-the-ones-these, Thou-should-have-had-taken-beside to-the-one-this, upon-if-then one it-be of-the-ones of-nourishings-to of-the-ones of-having-been-wandered-unto.

Note: of-nourishings-to : used to refer to living things requiring nourishing; occurs only here.

ATo 57:7 Καὶ ληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ σοῦ νῦν ἔμπροσθέν σού εἰμι.

And having-been-taken under of-thee, now in-toward-from of-thee I-be.

ATo 57:8 δέομαί σου οὖν καὶ ἱκετεύω ἵνα μὴ ἀπέλθω εἰς ἐκείνους τοὺς τόπους τοὺς κολαστηρίους οὓς εἶδον.

I-bind of-thee accordingly and I-petition-of so lest I-might-have-had-came-off into to-the-ones-thither to-the-ones to-occasions to-the-ones to-stricture-belonged to-which I-had-seen.

ATo 58:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Ἠκούσατε ἃ διηγήσατο ἡ γυνὴ αὕτη· οὐκ εἰσὶν δὲ μόνον αὗται αἱ κολάσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλαι χείρονες τούτων· καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιστραφῆτε ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν τοῦτον ὃν κηρύσσω, καὶ ἀπόσχησθε ἀπὸ τῶν προτέρων ἔργων ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν πράξεων ὧν διεπράξασθε χωρὶς γνώσεως, εἰς ταύτας τὰς κολάσεις τὸ τέλος ὑμῶν ἕξετε.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said, Ye-should-have-heard to-which it-led-through-unto, the-one a-woman the-one-this; not they-be then-also to-stayeed them the-ones stricturings, other and other hands of-the-ones-these; and ye then-also if-ever lest ye-might-have-beturned-upon upon to-the-one to-a-Deity to-the-one-this to-which I-heralder, and ye-might-have-held-off off of-the-ones of-more-before of-works of-ye and of-the-ones of-practices of-which ye-practiced-through of-spaced of-an-acquainting, into to-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-stricturings to-the-one to-a-finisheedness of-ye ye-shall-hold.

ATo 58:2 πιστεύσατε οὖν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἀφίησιν ὑμῖν τὰ πρὸ τούτου πεπραγμένα ἁμαρτήματα, καὶ καθαρίσει ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἐπιθυμήσεων ὑμῶν τῶν σωματικῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ μενουσῶν, καὶ ἰάσεται ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν σφαλμάτων τῶν παρεπομένων καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν ἀπιόντων καὶ πρὸ ὑμῶν εὑρισκομένων.

Ye-should-have-trusted-of accordingly into to-Anointed to-an-Iêsous, and it-sendeth-off unto-ye to-the-ones before of-the-one-this to-having-had-come-to-be-practiced to-un-adjustings-along-to, and it-shall-cleanse-to to-ye off of-all of-the-ones of-passionings-upon of-ye of-the-ones of-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-staying, and it-shall-cure-unto to-ye off of-the-ones of-befailings-to of-the-ones of-following-beside and together unto-ye of-being-off and before of-ye of-being-found.

ATo 58:3 εἷς ἕκαστος οὖν ὑμῶν ἀποδύσασθε τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἐνδύσασθε τὸν νέον, τὴν δὲ πρώτην ὑμῶν ἀναστροφὴν καὶ πολιτείαν καταλείψατε· καὶ οἱ κλέπτοντες μηκέτι κλεπτέτωσαν, ἀλλὰ κάμνοντες καὶ ἐργαζόμενοι ζήτωσαν· οἱ δὲ μοιχοὶ μηκέτι πορνευέτωσαν, ἵνα μὴ ἐκδότους ἑαυτοὺς τῇ αἰωνίᾳ κολάσει παραδώσωσιν· ἡ γὰρ μοιχεία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ πάνυ χαλεπόν ἐστιν παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα κακά.

One each accordingly of-ye ye-should-have-sunk-off to-the-one to-past-belonged to-a-mankind and ye-should-have-sunk-in to-the-one to-new, to-the-one then-also to-most-before of-ye to-a-beturning-up and to-a-city-belonging-of ye-should-have-remaindered-down; and the-ones stealing lest-if-to-a-one they-should-steal, other wearying and working-to they-should-life-unto; the-ones then-also adulterers lest-if-to-a-one they-should-harlot-of, so lest to-given-out to-selves unto-the-one unto-age-belonged unto-a-stricturing they-might-have-had-given-beside; the-one too-thus an-adultering-of beside unto-the-one unto-a-Deity all-now harrowed it-be beside to-the-ones to-other to-wedge-wedged.

ATo 58:4 ἀπόθεσθε δὲ καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος καὶ τὴν μέθην καὶ τὴν διαβολὴν καὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ μὴ ἀποδίδετε.

Ye-should-have-had-placed-off then-also and to-the-one to-a-holding-beyond-unto and to-the-one to-a-falseedness and to-the-one to-an-toxinating and to-the-one to-a-casting-through and to-wedge-wedged ever-a-one of-wedge-wedged lest ye-should-give-off.

ATo 58:5 ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα ξένα εἰσὶν τῷ Θεῷ τῷ ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ κηρυσσομένῳ καὶ ἀλλότρια· ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν τῇ πίστει πολιτεύσασθε καὶ τῇ πρᾳότητι καὶ τῇ ἁγιωσύνῃ καὶ τῇ ἐλπίδι, ἐν ᾗ ὁ θεὸς χαίρει, ὅπως γένησθε αὐτοῦ οἰκεῖοι, προσδεξάμενοι παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὰ χαρίσματα ἃ ὀλίγοι καὶ ἔνιοι δέχονται.

The-ones-these too-thus all guested they-be unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one under of-ME unto-being-heraldered and other-belonged; other and more-such in unto-the-one unto-a-trust ye-should-citizen-of and unto-the-one unto-a-mildness and unto-the-one unto-an-en-hallowed-belongingedness and unto-the-one unto-a-droved-sureeing, in unto-which the-one a-Deity it-joyeth, unto-which-whither ye-might-have-had-became of-it house-belonged, having-received-toward beside of-it to-the-ones to-grantings-to to-which little and which-being they-receive.

ATo 59:1 Πᾶς οὖν ὁ λαὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς πειθηνίους παρέσχον τῷ Θεῷ τῷ ζῶντι καὶ τῷ Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, εὐωχούμενοι ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς εὐλογημένοις τοῦ ὑψίστου καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ αὐτοῦ τῇ ἁγίᾳ.

All accordingly the-one a-people it-trusted-of, and to-the-ones of-selves to-breathings to-rein-sured-belonged they-had-held-beside unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-lifing-unto and unto-the-one unto-Anointed unto-an-Iêsous, goodly-holding-unto in unto-the-ones unto-works of-it unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto of-the-one of-most-lofteed and unto-the-one unto-a-raising-through-unto of-it unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged.

Note: to-rein-sured-belonged : i.e. confident in the one holding the rein.

ATo 59:2 ἐκόμιζον δὲ χρήματα πολλὰ εἰς διακονίαν τῶν χηρῶν· εἶχεν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν συνηθροισμένας, καὶ πάσας αὐτὰς διὰ τῶν ἰδίων διακόνων ἀπέστελλεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, τά τε ἐνδύματα καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὴν τροφήν.

The-were-tending-to then-also to-affordings-to to-much into to-a-raising-through-unto of-the-ones of-bereaved; it-was-holding too-thus in unto-the-ones unto-cities to-having-had-come-to-be-flurried-along-to, and to-all to-them through of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-raisers-through it-was-setting-off to-the-ones to-avail-belonged-upon, to-the-ones also to-sinkings-in-to and to-the-ones toward to-the-one to-a-nourishing.

ATo 59:3 αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἐπαύετο κηρύσσων καὶ λέγων αὐτοῖς καὶ ὑποδεικνύων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστὸς περὶ οὗ αἱ γραφαὶ ἐκήρυξαν, ὃς ἐλθὼν σταυροῦται καὶ ἐγείρεται διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν.

It then-also not it-was-ceasing heraldering and forthing unto-them and en-showing-under to-which-a-one the-one-this it-be an-Iêsous Anointed about of-which the-ones scribings they-heraldered, which having-had-came it-be-en-staked and it-be-roused through of-three of-dayednesses out of-en-deaded.

ATo 59:4 ὑπεδείκνυεν δὲ αὐτοῖς δεύτερον σαφηνίζων ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν ἀρξάμενος τὰ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅτι ἔδει αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τελεσθῆναι πάντα τὰ προλεχθέντα περὶ αὐτοῦ.

It-en-showed-under then-also unto-them to-second, evidenting-to, off of-the-ones of-declarers-before having-firsted, to-the-ones about of-the-one of-Anointed, to-which-a-one it-bindeth to-it to-have-had-came and in unto-it to-have-been-finished-unto to-all to-the-ones to-having-been-forthed-before about of-it.

ATo 59:5 διέδραμεν δὲ ἡ τούτου φήμη εἰς πάσας τὰς πόλεις καὶ χώρας, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἔχοντες νοσοῦντας ἢ ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων προσέφερον, οὓς δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐτίθουν ἐν ᾗ ἔμελλεν διελθεῖν, καὶ πάντας ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ κυρίου ἐθεράπευεν.

It-had-circuited-through then-also, the-one of-the-one-this a-declaring, into to-all to-the-ones to-cities and to-spacednesses, and all the-ones holding to-ailing-unto or to-being-crowded-unto under of-currentings-to of-un-cleansabled they-were-bearing-toward, to-which then-also and in unto-the-one unto-a-way they-were-placing in unto-which it-was-pending to-have-had-came-through, and to-all in unto-the-one unto-an-ability of-the-one of-Authority-belonged it-was-ministering-of.

ATo 59:6 τότε εἶπον πάντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ δι᾿ αὐτοῦ ἰαθέντες μιᾷ φωνῇ· Δόξα σοι Ἰησοῦ τῷ τὴν θεραπείαν ἐξ ἴσου παρασχόντι διὰ τοῦ σοῦ δούλου καὶ ἀποστόλου Θωμᾶ.

To-the-one-which-also they-had-said, all passioned-along, the-ones through of-it having-been-cured-unto, unto-one unto-a-sound, A-reckonedness unto-thee, Iêsous, unto-the-one to-the-one to-a-ministering-of out of-samed unto-having-had-held-beside through of-the-one of-thee of-a-bondee and of-a-setee-off of-a-Tômas.

ATo 59:7 καὶ ὑγιαίνοντες καὶ χαίροντες δεόμεθά σου γενέσθαι τῆς σῆς ἀγέλης καὶ ἐναριθμηθῆναι εἰς τὰ σὰ πρόβατα· δέξαι οὖν ἡμᾶς κύριε καὶ μὴ λογίσῃ ἡμῶν τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ πρῶτα σφάλματα ἃ διεπραξάμεθα ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ὄντες.

And healthing and joying we-bind of-thee to-have-had-became of-the-one of-thine of-a-herd and to-have-been-numbered-in-unto into to-the-ones to-thine to-stepped-before; thou-should-have-received accordingly to-us, Authority-belonged, and lest thou-might-have-fortheed-to of-us to-the-ones to-en-fallings-beside-to of-us and to-the-ones to-most-before to-befailings-to to-which we-practiced-through in unto-an-un-en-mulling-unto being.

Note: to-stepped-before : used to refer to herded members usually sheep.

ATo 60:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Δόξα τῷ μονογενεῖ τῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πατρός, δόξα τῷ πρωτοτόκῳ τῶν πολλῶν ἀδελφῶν, δόξα σοι τῷ ἐπαμύντορι καὶ βοηθῷ τῶν εἰς τὸ καταφύγιόν σου ἐρχομένων· ὁ ἄυπνος καὶ τοὺς ἐν ὕπνῳ διεγείρων, ὁ ζῶν καὶ ζωοποιῶν τοὺς ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ κατακειμένους·

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said, A-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-stayeed-becominged unto-the-one off of-the-one of-a-Father, a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-much of-brethrened, a-reckonedness unto-thee unto-the-one unto-a-heeder-upon and unto-holler-ran of-the-ones into to-the-one to-a-flee-downlet of-thee of-coming; the-one un-sleeped and to-the-ones in unto-a-sleep rousing-through, the-one lifing-unto and life-doing-unto to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-death to-being-situated-down;

ATo 60:2 θεὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ, τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος υἱέ, ὁ λυτρωτὴς καὶ βοηθός, ἡ καταφυγὴ καὶ ἀνάπαυσις πάντων τῶν καμνόντων ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐργασίᾳ, ἴασιν δὲ παρέχων ἐκείνοις τοῖς διὰ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα ὑποφέρουσιν τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα· εὐχαριστοῦμεν τοῖς παρὰ σοῦ χαρίσμασιν δοθεῖσιν ἡμῖν καὶ τῇ παρὰ σοῦ βοηθείᾳ χαρισθεῖσιν ἡμῖν καὶ τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ σου τῇ ἐλθούσῃ ἀπὸ σοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς.

Deity Iêsous Anointed, of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-lifing-unto Son, the-one an-en-looser and holler-ran, the-one a-fleeing-down and a-ceasing-up of-all of-the-ones of-wearying in unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-working-unto, to-a-curing then-also holding-beside unto-the-ones-thither unto-the-ones through to-the-one to-thine to-a-naming-to unto-bearing-under to-the-one to-a-weighteedness of-the-one of-a-dayedness and to-the-one to-an-en-burning; we-goodly-grant-unto unto-the-ones beside of-thee, unto-grantings-to unto-having-been-given unto-us and unto-the-one beside of-thee unto-a-holler-running-of, unto-having-been-granted-to unto-us, and unto-the-one unto-a-house-parceleeing-unto of-thee unto-the-one unto-having-had-came off of-thee into to-us.

ATo 61:1 τέλεσον οὖν εἰς ἡμᾶς ταῦτα ἕως τέλους, ἵνα ἔχωμεν παρρησίαν τὴν ἐν σοί·

Thou-should-have-finished-unto accordingly into to-us to-the-ones-these unto-if-which of-a-finisheedness, so we-might-have-had-held to-an-all-uttering-unto to-the-one in unto-thee;

ATo 61:2 ἔπιδε εἰς ἡμᾶς, ὅτι διὰ σὲ κατελείπαμεν τοὺς οἴκους ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ γονικὰ ἡμῶν, καὶ διὰ σὲ ξένοι γεγόναμεν ἡδέως καὶ ἑκόντες·

Thou-should-have-had-seen-upon into to-us, to-which-a-one through to-thee we-remaindered-down to-the-ones to-houses of-us and to-the-ones to-becomeed-belonged-of of-us, and through to-thee guested we-hath-had-come-to-become unto-en-pleasured and be-outing;

Note: we-remaindered-down (KATELEIPAMEN) : KATELEIYAMEN corrected to KATELEIPAMEN.

Note: be-outing : used to refer to what is agreed as right.

ATo 61:3 ἔπιδε ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς κύριε, ὅτι τὴν ἰδίαν κτῆσιν κατελείπαμεν διὰ σέ, ἵνα σὲ τὴν ἀναφαίρετον κτῆσιν κτησώμεθα·

Thou-should-have-had-seen-upon upon to-us, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-befoundeeing we-remaindered-down through to-thee, so to-thee to-the-one to-un-sectionabled-along-off to-a-befoundeeing we-might-have-befounded-unto;

Note: we-remaindered-down (KATELEIPAMEN) : KATELEIYAMEN corrected to KATELEIPAMEN.

ATo 61:4 ἔπιδε ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς κύριε, ὅτι τοὺς διαφέροντας ἡμῖν κατὰ γένος κατελείπαμεν, ἵνα τῇ σῇ συγγενείᾳ καταμιγῶμεν·

thou-should-have-had-seen-upon upon to-us, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-bearing-through unto-us down to-a-becomeedness we-remaindered-down, so unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-together-becoming-of we-might-have-en-mingled-down;

Note: we-remaindered-down (KATELEIPAMEN) : KATELEIYAMEN corrected to KATELEIPAMEN.

ATo 61:5 ἔπιδε ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς κύριε τοὺς καταλείπαντας τοὺς πατέρας ἑαυτῶν καὶ τὰς μητέρας καὶ τοὺς τροφέας, ἵνα τὸν σὸν πατέρα θεασώμεθα καὶ κορεσθῶμεν τῆς αὐτοῦ τροφῆς τῆς θεϊκῆς·

thou-should-have-had-seen-upon upon to-us, Authority-belonged, to-the-ones to-having-remaindered-down to-the-ones to-fathers of-selves and to-the-ones to-mothers and to-the-ones to-nourishers-of, so to-the-one to-thine to-a-Father we-might-have-spectated and we-might-have-been-en-satiated of-the-one of-it of-a-nourishing of-the-one of-Deity-belonged-of;

Note: to-having-remaindered-down (KATELEIPANTAS) : KATELEIYANTAS corrected to KATELEIPANTAS.

ATo 61:6 ἔπιδε ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς κύριε, διὰ σὲ γὰρ τὰς συζύγους ἡμῶν τὰς σωματικὰς κατελείπαμεν καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς ἡμῶν τοὺς ἐπιγείους, ἵνα κοινωνήσωμεν ἐκείνῃ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῇ παραμόνῳ καὶ ἀληθινῇ, καὶ καρποὺς ἀληθινοὺς ἀποκυήσωμεν, ὧν ἡ φύσις ἄνωθεν ὑπάρχει, ὧν οὐδεὶς ἀφελέσθαι ἐξ ἡμῶν δύναται, οἷς παραμένομεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡμῖν παραμένουσιν.

thou-should-have-had-seen-upon upon to-us, Authority-belonged, through to-thee too-thus to-the-ones to-couplaged-together of-us to-the-ones to-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of we-remaindered-down and to-the-ones to-fruits of-us to-the-ones to-upon-soil-belonged, so we-might-have-en-together-belonged-to-unto unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-unto-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto unto-the-one unto-stayeed-beside and unto-un-secluded-belonged-to, and to-fruits to-un-secluded-belonged-to we-might-have-swelled-off, of-which the-one a-spawning up-unto-which-from it-firsteth-under, of-which not-then-also-one to-have-had-sectioned-off out of-us it-ableth, unto-which we-stay-beside and them unto-us they-stay-beside.

Note: we-remaindered-down (KATELEIPAMEN) : KATELEIYAMEN corrected to KATELEIPAMEN.

ATo 62:0 Πρᾶξις ζ´ περὶ τοῦ στρατηλάτου.

A-practice seven about of-the-one of-an-amass-drover.

ATo 62:1 Τοῦ δὲ ἀποστόλου Ἰούδα Θωμᾶ καταγγέλλοντος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ Ἰνδίᾳ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ στρατηλάτης τις τοῦ βασιλέως Μισδαίου ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτῷ· Ἀκήκοα περὶ σοῦ ὅτι μισθὸν παρά τινος οὐ λαμβάνεις, ἀλλ᾿ ὅπερ καὶ ἔχεις τοῖς δεομένοις παρέχεις· εἰ γὰρ μισθοὺς ἐλάμβανες, ἀπέστειλα ἂν χρῆμα ἱκανόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνθάδε οὐ παρεγενόμην·

Of-the-one then-also of-a-setee-off of-an-Ioudas of-a-Thômas of-leadeeering-down in unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-India to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-Deity, an-amass-drover a-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-Misdaios it-had-came toward to-it, and it-was-forthing unto-it, I-had-come-to-hear about of-thee to-which-a-one to-a-pay beside of-a-one not thou-take, other to-which-very and thou-hold unto-the-ones unto-binding thou-hold-beside; if too-thus to-pays thou-was-taking, I-set-off ever to-an-affording-to to-ampled, and it in-from-which-then-also not I-had-became-beside;

ATo 62:2 ὁ γὰρ βασιλεὺς ἐκτὸς ἐμοῦ οὐδὲν διαπράττεται· πολλὰ γὰρ ὑπάρχοντά μοί εἰσιν καὶ πλούσιός εἰμι, εἷς τῶν πλουτούντων ἐν τῇ Ἰνδίᾳ· καὶ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως ἠδίκησά ποτέ τινα· τὸ δὲ ἐναντίον μοι συνέβη· γαμετὴν ἔχω, καὶ ἔσχον ἐξ αὐτῆς θυγατέρα, καὶ πάνυ διάκειμαι πρὸς αὐτήν, ὡς καὶ ἡ φύσις ἀπαιτεῖ, ἄλλης δὲ γυναικὸς οὐ πεπείραμαι.

the-one too-thus a-ruler-of out-unto-the-one-which of-ME to-not-then-also-one it-practiceth-through; much too-thus firsting-under unto-me it-be and wealth-belonged I-be, one of-the-ones of-wealthing-unto in unto-the-one unto-an-India; and not-then-also unto-whole I-un-coursed-unto whither-also to-a-one; the-one then-also ever-a-oned-in of-me it-had-stepped-together; to-a-marriaging I-hold, and I-had-held out of-it to-a-daughter, and all-now I-situate-through toward to-it, as and the-one a-spawning it-appealeth-off-unto, of-other then-also of-a-woman not I-had-come-to-across-belong-to.

ATo 62:3 ἔτυχεν δὲ γάμον γενέσθαι ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει, καὶ πάνυ μοι προσφιλεῖς ἦσαν οἱ τὸν γάμον ποιοῦντες· εἰσελθόντες οὖν ἠξίουν με καλοῦντες αὐτὴν καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῆς.

It-had-actuanated then-also to-a-marriage to-have-had-became in unto-the-one unto-ours unto-a-city, and all-now unto-me caringed-toward they-were the-ones to-the-one to-a-marriage doing-unto; having-had-came-into accordingly they-were-appealing-unto to-me calling-unto to-it and to-the-one to-a-daughter of-it.

Note: they-were-appealing-unto (HTOUN) : HCIOUN corrected to HTOUN.

ATo 62:4 ἐπεὶ οὖν πάνυ μοι φίλοι ἦσαν, οὐκ ἠδυνήθην παραιτήσασθαι· ἀπέστειλα οὖν αὐτὴν καίπερ μὴ βουλομένην ἀπελθεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ οἰκέτας συναπέστειλα αὐταῖς.

Upon-if accordingly all-now unto-me cared they-were, not I-was-abled to-have-appealed-beside-unto; I-set-off accordingly to-it and-very lest to-purposing to-have-had-came-off; to-much then-also and to-housers I-set-off-together unto-them.

ATo 62:5 ἀπῄεσαν οὖν κόσμον πολὺν κεκοσμημέναι αὐτὴ καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς·

They-were-going-off accordingly, to-an-orderation to-much having-had-come-to-be-orderationed-unto, it and the-one a-daughter of-it.

ATo 63:1 ἑσπέρας δὲ γενομένης καὶ καιροῦ ἐστάντος ἀναλῦσαι ἀπὸ τῶν γάμων λαμπάδας καὶ δᾷδας ἔπεμψα εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτῶν· κἀγὼ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἱστήκειν κατοπτεύων πότε ἔλθῃ καὶ θεάσομαι αὐτὴν σὺν τῇ θυγατρί μου.

Of-an-into-acrossedness then-also of-having-had-became and of-a-time of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand to-have-loosed-off off of-the-ones of-marriages, to-lamps and to-torches I-volleyed into to-an-ever-a-oneing-off of-them; and-I in unto-the-one unto-a-way I-had-come-to-have-stood beholding-down-of whither-also it-might-have-had-came and I-shall-spectate to-it together unto-the-one unto-a-daughter of-me.

ATo 63:2 καὶ ἑστὼς φωνὴν ὀλολυγμοῦ ἤκουον· Οὐαὶ αὐτῇ ἐκ παντὸς στόματος ἠκούετο· οἱ δὲ δοῦλοι τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἔχοντες περιερρηγμένην ἤρχοντο πρός με ἀναγγέλλοντες τὰ γενόμενα.

And having-hath-had-come-to-stand, to-a-sound of-an-oloing-of I-heard, A-woe unto-it, out of-all of-a-becutteeing-to it-was-being-heard; the-ones then-also bondees to-the-one to-a-clotheness holding to-having-had-come-to-be-en-bursted-about they-were-coming toward to-me leadeeering-up to-the-ones to-having-had-became.

Note: of-an-oloing-of : used to refer to a cry in exultation or want, of the same sound as the stem of the Verb, "olo", usually toward deities.

ATo 63:3 Εἴδομέν φησιν ἄνθρωπόν τινα καὶ παῖδα σὺν αὐτῷ· καὶ ὁ μὲν ἄνθρωπος ἐπέβαλεν αὐτοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τὴν γυναῖκά σου καὶ ὁ παῖς ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα σου, αἳ δὲ ἔφυγον ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν· ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῖς ξίφεσιν ἐτρώσαμεν αὐτούς· τὰ δὲ ξίφη ἡμῶν εἰς γῆν ἔπεσον.

We-had-seen, it-was-declaring, to-a-mankind to-a-one and to-a-child together unto-it; and the-one indeed a-mankind it-had-casted-upon of-it to-the-one to-a-hand upon to-the-one to-a-woman of-thee and the-one a-child upon to-the-one to-a-daughter of-thee, the-ones then-also they-were-fleeing off of-them; we then-also unto-the-ones unto-swordeednesses we-wounded to-them; the-ones then-also swordeednesses of-us into to-a-soil they-had-fallen.

ATo 63:4 καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ κατέπεσον αὐταὶ τοῖς ὀδοῦσι τρίζουσαι καὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς εἰς γῆν κρούουσαι· καὶ ταῦτα εἰδότες ἤλθομεν ἀναγγεῖλαί σοι.

And unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness they-had-fallen-down them unto-the-ones unto-teeth creaking-to and to-the-ones to-heads into to-a-soil strucking; and to-the-ones-these having-had-seen we-had-came to-have-leadeeered-up unto-thee.

Note: unto-the-ones (TOIS) : TAIS corrected to TOIS.

ATo 63:5 Ταῦτα δὲ παρὰ τῶν δούλων ἀκούσας ἐγὼ τὴν ἐσθῆτα περιέρρηξα, καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὴν ὄψιν ἐπάταξα, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐμμανὴς γενόμενος ἔτρεχον τὴν ὁδόν· καὶ ἀπελθὼν εὗρον αὐτὰς ἐρριμμένας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ· καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὰς ἤγαγον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μου, καὶ μετὰ πολλὴν ὥραν ἔνηψαν, καὶ κατασταθεῖσαι ἐκαθέσθησαν.

To-the-ones-these then-also beside of-the-ones of-bondees having-heard, I to-the-one to-a-clotheness I-en-bursted-about, and to-the-ones to-hands upon to-the-one to-a-beholding I-smote, and as-very ravinged-in having-had-became I-was-circuiting to-the-one to-a-way; and having-had-came-off I-had-found to-them to-having-had-come-to-be-flung in unto-the-one unto-a-gatheredness; and having-had-taken to-them I-had-led into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-me, and with to-much to-an-houredness they-sobered, and having-been-stood-down they-were-sat-down-unto-to.

ATo 64:1 ἠρξάμην οὖν ἐξετάζειν τὴν γυναῖκά μου· Τί ἐστιν τὸ συμβάν σοι; Ἣ δέ μοι ἔφη· Οὐκ ἔγνως ἃ διεπράξω ἐν ἐμοί;

I-firsted accordingly to-out-test-to to-the-one to-a-woman of-me, What-one it-be the-one having-had-stepped-together unto-thee? The-one then-also unto-me it-was-declaring, Not thou-had-acquainted to-which thou-practiced-through in unto-ME?

ATo 64:2 ἐδεόμην γάρ σου μὴ ἀπιέναι εἰς τὸν γάμον, ἐπειδὴ ἀνωμάλως εἶχον τῷ σώματί μου· καὶ ἀπιοῦσα κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἐγγὺς γενομένη τοῦ ἀγωγοῦ ἐν ᾧ τὸ ὕδωρ ἔρρεεν, ἔβλεπον ἄνδρα μέλανα ἑστῶτα ἄντικρύς μου, τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ ὑπογρυλίζοντά με, καὶ παῖδα ὅμοιον αὐτοῦ παρεστῶτα.

I-was-binding too-thus of-thee lest to-go-off into to-the-one to-marriage, upon-if-then unto-un-threshinged-along I-was-holding unto-the-one unto-an-en-capsuling-to of-me; and going-off down to-the-one to-a-way to-neared having-had-became of-the-one of-leadeed in unto-which the-one a-water it-was-flowing, I-viewed to-a-man to-blackened to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand ever-a-one-strucked of-me, unto-the-one unto-a-head of-it to-caricaturing-under-to to-me, and to-a-child to-along-belonged of-it to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside.

Note: ever-a-one-strucked (ANTIKRUS) : from ANTI+KROUW.

ATo 64:3 καὶ εἶπον τῇ θυγατρί μου· Ἄπιδε εἰς τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους τοὺς δύο τοὺς δυσειδεῖς, ὧν οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτῶν ὥσπερ γάλα, τὰ δὲ χείλη αὐτῶν ὡς ἀσβόλη.

And I-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-daughter of-me, Thou-should-have-had-seen-off into to-the-ones to-men to-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-two to-the-ones to-onerously-seeinged, of-which the-ones teeth of-them as-very a-milk, the-ones then-also rimmeednesses of-them as a-soot.

ATo 64:4 Καὶ καταλείψασαι αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸν ἀγωγὸν ἀπήλθομεν.

And having-had-remaindered-down to-them toward to-the-one to-leadeed we-had-came-off.

ATo 64:5 δύσεως δὲ γενομένης καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γάμων ἀναλύσασαι, διερχομένων ἡμῶν σὺν τοῖς νεανίσκοις, ἔγγιστα γενομένων τοῦ ἀγωγοῦ, ἡ θυγάτηρ μου πρότερον εἶδεν αὐτούς· καὶ διαλαθοῦσα προσέφυγέν μοι· καὶ μετὰ αὐτὴν κἀγὼ αὐτοὺς ἐθεασάμην ἐρχομένους κατέναντι ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐφύγαμεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν· οἱ δὲ παῖδες οἱ ὄντες μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν κρούσαντες ἡμᾶς κατέβαλον ἐμέ τε καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα μου.

Of-a-sinkeeing then-also of-having-had-became and off of-the-ones of-marriages to-have-loosed-up, of-coming-through of-us together unto-the-ones unto-new-belongings-of, to-most-near of-having-had-became of-the-one of-leadeed, the-one a-daughter of-me to-more-before it-had-seen to-them; and secluding-through it-had-fled-toward unto-me; and with to-it and-I to-them I-spectated to-coming down-in-ever-a-one of-us, and we-fled off of-them; the-ones then-also children the-ones being with of-us having-strucked to-us they-had-casted-down to-ME also and to-the-one to-a-daughter of-me.

Note: to-it (AUTHN) : TAUTHN corrected to AUTHN.

ATo 64:6 Καὶ ταῦτα αὐτῆς διηγησαμένης μοι ἐπῆλθον αὐταῖς πάλιν οἱ δαίμονες καὶ κατέβαλον αὐτάς· καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας προελθεῖν οὐ δύνανται ἔξω, ἐγκεκλεισμέναι οὖσαι ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ ἢ δευτέρῳ.

And to-the-ones-these of-it of-having-led-through-unto unto-me, they-had-came-upon unto-them unto-furthered, the-ones daimons, and they-had-casted-down to-them; and off of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-an-houredness to-have-had-came-before not they-able out-unto-which, having-had-come-to-be-latch-belonged-in, being in unto-one unto-a-house or unto-second.

ATo 64:7 καὶ διὰ ταύτας πολλὰ ἐγὼ πάσχω καὶ ἀνιῶμαι· καταβάλλουσιν γὰρ αὐτὰς ὅπου ἐὰν εὕρωσιν καὶ ἀπογυμνοῦσιν.

And through to-the-ones-these to-much I-trek and I-un-cure-unto; they-cast-down too-thus to-them to-which-of-whither if-ever they-might-have-had-found and they-en-strip-off.

ATo 64:8 δέομαί σου καὶ ἱκετεύω ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ, βοήθησον καὶ ἐλέησόν με.

I-bind of-thee and I-petition-of in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-Deity, thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto and thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-me.

ATo 64:9 τρία γὰρ ἔτη εἰσὶν ἀφ᾿ οὗ τράπεζα ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ μου οὐκ ἐτέθη καὶ ἡ γυνή μου καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ μου εἰς τράπεζαν οὐκ ἐκάθισαν· καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν θυγατέρα μου τὴν ἀθλίαν, ἣ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως τι ἀγαθὸν εἶδεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ.

Three too-thus yeareednesses they-be off of-which a-four-footedness in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-me not it-was-placed, and the-one a-woman of-me and the-one a-daughter of-me into to-a-four-footedness not they-sat-down-to; and most-such through to-the-one to-a-daughter of-me to-the-one to-dashed-along-belonged, which not-then-also unto-whole to-a-one to-excess-placed it-had-seen in unto-the-one unto-an-orderation unto-the-one-this.

ATo 65:1 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ ἀπόστολος παρὰ τοῦ στρατηλάτου πάνυ ἐλυπήθη περὶ αὐτοῦ· εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν· Πιστεύεις ὅτι θεραπεύσει αὐτὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς;

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-setee-off, beside of-the-one of-an-amass-drover all-now it-was-throed-unto about of-it; it-had-said then-also toward to-it, Thou-trust-of to-which-a-one it-shall-minister-of to-them, the-one an-Iêsous?

Note: it-shall-minister-of (QERAPEUSEI) : QERAPEUEI corrected to QERAPEUSEI.

ATo 65:2 Ὁ δὲ στρατηλάτης Ναί φησιν· καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Παράθου οὖν τῷ Ἰησοῦ σεαυτόν, καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτὰς θεραπεύσει, ποιούμενος αὐτῶν βοήθειαν.

The-one then-also an-amass-drover, Yea, it-declareth; and the-one a-setee-off, Thou-should-have-had-placed-beside accordingly unto-the-one unto-an-Iêsous to-thyself, and it to-them it-shall-minister-of, doing-unto of-them to-a-holler-running-of.

Note: it-shall-minister-of (QERAPEUSEI) : QERAPEUEI corrected to QERAPEUSEI.

ATo 65:3 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ στρατηλάτης· Δεῖξόν μοι αὐτόν, ἵνα δεηθῶ αὐτοῦ καὶ πιστεύσω εἰς αὐτόν.

It-had-said then-also, the-one an-amass-drover, Thou-should-have-en-showed unto-me to-it, so I-might-have-been-binded of-it and I-might-have-trusted-of into to-it.

ATo 65:4 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Οὐ φαίνεται τούτοις τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῖς σωματικοῖς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τῆς ἐννοίας εὑρίσκεται.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-setee-off, Not it-be-manifested unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-eyes unto-the-ones unto-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of, other in unto-the-ones unto-eyes of-the-one of-an-en-mulling-in-unto it-be-found.

ATo 65:5 Ἐπάρας οὖν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ὁ στρατηλάτης εἶπεν· Πιστεύω σοι Ἰησοῦ, καὶ δέομαί σου καὶ ἱκετεύω, βοήθησον τῇ ὀλιγοπιστίᾳ μου ᾗ εἰς σὲ ἔχω.

Having-lifted-upon accordingly to-the-one to-a-sound of-it, the-one an-amass-drover, it-had-said, I-trust-of unto-thee, Iêsous, and I-bind of-thee and I-petition-of, thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-the-one unto-a-little-trusting-unto of-me unto-which into to-thee I-hold.

ATo 65:6 Παρεκελεύσατο δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος Ξενοφῶντι τῷ διακόνῳ συναγαγεῖν πάντας εἰς ἕν· συναθροισθέντος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ ὄχλου ὁ ἀπόστολος ἑστὼς ἐν μέσῳ ἔλεγεν·

It-bade-beside-of then-also, the-one a-setee-off, unto-a-Xenofôn unto-the-one unto-a-raiser-through to-have-had-led-together to-all into to-one; of-having-been-flurried-along-together-to then-also of-all of-the-one of-a-crowd the-one a-setee-off having-hath-had-come-to-stand in unto-middle it-was-forthing,

ATo 66:1 Τέκνα μου καὶ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ εἰς τὸν κύριον πιστεύσαντες, παραμείνατε ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πίστει, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὑμῖν καταγγελθέντα, ἔχοντες ἐν αὐτῷ τὰς ἐλπίδας· καὶ μὴ ἀπολειφθῆτε αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ καταλιμπάνει ὑμᾶς.

Creationees of-me and Brethrened, the-ones into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged having-trusted-of, ye-should-have-stayed-beside in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-trust, goodly-leadeeering-to to-an-Iêsous to-the-one out of-ME unto-ye to-having-been-leadeeered-down, holding in unto-it to-the-ones to-droved-sureeings; and lest ye-might-have-been-remaindered-off of-it, and not it-remaindereneth-down to-ye.

ATo 66:2 καθευδόντων ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ τούτῳ τῷ καταβαροῦντι τοὺς καθεύδοντας αὐτὸς ἄυπνος ὢν διαφυλάσσει· καὶ ἐν θαλάσσῃ πλεόντων ὑμῶν καὶ ἐν κινδύνῳ ὄντων καὶ οὐδενὸς βοηθεῖν δυναμένου αὐτὸς περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων ὑπορθοῖ βοηθῶν.

Of-resting-down of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-sleep unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-weighting-down-unto to-the-ones to-resting-down, it un-sleeped being it-guardereth-through; and in unto-a-sea of-floating-unto of-ye and in unto-a-peril of-being and of-not-then-also-one to-holler-run-unto of-abling, it treading-about-unto upon of-the-ones of-waters it-en-straightly-jutteth-under holler-running-unto.

ATo 66:3 ἐγὼ γὰρ ἤδη ἄπειμι ἐξ ὑμῶν, καὶ ἄδηλόν ἐστιν εἰ ἔτι ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ σάρκα.

I too-thus which-then I-be-off out of-ye, and un-distincted it-be if if-to-a-one I-shall-behold to-ye down to-a-flesh.

ATo 66:4 μὴ οὖν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐξομοιωθῆτε τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ, οἵτινες ἀπιδόντες τοὺς ποιμένας πρὸς ὥρας καιρὸν ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν.

Lest accordingly and ye ye-might-have-been-en-along-belonged-out unto-the-one unto-a-people of-an-Israêl, which-ones having-had-seen-off to-the-ones to-shepherds toward to-hourednesses to-a-time they-were-cumbered-to.

ATo 66:5 Ξενοφῶντα δὲ τὸν διάκονον καταλιμπάνω πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς τὸν τόπον μου· καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ὥσπερ κἀγὼ καταγγέλλει τὸν Ἰησοῦν· οὔτε γὰρ ἐγώ εἰμί τι οὔτε αὐτός, ἀλλὰ Ἰησοῦς· καὶ γὰρ κἀγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι σῶμα ἐνδεδυμένος, υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ὡς εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν·

To-a-Xenofôn then-also to-the-one to-a-raiser-through I-remainderen-down toward to-ye into to-the-one to-an-occasion of-me; and too-thus and it as-very and-I it-leadeeereth-down to-the-one to-an-Iêsous; not-also too-thus I I-be a-one not-also it, other an-Iêsous; and too-thus and-I a-mankind I-be to-an-en-capsuling-to having-had-come-to-be-sunk-in, a-son of-a-mankind as one out of-ye;

ATo 66:6 οὔτε γὰρ πλοῦτον ἔχω ὡς ἐνίοις εὑρίσκεται, ὃς καὶ τοὺς κεκτημένους ἐλέγχει ἀποίητος παντάπασιν ὑπάρχων καὶ καταλιμπανόμενος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ ἐγένετο· τὰ δὲ ἐκ τούτου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συμβαίνοντα παραπτώματα καὶ τὰς κηλῖδας τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν συναποφέρεται.

not-also too-thus to-a-wealth I-hold as unto-which-being it-be-found, which and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-befound-unto it-trialeth un-done-unto all-unto-all firsting-under and being-remainderened-down upon of-the-one of-a-soil off of-which and it-had-became; to-the-ones then-also out of-the-one-this unto-the-ones unto-mankinds to-stepping-together to-en-fallings-beside-to and to-the-ones tarnishes of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto it-be-beared-off-together.

Note: which : un-done-unto : firsting-under : being-remainderened-down : all referring to wealth.

ATo 66:7 σπανίως δὲ πλούσιοι εὑρίσκονται ἐν ἐλεημοσύναις· οἱ δὲ ἐλεήμονες καὶ ταπεινοὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.

Unto-scarce-belonged then-also wealth-belonged they-be-found in unto-besectionatingednesses; the-ones then-also besectionatinged-of and lowed-belonged-to unto-the-one unto-a-heart them they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-the-one of-a-Deity.

ATo 66:8 οὐ γὰρ τὸ κάλλος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παράμονόν ἐστιν· οἱ γὰρ τούτῳ θαρροῦντες τοῦ γήρους καταλαμβάνοντος αἰφνιδίως καταισχυνθήσονται.

Not too-thus the-one a-seemlieedness unto-the-ones unto-mankinds stayeed-beside it-be; the-ones too-thus unto-the-one-this braving-unto, of-the-one of-an-oldeness of-taking-down unto-un-manifest-belonged they-shall-be-shamened-down.

Note: braving-unto (QARROUNTES) : a later phonetic variant of QARSOUNTES, having the same meaning.

ATo 66:9 πάντα οὖν καιρὸν ἔχει· καιρῷ οὖν φιλεῖται καὶ καιρῷ μισεῖται.

All accordingly to-a-time it-holdeth; unto-a-time accordingly it-be-cared-unto and unto-a-time it-be-hated-unto.

ATo 66:10 ἔστω οὖν ἡ ἐλπὶς εἰς Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν ἀεὶ φιλούμενον καὶ ἀεὶ ποθούμενον.

It-should-be accordingly the-one a-droved-sureeing into to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed to-the-one to-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity to-the-one ever-if being-cared-unto and ever-if being-yearned-unto.

ATo 66:11 καὶ μέμνησθε ἡμῶν ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν.

And ye-should-have-had-come-to-memory-unto of-us as and we of-ye.

ATo 66:12 ἡμεῖς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐὰν μὴ τὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν φορτίον τελέσωμεν, οὐκ ἄξιοί ἐσμεν κήρυκες εἶναι τοῦ ὀνόματος τούτου, καὶ ὕστερον τιμωρίαν ἀποτίσομεν τῆς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλῆς.

We too-thus them if-ever lest to-the-one of-the-ones of-finishings-in to-a-bearereelet we-might-have-finished-unto, not deem-belonged we-be heralders to-be of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-the-one-this, and to-latter to-a-value-warding-unto we-shall-value-belong-off of-the-one of-selves of-a-head.

ATo 67:1 Καὶ συνευξάμενος αὐτοῖς, πολλὴν ὥραν παραμείνας τῇ εὐχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει, παραθέμενος αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ εἶπεν· Κύριε ὁ δεσπόζων πάσης ψυχῆς τῆς ἐν σώματι οὔσης· κύριε πάτερ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν εἰς σὲ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἐχουσῶν καὶ προσδεχομένων τὰ ἐλέη σου·

And having-goodly-held-together unto-them, to-much to-an-houredness having-stayed-beside unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-holding and unto-the-one unto-a-binding, having-had-placed-beside to-them unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged it-had-said, Authority-belonged the-one bind-doing-of-to of-all of-a-breathing of-the-one in unto-an-en-capsuling-to of-being; Authority-belonged, Father of-the-ones of-breathings of-the-ones into to-thee to-the-ones to-droved-sureeings of-holding and of-receiving-toward to-the-ones to-besectionateednessess of-thee;

Note: to-besectionateednesses : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

ATo 67:2 ὁ λυτρούμενος ἀπὸ τῆς πλάνης τοὺς ἰδίους ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἐλευθερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας καὶ φθορᾶς τοὺς ὑπηκόους καὶ ἐρχομένους εἰς τὸ καταφύγιόν σου· σὺ γενοῦ ἐν τῇ ποίμνῃ τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος, καὶ ἀλείψας αὐτὴν ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ θεράπευσον ἀπὸ τῶν ἑλκῶν καὶ διατήρησον αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τῶν λύκων τῶν διαρπαζόντων.

the-one en-loosing off of-the-one of-a-wandering to-the-ones to-private-belonged to-mankinds and en-freeing off of-the-one of-a-bondeeing-of and of-a-degradedness to-the-ones to-heard-under and to-coming into to-the-one to-a-a-flee-downlet of-thee; thou thou-should-have-had-became in unto-the-one unto-a-shepherding of-the-one of-a-Xenofôn, and having-smeared-along to-it unto-an-oillet unto-hallow-belonged, thou-should-have-ministered-of off of-the-ones of-hauls and thou-should-have-kept-through unto to-it off of-the-ones of-wolves of-the-ones of-through-snatching-to.

ATo 67:3 Καὶ ἐπιθεὶς αὐτοῖς τὴν χεῖρα εἶπεν· Ἔσται ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἡμῖν συνοδεύσει.

And having-had-placed-upon unto-them to-the-one to-a-hand it-had-said, It-shall-be upon to-ye the-one a-joinifying of-the-one of-Authority-belonged and unto-us it-shall-way-together-of.

ATo 68:0 Πρᾶξις ή περὶ τῶν ὀνάγρων.

A-practice eight; about of-the-ones of-field-donkeys.

ATo 68:1 Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀπιέναι κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν· καὶ πάντες δακρύοντες προέπεμπον αὐτὸν ἐνορκίζοντες αὐτὸν μνήμην αὐτῶν ἔχειν ἐν ταῖς δεήσεσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ ἐπιλανθάνειν αὐτῶν.

It-had-came-out accordingly, the-one a-setee-off, to-go-off down to-the-one to-a-way; and all biten-tractanting they-were-volleying-before to-it fenceeing-in-to to-it to-a-memory of-them to-hold in unto-the-ones unto-bindings of-it and lest to-seclude-upon of-them.

Note: biten-tractanting : i.e., shedding tears, usually from emotional "bite"; also, leaking sap.

ATo 68:2 ἀνελθὼν οὖν καὶ καθεσθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῦ ὀχήματος, πάντων τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπολειφθέντων, προσελθὼν ὁ στρατηλάτης διήγειρεν τὸν ἡνίοχον λέγων· Ἐγὼ δέομαι καὶ εὔχομαι ἄξιος γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ καθεσθῆναι, καὶ γενήσομαι αὐτοῦ ἡνίοχος κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην, ἵνα καὶ αὐτὸς γένηταί μου παραπομπὸς εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ὁδὸν δι᾿ ἧς ὀλίγοι πορεύονται.

Having-had-came-up accordingly and having-been-sat-down-unto-to upon of-the-one of-a-bearing-to, of-all of-the-ones of-brethrened of-having-been-remaindered-off, having-had-came-toward, the-one an-amass-drover, it-roused-through to-the-one to-a-rein-holder forthing, I I-bind and I-goodly-hold deem-belonged to-have-been-became under to-the-ones to-feet of-it to-have-been-sat-down-unto-to, I-shall-become of-it a-rein-holder down to-the-one to-a-way to-the-one-this, so and it it-might-have-had-became of-me volleyed-beside into to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-way through of-which little they-traverse-of.

ATo 69:1 Ὁδευσάντων οὖν αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ μίλια δύο ἐδεήθη ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ στρατηλάτου, καὶ ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν συγκαθεσθῆναι ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ, ἐπιτρέψας τῷ ἡνιόχῳ εἰς τὸν ἴδιον τόπον καθεσθῆναι.

Of-having-wayed-of accordingly of-them as-if to-milion' to-two it-was-binded the-one a-setee-off of-the-one of-an-amass-drover, and having-stood-up to-it to-have-been-sat-down-together-unto-to it-did-unto unto-it, having-turned-upon unto-the-one unto-a-rein-holder into to-the-one to-private-belonged to-an-occasion to-have-been-sat-down-unto-to.

Note: to-milion' : a milion is a Roman mile = 1000 strides, a stride equaling two walking steps; about 5000 ft.

ATo 69:2 ἡνίκα δὲ ἀπῄεσαν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, συνέβη ἐκ τοῦ πολλοῦ καύσωνος κεκοπιακέναι τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ μὴ δυνάμενα ὅλως σαλευθῆναι.

To-which-belonged-of then-also they-were-going-off down to-the-one to-a-way, it-had-stepped-together out of-the-one of-much of-an-en-burning to-have-had-come-to-fell-belong-unto to-the-ones to-couplagelets-under and lest to-abling unto-whole to-have-been-undulated-of.

ATo 69:3 ὁ δὲ στρατηλάτης περίλυπος γενόμενος πάνυ ἠθύμει, ἐνθυμούμενος τοῖς ἰδίοις ποσὶν δρόμῳ χρήσασθαι καὶ ἕτερα ὑποζύγια ἀγαγεῖν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὀχήματος χρείαν· ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Μὴ ταρασσέσθω σου ἡ καρδία μηδὲ δειλιάτω, ἀλλὰ πίστευσον εἰς Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ὃν κατήγγειλά σοι, καὶ θαυμάσια ὄψει μεγάλα.

The-one then-also an-amass-drover throed-about having-had-became all-now it-was-un-passioning-unto, passioning-in-unto unto-the-ones unto-private-belonged unto-feet unto-a-circuit to-have-afforded-unto, and to-different to-couplagelets-under to-have-had-led toward to-the-one of-the-one of-a-bearing-to to-an-affording-of; the-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said, Lest it-should-be-stirred of-thee the-one a-heart lest-then-also it-should-dire-belong-unto, other thou-should-have-trusted-of into to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed to-which I-leadeeered-down unto-thee, and to-marvel-to-belonged thou-shall-behold to-great.

ATo 69:4 Ἀπιδὼν δὲ εἶδεν ἀγέλην ὀνάγρων νεμομένην παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν· καὶ εἶπεν τῷ στρατηλάτῃ· Εἰ ἐπίστευσας εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, πορευθεὶς εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην ἐκείνην τῶν ὀνάγρων εἰπέ· Λέγει ὑμῖν Ἰούδας Θωμᾶς ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ νέου θεοῦ· Ἐλθέτωσαν ἐξ ὑμῶν τέσσαρες ὧν ἂν χρείαν ἔχωμεν.

Having-had-seen-off then-also it-had-seen to-a-herd of-field-donkeys to-parceling beside to-the-one to-a-way; and it-had-said unto-the-one unto-an-amass-drover, If thou-trusted-of into to-Anointed to-an-Iêsous, having-been-traversed-of into to-the-one to-a-herd to-the-one-thither of-the-ones of-field-donkeys thou-should-have-had-said, It-fortheth unto-ye, an-Ioudas a-Thômas the-one a-setee-off of-the-one of-Anointed of-the-one of-new of-a-Deity, They-should-have-had-came out of-ye four of-which ever to-an-affording-of we-might-hold.

ATo 70:1 Ἀπῆλθεν δὲ ὁ στρατηλάτης ἔμφοβος ὤν· πολλοὶ γὰρ ὑπῆρχον· καὶ ἀπιόντος αὐτοῦ αὐτοὶ εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἤρχοντο· ἐγγὺς δὲ γενομένων εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Κελεύει ὑμῖν Ἰούδας Θωμᾶς ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ νέου θεοῦ· Ἐλθέτωσαν ἐξ ὑμῶν τέσσαρες ὧν χρείαν ἔχω.

It-had-came-off then-also, the-one an-amass-drover, feareed-in being; much too-thus they-were-firsting-under; and of-going-off of-it them into to-an-ever-a-oneing-off they-were-coming; neared then-also of-having-had-became it-had-said toward unto-them, It-biddeth-of unto-ye, an-Ioudas a-Thômas the-one a-setee-off of-the-one of-new of-a-Deity, They-should-have-had-came out of-ye four of-which to-an-affording-of I-hold.

ATo 70:2 Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ ὄναγροι ὁμοθυμαδὸν δρόμῳ χρησάμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἤρχοντο, ἐλθόντες δὲ προσεκύνησαν αὐτόν.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-ones field-donkeys, passioned-along unto-a-circuit having-afforded-unto toward to-it they-were-coming; having-had-came then-also they-kissed-toward-unto to-it.

ATo 70:3 εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ ἀπόστολος· Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν.

It-had-said then-also unto-them, the-one a-setee-off, A-joinifying unto-ye;

ATo 70:4 ὑποζεύξατε τέσσαρας ἀντὶ τῶν κτηνῶν τούτων τῶν ἀποσταθέντων.

ye-should-have-en-coupled-under, four, ever-a-one of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-having-been-stood-off.

Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

ATo 70:5 Καὶ προσῆλθον ἕκαστος αὐτῶν καὶ ὑπέθλιβον ὑποζευχθῆναι.

And they-had-came-toward, each of-them, and they-were-pressing-under to-have-been-en-coupled-under.

ATo 70:6 ἦσαν οὖν ἐκεῖ τέσσαρες ἰσχυρότεροι, οἳ καὶ ἐζεύχθησαν· οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι οἳ μὲν προῆγον, οἳ δὲ ἠκολούθουν· ὀλίγον δὲ ὁδευσάντων ἀπέλυσεν τοὺς πώλους λέγων· Ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς συνοίκοις τῆς ἐρήμου, εἰς τὰς νομὰς ὑμῶν ἀπέλθατε· εἰ γὰρ πάντων ἔχρῃζον, πάντες ἂν συναπῄειτέ μοι.

They-were accordingly thither four more-force-held, which and they-were-en-coupled; the-ones then-also other, which indeed they-were-leading-before, which then-also they-were-pathing-along-unto; to-llittle then-also of-having-wayed-of it-loosed-off to-the-ones to-colts forthing, Unto-ye I-forth unto-the-ones unto-housing-together-unto of-the-one of-solituded, into to-the-ones to-parceleeings ye-should-have-came-off; if too-thus of-all I-was-afford-belonging-unto-to, all ever ye-were-going-off-together unto-me.

ATo 70:7 νῦν δὲ ἄπιτε εἰς τὸν χῶρον ὑμῶν ἐν ᾧ διατρίβετε.

Now then-also ye-should-go-off into to-the-one to-a-space of-ye in unto-which ye-rub-through.

ATo 70:8 Οἳ δὲ ἀπῄεσαν ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἕως οὗ ἀφανεῖς ἐγένοντο.

The-ones then-also they-going-off in unto-a-quiescing-unto unto-if-which of-which un-manifestinged they-were-became.

ATo 71:1 Ἀπερχομένου οὖν τοῦ τε ἀποστόλου καὶ τοῦ στρατηλάτου καὶ τοῦ ἡνιόχου εἷλκον ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ οἱ ὄναγροι ὁμαλῶς, ἵνα μὴ ταράξωσιν τὸν ἀπόστολον τοῦ θεοῦ.

Of-coming-off accordingly of-the-one also of-a-setee-off and of-the-one of-an-amass-drover and of-the-one of-a-rein-holder, they-haulded in unto-a-quiescing-unto, the-ones field-donkeys, unto-threshinged-along, so lest they-might-have-stirred to-the-one to-a-setee of-the-one of-a-Deity.

ATo 71:2 ἐγγὺς δὲ γεναμένων τῆς πύλης τῆς πόλεως παραστρέψαντες ἔστησαν πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν τῆς οἰκίας τοῦ στρατηλάτου.

Neared then-also of-having-became of-the-one of-a-gate of-the-one of-a-city, having-beturned-beside they-had-stood before of-the-ones of-portals of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-an-amass-drover.

ATo 71:3 ὁ δὲ στρατηλάτης εἶπεν· Ἀσυγχώρητόν μοί ἐστιν ἐξηγήσασθαι τὰ γεγονότα, ἀλλὰ τὸ τέλος ἰδὼν τότε λέξω.

The-one then-also an-amass-drover it-had-said, Un-spaced-together unto-me it-be to-have-led-out-unto to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-become, other to-the-one to-a-finisheedness having-had-seen to-the-one-which-also I-shall-forth.

ATo 71:4 Ἡ οὖν πόλις πᾶσα ἤρχετο ἰδοῦσα τοὺς ὀνάγρους ἐζευγμένους· ἤκουσαν δὲ καὶ τὴν φήμην τοῦ ἀποστόλου μέλλοντος ἐκεῖ ἐπιδημεῖν.

The-one then-also a-city all it-was-coming having-had-seen to-the-ones to-field-donkeys to-being-en-coupled; they-heard then-also and to-the-one to-a-sound of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-pending thither to-locality-upon-unto.

ATo 71:5 ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ στρατηλάτου· Ποῦ ἐστίν σου ἡ οἴκησις καὶ ποῦ ἡμᾶς ἀπάγεις;

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-was-ascertaining of-the-one of-an-amass-drover, Of-whither it-be of-thee the-one a-housing and of-whither to-us thou-lead?

ATo 71:6 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Σὺ αὐτὸς ἐπίστασαι ὅτι πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἑστήκαμεν, καὶ οὗτοι οἱ διὰ τῆς σῆς ἐντολῆς ἐλθόντες σὺν σοὶ μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ ἐπίστανται.

The-one then-also it-had-said unto-it, Thou it thou-stand-upon to-which-a-one before of-the-ones of-portals we-had-come-to-stand, and the-ones-these the-ones through of-the-one of-thine of-a-finshing-in having-had-came, together unto-thee more-such of-ME they-stand-upon.

ATo 72:1 Ταῦτα δὲ εἰπὼν καθῆκεν ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀχήματος.

To-the-ones-these then-also having-had-said it-stood-down to-self off of-the-one of-a-bearing-to.

ATo 72:2 ἤρξατο οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγειν· Ἰησοῦ Χριστὲ ὁ βλασφημούμενος διὰ τὴν σὴν ἐπίγνωσιν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ταύτῃ· Ἰησοῦ οὗ ἡ φήμη ξένη ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ· Ἰησοῦ ὁ παραλαμβάνων πάντας τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ καὶ ἐν πάσῃ πόλει, καὶ πάντες οἱ σοὶ ἄξιοι ἐν σοὶ δοξάζονται·

It-was-firsting accordingly, the-one a-setee-off, to-forth, Iêsous Anointed, the-one being-ill-declared-unto through to-the-one to-thine to-an-acquainting-upon in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness unto-the-one-this; Iêsous, of-which the-one a-declaring guested in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this; Iêsous, the-one taking-beside to-all to-the-ones to-setees-off in unto-all unto-a-spacedness and in unto-all unto-a-city, and all the-ones unto-thee deem-belonged in unto-thee they-shall-be-reckoned-to;

ATo 72:3 Ἰησοῦ ὁ τύπον λαβὼν καὶ γενόμενος ὡς ἄνθρωπος καὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν φανεὶς ἵνα μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀποχωρίσῃς τῆς ἰδίας ἀγάπης· σὺ εἶ κύριε ὁ ἑαυτὸν δοὺς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν καὶ τῷ αἵματί σου ἡμᾶς ἐξαγοράσας καὶ κτησάμενος ἡμᾶς κτῆμα πολυτίμητον· τί δὲ ἔχομέν σοι δοῦναι κύριε ἀντικατάλλαγμα τῆς σῆς ψυχῆς ἧς ἔδωκας ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν;

Iêsous, the-one to-a-strike having-had-taken and having-had-became as a-mankind and unto-all unto-us having-had-been-manifested so lest to-us thou-might-have-spaced-off-to of-the-one of-private-belonged of-an-excessing-off; thou thou-be, Authority-belonged, the-one to-self having-had-given over of-us, and unto-the-one unto-an-en-capsuling-to of-thee to-us thou-out-gathered-to, and having-befounded-unto to-us to-a-befoundeeing-to to-much-valuated, to-what-one then-also we-hold unto-thee to-have-had-given, Authority-belonged, to-an-ever-a-one-othering-down-to of-the-one of-thine of-a-breathing of-which thou-gave over of-us?

ATo 72:4 ὃ γὰρ θέλομεν ἐκεῖνο ἡμῖν δίδως· τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἵνα δεηθῶμέν σου καὶ ζήσωμεν.

to-which too-thus we-determine, to-the-one-thither unto-us thou-give; the-one-this then-also it-be so we-might-have-been-binded of-thee and we-might-have-lifed-unto.

ATo 73:1 Ταῦτα δὲ εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ πολλοὶ πανταχόθεν συνηθροίζοντο ἰδεῖν τὸν ἀπόστολον τοῦ νέου θεοῦ.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-having-had-said of-it much all-spaced-from they-were-flurrying-along-together-to to-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-setee-off of-the-one of-new of-a-Deity.

ATo 73:2 εἶπεν δὲ πάλιν ὁ ἀπόστολος· Τί ἑστήκαμεν ἀεργεῖς;

It-had-said then-also unto-furthered, the-one a-setee-off, To-what-one we-had-come-to-stand un-workinged?

ATo 73:3 Ἰησοῦ κύριε, ἡ ὥρα πάρεστιν· τί ἀπαιτεῖ γενέσθαι;

Iêsous Anointed, the-one an-houredness it-be-beside; to-what-one thou-appeal-off-unto to-have-had-became?

ATo 73:4 κέλευσον οὖν ἐκπληρωθῆναι ὃ δὴ γενέσθαι ὀφείλει.

Thou-should-have-bade-of accordginly to-have-been-en-filled-out to-which then to-have-had-became it-debteth.

ATo 73:5 Ἡ δὲ γυνὴ τοῦ στρατηλάτου καὶ ἡ τούτου θυγάτηρ ἐβαρήθησαν σφόδρα ὑπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων οὕτως ὡς νομίζειν τοὺς οἰκείους ὅτι οὐκέτι ἀνίστανται·

The-one then-also a-woman of-the-one of-an-amass-drover and the-one of-the-one-this a-daughter they-were-weighted-unto to-vehemented under of-the-ones of-daimons, unto-the-one-this as to-parcelee-to, to-the-ones to-house-belonged, to-which-a-one, not-if-to-a-one they-stand-up;

ATo 73:6 οὐδ᾿ ὅλως γὰρ συνεχώρησάν τινος μεταλαβεῖν αὐτάς, ἀλλὰ κατέβαλον αὐτὰς ἐπὶ ταῖς κλίναις αὐτῶν μηδ᾿ ὅλως τινὰς ἐπιγινωσκούσας ἕως ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐν ᾗ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐκεῖσε ἦλθεν.

not-then-also unto-whole too-thus they-spaced-together-unto of-a-one to-have-had-taken-beside to-them, other they-had-casted-down to-them upon unto-the-ones unto-clinings of-them lest-then-also unto-whole to-ones to-acquainting-upon unto-if-which of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-dayedness in unto-which the-one a-setee-off thither-to it-had-came.

ATo 73:7 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἑνὶ τῶν ὀνάγρων τῶν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ μέρει ἐζευγμένων· Εἴσελθε ἐντὸς τῆς αὐλῆς· καὶ ἑστὼς ἐκεῖσε κάλεσον τοὺς δαίμονας καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς·

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-setee-off, unto-one of-the-ones of-field-donkeys of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-right-belonged unto-a-portioneedness of-having-had-come-to-be-en-coupled, Thou-should-have-had-came-into in-unto-the-one-which of-the-one of-a-channeling; and having-hath-had-come-to-stand thither-to thou-should-have-called-unto to-the-ones to-daimons and thou-should-have-had-said unto-them,

ATo 73:8 Λέγει ὑμῖν Ἰούδας Θωμᾶς ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ μαθητὴς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· Ἔλθετε ὧδε ἔξω· δι᾿ ὑμᾶς γὰρ ἀπεστάλην καὶ εἰς τοὺς διαφέροντας ὑμῖν κατὰ γένος, ἵνα ὑμᾶς ἀπολέσω καὶ διώξω εἰς τὸν ὑμέτερον χῶρον, ἕως ὅτε καιρὸς γένηται συντελείας καὶ εἰς τὸ ὑμέτερον βάθος τοῦ σκότους κατέλθητε.

It-fortheth unto-ye, an-Ioudas a-Thômas the-one a-setee-off and a-learner of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed, Ye-should-have-had-came unto-which-then-also out-unto-which; through to-ye too-thus I-had-been-set-off and into to-the-ones to-bearing-through unto-ye down to-a-becomeedness, so to-ye I-might-have-destructed-off and I-might-have-pursued into to-latter to-a-space, unto-if-which which-also a-time it-might-have-had-became of-a-finishing-together-of and into to-the-one to-latter to-a-deepeedness of-the-one of-a-dimmeedness ye-might-have-had-came-down.

ATo 74:1 Εἰσῄει δὲ ὁ ὄναγρος ἐκεῖνος πολλοῦ ὄχλου συνόντος αὐτῷ καὶ ἔλεγεν· Ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ καλουμένου Χριστοῦ· ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καμμύουσιν τοῦ μὴ ὁρᾶν τὸ φῶς· οὐ γὰρ δύναται ἡ κακίστη φύσις μεταβληθῆναι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν·

It-was-going-into then-also, the-one a-field-donkey the-one-thither, of-much of-a-crowd of-being-together unto-it, and it-was-forthing, Unto-ye I-forth unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-the-one of-an-Iêsous of-the-one of-being-called-unto of-Anointed; unto-ye I-forth unto-the-ones to-the-ones to-eyes unto-flexing-down of-the-one lest to-seeee-unto to-the-one to-a-light; not too-thus it-ableth, the-one most-wedge-wedged a-spawning, to-have-been-casted-with into to-the-one to-excess-placed;

ATo 74:2 ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς τέκνοις τῆς γεέννης καὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας, ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀπαύστου εἰς τὸ κακὸν ἕως τοῦ νῦν, ὃς ἀεὶ ἀνακαινίζει αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐνεργήματα καὶ τὰ πρέποντα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ οὐσίᾳ· ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀναιδεστάτοις, τοῖς δι᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἀπολλυμένοις· τί δὲ εἴπω περὶ τῆς ὑμῶν ἀπωλείας τε καὶ τέλους, τί δὲ καὶ ὑφηγήσωμαι, οὐκ οἶδα· πολλὰ γάρ ἐστιν καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀκρόασιν ἀναρίθμητα ὑπάρχοντα.

unto-ye I-forth unto-the-ones unto-creationees of-the-one of-a-geenna and of-the-one of-a-destructing-off-of, of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-un-ceased into to-the-one to-wedge-wedged unto-if-which of-the-one now, which ever-if it-fresheneth-up-to of-it to-the-ones to-workings-in-to and to-the-ones to-befitting unto-the-one of-self unto-a-being-unto; unto-ye I-forth unto-the-ones unto-most-un-un-sighted, unto-the-ones through of-selves unto-destructing-off; to-what-one then-also I-might-have-had-said about of-the-one of-ye of-a-destructing-off-of also and of-a-finisheedness, to-what-one then-also I-might-have-led-under-unto, not I-had-come-to-see; much too-thus it-be and toward to-the-one to-a-hearing un-numberabled firsting-under.

Note: unto-most-un-un-sighted (ANAIDESTOIS) : un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 74:3 μείζονα δέ εἰσιν αἱ ὑμέτεραι πράξεις ἀπὸ τῆς κολάσεως τῆς ὑμῖν τετηρημένης.

To-greateninged-of then-also they-be the-ones yours practices off of-the-one of-a-stricturing of-the-one unto-ye of-having-had-come-to-be-keep-unto.

ATo 74:4 σοὶ δὲ λέγω τῷ δαίμονι καὶ τῷ σῷ υἱῷ τῷ συνεπομένῳ σοι· νυνὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ἀπέσταλμαι· τίνος δὲ ἕνεκα πολλοὺς λόγους ποιοῦμαι τῆς ὑμῶν φύσεώς τε καὶ ῥίζης, ἣν ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ οἴδατε καὶ ἀναιδεύεσθε;

Unto-thee then-also I-forth unto-the-one unto-a-daimon and unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-son unto-the-one unto-following-together unto-thee; unto-now too-thus upon to-ye I-had-come-to-be-set-off; of-what-one then-also to-in-out-which to-much to-forthees I-do-unto of-the-one of-ye of-a-spawning also and of-a-rootedness, to-which ye them ye-had-come-to-see and ye-un-un-sight-unto?

ATo 74:5 λέγει δὲ ὑμῖν Ἰούδας Θωμᾶς ὁ ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς διὰ πολλῆς ἀγάπης καὶ διαθέσεως ἐνθάδε ἀπεστάλη· Ἐπὶ παντὸς τοῦ ἐνθάδε ἑστῶτος ὄχλου ἐξελθόντες εἴπατέ μοι ποίου γένους ἐστέ.

It-fortheth then-also unto-ye, an-Ioudas a-Thômas the-one a-setee-off of-Anointed of-the-one of-an-Iêsous, which through of-much of-an-excessing-off and of-a-placing-through in-from-which-then-also it-had-been-set-off, Upon of-all of-the-one in-from-which-then-also of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand of-a-crowd, having-had-came-out ye-should-have-said unto-me of-whither-belonged of-a-becomeedness ye-be.

ATo 75:1 Καὶ εὐθέως ἐξῆλθεν ἡ γυνὴ σὺν τῇ θυγατρὶ αὐτῆς, νενεκρωμέναι καὶ ἠτιμασμέναι· θεασάμενος δὲ αὐτὰς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐλυπήθη, μάλιστα διὰ τὴν παῖδα, καὶ λέγει τοῖς δαίμοσιν· Μὴ γένοιτο ἱλασμὸν γενέσθαι καὶ φειδὼ εἰς ὑμᾶς· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ φείδεσθαι ἢ τὸ ἐλεεῖν ἐπίστασθε· πλὴν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκ πλευρᾶς στῆτε.

And unto-straight it-had-came-out, the-one a-woman together unto-the-one unto-a-daughter of-it, having-had-come-to-be-en-deaded and having-had-come-to-be-un-valuated-to; having-spectated then-also to-them, the-one a-setee-off, it-was-throed-unto, most-such through to-the-one to-a-child, and it-fortheth unto-the-ones unto-daimons, Lest it-may-have-had-became to-a-sectionating-to-of to-have-had-became and a-sparing into to-ye; not-then-also too-thus to-the-one to-spare or to-the-one to-besectionate-unto ye-stand-upon; to-beyond, into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-Iêsous ye-should-have-had-stood-off off of-them, and out of-a-sidedness ye-should-have-had-stood.

ATo 75:2 Ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου πεσοῦσαι αἱ γυναῖκες ἀπενεκρώθησαν· οὔτε γὰρ πνεῦμα εἶχον οὔτε φωνὴν ἐδίδουν· ὁ δὲ δαίμων ἀποκριθεὶς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν· Πάλιν ἥκεις ἐνθάδε ὁ τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν διαγελῶν καὶ τὴν γενεάν;

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off, having-had-fallen, the-ones women, they-were-en-deaded-off; not-also too-thus to-a-currenting-to they-were-holding not-also to-a-breathing they-were-giving; the-one then-also a-daimon having-been-separated-off unto-a-sound unto-great it-had-said, Unto-furthered thou-arrive in-from-which-then-also, the-one to-the-one to-a-spawning of-us having-leadeeered-through and to-the-one to-a-becomedness?

ATo 75:3 ἥκεις πάλιν ὁ τὴν τέχνην ἡμῶν ἀπαλείφων;

Thou-arrive unto-furthered, the-one to-the-one to-a-crafting of-us having-smeared-along-off?

ATo 75:4 καὶ ὡς νομίζω οὐ συγχωρεῖς ἡμῖν ὅλως ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἶναι· τοῦτο δὲ νῦν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ ποιῆσαι οὐ δύνασαι.

And as I-parcelee-to not thou-space-together-unto unto-us unto-whole upon of-the-one of-a-soil to-be; to-the-one-this then-also now in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-this to-have-done-unto not thou-able.

ATo 75:5 Ἐστοχάσατο δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος ὅτι ὁ δαίμων οὗτος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀπελαθεὶς ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνης τῆς γυναικός.

It-belineated-to then-also, the-one a-setee-off, to-which-a-one the-one a-daimon the-one-this the-one-thither it-be the-one having-been-droved-off off of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-woman.

ATo 76:1 Ὁ δὲ δαίμων εἶπεν· Δέομαί σου, ἐπίτρεψόν με καὶ ὅπου βούλει με ἀπελθόντα οἰκῆσαι καὶ παρὰ σοῦ ἐντολὴν δέξασθαι, καὶ οὐ φοβοῦμαι τὸν ἐξουσιαστὴν τὸν κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἔχοντα τὴν ἐξουσίαν.

The-one then-also a-daimon it-had-said, I-bind of-thee, thou-should-have-beturned-off to-me and to-which-of-whither thou-purpose to-me to-having-had-came-off to-have-housed-unto and beside of-thee to-a-finishing-in to-have-received, and not I-fearee-unto to-the-one to-a-be-outter to-the-one down of-ME to-holding to-the-one to-a-being-out-unto.

Note: to-a-be-outter : i.e. the one in control of what is allowed.

ATo 76:2 ὥσπερ γὰρ σὺ ἦλθες εὐαγγελίσασθαι, οὕτως κἀγὼ ἦλθον ἀφανίσαι·

As-very too-thus thou thou-had-came to-have-goodly-leadeeered-to, unto-the-one-this and-I I-had-came to-have-un-manifested-to;

ATo 76:3 καὶ ὥσπερ σὺ ἐὰν μὴ τελέσῃς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός σε, κατὰ κεφαλῆς δίδωσίν σοι τὴν τιμωρίαν, οὕτως κἀγώ, ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ ἀποστείλαντός με πρὸ καιροῦ καὶ τῆς προθεσμίας, εἰς τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ φύσιν ἀποστέλλομαι·

And as-very thou if-ever lest thou-might-have-finished-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-having-volleyed to-thee, down of-a-head it-giveth unto-thee to-the-one to-a-value-warding-unto, unto-the-one-this and-I, if-ever lest I-might-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-having-set-off to-me, before of-a-time and of-the-one of-a-placing-before-unto, into to-the-one of-myself to-a-spawing I-be-set-off;

ATo 76:4 καὶ ὥσπερ σοὶ βοηθεῖ ὁ Χριστός σου ἐν οἷς διαπράττῃ, οὕτως καὶ ἐμοὶ βοηθεῖ ὁ πατήρ μου ἐν οἷς διαπράττομαι·

and as-very unto-thee it-holler-runneth-unto, the-one Anointed of-thee, in unto-which thou-practice-through, unto-the-one-this and unto-ME it-holler-runneth-unto, the-one a-father of-me, in unto-which I-practice-through;

ATo 76:5 καὶ ὥσπερ σοὶ κατασκευάζει σκεύη τοὺς ἀξίους τῆς σῆς οἰκήσεως, οὕτως καὶ ἐμοὶ ἐπιζητεῖ σκεύη δι᾿ ὧν τὰς αὐτοῦ πράξεις τελίσκω·

and as-very unto-thee it-down-equippeth-to to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-deem-belonged of-the-one of-thine of-a-housing, unto-the-one-this and unto-ME it-seeketh-upon-unto to-equipeednesses through of-which to-the-ones of-it to-practices I-finish-belong-of.

ATo 76:6 καὶ ὥσπερ τρέφει καὶ οἰκονομεῖ τοὺς ὑπηκόους, οὕτως κἀμοὶ κολάσεις καὶ βασάνους σὺν τοῖς οἰκητηρίοις μοι γενομένοις παρασκευάζει·

and as-very it-nourisheth and it-house-parceleeth-unto to-the-ones to-heard-under, unto-the-one-this unto-and-me stricturings and abradants together unto-the-ones unto-houserlets unto-me unto-having-had-became it-beside-equippieth-to;

Note: unto-houserlets (OIKHTHRIOIS) : OKHTHRIOIS corrected to OIKHTHRIOIS.

ATo 76:7 καὶ ὥσπερ σοὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν τῆς σῆς ἐνεργείας δίδωσιν τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν, οὕτως κἀμοὶ παρέχει τὰς ἀμοιβὰς τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν αἰωνίαν ἀπώλειαν·

and as-very unto-thee to-the-one to-an-ever-a-one-paying-unto of-the-one of-thine of-a-working-in-of it-giveth to-the-one to-aged-belonged to-a-lifing, unto-the-one-this unto-and-me it-holdeth-beside to-the-ones to-along-belonged-steppings of-the-ones of-works of-me to-the-one to-aged-belonged to-a-destructing-off-of;

ATo 76:8 καὶ ὥσπερ σὺ τῇ εὐχῇ σου καὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἔργοις ἐπαναπαύῃ ἐν ταῖς πνευματικαῖς σου δοξολογίαις, οὕτως κἀγὼ ἐπαναπαύομαι φόνοις τε καὶ μοιχείαις καὶ θυσίαις ταῖς διὰ οἴνου γινομέναις ἐν τοῖς βωμοῖς·

and as-very thou unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-holding of-thee and unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed unto-works thou-be-ceased-up-upon in unto-the-ones unto-currenting-to-belonged-of of-thee unto-reckoned-fortheeings-unto, unto-the-one-this and-I I-be-ceased-up-upon unto-slayees also and unto-adulterings-of and unto-surgings-unto unto-the-ones through of-a-wine unto-becoming in unto-the-ones unto-en-steppings-of;

ATo 76:9 καὶ ὥσπερ σὺ ἐπιστρέφεις τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, οὕτως κἀγὼ ἀποστρέφω τοὺς ὑπακούοντάς μοι εἰς ἀπώλειαν καὶ κόλασιν αἰωνίαν· καὶ σὺ τοὺς ἰδίους δέχῃ κἀγὼ τοὺς ἐμούς.

and as-very thou thou-beturn-upon to-the-ones to-mankinds into to-a-lifing to-aged-belonged, unto-the-one-this and-I I-beturn-off to-the-ones to-hearing-under unto-me into to-a-destructing-off-of and to-a-stricturing to-age-belonged; and thou to-the-ones to-private-belonged thou-receive, and-I to-the-ones to-mine.

ATo 77:1 Τοιαῦτα καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα εἰπόντος τοῦ δαίμονος ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Κελεύει σοι Ἰησοῦς καὶ τῷ σῷ παιδὶ δι᾿ ἐμοῦ ἵνα μηκέτι εἰσέλθῃς εἰς κατοίκησιν ἀνθρώπου· ἀλλ᾿ ἐξέλθετε καὶ ἀπέλθετε καὶ οἰκήσατε ἔξω παντελῶς τῆς οἰκήσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

To-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these and to-different to-beyond of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-daimon, the-one a-setee-off it-had-said, It-biddeth-of unto-thee, an-Iêsous, and unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-child, through of-ME, so lest-if-to-a-one thou-might-have-had-came-into into to-a-housing-down of-a-mankind; other ye-should-have-had-came-out and ye-should-have-had-came-off and ye-should-have-housed-unto out-unto-which unto-all-finishinged of-the-one of-a-housing of-the-ones of-mankinds.

ATo 77:2 Οἱ δὲ δαίμονες εἶπον αὐτῷ· Ἀπηνῶς προσέταξας ἡμῖν· τί δὲ καὶ πρὸς τούτους πράξεις τοὺς νῦν ἀποκεκρυμμένους ἀπὸ σοῦ;

The-ones then-also daimons they-had-said unto-it, Unto-suitinged-off thou-arranged-toward unto-us; to-what-one then-also and toward to-the-ones-these thou-shall-practice, to-the-ones now to-having-had-come-to-be-hidened-off off of-thee?

ATo 77:3 οἱ γὰρ κατασκευάσαντες τὰ πάντα ξόανα ἐν αὐτοῖς χαίροντες μᾶλλον σοῦ· θεοὺς οἱ πολλοὶ πολλοὺς προσκυνοῦντες καὶ τὰ θελήματα αὐτῶν διαπραττόμενοι, θύοντες αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς τροφὰς προσάγοντες ἐν σπονδαῖς καὶ διὰ οἴνου καὶ ὕδατος προσφέροντες καὶ ἀναθήμασιν.

The-ones too-thus having-down-equipped-to to-the-ones to-all to-razorants, in unto-them joying more-such of-thee; to-deities the-ones much to-much kissing-toward-unto, and to-the-ones to-determinings-to of-them practicing-through, surging-unto unto-them, and to-the-ones to-nourishings leading-toward in unto-libationings, and through of-a-wine and of-a-water bearing-toward and unto-placings-up-to.

Note: joying (XAIRONTES) : XAIROUSIN corrected to XAIRONTES.

Note: to-deities the-ones much to-much kissing-toward-unto (QEOUS OI POLLOI POLLOUS PROSKUNONTES) : OUS OI POLLOI POLLOUS PROSKUNOUSIN corrected to QEOUS OI POLLOI POLLOUS PROSKUNONTES.

Note: practicing-through (DIAPRATTOMENOI) : DIAPRATTONTAI corrected to DIAPRATTOMENOI.

ATo 77:4 Καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Καὶ αὐτοὶ νῦν καταργηθήσονται σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτῶν.

And the-one a-setee-off it-had-said, And them now they-shall-be-un-worked-down-unto together unto-the-ones unto-practices of-them.

ATo 77:5 Καὶ αἰφνιδίως ἄφαντοι γεγόνασιν οἱ δαίμονες· αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες ὡς εἰς τύπον νεκρῶν ἐρριμμέναι ἔκειντο ἐπὶ γῆς, μὴ ἔχουσαι φωνήν.

And unto-un-manifest-belonged un-manifested they-had-come-to-become, the-ones daimons; the-ones then-also women as into to-a-strike of-en-deaded having-had-come-to-be-flung they-were-situating upon of-a-soil, lest holding to-a-sound.

ATo 78:1 Καὶ οἱ ὄναγροι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔστησαν καὶ οὐκ ἀφίσταντο ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκεῖνος ᾧ ὁ λόγος ἐδόθη ἐν δυνάμει τοῦ κυρίου, πάντων σιγώντων καὶ ἀφορώντων τί ἄρα διαπράξονται, εἶπεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ὁ ὄναγρος· Τί ἕστηκας ἀεργὴς ἀπόστολε Χριστοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου, ἀφορῶντος ἵνα αὐτὸν αἰτήσῃς τὰ κάλλιστα μαθήματα; τί οὖν βραδύνεις;

And the-ones field-donkeys toward to-other-to-other they-had-stood and not they-were-standing-off off of-other-to-other, other the-one-thither unto-which the-one a-forthee it-was-given in unto-an-ability of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, of-all of-silencing-unto and of-off-seeeeing-unto to-what-one thus they-shall-practice-through, it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, the-one a-field-donkey, To-what-one thou-had-come-to-stand un-workinged, Setee-off of-Anointed of-the-one of-most-lofteed of-off-seeeeing-unto so to-it thou-might-have-appealed-unto to-the-ones to-most-seemly to-learnings-to? To-what-one accordingly thou-delay?

ATo 78:2 ὁ γὰρ σὸς διδάσκαλος βούλεται τὰ μεγαλεῖα αὐτοῦ διὰ τῶν σῶν χειρῶν δεῖξαι· τί στήκεις ὁ κῆρυξ τοῦ ἀποκρύφου;

The-one too-thus thine a-veer-veerator it-purposeth to-the-ones to-great-belonged of-it through of-the-ones of-thine of-hands to-have-en-showed; to-what-one thou-stand, the-one a-heralder of-the-one of-hidened-off?

ATo 78:3 ὁ γὰρ σὸς βούλεται διὰ σοῦ τὰ ἀπόρρητα ἐκφᾶναι διατηρῶν αὐτὰ τοῖς ἀξίοις αὐτοῦ ταῦτα ἀκούειν.

The-one too-thus thine it-purposeth through of-thee to-the-ones to-uttered-off to-have-manifested-out keeping-through-unto to-them unto-the-ones unto-deem-belonged of-it to-the-ones-these to-hear.

ATo 78:4 τί ἡσυχάζεις ὁ τὰ μεγαλεῖα διαπραττόμενος εἰς ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου;

To-what-one thou-quiesce-to, the-one to-the-ones to-great-belonged practicing-through into to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged?

ATo 78:5 ὁ γὰρ σὸς δεσπότης προτρέπεταί σε θάρσος σοι ἐγγεννῶν.

The-one too-thus thine a-Bind-doer it-turneth-before to-thee, to-a-braveedness unto-thee in-generating-unto.

ATo 78:6 μὴ τοίνυν φοβοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἀφήσει ψυχὴν τὴν προσήκουσάν σοι κατὰ γένος.

Lest unto-the-one-now thou-should-fearee-unto; not too-thus it-shall-send-off to-a-breathing to-the-one to-arriving-toward unto-thee down to-a-becomeedness.

ATo 78:7 ἄρξαι οὖν τοῦ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ αὐτός σου ἑτοίμως ἀκούσει.

Thou-should-have-firsted accordingly of-the-one to-call-upon-unto to-it and it of-thee unto-readied-of it-shall-hear.

Note: it-shall-hear (AKOUSEI) : AKOUSH corrected to AKOUSEI.

ATo 78:8 τί ἕστηκας θαυμάζων πάσας αὐτοῦ τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐνεργείας;

To-what-one thou-had-come-to-stand marveling-to to-all of-it to-the-ones to-practices and to-the-ones to-workings-in-of?

ATo 78:9 μικρὰ γάρ ἐστιν ταῦτα ἃ δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἔδειξεν.

Small too-thus it-be the-ones-these to-which through of-them it-en-showed.

ATo 78:10 τί δὲ καὶ ὑφηγήσῃ περὶ τῶν μεγάλων αὐτοῦ δωρημάτων;

To-what-one then-also and thou-shall-lead-under-unto about of-the-ones of-great of-it of-giftings-to?

ATo 78:11 οὐ γὰρ ἐξαρκέσεις ἐξειπεῖν.

Not too-thus thou-shall-lift-belong-of-out-unto to-have-had-said-out.

ATo 78:12 τί δὲ καὶ θαυμάζεις περὶ τῶν σωματικῶν αὐτοῦ ἰάσεων ἅτινα ἐνεργεῖται;

To-what-one then-also and thou-marvel-to about of-the-ones of-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of of-it of-curings to-which-ones it-worketh-in-unto?

ATo 78:13 καὶ μάλιστα ἐπιστάμενος ἐκείνην αὐτοῦ τὴν ἴασιν τὴν βεβαίαν καὶ παραμονὴν τῇ ἰδίᾳ φύσει προφέρει.

And most-such standing-upon to-the-one-thither of-it to-the-one to-a-curing to-the-one to-step-step-belonged and to-stayeed-beside, unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-spawning it-beareth-before.

ATo 78:14 τί δὲ καὶ ἀποβλέπεις εἰς ταύτην τὴν πρόσκαιρον ζωὴν καὶ περὶ τῆς αἰωνίας οὐδὲν ἐνθυμεῖσαι;

To-what-one then-also and thou-view-off into to-the-one-this to-the-one to-timed-toward to-a-lifing, and about of-the-one of-age-belonged to-not-then-also-one thou-passion-in-unto?

ATo 79:1 ὑμῖν δὲ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν ὄχλοις καὶ προσδοκῶσιν τὰς καταβεβλημένας ἐγερθῆναι λέγω, πιστεύσατε τῷ ἀποστόλῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· πιστεύσατε τῷ διδασκάλῳ τῆς ἀληθείας· πιστεύσατε τῷ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν ὑποδεικνύοντι· πιστεύσατε Ἰησοῦ· πιστεύσατε ἐπὶ τῷ γεννηθέντι Χριστῷ ἵνα οἱ γεννηθέντες διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ ζωῆς ζήσωσιν· ὃς καὶ ἀνετράφη διὰ νηπίου, ἵνα ἡ τελειότης διὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου αὐτοῦ φανῇ.

Unto-ye then-also unto-the-ones unto-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-crowds and unto-thinking-toward-unto to-the-ones to-having-had-come-be-casted-down to-have-been-roused I-forth, Ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed; ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-veer-veerator of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of; ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one to-the-one to-an-un-secluding-of unto-ye unto-en-showing-under; ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-an-Iêsous; ye-should-have-trusted-of upon unto-the-one unto-having-been-generated-unto, unto-Anointed, so the-ones having-been-generated-unto through of-the-one of-it of-a-lifing they-might-have-lifed-unto; which and it-had-been-nourished-up through of-non-word-belonged, so the-one a-finished-belongness through of-the-one of-a-mankind of-it it-might-have-had-been-manifested.

ATo 79:2 ἐδίδαξεν τοὺς ἰδίους αὐτοῦ μαθητάς· τῆς γὰρ ἀληθείας διδάσκαλος αὐτός ἐστιν καὶ τῶν σοφῶν ὁ σοφιστής· ὃς καὶ ἐν ναῷ τὸ δῶρον προσήνεγκεν ἵνα δείξῃ πᾶσαν τὴν προσφορὰν ἁγιάζεσθαι.

It-veer-veerated to-the-ones to-private-belonged of-it to-learners; of-the-one too-thus of-an-un-secluding-of a-veer-veerator it it-be and of-the-ones of-wisdomed the-one a-wisdom-belonger; which and in unto-a-temple to-the-one to-a-gift it-beared-toward so it-might-have-en-showed to-all to-the-one to-a-bearedness-toward to-have-been-hallow-belonged-to.

ATo 79:3 οὗτος ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐκείνου ἐστίν, ἐνδείκτης τῆς ἀληθείας.

The-one-this the-one a-setee-off of-the-one-thither it-be, a-shewer-in of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of.

ATo 79:4 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸ θέλημα διαπραττόμενος ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀποστείλαντος αὐτόν.

The-one-this it-be the-one to-the-one to-a-determining-to practicing-through of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-having-set-off to-it.

ATo 79:5 ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἀπόστολοι ψευδεῖς καὶ προφῆται τῆς ἀνομίας, ὧν τὸ τέλος ἔσται πρὸς τὰς αὐτῶν πράξεις,

They-shall-come then-also setees-off falsinged and declarers-before of-the-one of-an-un-parceleeing-unto, of-which the-one a-finisheedness it-shall-be toward to-the-ones of-them to-practices,

ATo 79:6 κηρύσσοντες μὲν καὶ νομοθετοῦντες φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀσεβειῶν, αὐτοὶ δὲ πάντοτε ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐξεταζόμενοι· ἠμφιεσμένοι μὲν ἐνδύματα προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δὲ λύκοι ἅρπαγες·

heraldering indeed and parcelee-placing-unto to-have-had-fled off of-the-ones of-un-reverings-of, them then-also all-to-the-one-which-also in unto-un-adjustings-along-unto being-out-tested-to; en-putting-around indeed to-sinkings-in-to of-stepped-before, into-unto-which-from then-also wolves snatchers;

ATo 79:7 οἵτινες μιᾷ γυναικὶ οὐκ ἀρκούμενοι πολλὰς γυναῖκας ἐξαφανίζουσιν· οἳ τέκνων λέγοντες καταφρονεῖν πολλοὺς παῖδας ἀπόλλουσιν, ὧν τὴν τιμωρίαν διδόασιν·

which-ones unto-one unto-a-woman not being-lift-belonged-of-unto, to-much to-women they-un-manifest-out-to; which of-creationees forthing to-center-down-unto, to-much to-children they-destruct-off, of-which to-the-one to-a-value-warding-unto they-give;

ATo 79:8 οἱ μὴ ἐπαρκούμενοι τῇ ἑαυτῶν κτήσει ἀλλὰ θέλοντες πάντα τὰ ἀχρειώδη αὐτοῖς ἐξυπηρετεῖσθαι μόνοις, ἐπαγγελλόμενοι ὡς μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.

the-ones lest being-lift-belonged-of-upon-unto unto-the-one of-selves unto-a-befoundeeing, other determining to-all to-the-ones to-un-afforded-belonged-seeinged, unto-them to-be-rowed-under-out-unto unto-stayeed, leadeeering-upon as learners of-it.

ATo 79:9 καὶ ἐν μὲν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν ἄλλα φθέγγονται, τῇ δὲ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν ἄλλα ἐνθυμοῦνται· τοῖς ἄλλοις μὲν παρακελευόμενοι ἀσφαλίζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν, αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀγαθὸν διαπράττονται.

And in indeed unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-them to-other they-voice, unto-the-one then-also unto-a-heart of-them to-other they-passion-in-unto; unto-the-ones unto-other indeed bidding-beside-of to-un-befail-to off of-the-ones of-en-necessitated, them then-also to-not-then-also-one to-excess-placed they-practice-through;

ATo 79:10 οἳ σώφρονες νομίζονται εἶναι καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις παρακελεύονται ἀπέχεσθαι πορνείας, κλοπῆς καὶ πλεονεξίας, ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀποκρύφως πολιτεύονται, διδάσκοντες τοὺς ἄλλους ταῦτα μὴ διαπράττεσθαι.

which rationally-centeringed-of they-parcelee-to to-be, and unto-the-ones indeed unto-other they-bid-beside-of to-hold-off of-a-harloting-of, of-a-stealing and of-a-holding-beyond-unto, to-the-ones-these then-also to-all in unto-them unto-hidened-off they-citizen-of, veer-veerating to-the-ones to-other to-the-ones-these lest to-practice-through.

ATo 80:1 Ταῦτα ἐκφάναντος τοῦ ὀνάγρου πάντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπέβλεπον· καὶ σιγήσαντος αὐτοῦ εἶπεν ὁ ἀπόστολος· Τίνα ἐνθυμηθῶ περὶ τῆς σῆς εὐπρεπείας Ἰησοῦ, τίνα δὲ καὶ περὶ σοῦ ἐξηγήσωμαι οὐκ ἔχω.

To-the-ones-these of-manifesting-out of-the-one of-a-field-donkey, all into to-it they-were-viewing-off; and of-having-silenced-unto of-it it-had-said, the-one a-setee-off, To-what-one I-might-have-been-passioned-in-unto about of-the-one of-thine of-a-goodly-befitting-of, Iêsous, to-what-one then-also and about of-thee I-might-have-led-out-unto not I-hold.

ATo 80:2 μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ δύναμαι· οὐ γὰρ χωρῶ ἐξειπεῖν αὐτὰ ὦ Χριστὲ ἀναπεπαυμένε καὶ μόνε σοφέ, ὁ τὰ ἐγκάρδια γινώσκων μόνος καὶ ἐπιστάμενος τὰ τοῦ λογισμοῦ·

More-such then-also not I-able; not too-thus I-space-unto to-have-had-said-out to-them, Oh Anointed, Having-had-come-to-be-ceased-up, and Stayeed Wisdomed, the-one to-the-ones to-heart-belonged-in acquainting stayeed and standing-upon to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-fortheeing-to-of;

ATo 80:3 σοὶ δόξα ἐλεῆμον καὶ ἤρεμε· σοὶ δόξα λόγε σοφέ· δόξα τῇ εὐσπλαγχνίᾳ σου τῇ ἐπικυηθείσῃ ἡμῖν·

unto-thee a-reckonedness, Besectionatinged-of and Quieted; unto-thee a-reckonedness, Forthee Wisdomed; a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-boweling-unto of-thee unto-the-one unto-having-been-swelled-upon-unto unto-us;

ATo 80:4 δόξα τῷ ἐλέει σου τῷ ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἁπλωθέντι· δόξα τῇ μεγαλωσύνῃ σου τῇ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς σμικρυνθείσῃ· δόξα τῇ ὑψίστῃ σου βασιλείᾳ ἥτις δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐταπεινώθη·

a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-besectionateedness of-thee unto-the-one upon to-us unto-having-been-en-folded-along; a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-an-en-greateningedness of-thee unto-the-one through to-us having-been-besmallened; a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-most-lofteed of-thee unto-a-ruling-of, which-a-one through to-us it-was-en-low-belonged-to;

Note: unto-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

Note: unto-most-lofteed (UYISTH) : UYISTW corrected to UYISTH.

ATo 80:5 δόξα τῇ ἰσχύι σου ἣ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἠλαττώθη· δόξα τῇ θεότητί σου ἣ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς εἰς ἀπεικασίαν ἀνθρώπων ὤφθη· δόξα τῇ ἀνθρωπότητί σου, ἥτις δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἀπέθανεν, ἵνα ἡμᾶς ζωοποιήσῃ·

a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-thee which through to-us it-was-en-lackened; a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-deitiness of-thee which through to-us into to-a-resembling-off-unto of-mankinds it-was-beheld; a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-mankindness of-thee which-a-one through to-us it-had-died-off so to-us it-might-have-life-done-unto;

ATo 80:6 δόξα τῇ ἀναστάσει σου τῇ ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν· διὰ γὰρ ταύτης ἔγερσις καὶ ἀνάπαυσις ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν γίνεται· δόξα καὶ εὐφημία τῇ ἀνόδῳ σου τῇ ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανούς· δι᾿ αὐτῆς γὰρ ἡμῖν ὑπέδειξας τὴν ἄνοδον τοῦ ὕψους ἐπαγγειλάμενος ἡμῖν ἐκ δεξιῶν σου καθεσθῆναι καὶ συγκρῖναι τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-standing-up of-thee unto-the-one off of-the-ones of-en-deaded; through too-thus of-the-one-this a-rousing and a-ceasing-up unto-the-ones unto-breathings of-us it-becometh; a-reckonedness and a-goodly-declaring-unto unto-the-one unto-a-way-up of-thee unto-the-one upon to-the-ones to-skies; through of-it too-thus unto-us thou-en-showed-under to-the-one to-a-way-up of-the-one of-a-lofteedness, having-leadeeered-upon unto-us out of-right-belonged of-thee to-have-been-sat-down-unto-to and to-have-separated-together to-the-ones to-two-ten to-tribings of-the-one of-an-Israêl.

ATo 80:7 σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐπουράνιος λόγος τοῦ Πατρός· σὺ εἶ τὸ ἀπόκρυφον φῶς τοῦ λογισμοῦ, ὁ τὴν ὁδὸν ὑποδεικνύων τῆς ἀληθείας, διῶκτα τοῦ σκότους καὶ τῆς πλάνης ἐξαλειπτά.

Thou thou-be the-one upon-sky-belonged a-forthee of-the-one of-a-Father; thou thou-be the-one hidened-off a-light of-the-one of-a-fortheeing-to-of, the-one to-the-one to-a-way en-showing-under of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of, Pursuer of-the-one of-a-dimmeedness and of-the-one of-a-wandering Smearer-along-out.

ATo 81:1 Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπέστη ταῖς γυναιξὶ λέγων· Κύριέ μου καὶ θεέ μου, οὐ διαιροῦμαι ἀπὸ σοῦ οὐδὲ ἀπιστῶν ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, πάντοτε ὄντα ἡμῶν βοηθὸν καὶ ἐπίκουρον καὶ ἐπανορθωτήν·

To-the-ones-these having-had-said, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-stood-upon unto-the-ones unto-women forthing, Authority-belonged of-me and Deity of-me, not I-be-sectioned-along-through off of-thee not-then-also standing-off I-call-upon-unto to-thee, all-to-the-one-which-also to-being of-us to-holler-ran and to-a-sateer-upon and to-an-en-straightly-jutter-up-upon;

Note: to-a-sateer-upon : from KORENUMMI; someone that repletes what is needed.

ATo 81:2 ὁ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἐμπνέων ἡμῖν καὶ παραθαρσύνων ἡμᾶς καὶ παρέχων παρρησίαν ἐν ἀγάπῃ τοῖς ἰδίοις σου δούλοις· δέομαί σου, ἰαθεῖσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀναστήτωσαν καὶ γενέσθωσαν οἷαι ἦσαν πρὸ τοῦ πληγῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων.

the-one to-the-one of-self to-an-ability currenting-in unto-us and bravening-beside to-us and holding-beside to-an-all-uttering-unto in unto-an-excessing-off unto-the-ones unto-private-belonged of-thee unto-bondees; I-bind of-thee, having-been-cured-unto the-ones breathings they-should-have-had-stood-up and they-should-have-had-became which-belonged they-were before of-the-one to-have-had-been-smitten under of-the-ones of-daimons.

ATo 81:3 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος στραφεῖσαι αἱ γυναῖκες ἐκαθέσθησαν.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-it of-having-had-said having-had-been-beturned the-ones women they-were-sat-down-unto-to.

ATo 81:4 καὶ παρεκελεύσατο τῷ στρατηλάτῃ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἵνα οἱ τούτου θεράποντες λαβόντες αὐτὰς εἰσαγάγωσιν.

And it-bade-beside-of unto-the-one unto-an-amass-drover, the-one a-setee-off, so the-ones of-the-one-this ministers having-had-taken to-them they-might-have-had-led-into.

ATo 81:5 αὐτῶν δὲ εἰσελθόντων εἶπεν τοῖς ὀνάγροις ὁ ἀπόστολος· Ἀκολουθήσατέ μοι.

Of-them then-also of-having-had-came-into it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-field-donkeys, the-one a-setee-off, Ye-should-have-pathed-along-unto unto-me.

ATo 81:6 Καὶ ἕως ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ἀπέλθετε μετ᾿ εἰρήνης ἐπὶ τὰς νομὰς ὑμῶν.

And unto-if-which out-unto-which of-the-ones of-gates of-having-had-came-out of-them, it-had-said unto-them, Ye-should-have-had-came-off with of-a-joinifying upon to-the-ones to-parceleeings of-ye.

Note: And unto-if-which out-unto-which of-the-ones of-gates of-having-had-came-out of-them (KAI EWS ECW TWN PULWN ECELQONTWN AUTWN) : KAI EIPONTOS AUTOI EWS ECW TWN PULWN ECELQONTWN DE AUTWN corrected to KAI EWS ECW TWN PULWN ECELQONTWN AUTWN.

ATo 81:7 Ἀπῄεσαν οὖν οἱ ὄναγροι προθύμως· ἑστὼς δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος προσεῖχεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ ὑπό τινος ἀδικηθῶσιν, ἕως ὅτε πόρρω γενόμενοι ἀφανεῖς ἐγένοντο· ὑπέστρεψεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος σὺν τῷ ὄχλῳ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ στρατηλάτου.

The-were-going-off accordingly, the-ones field-donkeys, unto-passioned-before; having-hath-had-come-to-stand then-also, the-one a-setee-off, it-was-holding-toward unto-them so lest under of-a-one they-might-have-been-un-coursed-unto, unto-if-which which-also far-unto-which having-had-became, un-manifestinged they-had-became; it-beturned-under then-also, the-one a-setee-off, together unto-the-one unto-a-crowd, into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-an-amass-drover.

ATo 82:0 Περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς Χαρισίου πρᾶξις θ´.

About of-the-one of-a-woman of-a-Charisios a-practice nine.

ATo 82:1 Ἔτυχεν δὲ γυναῖκά τινα, Χαρισίου τοῦ ἔγγιστα τοῦ βασιλέως, ᾗ ὄνομα Μυγδονία, ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ θεάσασθαι καὶ ἰδεῖν ὄνομα νέον καὶ θεὸν νέον καταγγελλόμενον καὶ νέον ἀπόστολον ἐπιδημήσαντα τῇ αὐτῶν χώρᾳ·

It-had-actuanated then-also to-a-woman to-a-one, of-a-Charisios of-the-one to-most-near of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, unto-which a-naming-to a-Mugdonia, to-have-had-came upon to-the-one to-have-spectated and to-have-had-seen to-a-naming-to to-new and to-a-Deity to-new to-being-leadeeered-down and to-new to-a-setee-off to-having-localitied-upon-unto unto-the-one of-them unto-a-spacedness.

ATo 82:2 ἐφέρετο δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων δούλων· καὶ διὰ τὸν πολὺν ὄχλον καὶ τὴν στενοχωρίαν οὐκ ἠδύναντο αὐτὴν εἰσαγαγεῖν πρὸς αὐτόν.

It-was-being-beared then-also under of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-bondees; and through to-the-one to-much to-a-crowd and to-the-one to-a-narrowed-spacing-unto not they-were-abling to-it to-have-had-led-into toward to-it.

ATo 82:3 ἔπεμψεν δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα ἵνα πέμψῃ αὐτῇ πλείονας τοὺς αὐτῇ ἐξυπηρετουμένους· ἦλθον δὲ καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῇ θλίβοντες καὶ δέροντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.

It-volleyed then-also toward to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-man so it-might-have-volleyed unto-it to-more-beyond to-the-ones unto-it to-rowing-under-out-unto; they-had-came then-also and they-had-came-toward unto-it pressing and aparting to-the-ones to-mankinds.

ATo 82:4 ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τίνος ἕνεκεν καταστρέφετε τοὺς ἐρχομένους ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον, οἳ καὶ προθυμίαν ἔχουσιν;

Having-had-seen then-also, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said unto-them, Of-what-one in-out-in ye-beturn-down to-the-ones to-coming to-have-heard to-the-one to-a-forthee, which and to-a-passioning-before-unto they-hold?

ATo 82:5 ὑμεῖς δὲ βούλεσθε παρ᾿ ἐμοὶ μὲν εἶναι, πόρρω τυγχάνοντες· καθὼς εἴρηται ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄχλου τοῦ ἐρχομένου πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὅτι Ὀφθαλμοὺς μὲν ἔχοντες οὐ βλέπετε, καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούετε.

Ye then-also ye-purpose beside unto-ME indeed to-be, far-unto-which actuanating; down-as it-had-come-to-be-uttered upon of-the-one of-a-crowd of-the-one of-coming toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one, To-eyes indeed holding not ye-view, and to-ears holding not ye-hear.

ATo 82:6 Καὶ ἔλεγεν πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους· Ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω· Καί· Δεῦτε πρός με πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς.

And it-was-forthing toward to-the-ones to-crowds, The-one holding to-ears to-hear it-should-hear; and, Ye-should-hither-of toward to-me all the-ones fell-belonging-unto and having-had-come-to-be-bearereed-to, and-I I-shall-cease-up to-ye.

ATo 83:1 Ἀπιδὼν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς βαστάζοντας αὐτὴν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Οὗτος ὁ μακαρισμὸς καὶ ἡ παραίνεσις ὁ ἐκείνοις ἐπαγγελθεὶς ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐστιν τοῖς ἐπιφορτισμένοις νῦν.

Having-had-seen-off then-also toward to-the-ones to-carrying-to to-it it-had-said unto-them, The-one-this the-one a-blessing-to-of and the-one a-lauding-beside, the-one unto-the-ones-thither having-been-leadeeered-upon, unto-ye unto-them it-be unto-the-ones unto-being-bearereed-upon-to now.

ATo 83:2 ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ τὰ δυσβάστακτα φορτία βαστάζοντες καὶ αὐτῆς κελεύσει, παραφερόμενοι· καὶ ἀνθρώποις ὑμῖν οὖσιν ὥσπερ τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἐπιτιθέασιν ὑμῖν φόρτους, τοῦτο νομίζοντες οἱ τὴν ἐξουσίαν καθ᾿ ὑμῶν ἔχοντες ὅτι οὐκ ἐστὲ ἄνθρωποι οἷοι καὶ αὐτοί εἰσιν, εἴτε δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι·

Ye ye-be the-ones to-the-ones to-onerously-carried to-bearereelets carrying-to, and of-it unto-a-bidding, being-beared-beside; and unto-mankinds unto-ye unto-being, as-very unto-the-ones unto-un-fortheed unto-lifelets they-place-upon unto-ye to-bearerees, to-the-one-this parceleeing-to, the-ones to-the-one to-a-being-out-unto down of-ye holding, to-which-a-one not ye-be mankinds which-belonged and them they-be, if-also bondees if-also en-freed;

ATo 83:3 οὔτε γὰρ τοὺς πλουσίους ἡ κτῆσις ὀφειλήσει τι, οὔτε τοὺς πένητας ἡ πενία ῥύσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δίκης· οὔτε εἰλήφαμεν ἐντολὴν ἣν οὐ δυνάμεθα ποιῆσαι· οὔτε φορτία δυσβάστακτα ἡμῖν ἐπέθηκεν ἃ οὐ δυνάμεθα βαστάσαι· οὔτε οἰκοδομὴν τοιαύτην ἣν οἱ ἄνθρωποι κτίζουσιν· οὔτε λίθους λατομῆσαι καὶ οἴκους κατασκευάσαι ὡς οἱ τεχνῖται ὑμῶν διὰ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιστήμης ποιοῦσιν.

not-also too-thus to-the-ones to-wealth-belonged the-one a-befoundeeing it-shall-debt to-a-one, not-also to-the-ones to-necessitatinged the-one a-necessitating-unto it-shall-tract off of-the-one of-a-coursing; not-also we-hath-had-come-to-take to-a-finishing-in to-which not we-able to-have-done-unto; not-also to-bearereelets to-onerously-carried unto-us it-placed-upon to-which not we-able to-have-carried-to; not-also to-a-house-building to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-which the-ones mankinds they-befound-to; not-also to-stones to-have-stone-cut-unto and to-houses to-have-down-equipped-to as the-ones craft-belongers of-ye through of-the-one of-private-belonged of-a-standing-upon-of they-do-unto.

ATo 83:4 ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἐντολὴν εἰλήφαμεν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἵνα ὃ οὐκ ἀρέσκει ἡμῖν ὑπὸ ἄλλου γινόμενον τοῦτο ἄλλῳ τινὶ μὴ ποιοῦμεν.

To-the-one-this then-also to-the-one to-a-finishing-in we-hath-had-come-to-take beside of-the-one of-Authority-belonged so to-which not it-pleaseth unto-us under of-other to-becoming, to-the-one-this unto-other unto-a-one lest we-do-unto.

ATo 84:1 ἀπέχεσθε οὖν πρῶτον τῆς μοιχείας· πάντων γὰρ τῶν κακῶν αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀφορμή· ἔπειτα καὶ κλοπῆς, ἥτις Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριώτην δελεάσασα εἰς ἀγχόνην ἤγαγεν·

Ye-should-hold-off accordingly to-more-before of-the-one of-an-adultering-of; of-all too-thus of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged the-one-this it-be a-cording-off; upon-if-to-the-ones and of-a-stealing, which-a-one to-an-Ioudas to-a-forced-trance-belonger having-trapped-to into to-a-strangling it-had-led;

Note: to-a-forced-trance-belonger (ISKARIWTHN) : from IS (force) and KAROS (trance).

ATo 84:2 ὅσοι γὰρ τῇ πλεονεξίᾳ οἰκοῦσιν οὐχ ὁρῶσιν τὰ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν γινόμενα· καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλαζονείας καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν αἰσχρῶν πράξεων, μάλιστα τῶν σωματικῶν, ἐν ᾧ κατάκρισις αἰωνία γίνεται.

which-a-which too-thus unto-the-one unto-a-holding-beyond-unto they-house-unto not they-seeee-unto to-the-ones under of-them to-becoming; and off of-the-one of-a-vaporing-of and off of-all of-the-ones of-en-shamed of-practices, most-such of-the-ones of-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of, in unto-which a-separating-down age-belonged it-becometh.

ATo 84:3 ἔστιν γὰρ αὕτη ἡ μητρόπολις τῶν κακῶν ἁπάντων· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς ὑψαυχενοῦντας ἄγει εἰς τυραννίδα, κατασπῶσα αὐτοὺς εἰς βάθος καὶ χειρουμένη αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τὰς αὐτῆς χεῖρας, ἵνα μὴ θεάσωνται ἃ πράττουσιν· ὅθεν τὰ διαπραττόμενα ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἄδηλα αὐτοῖς ἐστιν.

It-be too-thus the-one-this the-one a-mother-city of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged of-along-all; unto-along-belonged then-also and to-the-ones to-lofteedness-necking-unto it-leadeth into to-a-tyrantess, down-drawing-unto to-them into to-a-deepeedness and en-handing to-them under to-the-ones of-it to-hands so lest they-might-have-spectated to-which they-practiceth; which-from the-ones having-been-practiced-through under of-them un-distincted unto-them it-be;

ATo 85:1 ἀλλ᾿ ὑμεῖς πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν εὐάρεστοι γίνεσθε τῷ Θεῷ ἐν πρᾳότητι καὶ ἡσυχίᾳ· τούτων γὰρ φείδεται ὁ θεός, καὶ ζωὴν αἰωνίαν παρέχει καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἐξουθενεῖ·

other ye of-all of-the-ones of-excess-placed goodly-pleasable ye-should-become unto-the-one unto-a-Deity in unto-a-mildness and unto-a-quiescing-unto; of-the-ones-these too-thus it-spareth, the-one a-Deity, and to-a-lifing to-age-belonged it-holdeth-beside and to-the-one to-a-death it-not-from-oneth-out-unto;

ATo 85:2 καὶ ἐν ἐπιεικείᾳ, πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἐπακολουθεῖ, ἡ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς καταγωνιζομένη καὶ τὸν στέφανον τῆς νίκης μόνη λαβοῦσα· ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ τῷ διὰ χειρὸς ὀρέγειν τοῖς πένησιν καὶ πληροῦν τὸ ἐνδεὲς τῶν λειπομένων, κομίζουσα καὶ μεταδιδοῦσα τοῖς δεομένοις·

and in unto-a-resembling-upon-of, unto-all unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed it-patheth-along-upon-unto, the-one to-all to-the-ones to-en-enmitied struggling-down-to and to-the-one to-a-wreath of-the-one of-a-mull-belonging-of stayeed having-had-taken; in unto-a-quiescing-unto and unto-the-one through of-a-hand to-reach unto-the-ones unto-necessitatinged, and to-en-fill to-the-one to-bindinged-in of-the-ones of-being-remaindered, tending-to and giving-with unto-the-ones unto-being-binded;

Note: to-reach unto-the-ones unto-necessitatinged, and to-en-fill (ORGEIN TOIS PENHSIN KAI PLHROUN) : OREGONTI TOIS PENHSIN KAI PLHROUNTI corrected to ORGEIN TOIS PENHSIN KAI PLHROUN.

ATo 85:3 μάλιστα τοῖς ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ πολιτευομένοις· αὕτη γὰρ ἐπίλεκτός ἐστιν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ καὶ εἰσάγουσα εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν· αὕτη γὰρ μητρόπολίς ἐστιν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἁπάντων· οἱ γὰρ μὴ ἀγωνιζόμενοι ἐν τῷ σταδίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ οὐ μὴ τύχωσιν τῆς ἁγιωσύνης.

most-such unto-the-ones in unto-an-en-hallowed-belongingedness unto-citizening-of; the-one-this too-thus forthed-upon it-be beside unto-the-one unto-a-Deity and leading-into into to-the-one to-aged-belonged to-a-lifing; the-one-this too-thus a-mother-city it-be beside unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-the-ones of-excess-placed of-along-all; the-ones too-thus lest struggling-to in unto-the-one unto-a-stadion of-the-one of-Anointed not lest they-might-have-actuanated of-the-one of-an-en-hallowed-belongingedness.

Note: unto-a-stadion : used to refer to an arena track.

ATo 85:4 ἡ δὲ ἁγιωσύνη ὤφθη ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καταργοῦσα τὴν πορνείαν, καταστρέφουσα τὸν ἐχθρόν, εὐαρεστοῦσα τῷ Θεῷ.

The-one then-also an-en-hallowed-belongingedness it-was-beheld out of-the-one of-a-Deity, working-down-unto to-the-one to-a-harloting-of, beturning-down to-the-one to-en-enmitied, goodly-pleasing unto-the-one unto-a-Deity.

ATo 85:5 ἀθλητὴς γὰρ ἀήττητός ἐστιν, ἔχουσα ἀξίωμα τοῦ θεοῦ, παρὰ πολλῶν δοξαζομένη.

A-dasher-along too-thus un-lessenabled it-be, holding to-an-en-deem-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-Deity, beside of-much being-reckoned-to.

ATo 85:6 πρεσβευτής ἐστιν εἰρήνης, καταγγέλλουσα εἰρήνην.

A-more-elder-of it-be of-a-joinifying, leadeeering-down to-a-joinifying.

ATo 85:7 εἴ τις κτήσεται αὐτήν, ἀφρόντιστος μένει, τῷ κυρίῳ εὐαρεστῶν, προσδεχόμενος τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως.

If a-one it-shall-befound-unto to-it, most-un-centressed it-stayeth, unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged goodly-pleasing-unto, receiving-toward to-the-one to-a-time of-the-one of-an-en-loosing-off.

ATo 85:8 οὐδὲν γὰρ παράτοπον διαπράττεται, παρέχουσα ζωὴν καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν καὶ χαρὰν πᾶσιν τοῖς αὐτὴν κτωμένοις.

To-not-then-also too-thus to-occasioned-beside it-practiceth-through, holding-beside to-a-lifing and to-a-ceasing-up and to-a-joyedness unto-all unto-the-ones to-it unto-befounding-unto.

ATo 86:1 ἡ δὲ πρᾳότης τὸν θάνατον ὑπέταξεν, ὑπ᾿ ἐξουσίαν αὐτὸν ποιήσασα· ἡ πρᾳότης τὸν ἐχθρὸν κατεδουλώσατο·

The-one then-also a-mildness to-the-one to-a-death it-arranged-under, under to-a-being-out-unto to-it doing-unto; the-one a-mildness to-the-one to-en-enmitied it-en-bondeed-down;

ATo 86:2 ἡ πρᾳότης ζυγός ἐστιν ἀγαθός· ἡ πρᾳότης οὐδένα φοβεῖται καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς οὐκ ἐναντιοῦται· ἡ πρᾳότης εἰρήνη ἐστὶν καὶ χαρὰ καὶ ἀγαλλίασις τῆς ἀναπαύσεως·

the-one a-mildness a-couplage it-be excess-placed; the-one a-mildness to-not-then-also-one it-feareeth-unto and unto-the-ones unto-much not it-be-en-ever-a-oned-in; the-one a-mildness a-joinifying it-be and a-joyedness and an-excess-jump-belonging of-the-one of-a-ceasing-up;

ATo 86:3 μείνατε οὖν ἐν τῇ ἁγιωσύνη καὶ δέξασθε τὴν ἀμεριμνίαν καὶ ἐγγὺς γίνεσθε τῆς πρᾳότητος· ἐν γὰρ τούτοις τοῖς τρισὶν κεφαλαίοις εἰκονογραφεῖται ὁ Χριστὸς ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν.

ye-should-have-stayed accordingly in unto-the-one unto-an-en-hallowed-belongingedness and ye-should-have-received to-the-one to-an-un-portioned-memorying-unto and neared ye-should-become of-the-one of-a-mildness; in too-thus unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-three unto-headlets it-be-resemblance-scribed-unto the-one Anointed to-which I I-leadeeer-down unto-ye.

ATo 86:4 ἡ ἁγιωσύνη ναός ἐστιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ὁ οἰκῶν ἐν αὐτῇ οἰκητήριον αὐτὴν κτᾶται· τεσσαράκοντα γὰρ ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσαράκοντα νύκτας ἐνήστευσεν οὐδενὸς γευσάμενος· καὶ ὁ ταύτην φυλάττων ἐν αὐτῇ οἰκήσει ὡς ἐν ὄρει.

The-one an-en-hallowed-belongingedness a-temple it-be of-the-one of-Anointed, and the-one housing-unto in unto-it to-a-houserlet to-it it-befoundeth-unto; to-forty too-thus to-days and to-forty to-nights it-non-ate-of of-not-then-also-one having-tasted-of; and the-one to-the-one-this guardering in unto-it it-shall-house-unto as in unto-a-jutteedness.

ATo 86:5 ἡ δὲ πρᾳότης καύχημα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν· εἶπεν γὰρ Πέτρῳ τῷ συναποστόλῳ ἡμῶν· Ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ ἀποκατάστησον εἰς τὴν θήκην αὐτῆς· εἰ γὰρ ἤθελον τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, μὴ οὐκ ἠδυνάμην πλέον ἢ δώδεκα λεγεῶνας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου παραστῆσαι ἀγγέλων;

The-one then-also a-mildness a-boasting-to of-it it-be; it-had-said too-thus unto-a-Petros unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off-together of-us, Thou-should-have-beturned-off to-the-one to-a-knife of-thee into to-the-ones aback-unto-which and thou-should-have-stood-down-off into to-the-one to-a-placement of-it; if too-thus I-was-determining to-the-one-this to-have-done-unto, lest not I-was-abling to-beyond or to-two-ten to-legions beside of-the-one of-a-Father of-me to-have-stood-beside of-leadeeers?

Note: to-legions : division of troops.

ATo 87:1 Ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου παντὸς τοῦ ὄχλου ἀκούοντος ἀλλήλους συνεπάτουν θλίβοντες·

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-all of-the-one of-a-crowd of-hearing, to-other-to-other they-were-treading-together-unto pressing;

ATo 87:2 ἡ δὲ γυνὴ Χαρισίου τοῦ συγγενοῦς τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκπηδήσασα ἐκ τοῦ δίφρου καὶ ἑαυτὴν ῥίψασα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἀποστόλου καὶ τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ ἁπτομένη καὶ δεομένη ἔλεγεν·

the-one then-also a-woman of-a-Charisios of-the-one of-together-becominged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of having-out-scurried-unto out of-the-one of-a-two-bearer and to-self having-flung upon of-the-one of-a-soil in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-setee-off and of-the-ones of-feet of-it fastening, and binding it-was-forthing,

Note: of-a-two-bearer : used to refer to things made to bear two persons, types of chariots and large seats, etc.

ATo 87:3 Μαθητὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, εἰσῆλθες εἰς χώραν ἔρημον· ἐν ἐρημίᾳ γὰρ οἰκοῦμεν, ἐοικότες ζῴοις ἀλόγοις ἐν τῇ ἀναστροφῇ ἡμῶν· νῦν δὲ διὰ τῶν σῶν χειρῶν σωθησόμεθα·

Learner of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-lifing-unto, thou-had-came-into into to-a-spacedness to-solituded; in unto-a-solituding-unto too-thus we-house-unto, having-had-come-to-resemble unto-lifelets unto-un-fortheed in unto-the-one unto-a-beturning-up of-us; now then-also through of-the-ones of-thine of-hands we-shall-be-saved-to;

ATo 87:4 δέομαι οὖν σου, φρόντισόν μου καὶ εὖξαι ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ἵνα ἡ εὐσπλαγχνία τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ καταγγελλομένου θεοῦ γένηται ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ, κἀγὼ γένωμαι αὐτοῦ οἰκητήριον,

I-bind accordingly of-thee, thou-should-have-centressed-to of-me and thou-should-have-goodly-held over of-ME, so the-one a-goodly-boweling-unto of-the-one under of-thee of-being-leadeeered-down of-a-Deity it-might-have-had-became upon to-ME, and-I I-might-have-had-became of-it a-houserlet,

ATo 87:5 καὶ καταλλαγῶ ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐλπίδι καὶ τῇ πίστει αὐτοῦ, καὶ δέξωμαι κἀγὼ σφραγῖδα, καὶ γένωμαι ναὸς ἅγιος, καὶ κατοικήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ αὐτός.

and I-might-have-had-been-othered-down in unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-holding and unto-the-one unto-a-droved-sureeing and unto-the-one unto-a-trust of-it, and I-might-have-received and-I to-a-seal, and I-might-have-had-became a-temple hallow-belonged, and it-might-have-housed-down-unto in unto-ME it.

ATo 88:1 Καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Εὔχομαι καὶ δέομαι ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν πάντων ἀδελφοὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν κύριον πιστευόντων καὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ἀδελφιδῶν τῶν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν ἐλπιζουσῶν ἵνα εἰς πάντας κατασκηνώσῃ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐνσκηνώσῃ· ἡμεῖς γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐξουσίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν.

And the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said, I-goodly-hold and I-bind over of-ye of-all, Brethrened, of-the-ones into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-trusting-of and of-ye of-the-ones of-brethrenings of-the-ones into to-the-one to-Anointed of-drove-sureeing-to so into to-all it-might-have-en-tented-down, the-one a-forthee of-the-one of-a-Deity, and in unto-them it-might-have-en-tented-in; we too-thus of-them to-a-being-out-unto not we-hold.

Note: of-brethrenings : usually refers to the daugther of a brother or sister, but more generally of a female kinsman.

ATo 88:2 Καὶ ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα Μυγδονίαν· Ἀνάστα ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἀναπόλησον σεαυτήν· οὐδὲν γάρ σε ὠφελήσει ὁ ἐπίθετος κόσμος οὗτος, οὐδὲ τὸ κάλλος τοῦ σώματός σου, οὐδὲ τὰ ἀμφιάσματά σου·

And it-firsted to-forth toward to-the-one to-a-woman to-a-Mugdonia, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up off of-the-one of-a-soil and thou-should-have-transpired-up-unto to-thyself; not-then-also-one too-thus to-thee it-shall-aidance-unto the-one placed-upon an-ordeartion the-one-this, not-then-also the-one a-seemlieedness of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-thee, not-then-also the-ones around-belongings-to of-thee;

Note: around-belongings-to : used to refer to a wrapped garment or wrapped blanket, etc.

ATo 88:3 ἀλλ᾿ οὔτε ἡ φήμη τοῦ περὶ σὲ ἀξιώματος, οὔτε ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, οὔτε ἡ κοινωνία ἡ ῥυπαρὰ ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα σου αὕτη ὀνήσει σε στερηθεῖσαν ἀπὸ τῆς κοινωνίας τῆς ἀληθινῆς·

other not-also the-one a-declaring of-the-one about to-thee of-an-en-deem-belonging-to, not-also the-one a-being-out-unto of-the-one of-an-orderation of-the-one-this, not-also the-one an-en-together-belonging-to-unto the-one en-dirtied the-one toward to-the-one to-a-man of-thee the-one-this it-profiteth to-thee, to-having-been-destituted-unto off of-the-one of-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to;

ATo 88:4 ἡ γὰρ φαντασία τοῦ καλλωπισμοῦ καταργεῖται, καὶ τὸ σῶμα γηράσκει καὶ ἀλλάσσεται, καὶ τὰ ἐνδύματα παλαιοῦται, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ ἡ δεσποτεία παρέρχεται μετ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑπόδικον εἶναι, ἐν ᾧ ἤδη πολλοὶ ἐπολιτεύσαντο.

the-one too-thus a-manifestationing-unto of-the-one of-a-seemly-looking-to-of it-be-worked-down-unto, and the-one an-en-capsuling-to it-oldenateth and it-be-othered, and the-ones sinkings-in-to it-be-en-past-belonged, and the-one a-being-out-unto and the-one a-bind-doing-of it-be-worked-beside-unto with of-them, and to-coursed-under to-be in unto-which which-then much they-citizen-belonged-of.

ATo 88:5 παρέρχεται δὲ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τῆς παιδοποιίας ὡς δὴ κατάγνωσις οὖσα.

It-be-worked-beside-unto then-also and the-one an-en-together-belonging-to-unto of-the-one of-a-child-doing-unto as then an-acquainting-down being.

ATo 88:6 Ἰησοῦς μόνος μένει ἀεὶ καὶ οἱ εἰς αὐτὸν ἐλπίζοντες.

An-Iêsous stayeed it-stayeth ever-if and the-ones into to-it drove-sureeing-to.

ATo 88:7 Ταῦτα εἰπὼν λέγει πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα· Ἄπελθε μετ᾿ εἰρήνης, καὶ ὁ κύριος τῶν ἰδίων μυστηρίων ἀξίαν σε ποιήσει.

To-the-ones-these having-had-said it-fortheth toward to-the-one to-a-woman, Thou-should-have-had-came-off with of-a-joinifying, and the-one Authority-belonged of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-flexerlets to-deem-belonged to-thee it-shall-do-unto.

ATo 88:8 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· φοβοῦμαι ἀπελθεῖν, μή με ἄρα καταλείψας ἀπέλθῃς εἰς ἄλλο ἔθνος.

The-one then-also it-had-said, I-fearee-unto to-have-came-off, lest to-me thus having-had-remaindered-down thou-might-had-came-off into to-other to-a-placeedness-belonging-to.

ATo 88:9 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Κἂν ἐγὼ πορευθῶ, οὐ καταλείψω σε μόνην, ἀλλὰ Ἰησοῦς διὰ τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν αὐτοῦ μετὰ σοῦ.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said unto-it, And-ever I I-might-have-been-traversed-of, not I-shall-remainder-down to-thee to-stayeed, other an-Iêsous through to-the-one to-a-goodly-boweling-unto of-it with of-thee.

ATo 88:10 Ἣ δὲ πεσοῦσα προσεκύνησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς.

The-one then-also having-had-fallen it-kissed-toward-unto to-it and it-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-house of-it.

ATo 89:1 Χαρίσιος δὲ ὁ συγγενὴς Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως λουσάμενος ἀνῆλθεν καὶ ἀνεκλίθη δειπνῆσαι.

A-Charisios then-also the-one together-becominged of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of having-bathed it-had-came-up and it-was-clined-up to-have-mealed-unto.

ATo 89:2 ἐξήταζεν δὲ περὶ τῆς ἰδίας γαμετῆς ποῦ ἐστιν· οὐ γὰρ ἐληλύθει εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου κοιτῶνος ὡς ἔθος εἶχεν· αἱ δὲ θεραπαινίδαι αὐτῆς εἶπον αὐτῷ· Ἀνωμάλως ἔχει.

It-was-out-testing-to then-also about of-the-one of-private-belonged of-a-marriaging of-whither it-be; not too-thus it-had-come-to-have-had-came into to-an-ever-a-oneing-off of-it off of-the-one of-private-belonged of-a-situating-of as to-a-placeedness it-was-holding; the-ones then-also ministresses of-it they-had-said unto-it, unto-un-threshinged-along it-holdeth.

ATo 89:3 Ὁ δὲ εἰσπηδήσας εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κοιτῶνα καὶ εὗρεν αὐτὴν κατακειμένην εἰς τὴν κοίτην καὶ ἐσκεπασμένην· καὶ ἀνακαλύψας αὐτὴν κατεφίλησεν αὐτὴν λέγων· Τίνος ἕνεκεν σήμερον περίλυπος εἶ;

The-one then-also having-into-scurried-unto it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-situating-of and it-had-found to-it to-being-situated-down into to-the-one to-a-situating and to-having-had-come-to-be-covered-to; and having-shrouded-up to-it it-cared-down-unto to-it forthing, Of-what-one in-out-in this-day throed-about thou-be?

ATo 89:4 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· Ἀνωμάλως ἔχω.

The-one then-also it-had-said, Unto-un-threshinged-along I-hold.

ATo 89:5 Ὁ δὲ λέγει πρὸς αὐτήν· Διὰ τί γὰρ σχῆμα οὐκ ἐποίησας τῆς σῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ ἔμεινας ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπελθοῦσα κατήκουσας λόγων ματαίων καὶ ἔργα μαγικὰ ἐθεάσω;

The-one then-also it-fortheth toward to-it, Through to-what-one too-thus to-a-holdening-to not thou-did-unto of-the-one of-thine of-an-en-freeing-unto and thou-stayed in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-thee, other having-had-came-off thou-heard-down of-forthees of-folly-belonged and to-works to-magos-belonged-of thou-spectated?

Note: to-magos-belonged-of : pertaining to magi, educated men from the east usually specializing in astronomy.

ATo 89:6 ἀλλὰ ἀνάστα, συνδείπνησόν μοι· ἄνευ γὰρ σοῦ οὐ δύναμαι δειπνῆσαι.

Other thou-should-have-had-stood-up, thou-should-have-mealed-together-unto unto-me; un-nodded too-thus of-thee not I-able to-have-mealed-unto.

ATo 89:7 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν· Σήμερον παραιτοῦμαι· πάνυ γὰρ πεφόβημαι.

The-one then-also it-had-said toward to-it, This-day I-appeal-beside-unto; all-now too-thus I-had-come-to-fearee-unto.

ATo 90:1 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Χαρίσιος παρὰ τῆς Μυγδονίας οὐκ ἠβουλήθη ἐξελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον, ἀλλὰ παρεκελεύσατο τοῖς οἰκείοις αὐτοῦ ἵνα προσαγάγωσιν αὐτὴν συνδειπνῆσαι αὐτῷ· εἰσαγαγόντων οὖν ἠξίουν αὐτὴν συνδειπνῆσαι αὐτῷ· ἣ δὲ παρῃτεῖτο.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-Charisios, beside of-the-one of-a-Mugdonia, not it-was-purposed to-have-had-came-out upon to-the-one to-a-meal, other it-bade-beside-of unto-the-ones unto-house-belonged of-it so they-might-have-had-led-toward to-it to-have-mealed-together-unto unto-it; of-having-had-led-into accordingly it-was-en-deem-belonged to-it to-have-mealed-together-unto unto-it; the-one then-also it-was-appealing-beside-unto.

ATo 90:2 μὴ βουληθείσης οὖν αὐτῆς μόνος ἐδείπνησεν λέγων αὐτῇ· Διὰ σὲ παρῃτησάμην δειπνῆσαι παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ Μισδαίῳ, καὶ σὺ οὐκ ἠβουλήθης συνδειπνῆσαί μοι;

Lest of-having-been-purposed accordingly of-it stayeed it-mealed-unto forthing unto-it, Through to-thee I-stood-beside to-have-mealed-unto beside unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of unto-a-Misdaios, and thou not thou-was-purposed to-have-mealed-together unto-me?

ATo 90:3 Ἣ δὲ ἔφη· Διὰ τὸ ἀνωμάλως με ἔχειν.

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, Through to-the-one unto-un-threshinged-along to-me to-hold.

ATo 90:4 Ἀναστὰς οὖν ὁ Χαρίσιος κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς ἐβούλετο συγκαθεύδειν αὐτῇ· ἣ δὲ ἔφη· Οὐκ εἶπόν σοι τὴν σήμερον παραιτήσασθαι;

Having-had-stood-up accordingly, the-one a-Charisios, down to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-placee it-was-purposing to-rest-down-together-unto unto-it; the-one then-also it-was-declaring, Not I-had-said unto-thee to-the-one this-day to-have-appeal-beside-unto?

ATo 91:1 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ἀπελθὼν εἰς ἄλλην κλίνην ἐκοιμήθη· ἐγερθεὶς δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου εἶπεν· Κυρία μου Μυγδονία ἄκουσον τοῦ ὀνείρου τοῦ ὀφθέντος μοι.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, having-had-came-off, into to-other to-a-clining it-was-situateed-unto; having-been-roused then-also out of-the-one of-a-sleep it-had-said, Authority-belonged of-me, Mugdonia, thou-should-have-heard of-the-one of-an-en-dreaming of-the-one of-having-been-beheld unto-me.

ATo 91:2 εἶδον ἐμαυτὸν ἀνακεκλιμένον ἐγγὺς Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ παρέκειτο ἡμῖν πανδέκτης· καὶ εἶδον ἀετὸν κατελθόντα ἀπ᾿ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἁρπάσαντα ἀπ᾿ ἔμπροσθεν ἐμοῦ τε καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως δύο πέρδικας, οὓς εἰσήνεγκεν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καρδίαν·

I-had-seen to-myself to-having-had-come-to-be-clined-up to-neared of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-was-situating-beside unto-us an-all-receiver; and I-had-seen to-an-airer to-having-had-came-down off of-a-sky and to-having-snatched-to off in-toward-from of-ME also and of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-two to-partridges, to-which it-beared-into into to-the-one of-self to-a-heart;

Note: to-an-airer : used to refer to things suspended in air, of birds skilled in gliding, particularly an eagle.

ATo 91:3 καὶ πάλιν ἐπέστη ἡμῖν περιιπτάμενος ἐπάνω ἡμῶν· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς παρεκελεύσατο τόξον αὐτῷ ἀφεθῆναι· ὁ δὲ ἀετὸς πάλιν ἥρπαξεν ἀπ᾿ ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῶν περιστερὰν καὶ τρυγόνα.

And unto-furthered it-had-stood-upon unto-us about-flying-unto upon-up-unto-which of-us; the-one then-also a-ruler-of it-bade-beside-of to-a-bow unto-it to-have-been-sent-off; the-one then-also an-airer unto-furthered it-snatched-to off in-toward-from of-us to-a-latteredness-about and to-a-spurter.

Note: to-a-latteredness-about : used to refer to doves for using other nests.

Note: to-a-spurter : used to refer to things by their spurting sound; used of birds in the pigeon family, of the platypus, of spurting liquids, of murmuring crowds, etc.

ATo 91:4 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐξέπεμψεν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ βέλος· καὶ διῆλθεν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πλευρᾶς εἰς πλευράν, καὶ οὐκ ἠδίκησεν αὐτόν· ὃ δὲ μηδὲν ἀδικηθεὶς ὑψοῦτο εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν καλιάν.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-volleyed-out down of-it to-a-casteedness; and it-had-came-through of-it off of-a-sidedness into to-a-sidedness, and not it-un-coursed-unto to-it; the-one then-also to-lest-then-also-one having-been-un-coursed-unto it-was-en-lofteeing into to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-reeding-unto.

Note: to-a-reeding-unto : used to refer to a hut constructed of reeds.

ATo 91:5 καὶ διυπνισθεὶς ἐγὼ ἔμφοβός εἰμι καὶ περίλυπος, διότι γευσάμενος ἤμην τοῦ πέρδικος, καὶ οὐ συνεχώρησέν μοι ἔτι προσαγαγεῖν τῷ στόματί μου.

And having-been-slept-through-to I feareed-in I-be and throed-about, through-to-which-a-one having-tasted-of I-was of-the-one of-a-partridge, and not it-spaced-together-unto unto-me if-to-a-one to-have-had-led-toward unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-me.

ATo 91:6 Ἡ δὲ Μυγδονία ἔφη πρὸς αὐτόν· Ὁ ὄνειρός σου καλός ἐστιν· σὺ γὰρ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν πέρδικας ἐσθίεις, ὁ δὲ ἀετὸς οὗτος οὐκ ἦν γευσάμενος πέρδικος ἕως τοῦ νῦν.

The-one then-also a-Mugdonia it-was-declaring toward to-it, The-one an-an-dreaming of-thee seemly it-be; thou too-thus down to-a-dayedness to-partridges thou-eat-belong, the-one then-also an-airer the-one-this not it-was having-tasted-of of-a-partridge unto-if-which of-the-one now.

ATo 92:1 Ὄρθρου δὲ γενομένου ἀπελθὼν ὁ Χαρίσιος ἐνεδύσατο, καὶ τὸ ἀριστερὸν ὑπόδημα εἰς τὸν δεξιὸν πόδα ὑπεδήσατο.

Of-a-ruddy-jutting then-also of-having-had-became, having-had-came-off, the-one a-Charisios, it-sunk-in, and to-the-one to-more-un-bounded to-a-binding-under-to into to-the-one to-right-belonged to-a-foot it-binded-under.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

ATo 92:2 καὶ ἐπισχὼν εἶπεν πρὸς τὴν Μυγδονίαν· Τί ἄρα ἐστὶν τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα;

And having-had-held-upon it-had-said toward to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia, What-one thus it-be the-one-this the-one a-practicing-to?

ATo 92:3 ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὁ ὄνειρος καὶ ἡ τούτου πρᾶξις.

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, the-one an-en-dreaming and the-one of-the-one-this a-practice.

ATo 92:4 Ἡ δὲ Μυγδονία πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔφη· Καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ οὐκ ἐστὶν φαῦλον, ἀλλὰ κάλλιστόν μοι δοκεῖ· ἀπὸ γὰρ φαύλου πράγματος εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον γενήσεται.

The-one then-also a-Mugdonia toward to-it it-was-declaring, And the-one-this it not it-be pettied, other most-seemly unto-me it-thinketh-unto; off too-thus of-pettied of-a-practicing-to into to-the-one to-securinged-of it-shall-become.

ATo 92:5 Ὁ δὲ νιψάμενος τὰς χεῖρας εἰς ἀσπασμὸν Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως ἀπῄει.

The-one too-thus having-washed to-the-ones to-hands, into to-a-drawing-along-to-of of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of it-was-going-off.

ATo 93:1 Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία ὀρθρίσασα ἀπῄει εἰς ἀσπασμὸν Ἰούδα Θωμᾶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου.

Unto-along-belonged then-also and the-one a-Mugdonia having-ruddy-jutted-to it-was-going-off into to-a-drawing-along-to-of of-an-Ioudas of-a-Tômas of-the-one of-a-setee-off.

ATo 93:2 κατέλαβεν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁμιλοῦντα μετὰ τοῦ στρατηλάτου καὶ τοῦ παντὸς ὄχλου· καὶ παρῄτει αὐτοῖς λέγων περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς δεξαμένης τὸν κύριον ἐν τῇ αὐτῆς ψυχῇ, τίνος εἴη σύνοικος.

It-had-taken-down then-also to-it to-grouping-along-unto with of-the-one of-an-amass-drover and of-the-one of-all of-a-crowd; and it-was-appealing-beside-unto unto-them, forthing about of-the-one of-a-woman of-the-one of-having-received to-the-one to-Authority-belonged in unto-the-one of-it unto-a-breathing, of-what-one it-may-be housed-together.

Note: it-was-appealing-beside-unto : PARHNEI corrected to PARHTEI.

ATo 93:3 τοῦ ἀρχιστρατηλάτου εἰπόντος ὅτι Γυνή ἐστιν Χαρισίου τοῦ συγγενοῦς Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως, Καὶ ὅτι Ἐστὶν ἀνὴρ ἀπόσκληρος καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι τῷ βασιλεῖ εἴπῃ τούτῳ πείθεται, Καὶ ὅτι Οὐ συγχωρεῖ αὐτὴν παραμεῖναι τῇ γνώμῃ ταύτῃ ᾗ ὡμολόγησεν· καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις ἐπὶ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐνεγκωμίασεν αὐτήν, λέγων μὴ εἶναι ἄλλην τοιαύτην εἰς ἀγάπην.

Of-the-one of-a-first-amass-drover of-having-had-said to-which-a-one, A-woman it-be of-a-Charisios of-the-one of-together-becominged of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; and to-which-a-one, It-be a-man stiffened-off and all to-which to-a-one unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of it-might-have-had-said unto-the-one-this it-be-sured, and to-which-a-one, Not it-spaceth-together-unto to-it to-have-stayed-beside unto-the-one unto-an-acquaintance unto-the-one-this unto-which it-along-fortheed-unto; and too-thus much-oft upon of-the-one of-a-ruler-of it-in-village-belonged-to to-it, forthing lest to-be to-other to-the-one-unto-the-one-this into to-an-excessing-off.

ATo 93:4 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἂν διαλεχθῇς αὐτῇ ξένα αὐτῆς τυγχάνει.

All accordingly to-which-a-which ever thou-might-have-been-forthed-through unto-it guested of-it it-actuanateth.

ATo 93:5 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος· Εἰ ἀληθῶς καὶ βεβαίως ἀνέτειλεν ὁ κύριος εἰς τὴν ταύτης ψυχήν, καὶ προσεδέξατο τὸν καταβληθέντα σπόρον, οὔτε τῆς προσκαίρου ζωῆς φροντίδα ποιήσεται οὔτε τὸν θάνατον φοβηθήσεται, οὔτε Χαρίσιός τι ταύτην καταβλάψαι δυνήσηται· μείζων γάρ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ὃν ὑπεδέξατο εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ψυχήν, εἰ ἀληθῶς αὐτὸν ὑπεδέξατο.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-setee-off, If unto-un-secludinged and unto-step-step-belonged it-finished-up, the-one Authority-belonged, into to-the-one of-the-one-this to-a-breathing, and it-received-toward to-the-one to-having-been-casted-down to-whorlee, not-also of-the-one of-timed-toward of-a-lifing to-a-centress it-shall-do-unto not-also to-the-one to-a-death it-shall-be-feareed-unto, not-also a-Charisios to-a-one to-the-one-this to-have-illed-down it-might-have-abled; greateninged-of too-thus it-be the-one-thither to-which it-received-under into to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-breathing, if unto-un-secludinged to-it it-received-under.

Note: unto-step-step-belonged : derived from the step to step adjustment to gain a solid stance, as applied to sured construct.

ATo 94:1 Ταῦτα δὲ ἀκούσασα Μυγδονία εἶπεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· Ἀληθῶς κύριέ μου ἐδεξάμην τῶν σῶν λόγων τὸν σπόρον, καὶ καρποὺς ἐοικότας τοῦ τοιούτου σπόρου ἀποκυήσω.

To-the-ones-these then-also having-heard, a-Mugdonia, it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, Unto-un-secludinged, Authority-belonged of-me, I-received of-the-ones of-thine of-forthees to-the-one to-a-whorlee, and to-fruits to-having-had-come-to-resemble of-the-one of-the-one-unto-the-one-this of-a-whorlee I-shall-swell-off-unto.

ATo 94:2 Λέγει ὁ ἀπόστολος· Ἐξομολογοῦνταί σοι κύριε καὶ εὐχαριστοῦσιν αἱ ψυχαί· γὰρ αὗται σοὶ ὑπάρχουσιν· εὐχαριστοῦσίν σοι τὰ σώματα ἃ κατηξίωσας γενέσθαι οἰκητήρια τῆς δωρεᾶς σου τῆς ἐπουρανίου.

It-fortheth, the-one a-setee-off, They-along-forthee-out-unto unto-thee, Authority-belonged, and they-goodly-grant-to; the-ones breathings too-thus the-ones-these unto-thee they-first-under; they-goodly-grant-to unto-thee, the-ones becutteeings-to, to-which thou-en-deem-belonged-down to-have-had-became to-houserlets of-the-one of-a-giftedness of-thee of-the-one of-upon-sky-belonged.

ATo 94:3 Εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν· Μακάριοι οἱ ἅγιοι ὧν αἱ ψυχαὶ οὐδέποτε ἑαυτῶν κατέγνωσαν· ταύτας γὰρ κτησάμενοι οὐ διαιροῦνται καθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν· μακάρια τὰ πνεύματα τῶν ἁγίων τὰ καὶ ὁλόκληρον τὸν ἐπουράνιον δεξάμενα στέφανον ἀπὸ τοῦ προσταχθέντος αὐτοῖς αἰῶνος·

It-had-said then-also and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside, Bless-belonged the-ones hallow-belonged of-which the-ones breathings not-then-also-whither-also of-selves they-had-acquainted-down; to-the-ones-these too-thus having-befounded-unto not they-section-along-through-unto down of-selves; bless-belonged the-ones currentings-to of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged the-ones and to-whole-lotted to-the-one to-upon-sky-belonged having-received to-a-wreath off of-the-one of-having-been-arranged-toward unto-them of-an-age;

ATo 94:4 μακάρια τὰ σώματα τῶν ἁγίων, ὅτι κατηξιώθησαν ναοὶ θεοῦ γενέσθαι, ἵνα Χριστὸς ἐνοικήσῃ ἐν αὐτοῖς· μακάριοί ἐστε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχετε ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας· μακάριοί ἐστε ἐὰν τὸ παραδοθὲν ὑμῖν μὴ ἀπολέσητε ἀλλὰ χαίροντες καὶ ἀπιόντες συναναφέρητε ἑαυτοῖς τοῦτο.

bless-belonged the-ones en-capsulings-to of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, to-which-a-one they-were-en-deem-belonged-down temples of-a-Deity to-have-had-became, so Anointed it-might-have-housed-in-unto in unto-them; bless-belonged ye-be to-which-a-one to-a-being-out-unto ye-hold to-send-off to-un-adjustings-along-unto; bless-belonged ye-be if-ever to-the-one to-having-been-given-beside unto-ye lest ye-might-have-destructed-off, other joying and going-off ye-might-bear-up-together unto-selves to-the-one-this.

ATo 94:5 μακάριοί ἐστε οἱ ἅγιοι, ὅτι ὑμῖν δέδοται αἰτῆσαι καὶ λαβεῖν.

Bless-belonged ye-be the-ones hallow-belonged, to-which-a-one unto-ye it-had-come-to-be-given to-have-appealed-unto and to-have-had-taken.

ATo 94:6 μακάριοί ἐστε οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι ὑμᾶς κατηξίωσεν ὁ θεὸς κληρονόμους γενέσθαι τῆς βασιλείας τῆς ἐπουρανίου.

Bless-belonged ye-be the-ones mild, to-which-a-one to-ye it-en-deem-belonged-down, the-one a-Deity, to-lot-parceleed to-have-had-became of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-the-one of-upon-sky-belonged.

ATo 94:7 μακάριοί ἐστε οἱ πραεῖς· ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε οἱ νικήσαντες τὸν πονηρόν.

Bless-belonged ye-be the-ones mild; ye too-thus ye-be the-ones having-mull-belonged-of-unto to-the-one to-en-necessitated.

ATo 94:8 μακάριοί ἐστε οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ κυρίου.

Bless-belonged ye-be the-ones mild, to-which-a-one ye ye-shall-behold to-the-one to-looked-toward of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

ATo 94:9 μακάριοί ἐστε οἱ πεινῶντες ἕνεκεν κυρίου, ὅτι ὑμῖν τετήρηται ἡ ἀνάπαυσις· ὧν καὶ αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀπὸ νῦν ἀγαλλιῶνται.

Bless-belonged ye-be the-ones hungering-unto in-out-in of-Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one unto-ye it-had-come-to-be-kept-unto the-one a-ceasing-up; of-which and the-ones breathings off now they-excess-jump-belong-unto.

ATo 94:10 μακάριοί ἐστε οἱ ἡσύχιοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τῆς ἀμοιβῆς τῶν ζῴων τῶν καθαρῶν καὶ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἀπαλλαγῆναι.

Bless-belonged ye-be the-ones quiesced-belonged, of-the-one of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto and of-the-one of-an-along-belonged-stepping of-the-ones of-lifelets of-the-ones of-cleansed and of-the-ones of-un-cleansabled to-have-had-been-othered-off.

Note: of-an-along-belonged-stepping : refers to the giving something in return of an equal value.

Note: of-the-ones of-lifelets of-the-ones (TWN ZWWN TWN) : TWN ZWNTWN corrected to ZWWN TWN.

ATo 94:11 Ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου παντὸς τοῦ ὄχλου ἀκούοντος ἡ Μυγδονία μᾶλλον ἐστηρίζετο τῇ πίστει καὶ τῇ δόξῃ καὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-all of-the-one of-a-crowd of-hearing, the-one a-Mugdonia more-such it-was-being-stablished-to unto-the-one unto-a-trust and unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness and unto-the-one unto-a-greatened-belongness of-the-one of-Anointed.

ATo 95:1 Χαρίσιος δὲ ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως συγγενής τε καὶ φίλος ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄριστον καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν αὐτοῦ τὴν γαμετὴν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ· καὶ ἐξήταζεν πάντας ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ· Ποῦ ἀπῆλθεν ἡ δέσποινα ὑμῶν;

A-Charisios then-also the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of together-becominged also and cared it-had-came upon to-the-one to-un-bounded and not it-had-found of-it to-the-one to-a-marriaging in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto; and it-out-tested-to to-all in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-it, Of-whither it-had-came-off, the-one a-bind-doeress of-ye?

Note: to-un-bounded : used to refer to the un-bounded meal, which was taken sometime during the day besides the main meal (DEIPNON).

ATo 95:2 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶπεν ὅτι Πρὸς τὸν ξένον ἐκεῖνον ἀπῆλθεν.

Having-been-separated-off then-also, one out of-them, it-had-said to-which-a-one, Toward to-the-one to-guested to-the-one-thither it-had-came-off.

ATo 95:3 Ὁ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ δούλου αὐτοῦ ἠγανάκτησεν πρὸς τοὺς λοιποὺς αὐτοῦ οἰκείους, ὅτι οὐκ εὐθὺς αὐτῷ ἀνήγγειλαν τὸ γεγονός· καὶ καθεσθεὶς ταύτην ἐξεδέχετο.

The-one then-also to-the-ones-these having-heard beside of-the-one of-a-bondee of-it it-excess-vexed-unto toward to-the-ones to-remaindered of-it to-house-belonged, to-which-a-one not straight unto-it they-leadeeered-up to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become; and having-been-sat-down-unto-to, to-the-one-this it-was-receiving-out.

ATo 95:4 ἑσπέρας δὲ γενομένης εἰσιούσης αὐτῆς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Ποῦ ἦς;

Of-an-into-acrossedness then-also of-having-had-became, of-going-into of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-house it-had-said unto-it, Of-whither thou-was?

ATo 95:5 Ἣ δὲ ἀποκριθεῖσα εἶπεν· Εἰς τὸν ἰατρόν.

The-one then-also having-been-separated-off it-had-said, Into to-the-one to-an-en-curer.

ATo 95:6 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· Ἐκεῖνος ὁ ξένος ἰατρός ἐστιν;

The-one then-also it-had-said, The-one-thither the-one guested an-en-curer it-be?

ATo 95:7 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· Ναί, ἰατρός ἐστιν ψυχῶν· οἱ γὰρ πολλοὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν σώματα ἰατρεύουσιν τὰ λυόμενα, οὗτος δὲ ψυχὰς τὰς μὴ φθειρομένας.

The-one then-also it-had-said, Yea, an-en-curer it-be of-breathings; the-ones too-thus much of-the-ones of-en-curers to-en-capsulings-to they-curer-of to-the-ones to-being-loosed, the-one-this then-also to-breathings to-the-ones lest to-being-degraded.

ATo 95:8 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Χαρίσιος πάνυ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐχαλέπαινεν πρὸς τὴν Μυγδονίαν διὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον· οὐδὲν δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῇ φοβούμενος· βελτίω γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν καὶ τῷ πλούτῳ καὶ τῇ γνώμῃ· ἀπῆλθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον, αὐτὴ δὲ εἰς τὸν κοιτῶνα αὐτῆς εἰσῄει.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-Charisios, all-now in unto-self it-was-harrowing toward to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia through to-the-one to-a-setee-off; to-not-then-also-one then-also it-separated-off unto-it feareeing-unto; unto-better-belonginged-of too-thus of-it it-was-firsting-under and unto-the-one unto-a-wealth and unto-the-one unto-an-acquaintance; it-had-came-off then-also upon to-the-one to-a-meal, it then-also into to-the-one to-a-situating-of of-it it-was-going-into.

ATo 95:9 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν τοῖς οἰκέταις· Καλέσατε αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον. Ἣ δὲ οὐκ ἐβούλετο.

The-one then-also it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-housers, Ye-should-have-called-unto to-it upon to-the-one to-a-meal. The-one then-also not it-was-purposing.

ATo 96:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὅτι οὐ βούλεται ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κοιτῶνος, εἰσελθὼν εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ βούλει συνδειπνῆσαί μοι, τάχα δὲ οὐδὲ συγκαθευδῆσαι κατὰ τὸ εἰωθός;

Having-heard then-also to-which-a-one not it-purposeth to-have-had-came-out off of-the-one of-a-situating-of, having-had-came-into it-had-said unto-it, Of-what-one in-out-in not thou-purpose to-have-mealed-together-unto unto-me, to-quick then-also not-then-also to-have-rested-down-together down to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-placee?

ATo 96:2 καὶ περὶ τούτου μείζονα τὴν ὑποψίαν ἔχω· ἤκουσα γὰρ ὅτι ὁ μάγος ἐκεῖνος καὶ πλάνος τοῦτο διδάσκει, ἵνα μή τις συνοκήσῃ γυναικὶ ἰδίᾳ, καὶ ὃ ἡ φύσις ἀπαιτεῖν οἶδεν καὶ ἡ θεότης ἐνομοθέτησεν αὐτὸς ἀνατρέπει.

And about of-the-one-this to-greateninged-of to-the-one to-a-beholding-under-unto I-hold; I-heard too-thus to-which-a-one the-one a-magos the-one-thither and wandered to-the-one-this it-veer-veerateth; so lest a-one it-might-have-housed-together-unto unto-a-woman unto-private-belonged, and to-which the-one a-spawning to-appeal-off-unto it-had-come-to-see and the-one a-deitiness it-parcelee-placed-unto, it it-turneth-up.

ATo 96:3 Ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ Χαρισίου ἡ Μυγδονία ἡσύχαζεν.

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-Charisios the-one a-Mugdonia it-was-quiescing-to.

ATo 96:4 λέγει πάλιν πρὸς αὐτήν· Κυρία μου καὶ σύμβιέ μου Μυγδονία μὴ πλανῶ λόγοις ἀπατηλοῖς καὶ ματαίοις, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔργοις τῆς μαγείας οἷς ἤκουσα τοῦτον διαπραττόμενον εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος· οὐ γὰρ ἠκούσθη ποτὲ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ ὅτι νεκρόν τις ἤγειρεν· ὡς δὲ ἀκούω τὰ περὶ τούτου φημιζόμενα ὅτι νεκροὺς ἐγείρει.

It-fortheth unto-furthered toward to-it, Authority-belonged of-me and Dureeated-together of-me Mugdonia, lest thou-should-be-wandered-unto unto-forthees unto-delusioned and unto-folly-belonged, lest-then-also unto-the-ones unto-works of-the-one of-a-magicking-of unto-which I-heard to-the-one-this to-practicing-through into to-a-naming-to of-a-Father of-a-Son and of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to; not too-thus it-was-heard whither-also in unto-the-one unto-an-orderation unto-the-one-this to-which-a-one to-en-deaded a-one it-roused; as then-also I-hear to-the-ones about of-the-one-this to-being-declared-to to-which-a-one to-en-deaded it-rouseth.

ATo 96:5 καὶ ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐσθίει οὔτε πίνει, μὴ οὖν νομίσῃς ὅτι διὰ δικαιοσύνην οὔτε ἐσθίει οὔτε πίνει· τοῦτο δὲ ποιεῖ διὰ τὸ μηδὲν κεκτῆσθαι αὐτόν· τί γὰρ ἂν ποιήσειεν ὃς οὐδὲ τὸν ἡμερήσιον ἄρτον ἔχει;

And to-which-a-one not-then-also it-eat-belongeth not-also it-drinketh, lest accordingly thou-might-have-parceleed-to to-which-a-one through to-a-course-belongingedness not-also it-eat-belongeth not-also it-drinketh; to-the-one-this then-also it-doeth-unto through to-the-one to-lest-then-also-one to-have-had-come-to-befound-unto to-it; what-one too-thus ever it-may-have-done-unto which not-also to-the-one to-dayedness-belonged to-an-adjustation it-holdeth?

ATo 96:6 καὶ ἓν ἔνδυμα ἔχει διὰ τὸ πένητα εἶναι αὐτόν· τὸ δὲ μὴ λαμβάνειν παρά τινός τι συγγινώσκων ἑαυτὸν τοῦ θεραπεύειν.

And to-one to-a-sinking-in-to it-holdeth through to-the-one to-necessitatinged to-be to-it; to-the-one then-also lest to-take beside of-a-one to-a-one acquainting-together to-self of-the-one to-minister-of.

ATo 97:1 Ταῦτα δὲ τοῦ Χαρισίου εἰπόντος ἡ Μυγδονία ὥσπερ πέτρα τις ἡσύχαζεν· ηὔχετο δὲ πότε διαφαύσει, ἵνα ἀπέλθῃ πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἀναχωρεῖ δὲ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀπέρχεται ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον ἀθυμῶν· ἐμερίμνα γὰρ κατὰ τὸ ἔθος συγκαθευδῆσαι αὐτῇ.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-the-one of-a-Charisios of-having-had-said, the-one a-Mugdonia as-very a-rockedness a-one it-was-quiescing-to; it-was-goodly-holding then-also whither-also it-shall-shine-through, so it-might-have-had-came-off toward to-the-one to-a-setee-off of-the-one of-Anointed; it-spaceth-up-unto then-also off of-it, and it-cometh-off upon to-the-one to-a-meal un-passioning-unto; it-was-portion-memorying-unto too-thus down to-the-one to-a-placeedness to-have-rested-down-together unto-it.

ATo 97:2 ἐξελθόντος δὲ ἐκείνου κλίνασα τὰ γόνατα ηὔχετο λέγουσα· Κύριε θεὲ δέσποτα, πατὴρ ἐλεήμων, σωτὴρ Χριστέ, σὺ δός μοι δύναμιν ἵνα νικήσω τὴν ἀναίδειαν Χαρισίου, καὶ παράσχου μοι φυλάξαι τὴν ἁγιωσύνην εἰς ἣν σὺ χαίρεις, ἵνα κἀγὼ δι᾿ αὐτῆς εὕρω ζωὴν αἰώνιον.

Of-having-had-came-out then-also of-the-one-thither, having-clined to-the-ones to-knees it-was-goodly-holding forthing, Authority-belonged Deity Bind-doer, a-Father besectionatinged-of, a-Savior Anointed, thou thou-should-have-had-given unto-me to-an-ability so I-might-have-mull-belonged-of-unto to-the-one to-an-un-un-sighting-of of-a-Charisios, and thou-should-have-had-held-beside unto-me to-have-guardered to-the-one to-an-en-hallowed-belongingedness into to-which thou thou-joy, so and-I through of-it I-might-have-had-found to-a-lifing to-aged-belonged.

Note: to-an-un-un-sighting-of : un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e. un-ashamed.

ATo 97:3 Ταῦτα δὲ εὐξαμένης αὐτῆς ἔθηκεν ἑαυτὴν ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην σκεπασθεῖσα.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-having-goodly-held of-it it-placed to-self upon to-the-one to-a-clining having-been-covered-to.

ATo 98:1 Ὁ δὲ Χαρίσιος δειπνήσας ἐπέστη αὐτῇ· αὐτὴ δὲ ἐβόα λέγουσα· Οὐκ ἔχεις λοιπὸν χώραν πρὸς ἐμέ· ὁ γὰρ κύριός μου Ἰησοῦς κρείττων σού ἐστιν ὁ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὢν καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀναπαυόμενος.

The-one then-also a-Charisios having-mealed-unto it-had-stood-upon unto-it; it then-also it-was-hollering-unto forthing, Not thou-hold to-remaindered to-a-spacedness toward to-ME; the-one too-thus Authority-belonged of-me an-Iêsous securinged-of of-thee it-be, the-one together unto-me being and in unto-ME ceasing-up.

ATo 98:2 Ὁ δὲ γελάσας εἶπεν· Καλῶς χλευάζεις ταῦτα λέγουσα περὶ ἐκείνου τοῦ φαρμακοῦ, καὶ καλῶς αὐτοῦ καταγελᾷς λέγοντος ὅτι ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχετε παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐὰν μὴ ἁγνίσητε ἑαυτούς.

The-one then-also having-laughed-unto it-had-said, Unto-seemly thou-jeer-to, to-the-ones-these forthing about of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-doser, and unto-seemly of-it thou-laugh-down-unto, of-forthing to-which-a-one to-a-lifing not ye-hold beside unto-the-one unto-a-Deity if-ever lest ye-might-have-purified-to to-selves.

Note: to-selves (EAUTOUS) : AUTOUS corrected to EAUTOUS.

ATo 98:3 Ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ ἐπεχείρει πρὸς αὐτὴν καθευδῆσαι· ἣ δὲ μὴ ὑπομένουσα ἀλλὰ πικρῶς κραυγάζουσα ἔλεγε·

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-it, it-was-handing-upon-unto toward to-it to-have-rested-down; the-one then-also lest staying-under, other unto-bittered clamoring-to it-was-forthing,

ATo 98:4 Ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε κύριε Ἰησοῦ, μὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς με· πρὸς σὲ γὰρ τὴν καταφυγὴν ἐποιησάμην· ὡς γὰρ ἀνέμαθον ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐπιζητῶν τοὺς ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ἐπειλημμένους καὶ ῥυόμενος τοὺς ἐν τῇ πλάνῃ κατεχομένους·

I-call-upon-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged Iêsous, lest thou-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-me; toward to-thee too-thus to-the-one to-a-fleeing-down I-did-unto; as too-thus I-had-learned-up to-which-a-one thou thou-be the-one seeking-upon-unto to-the-ones in unto-an-un-en-mulling-unto to-having-had-come-to-be-taken-upon and tracting to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-wandering to-being-held-down.

ATo 98:5 νυνὶ δὲ ἐγὼ σοῦ δέομαι οὗ τὴν φήμην ἤκουσα καὶ ἐπίστευσα, σὺ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὴν βοήθειάν μου, καὶ ῥῦσαί με ἀπὸ τῆς ἀναισχυντίας Χαρισίου, ὥστε μὴ κατεξουσιάσῃ μου ἡ τούτου μιαρότης.

Unto-now then-also I of-thee I-bind of-which to-the-one to-a-declaring I-heard and I-trusted-of, thou thou-should-have-had-came into to-the-one to-a-holler-running-of of-me, and thou-should-have-tracted to-me off of-the-one of-an-un-shamening-unto of-a-Charisios, as-also lest it-might-have-down-be-outed-to of-me, the-one of-the-one-this a-stainness.

ATo 98:6 Καὶ τύψασα ἑαυτῆς τὰς χεῖρας ἔφυγεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ γυμνή· καὶ ἐξιοῦσα κατέσπασεν τὸ βῆλον τοῦ κοιτῶνος, καὶ τοῦτο περιβαλομένη ἀπῄει πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῆς τροφόν, κἀκεῖ παρ᾿ αὐτῇ ὕπνωσεν.

And having-strikered of-self to-the-ones to-hands it-had-fled off of-it stripped; and going-off it-down-drew-unto to-the-one to-a-becasteedness of-the-one of-a-situating-of, and to-the-one-this having-had-casted-about it-was-going-off toward to-the-one of-self to-a-nourisher, and-thither beside unto-it it-en-slept.

Note: to-the-one to-a-becasteedness (TO BHLOS) : rare word, strengthened form of BELOS.

ATo 99:1 Ὁ δὲ Χαρίσιος δι᾿ ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν, τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ πατάσσων κατὰ τῆς ὄψεως· ἐβούλετο δὲ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀπελθεῖν καὶ ἀνενέγκαι τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῆς βίας τῆς περιστάσης αὐτῷ· ἐνεθυμεῖτο δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων·

The-one then-also a-Chrarisios through of-whole of-the-one of-a-night in unto-an-un-passioning-unto it-was-firsting-under, to-the-ones to-hands of-it smiting down of-the-one of-a-beholding; it-was-purposing then-also unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness to-have-had-came-off and to-have-beared-up unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of about of-the-one of-a-dureeatedness of-the-one of-having-had-stood-about unto-it; it-was-passioning-in-unto then-also in unto-self forthing,

ATo 99:2 Ἐὰν ἡ πολλὴ ἀθυμία ἡ περὶ ἐμὲ οὖσα ἀναγκάσῃ με ἀπελθεῖν ἄρτι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, τίς εἰσφέρει με εἰς αὐτόν;

If-ever the-one much an-un-passioning-unto the-one about to-ME being it-might-have-up-armed-to to-me to-have-had-came-off thus-to-a-one toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, what-one it-beareth-into to-me into to-it?

ATo 99:3 ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐπίσταμαι ὅτι ἡ ἐμὴ κακηγορία κατέστρεψέν με τῆς ὑψαυχενίας μου καὶ τῆς ἀλαζονείας καὶ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης καὶ εἰς ταύτην με τὴν σμικρότητα κατέβαλεν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφήν μου Μυγδονίαν ἀπεχώρισεν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, εἰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν εἱστήκει τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ, οὐκ ἂν ἐξελθὼν ἀπόκρισιν αὐτῷ ἔδωκα.

I too-thus I-stand-upon to-which-a-one the-one mine a-wedge-wedged-gathering-down-unto it-beturned-down to-me of-the-one of-a-lofteedness-necking-unto of-me and of-the-one of-a-vaporing-of and of-the-one of-a-greateningedness, and into to-the-one-this to-me to-the-one to-a-besmalleness it-had-casted-down, and to-the-one to-brethrened of-me to-a-Mugdonia it-spaced-off-to off of-ME, if and it the-one a-ruler-of before of-the-ones of-portalednesses it-had-come-to-have-had-stood unto-the-one unto-an-houredness unto-the-one-this, not ever having-had-came-out to-a-separating-off unto-it I-gave;

ATo 99:4 ἀλλ᾿ ἀναμείνω ἕως ὅτε διαφαύσει· οἶδα δὲ ὅτι εἴ τι ἂν αἰτήσω τὸν βασιλέα παρέχει μοι.

other I-shall-stay-up unto-if-which which-also unto-a-shining-through; I-had-come-to-see then-also to-which-a-one if to-a-one ever I-might-have-appealed-unto to-the-one to-a-ruler-of it-holdeth-beside unto-me.

ATo 99:5 ἐρῶ δὲ περὶ τῆς μανίας τοῦ ξένου ἐκείνου, ὃστις τυραννίδι χρησάμενος καταβάλλει τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ ἐπισήμους εἰς βάθος.

I-shall-utter then-also about of-the-one of-a-raving-unto of-the-one of-guested of-the-one-thither, which-a-one unto-a-tyrantess having-afforded-unto it-casteth-down to-the-ones to-great and to-signified-upon into to-a-deepeedness.

Note: which-a-one (OSTIS) : HTIS corrected to OSTIS.

ATo 99:6 οὐ γὰρ τοῦτό με λυπεῖ ὅτι ἐστερήθην τῆς κοινωνίας αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ περὶ αὐτῆς λυποῦμαι, ὅτι ἡ παμμεγέθης ψυχὴ αὐτῆς ἠλαττώθη.

Not too-thus the-one-this to-me it-throeth-unto to-which-a-one I-was-destituted-unto of-the-one of-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto of-it, other about of-it I-be-throed-unto, to-which-a-one the-one all-greateninged a-breathing of-it it-was-en-lackened.

ATo 99:7 γυνὴ εὐσχήμων οὖσα, ἣν οὐδείς ποτε τῶν οἰκείων κατέγνω, γυμνὴ ἔφυγεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου κοιτῶνος ἔξω τρέχουσα· καὶ οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἀνεχώρησεν·

A-woman goodly-holdeninged-of being, to-which not-then-also-one whither-also of-the-ones of-house-belonged it-had-acquainted-down, stripped it-had-fled off of-the-one of-private-belonged of-a-situating-of out-unto-which circuiting; and not I-had-come-to-see of-whither it-spaced-up-unto;

ATo 99:8 καὶ τάχα ἐμμανὴς γενομένη ὑπὸ τοῦ φαρμακοῦ ἐκείνου μανεῖσα εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐξῆλθεν ζητοῦσα ἐκεῖνον· οὔτε γάρ τι ἐράσμιον αὐτῇ φαίνεται ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἐκεῖνος καὶ τὰ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεχθέντα.

and to-quick ravinged-in having-had-became under of-the-one of-a-doser of-the-one-thither, having-had-been-raved, into to-the-one to-a-gatheredness it-had-came-out seeking-unto to-the-one-thither; not-also too-thus a-one desire-belonged unto-it it-be-manifested other or the-one-thither and the-ones under of-it having-been-forthed.

Note: other or (ALL H) : ALL corrected to ALL H

ATo 100:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἤρξατο ὀδυρόμενος λέγειν· Οὐαί μοι σύμβιε, ἔπειτα καὶ σοί· ἐστερήθην γάρ σου τάχιον.

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said it-firsted lamenting to-forth, A-woe unto-me Dureeated-together, upon-if-to-the-ones and unto-thee; I-was-destituted-unto too-thus of-thee to-more-quick.

ATo 100:2 οὐαί μοι προσφιλεστάτη· παντὸς γὰρ τοῦ γένους μου βελτίων ὑπάρχεις· οὔτε υἱὸν οὔτε θυγατέρα ἐκ σοῦ ἔσχον ἵνα ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἐπαναπαύσωμαι· οὐδὲ πλήρη ἐνιαυτὸν συνῴκησάς μοι, βάσκανος δὲ ὀφθαλμὸς ἀφήρπασέν σε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ·

A-woe unto-me Most-cared-toward; of-all too-thus of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-me better-belonginged-of thou-first-under; not-also to-a-son not-also to-a-daughter out of-thee I-had-held so upon unto-them I-might-have-ceased-up-upon; not-also to-fullinged to-a-being-in-unto-it thou-housed-together-unto unto-me, scowled then-also an-eye it-off-snatched-to to-thee off of-ME;

Note: to-fullinged (PLHRH) : PLHRHS corrected to PLHRH.

ATo 100:3 εἴθε ἡ τοῦ θανάτου βία εἰλήφει ἄν σε, καὶ κατεψηφισάμην βασιλεῦσιν καὶ ἐξάρχοις· ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ ξένου παθεῖν με τοιοῦτον· καὶ τάχα δοῦλος ὢν ἀπέδρα τῷ ἐμῷ κακῷ καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς μου τῆς κακίστης.

if-from the-one of-the-one of-a-death a-dureeatedness it-had-come-to-have-taken ever to-thee, and I-pebbled-down-to unto-rulers-of and unto-firsters-out; other under of-guested to-have-had-trekked to-me to-the-one-unto-the-one-this; and to-quick a-bondee being it-had-en-apartated-off unto-the-one unto-mine unto-wedge-wedged and of-the-one of-a-breathing of-me of-the-one of-most-wedge-wedged.

Note: if-from (EIQE) : WS EIQE corrected to EIQE.

ATo 100:4 μὴ γένοιτο δέ μοι ἐμπόδιον ἕως ἂν τοῦτον ἀπολέσω καὶ ἐκδικήσω τὴν νύκτα ταύτην· καὶ μηδὲ εὐάρεστος γένωμαι ἔμπροσθεν Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως ἂν μὴ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ποιήσῃ μοι διὰ τῆς τοῦ ξένου κεφαλῆς καὶ περὶ Σιφόρου τοῦ στρατηλάτου, ὃς καὶ πρόφασις γέγονεν.

Lest it-may-have-had-became then-also unto-me footed-belonged-in unto-if-which ever to-the-one-this I-might-have-destructed-off and I-might-have-coursed-out-unto to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-this; and lest-then-also goodly-pleasable I-might-have-had-became in-toward-from of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of ever lest to-the-one to-a-coursing-out it-might-have-done-unto unto-me through of-the-one of-the-one of-guested of-a-head and about of-a-Sifôr of-the-one of-an-amass-drover, which and a-manifesting-before it-hath-had-come-to-become.

ATo 100:5 διὰ γὰρ τούτου ἐνθάδε ὤφθη, καὶ παρ᾿ αὐτῷ κατάγεται· καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσιόντες καὶ ἐξιόντες, οὓς διδάσκει νέαν διδαχήν, τοῦτο λέγων, ὅτι οὐδεὶς δύναται ζῆσαι ἐὰν μή τις ἀπαλλαγῇ πάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων καὶ γένηται ἀποτεταγμένος ὥσπερ καὶ αὐτός· καὶ σπουδάζει πολλοὺς κοινωνοὺς ἑαυτῷ ποιῆσαι.

Through too-thus of-the-one-this in-from-which-then-also it-was-beheld, and beside unto-it it-be-led-down; and much they-be the-ones going-into and going-out, to-which it-veer-veerateth to-new to-a-veer-veerating, to-the-one-this forthing, to-which-a-one not-then-also-one it-ableth to-have-lifed-unto if-ever lest a-one it-might-have-had-been-othered-off of-all of-the-ones of-firsting-under, and it-might-have-had-became having-had-come-to-be-arranged-off as-very and it, and it-hasteneeth-to to-much to-en-together-belonged-to unto-self to-have-done-unto.

ATo 101:1 Ταῦτα διανοουμένου τοῦ Χαρισίου διέφαυσεν· καὶ ἐννυχεύσας ἐνεδύσατο ἐσθῆτα εὐτελῆ, καὶ ὑποδησάμενος ἀπῄει σκυθρωπὸς ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ ὑπάρχων εἰς ἀσπασμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως.

To-the-ones-these of-en-mulling-through-unto of-the-one of-a-Charisios it-shined-through; and having-nighted-in-of it-sunk-in to-a-clotheness to-goodly-finishinged, and having-binded-under-to it-was-going-off sullen-looked in unto-an-un-passioning-unto firsting-under into to-a-drawing-along-to-of of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

ATo 101:2 ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν· Τίνος ἕνεκεν περίλυπος εἶ καὶ ἐν τοιούτῳ σχήματι ἦλθες; ὁρῶ δὲ καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐνηλλαγμένον.

Having-had-seen then-also to-it, the-one a-ruler-of, it-had-said, Of-what-one in-out-in throed-about thou-be and in unto-the-one-unto-the-one-this unto-a-holdening-to thou-had-came? I-seeee-unto then-also and to-the-one to-looked-toward of-thee to-having-had-come-to-be-othered-in.

ATo 101:3 Ὁ δὲ Χαρίσιος λέγει πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα· Καινόν σοι ἔχω ὑφηγήσασθαι πρᾶγμα καὶ ἐρημίαν νέαν, ἣν Σιφὼρ ἤγαγεν ἐν τῇ Ἰνδίᾳ, ἄνδρα τινὰ Ἑβραῖον μάγον, ὃν ἔχει καθεζόμενον ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ οἴκῳ, ὃς οὐκ ἀφίσταται αὐτοῦ· πολλοὶ δέ εἰσιν οἱ εἰσιόντες πρὸς αὐτόν·

The-one then-also a-Charisios it-fortheth toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, To-fresh unto-thee I-hold to-have-led-under-unto to-a-practicing-to and to-a-solituding-unto to-new, to-which a-Sifôr it-had-led in unto-the-one unto-an-India, to-a-man to-a-one to-Ebra-belonged to-a-magos, to-which thither to-sitting-down-unto-to in unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-house, which not it-standeth-off of-it; much then-also they-be the-ones going-into toward to-it;

ATo 101:4 οὓς καὶ διδάσκει νέον θεὸν καὶ νόμους νέους ἐντίθησιν αὐτοῖς τοὺς μή πω ἀκουσθέντας, λέγων· Ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν ἣν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν μὴ ἀπαλλαγῆτε ὑμεῖς τῶν ἰδίων γυναικῶν, ὁμοίως καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες τῶν ἰδίων ἀνδρῶν.

to-which and it-veer-veerateth to-new to-a-Deity and to-parcelees to-new it-placeth-in unto-them to-the-ones lest unto-whither to-having-been-heard, forthing, Un-able it-be to-ye into to-the-one to-aged-belonged to-a-lifing to-have-had-came-into to-which I I-leadeeer-down unto-ye, if-ever lest ye-might-have-had-been-othered-off ye of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-women, unto-along-belonged and the-ones women of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-men.

ATo 101:5 Ἔτυχεν δὲ καὶ τὴν κακότυχον γυναῖκά μου ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ κατήκοον γενέσθαι τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ· οἷς καὶ ἐπίστευσεν καὶ διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς καταλιποῦσά με προσέδραμεν τῷ ξένῳ.

It-had-actuanated then-also and to-the-one to-wedge-wedge-actuated to-a-woman of-me to-have-had-came-off toward to-it and to-heard-down to-have-had-became unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-it; unto-which and it-trusted-upon-of and through of-the-one of-a-night having-had-remaindered-down to-me it-had-circuited-toward unto-the-one unto-guested;

ATo 101:6 ἀλλὰ μετάπεμψαι τόν τε Σιφόρα καὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν μάγον τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ κρυπτόμενον, καὶ ἐπίθες τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ πάντες οἱ τοῦ ἔθνους ἡμῶν ἀπολοῦνται.

other thou-should-have-volleyed-with to-the-one also to-a-Sifôr and to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-magos to-the-one in unto-it to-being-hidened, and thou-should-have-had-placed-upon unto-the-one unto-a-head of-them, so lest all the-ones of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-us they-destruct-off.

ATo 102:1 Ταῦτα δὲ ἀκούσας Μισδαῖος ὁ φίλος αὐτοῦ λέγει αὐτῷ· Μὴ λυποῦ μηδὲ ἀθύμει· ἐγὼ γὰρ μεταπεμψάμενος αὐτὸν ἐκδικήσω σε, καὶ σὺ τὴν σεαυτοῦ γυναῖκα πάλιν ἕξεις καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς μὴ δυναμένους ἐγὼ ἐκδικήσω.

To-the-ones-these then-also having-heard, a-Misdaios the-one cared of-it, it-fortheth unto-it, Lest thou-should-be-throed-unto lest-then-also thou-should-un-passion-unto; I too-thus having-volleyed-with to-it I-shall-course-out-unto to-thee, and thou to-the-one of-thyself to-a-woman unto-furthered thou-shall-hold and to-the-ones to-other to-the-ones lest to-abling I I-shall-course-out-unto.

ATo 102:2 Ἐξελθὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκαθέσθη ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος· καθεσθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσεν Σιφόρα τὸν ἀρχιστρατηλάτην κληθῆναι· ἀπελθόντες οὖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ εὗρον αὐτὸν καθεζόμενον ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ ἀποστόλου, καὶ Μυγδονίαν πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ, σὺν παντὶ τῷ ὄχλῳ κατακούουσαν αὐτοῦ.

Having-had-came-out then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, it-was-sat-down-unto-to upon of-the-one of-a-stepping-to; of-having-been-sat-down-unto-to then-also of-it it-bade-of to-a-Sifôr to-the-one to-a-first-amass-drover to-have-been-called-unto; having-had-came-off accordingly into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it they-had-found to-it to-sitting-down-unto-to in unto-right-belonged of-the-one of-a-setee-off, and to-a-Mugdonia toward unto-the-ones unto-feet of-it, together unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-crowd, to-hearing-down of-it.

ATo 102:3 καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ ἀποσταλέντες παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τῷ Σιφόρῳ λέγουσιν· Σὺ ἐνθάδε καθέζῃ ἀκούων ματαίων λόγων, καὶ Μισδαῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ σκέπτεταί σε ἀπολέσαι διὰ τὸν μάγον τοῦτον καὶ πλάνον ὃν εἰσήγαγες εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου.

And having-had-came-toward, the-ones having-had-been-set-off beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-a-Sifôr they-forth, Thou in-from-which-then-also thou-sit-down-unto-to hearing of-folly-belonged of-forthees, and a-Misdaios the-one a-ruler-of in unto-the-one unto-a-stressing of-it it-scouteth to-thee to-have-destructed-off through to-the-one to-a-magos to-the-one-this and to-wandered to-which thou-had-led-into into to-the-one to-a-house of-thee?

ATo 102:4 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Σιφὼρ ἠθύμησεν, οὐ διὰ τὴν ἀπειλὴν τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ὅτι ἐναντίως ἔγνω ὁ βασιλεὺς περὶ αὐτοῦ· καὶ εἶπεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ·

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-Sifôr, it-un-passioned-unto, not through to-the-one to-a-poising-off to-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of toward to-it, other about of-the-one of-a-setee-off, to-which-a-one unto-ever-a-oned-in it-had-acquainted, the-one a-ruler-of, about of-it; and it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off,

ATo 102:5 Ἐγὼ περὶ σοῦ λυποῦμαι· εἶπον γάρ σοι ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ὅτι ἡ γυνὴ ἐκείνη γυνή ἐστιν Χαρισίου τοῦ συγγενοῦς καὶ φίλου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ οὐ συγχωρεῖ αὐτὴν ποιῆσαι ὃ ἐπαγγέλλεται, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν βασιλέα παρέχει αὐτῷ.

I about of-thee I-be-throed-unto; I-had-said too-thus unto-thee off of-a-firsting to-which-a-one the-one a-woman the-one-thither a-woman it-be of-a-Charisios of-the-one of-together-becominged and of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and not it-spaceth-together-unto to-it to-have-done-unto to-which it-leadeeereth-upon, and to-all to-which-a-which ever it-might-have-appealed-unto to-the-one to-a-ruler-of it-holdeth-beside unto-it.

ATo 102:6 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος τῷ Σιφόρῳ λέγει· Μηδὲν φοβοῦ ἀλλὰ πίστευσον Ἰησοῦ τῷ ἀπολογουμένῳ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁπάντων· πρὸς γὰρ τὴν καταφυγὴν αὐτοῦ συνηθροίσμεθα.

The-one then-also a-setee-off unto-the-one unto-a-Sifôr it-fortheth, Lest-then-also thou-should-fearee-unto, other thou-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-an-Iêsous unto-the-one unto-fortheeing-off-unto over of-us of-along-all; toward too-thus to-the-one to-a-fleeing-down of-it we-be-flurried-along-together-to.

ATo 102:7 Ταῦτα δὲ ἀκούσας ὁ Σιφὼρ καὶ περιβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ ἀπῄει πρὸς Μισδαῖον τὸν βασιλέα.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-Sifôr, and having-had-casted-about to-the-one to-an-apparelet of-it it-was-going-off toward to-a-Misdaios to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

ATo 103:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἐξήταζεν τὴν Μυγδονίαν· Τίς ἡ αἰτία ἡ γενομένη τοῦ ὀργισθῆναι τὸν σὸν ἄνδρα καὶ ταῦτα ἡμῖν κατασκευάσαι;

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-out-tested-to to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia, What-one the-one an-appealing-unto the-one having-had-became of-the-one to-have-been-stressed-to to-the-one to-thine to-a-man and to-the-ones-these unto-us to-have-down-equipped-to?

ATo 103:2 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· Ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐξέδωκα ἐμαυτὴν τῷ ὀλέθρῳ αὐτοῦ.

The-one then-also it-had-said, Upon-if-then not I-gave-out to-myself unto-the-one unto-an-en-destructing of-it.

ATo 103:3 ἐβουλήθη γὰρ ὀψὲ ὑποτάξαι με καὶ ὑποβαλεῖν ἐκείνῳ ᾧ λατρεύει πάθει· καὶ ἐλυτρώσατό με ἐκεῖνος ᾧ τὴν ψυχήν μου παρεθέμην ἀπὸ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ.

It-was-purposed too-thus of-late to-have-arranged-under to-me and to-have-had-casted-under unto-the-one-thither unto-which it-serveth-of unto-a-trekkeedness; and it-en-loosed to-me, the-one-thither, unto-which to-the-one to-a-breathing of-me I-placed-beside, off of-the-ones of-hands of-it.

ATo 103:4 κἀγὼ γυμνὴ ἀπέφυγον αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς τὴν τροφόν μου ἐκαθεύδησα.

And-I stripped I-had-fled-off of-it, and toward to-the-one to-a-nourisher of-me I-rested-down.

Note: of-it (AUTOU) : AUTON corrected to AUTOU.

ATo 103:5 τὸ δὲ συμβὰν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι διὰ τί ταῦτα ἐτεχνάσατο.

To-the-one then-also to-having-had-stepped-together unto-it not I-stand-upon through to-what-one to-the-ones-these it-crafted-to.

ATo 103:6 Ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει· Ταῦτα ἡμᾶς οὐ βλάψει, ἀλλὰ πίστευσον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνατρέψει τὴν ὀργὴν Χαρισίου καὶ τὴν μανίαν καὶ τὸν οἶστρον ἐκείνου.

The-one a-setee-off it-fortheth, The-ones-these to-us not it-shall-ill, other thou-should-have-trusted-of into to-the-one to-an-Iêsous, and it it-shall-turn-up to-the-one to-a-stressing of-a-Charisios and to-the-one to-a-raving-unto and to-the-one to-an-en-bearment of-the-one-thither.

ATo 103:7 καὶ αὐτός σοι σύνοδος γενήσεται ἐν τῇ φοβερᾷ λεωφόρῳ, καὶ αὐτός σε ὁδηγήσει εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ· εἰσάξει δέ σε εἰς τὴν αἰωνίαν ζωήν, παρέχων σοι τὴν παρρησίαν τὴν μὴ παρερχομένην μήτε ἀλλασσομένην.

And it unto-thee wayed-together it-shall-become in unto-the-one unto-en-feareed unto-smooth-beareed, and it to-thee it-shall way-lead-unto into to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-it; it-shall-lead-into then-also to-thee into to-the-one to-aged-belonged to-a-lifing, holding-beside unto-thee to-the-one to-an-all-uttering-unto to-the-one lest to-coming-beside lest-also to-being-othered.

Note: it-shall--become (GENHSETAI) : GENHTAI corrected to GENHSETAI.

ATo 104:1 Σιφὼρ δὲ παρέστη τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἐξήταζεν αὐτόν· Τίς ἐστιν καὶ πόθεν καὶ τί διδάσκει ὁ μάγος ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἔχεις ἐμφωλεύοντα ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου;

A-Sifôr then-also it-had-stood-beside unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, and it-out-tested-to to-it, What-one it-be and whither-from and to-what-one it-veer-veerateth, the-one a-magos the-one-thither, to-which thou-hold to-burrowing-in-of in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-thee?

ATo 104:2 Ὁ δὲ Σιφὼρ ἀπεκρίνατο τῷ βασιλεῖ· Οὐ μὴ ἀγνοῇς βασιλεῦ οἷον πόνον καὶ λύπην ἔσχον σὺν τοῖς φίλοις μου περὶ τῆς γυναικός μου, ἣν καὶ σὺ οἶδας καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ διὰ μνήμης ἔχουσιν·

The-one then-also a-Sifôr it-separated-off unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, Not lest thou-might-un-en-mull-unto, Ruler-of, to-which-belonged to-a-necessitatee and to-a-throe I-had-held, together unto-the-ones unto-cared of-me, about of-the-one of-a-woman of-me, to-which and thou thou-had-come-to-see, and other much through of-a-memory they-hold;

ATo 104:3 καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς θυγατρός μου, ἣν καὶ προτιμῶ πάσης τῆς κτήσεώς μου, οἷον καιρὸν καὶ πειρασμὸν πέπονθα· ἐγενόμην γὰρ γέλως καὶ κατάρα πάσῃ τῇ χώρᾳ ἡμῶν.

and to-the-ones about of-the-one of-a-daughter of-me, to-which and I-before-valuate-unto of-all of-the-one of-a-befoundeeing of-me, to-which-belonged to-a-time and to-an-across-belonging-to-of I-hath-had-come-to-trek; I-had-became too-thus a-laughter and a-cursedness-down unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness of-us.

ATo 104:4 ἤκουσα δὲ τῆς φήμης τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου, καὶ γενόμενος πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐδεήθην αὐτοῦ, καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν ἤγαγον ἐνθάδε· καὶ ἐρχόμενος κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν θαυμάσια καὶ ἔκπληκτα εἶδον,

I-heard then-also of-the-one of-a-declaring of-the-one of-a-man of-the-one-this, and having-had-became toward to-it I-was-binded of-it, and having-had-taken-beside to-it I-had-led in-from-which-then-also; and coming down to-the-one to-a-way, to-marvel-to-belonged and to-smitten-out I-had-seen,

ATo 104:5 καὶ ἐνθάδε πολλοὶ κατήκουσαν τοῦ ὀνάγρου καὶ περὶ τοῦ δαίμονος ἐκείνου ὃν ἐξήλασεν, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν τήν τε γυναῖκά μου καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ νῦν ὑγιαίνουσιν· καὶ μισθοὺς οὐκ ᾔτησεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπαιτεῖ πίστιν καὶ ἁγιωσύνην, ἵνα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῷ γένωνται ἐν οἷς διαπράττεται.

and in-from-which-then-also much they-heard-down of-the-one of-a-field-donkey and about of-the-one of-a-daimon of-the-one-thither to-which it-drovened-out, and it-ministered-of to-the-one also to-a-woman of-me and to-the-one to-a-daughter, and now they-health; and to-pays not it-appealed-unto, other it-appealeth-off-unto to-a-trust and to-a-hallow-belonginedness, so en-together-belonged-to unto-it they-might-have-had-became in unto-which it-practiceth-through.

ATo 104:6 τοῦτο διδάσκει, σέβειν καὶ φοβεῖσθαι ἕνα θεὸν τὸν πάντων δεσπότην καὶ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, ἵνα σχῶσιν τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν.

To-the-one-this it-veer-veerateth; to-revere-unto and to-fearee-unto to-one to-a-Deity to-the-one of-all to-a-Bind-doer and to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed to-the-one to-a-Son of-it, so they-might-have-had-held to-the-one to-aged-belonged to-a-lifing.

ATo 104:7 ὃ δὲ ἐσθίει ἄρτος ἐστὶν καὶ ἅλας, καὶ τὸ ποτὸν αὐτοῦ ὕδωρ ἀφ᾿ ἑσπέρας ἕως ἑσπέρας, πολλὴν εὐχὴν ποιούμενος· καὶ ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ, δίδωσιν αὐτῷ.

To-which then-also it-eat-belongeth, an-adjustation it-be and a-saltiness, and the-one drinkeed of-it a-water off of-an-into-acrossedness unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness, to-much to-a-goodly-holding doing-unto; and to-which-a-which ever it-might-have-appealed-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity of-it, it-giveth unto-it.

ATo 104:8 καὶ διδάσκει ὅτι θεὸς οὗτος ἅγιός ἐστιν καὶ δυνατὸς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ζωὴ καὶ ζωοποιῶν.

And it-veer-veerateth to-which-a-one a-Deity the-one-this hallow-belonged it-be and able and the-one Anointed a-lifing and life-doing-unto.

ATo 104:9 διὸ καὶ παραινεῖ τοῖς παροῦσιν αὐτῷ ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ καὶ ἁγνείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ καὶ πίστει προσέρχεσθαι αὐτῷ.

Through-to-which and it-appealeth-beside unto-the-ones unto-being-beside unto-it in unto-a-hallow-belongingedness and unto-a-purifying-of and unto-an-excessing-off and unto-a-trust to-come-toward unto-it.

ATo 105:1 Καὶ ταῦτα ἀκούσας Μισδαῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς παρὰ Σιφόρου πολλοὺς ἔπεμψεν στρατιώτας εἰς τὸν οἶκον Σιφόρου τοῦ στρατηλάτου, ἀγαγεῖν Θωμᾶν τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ πάντας τοὺς εὑρισκομένους ἐκεῖσε.

And to-the-ones-these having-heard, a-Misdaios the-one a-ruler-of, beside of-a-Sifôr, to-much it-volleyed to-amass-belongers into to-the-one to-a-house of-a-Sifôr of-the-one of-an-amass-drover, to-have-had-led to-a-Tômas to-the-one to-a-setee-off and to-all to-the-ones to-being-found thither-to.

ATo 105:2 εἰσελθόντες δὲ οἱ πεμφθέντες ἔσω εὗρον αὐτὸν πλῆθος πολὺ διδάσκοντα· καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ ἐκάθητο.

Having-had-came-into then-also, the-ones having-been-volleyed, into-unto-which they-had-found to-it to-a-repleteedness to-much to-veer-veerating; and the-one a-Mugdonia toward unto-the-ones unto-feet of-it it-was-sitting-down.

ATo 105:3 θεασάμενοι δὲ τὸν πολὺν ὄχλον περὶ αὐτὸν ἐφοβήθησαν καὶ ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα αὐτῶν καὶ εἶπον· Οὐκ ἐτολμήσαμεν εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ τι· ὄχλος γὰρ ἦν πολὺς περὶ αὐτόν· καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ καθεζομένη ἠκροᾶτο τὰ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενα.

Having-spectated then-also to-the-one to-much to-a-crowd about to-it they-were-feareed-unto and they-had-came-off toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of of-them and they-had-said, Not we-ventured-unto to-have-had-said unto-it to-a-one; a-crowd too-thus it-was much about to-it; and the-one a-Mugdonia toward unto-the-ones unto-feet of-it sitting-down-unto-to it-was-hearing to-the-ones under of-it to-being-forthed.

ATo 105:4 Καὶ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντος Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ Χαρισίου ἐκπηδήσας ὁ Χαρίσιος ἀπ᾿ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βασιλέως συνεπισπασάμενος ὄχλον πολὺν εἶπεν· Ἐγὼ αὐτὸν φέρω βασιλεῦ καὶ τὴν Μυγδονίαν, ἧς τὸν νοῦν ἀφείλατο.

And to-the-ones-these of-having-heard of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and of-a-Charisios, having-out-scurried-unto, the-one a-Charisios, off in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, having-together-upon-drawn-unto to-a-crowd to-much it-had-said, I to-it I-might-bear, Ruler-of, and to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia, of-which to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-of it-sectioned-off.

ATo 105:5 Καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σιφόρου τοῦ στρατηλάτου ἐντάραχος.

And it-had-came into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-a-Sifôr of-an-amass-drover stirred-in.

ATo 105:6 καὶ εὗρεν αὐτὸν διδάσκοντα· Μυγδονίαν δὲ οὐ κατέλαβεν, ἀναχωρήσασα γὰρ ἦν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς, ἐγνωκυῖα ὅτι ἐμηνύθη τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἦν.

And it-had-found to-it to-veer-veerating; to-a-Mugdonia then-also not it-had-taken-down; having-spaced-up-unto too-thus it-was into to-the-one to-a-house of-it, having-had-come-to-acquaint to-which-a-one it-was-en-memoried unto-the-one unto-a-man of-it to-which-a-one thither it-was.

ATo 106:1 Ὁ δὲ Χαρίσιος εἶπεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· Ἀνάστα πονηρὲ καὶ ἀφανιστὰ καὶ ἐχθρὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ οἴκου· ἐμὲ γὰρ ἡ σὴ μαγεία οὐ βλάπτει τὴν γὰρ σὴν μαγείαν ἐπὶ τὴν σὴν κεφαλὴν θήσομαι.

The-one then-also a-Charisios it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, Thou-should-have-up-stood-unto, En-necessitated, and Un-Manifester and En-enmitied of-the-one of-ME of-a-house; to-ME too-thus the-one thine a-magicking-of not it-illeth, to-the-one too-thus to-thine to-a-magicking-of upon to-the-one to-thine to-a-head I-shall-place.

ATo 106:2 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος προσέσχεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Αἱ ἀπειλαί σου ἐπιστρέψουσιν πρὸς σέ.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-it of-having-had-said it-had-held-toward unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, and it-had-said unto-it, The-ones poisings-off of-thee they-shall-beturn-upon toward to-thee.

ATo 106:3 ἐμὲ γὰρ ἐν οὐδενὶ καταβλάψεις· μείζων γὰρ σοῦ ἐστιν καὶ τοῦ σοῦ βασιλέως καὶ πάσης ὑμῶν τῆς στρατιᾶς ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς ὃν τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω.

To-ME too-thus in unto-not-then-also-one thou-shall-ill-down; greateninged-of too-thus of-thee it-be and of-the-one of-thee of-a-ruler-of and of-all of-ye of-the-one of-an-amassing-unto, the-one Authority-belonged an-Iêsous Anointed into to-which to-the-ones to-droved-sureeings I-hold.

ATo 106:4 Λαβὼν δὲ ὁ Χαρίσιος ἡμιφόριον ἑνὸς τῶν οἰκείων αὐτοῦ ἐπέβαλεν τῷ τραχήλῳ τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέγων· Σύρατε καὶ ἀπαγάγετε αὐτόν· ἴδω εἰ δύναται ὁ θεὸς ῥύσασθαι αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν χειρῶν μου.

Having-had-taken then-also, the-one a-Charisios, to-a-half-beareelet of-one of-the-ones of-house-belonged of-it it-had-casted-down unto-the-one unto-a-throat of-the-one of-a-setee-off forthing, Ye-should-have-dragged and ye-should-have-had-led-off to-it; I-might-have-had-seen if it-ableth, the-one a-Deity, to-have-tracted to-it off of-the-ones of-hands of-me.

ATo 106:5 Σύραντες δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς Μισδαῖον τὸν βασιλέα.

Having-dragged then-also to-it they-had-led-off toward to-a-Misdaios to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

ATo 106:6 στὰς δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βασιλέως λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς· Εἰπὲ τίς εἶ καὶ ποίᾳ δυνάμει ταῦτα διαπράττῃ.

Having-had-stood then-also, the-one a-setee-off, in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-ruler-of it-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, Thou-should-have-had-said what-one thou-be and unto-whither-belonged unto-an-ability to-the-ones-these thou-practice-through.

ATo 106:7 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἡσύχαζεν.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-was-quiescing-to.

ATo 106:8 ἐκέλευσεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς ὑπηκόοις αὐτοῦ μαστιχθέντα αὐτὸν ἑκατὸν κή δέσμιον βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν φρουράν.

It-bade-of then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-ones unto-heard-under of-it to-having-been-thrashed-to to-it to-a-hundred to-twenty to-eight, to-bindee-belonged to-have-been-casted into to-the-one to-a-wardedness-before.

ATo 106:9 οἳ δὲ δεσμεύσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγον.

The-ones then-also having-bindeed-of to-it they-had-led-off.

ATo 106:10 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς καὶ Χαρίσιος ἐσκέπτοντο τὸ πῶς αὐτὸν θανατώσουσιν· τὸ δὲ πλῆθος ὥσπερ θεὸν προσεκύνουν αὐτόν· τοῦτο δὲ εἶχον κατὰ νοῦν εἰπεῖν ὅτι Τὸν βασιλέα ὕβρισεν καὶ πλάνος ἐστὶν ὁ ξένος.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of and a-Charisios they-were-scouting to-the-one unto-whither to-it they-might-have-en-deathed; the-one then-also a-repleteedness as-very to-a-Deity they-were-kissing-toward-unto to-it; to-the-one-this then-also they-were-holding down to-an-en-mulling-of to-have-had-said, to-which-a-one, To-the-one to-a-ruler-of it-abused-to and wandered it-be the-one guested.

ATo 107:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ δεσμωτήριον χαίρων καὶ ἀγαλλιῶν ἔλεγεν· Ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι Ἰησοῦ ὅτι οὐ μόνον τῆς πίστεώς σου ἄξιόν με ἐποίησας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ὑπομεῖναι πολλὰ διὰ σέ.

The-one then-also a-setee-off going-off upon to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet joying and excess-jump-belonging-unto it-was-forthing, I-along-forthee-out-unto unto-thee, Iêsous, to-which-a-one not to-stayeed of-the-one of-a-trust of-thee to-deem-belonged to-me thou-did-unto, other and of-the-one to-have-stayed-under to-much through to-thee.

ATo 107:2 εὐχαριστῶ οὖν σοι κύριε ὅτι ἐφρόντισάς μου καὶ δέδωκάς μοι τὴν ὑπομονήν· εὐχαριστῶ σοι κύριε ὅτι διὰ σὲ φαρμακὸς ἤκουσα καὶ μάγος.

I-goodly-grant-unto accordingly unto-thee, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one thou-centressed-to of-me and thou-had-come-to-give unto-me to-the-one to-a-staying-under; I-goodly-grant-unto unto-thee, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one through to-thee a-doser I-heard and a-magos.

ATo 107:3 πρόσδεξαί με τοίνυν ἐκ τοῦ μακαρισμοῦ τῶν μετρίων καὶ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως τῶν κεκμηκότων καὶ τῶν μακαρισμῶν ἐκείνων οὓς μισοῦσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καὶ διώκουσιν καὶ ὀνειδίζουσιν, φαύλους περὶ αὐτῶν φθεγγόμενοι λόγους.

Thou-should-have-received-toward to-me unto-the-one-now out of-the-one of-a-blessing-to-of of-the-ones of-measure-belonged and of-the-one of-a-ceasing-up of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-weary and of-the-ones of-blessings-to-of of-the-ones-thither to-which they-hate-unto, the-ones mankinds, and they-pursue and they-reproach-to, to-pettied about of-them voicing to-forthees.

ATo 107:4 ἰδοὺ γὰρ διὰ σὲ μισοῦμαι· ἰδοὺ διὰ σὲ τῶν πολλῶν κεχώρισμαι, καὶ διὰ σὲ τοιοῦτον οἷος οὐκ εἰμὶ λέγουσίν με.

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, through to-thee I-be-hated-unto; thou-should-have-had-seen, through to-thee of-the-ones of-much I-had-come-to-be-spaced-to, and through to-thee to-the-one-unto-the-one-this which-belonged not I-be they-forth to-me.

ATo 108:1 Προσευχόμενον δὲ πάντες ἔβλεπον αὐτὸν οἱ δέσμιοι καὶ ἐδέοντο αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εὔξασθαι.

To-goodly-holding-toward then-also, all they-were-viewing to-it, the-ones bindee-belonged and they-were-binding of-it over of-them to-have-goodly-held.

ATo 108:2 προσευξάμενος δὲ καὶ καθεσθεὶς ἤρξατο λέγειν ψαλμὸν τοιοῦτον·

Having-goodly-held-toward then-also and having-been-sat-down-unto-to it-firsted to-forth to-a-twanging-of to-the-one-unto-the-one-this;

ATo 108:3 Ὅτε ἤμην βρέφος ἄλαλον ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου βασιλείοις ἐν πλούτῳ καὶ τρυφῇ τῶν τροφέων ἀναπαυόμενος, ἐξ Ἀνατολῆς τῆς πατρίδος ἡμῶν ἐφοδιάσαντές με οἱ γονεῖς ἀπέστειλάν με· ἀπὸ δὲ πλούτου τῶν θησαυρῶν τούτων φόρτον συνέθηκαν μέγαν τε καὶ ἐλαφρόν, ὅπως αὐτὸν μόνος βαστάσαι δυνηθῶ·

Which-also I-was a-babe un-spoken in unto-the-ones of-the-one of-a-father of-me unto-rulerlets in unto-a-wealth and unto-a-luxury of-the-ones of-nourishers-of ceasing-up, out of-an-Anatolê, of-the-one of-a-fathering of-us, having-upon-wayed-to to-me, the-ones becomeeers-of, they-set-off to-me; off then-also of-a-wealth of-the-ones of-en-placings of-the-ones-these to-a-beareree they-placed-together to-great also and to-eased, unto-which-whither to-it stayeed to-have-carried-to I-might-have-been-abled;

Note: of-an-Anatolê : literally, of-a-finishing-up, i.e. toward the direction of the sunrise; used to refer to Asia Minor, the area east of Greece now known as Turkey.

ATo 108:4 χρυσός ἐστιν ὁ φόρτος τῶν ἄνω, καὶ ἄσημος τῶν μεγάλων θησαυρῶν, καὶ λίθοι ἐξ Ἰνδῶν οἱ χαλκεδόνιοι, καὶ μαργαρῖται ἐκ Κοσάνων·

a-gold it-be the-one a-beareree of-the-ones up-unto-which, and un-signified-of of-the-ones of-great of-en-placings, and stones out of-Indians the-ones copper-seeing-belonged, and oyster-belongers out of-Kosanians;

ATo 108:5 καὶ ὥπλισάν με τῷ ἀδάμαντι· καὶ ἐνέδυσάν με ἐσθῆτα διάλιθον χρυσόπαστον, ἣν ἐποίησαν στέργοντές με, καὶ στολὴν τὸ χρῶμα ξανθὴν πρὸς τὴν ἐμὴν ἡλικίαν.

and they-implemented-to to-me unto-the-one unto-prevailed-along; and they-sunk-in to-me to-a-clotheness to-stoned-through to-gold-pattered, to-which they-did-unto affectioning to-me, and to-a-seteeing to-the-one to-a-tinging-to to-yellowed toward to-the-one to-mine to-a-staturing-unto.

Note: unto-prevailed-along : used to refer to something impermeable, of steel like metal, of hard nails, of diamonds, of love, etc.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

ATo 108:6 σύμφωνα δὲ πρὸς ἐμὲ πεποιήκασιν, ἐγκαταγράψαντες τῇ διανοίᾳ μου ἐπιλαθέσθαι με, ἔφησαν τε·

To-sounded-together then-also toward to-ME they-had-come-to-do-unto, having-scribed-down-in unto-the-one unto-an-en-mulling-through-unto of-me to-have-had-secluded-upon to-me, they-declared also;

ATo 108:7 Ἐὰν κατελθὼν εἰς Αἴγυπτον κομίσῃς ἐκεῖθεν τὸν ἕνα μαργαρίτην τὸν ὄντα ἐκεῖ περὶ τὸν δράκοντα τὸν καταπότην, ὅπως ἐνδύσῃ τὴν διάλιθον ἐσθῆτα καὶ τὴν στολὴν ἐκείνην ἣν ἐπαναπαύεται·

If-ever having-had-came-down into to-an-Aiguptos thou-might-have-tended-to thither-from to-the-one to-one to-an-oyster-belonger to-the-one to-being thither about to-the-one to-a-serpent to-the-one to-a-drinker-down, unto-which-whither thou-might-have-sunk-in to-the-one to-stoned-through to-a-clotheness and to-the-one to-a-seteeing to-the-one-thither to-which it-ceaseth-up-upon;

ATo 108:8 τοῦ εὐμνήστου καὶ γένῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου κῆρυξ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ βασιλείᾳ.

of-the-one of-goodly-remembranced and thou-might-have-had-became with of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee, a-heralder unto-the-one unto-ours unto-a-ruling-unto.

ATo 109:1 Ἠρχόμην δὲ ἐξ Ἀνατολῆς ἐφ᾿ ὁδὸν δυσχερῆ τε καὶ φοβερὰν μεθ᾿ ἡγεμόνων δύο, ἄπειρος δὲ ἤμην τοῦ ταύτην ὁδεῦσαι.

I-was-coming then-also out of-an-Anatolê upon to-a-way to-onerously-handinged also and to-en-feareed with of-leaders of-two, un-across-belonged then-also I-was of-the-one to-the-one-this to-have-wayed-of.

Note: of-an-Anatolê : literally, of-a-finishing-up, i.e. toward the direction of the sunrise; used to refer to Asia Minor, the area east of Greece now known as Turkey.

ATo 109:2 παρελθὼν δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν Μοσάνων μεθόρια, ἔνθα ἐστὶν τὸ καταγώγιον τῶν ἀνατολικῶν ἐμπόρων, ἀφικόμην εἰς τὴν τῶν Βαβυλωνίων χώραν.

Having-had-came-beside then-also and to-the-ones of-the-ones of-Mosanians to-bound-belonged-with, in-from-which it-be the-one a-leaderlet-down of-the-ones of-finish-up-belonged-of of-traversed-in, I-had-tracked-off-unto into to-the-one of-the-ones of-Babulônians to-a-spacedness.

ATo 109:3 εἰσελθόντος δέ μου εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀπέστησαν οἱ συνοδεύσαντές μοι ἡγεμόνες, ὥρμησα δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν δράκοντα τὴν ταχίστην καὶ περὶ τὸν τούτου φωλεὸν κατέλυον, ἐπιτηρῶν νυστάξαι καὶ κοιμηθῆναι τοῦτον, ὅπως μου τὸν μαργαρίτην ὑφέλωμαι.

Of-having-had-came-into then-also of-me into to-an-Aiguptos they-had-stood-off, the-ones having-wayed-together-of unto-me leaders; I-corded-unto then-also upon to-the-one to-a-serpent to-the-one to-most-quick, and about to-the-one of-the-one-this to-a-burrow I-was-loosing-down, keeping-upon-unto to-have-nodded-to and to-have-been-situateed-unto to-the-one-this, unto-which-whither of-me to-the-one to-an-oyster-belonger I-might-have-had-sectioned-under.

Note: I-corded-unto (WRMHSA) : WRMWN corrected to WRMHSA.

Note: to-have-nodded-to : used to refer to letting the head hang, usually into a doze or sleep.

ATo 109:4 μόνος δὲ ὢν ἐξενιζόμην τὸ σχῆμα καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀλλότριος ἐφαινόμην.

Stayeed then-also being I-was-guesting-to to-the-one to-a-holdening-to, and unto-the-ones unto-mine other-belonged I-was-being-manifested.

ATo 109:5 ἐκεῖ δὲ εἶδον ἐμὸν συγγενῆ τὸν ἐξ Ἀνατολῆς, τὸν ἐλεύθερον, παῖδα εὐχαρῆ καὶ ὡραῖον, υἱὸν μεγιστάνων.

Thither then-also I-had-seen to-mine to-together-becominged to-the-one out of-an-Anatolê, to-the-one to-en-freed, to-a-child to-goodly-grantinged and to-hour-belonged, to-a-son of-most-greats.

Note: of-an-Anatolê : literally, of-a-finishing-up, i.e. toward the direction of the sunrise; used to refer to Asia Minor, the area east of Greece now known as Turkey.

ATo 109:6 οὗτός μοι προσελθὼν συγγέγονεν, καὶ συνόμιλον αὐτὸν ἔσχον, φίλον καὶ κοινωνὸν τῆς ἐμῆς πορείας ποιησάμενος.

The-one-this unto-me having-had-came-toward it-hath-had-come-to-become-together, and to-grouped-along to-it I-was-holding, to-cared and to-en-together-belonged-to of-the-one of-mine of-a-traversing-of having-done-unto.

Note: to-cared (FILON) : KAI FILON corrected to FILON.

ATo 109:7 παρεκελευσάμην δὲ αὐτῷ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους φυλάσσεσθαι καὶ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων τούτων τὴν κοινωνίαν.

I-bade-beside-of then-also unto-it to-the-ones to-Aiguptos-belonged to-be-guardered, and of-the-ones of-un-cleansabled of-the-ones-these to-the-one to-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto.

ATo 109:8 ἐνεδυσάμην δὲ αὐτῶν τὰ φορήματα, ἵνα μὴ ξενίζωμαι ὥσπερ ἔξωθεν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ μαργαρίτου ἀνάληψιν, καὶ τὸν δράκοντα διυπνίσωσιν κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι.

I-sunk-in then-also of-them to-the-ones to-beareeings-to, so lest I-might-be-guested-to as-very out-unto-which-from upon to-the-one of-the-one of-an-oyster-belonger to-a-taking-up, and to-the-one to-a-serpent they-might-sleep-through-to down of-ME, the-ones Aiguptos-belonged.

ATo 109:9 οὐκ οἶδα δὲ ἐξ οἵας ἔμαθον προφάσεως ὡς οὐκ εἰμὶ τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν, δόλῳ δὲ συνέμειξάν μοι τέχνην, καὶ ἐγευσάμην τῆς αὐτῶν τροφῆς.

Not I-had-come-to-see then-also out of-which-belonged they-had-learned of-a-manifesting-before as not I-be of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-them, unto-a-guile then-also they-en-mingled unto-me to-a-crafting, and I-tasted-of of-them of-a-nourishing.

ATo 109:10 ἠγνόησα ἐμαυτὸν υἱὸν ὄντα βασιλέως, τῷ δὲ αὐτῶν ἐδούλευσα βασιλεῖ.

I-un-en-mulled-unto to-myself to-a-son to-being of-a-ruler-of, unto-the-one then-also of-them I-bondeed-of unto-a-ruler-of.

ATo 109:11 ἦλθον δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μαργαρίτην, ἐφ᾿ ὃν οἱ πατέρες μου ἀπεστάλκασίν με, τῷ δὲ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτῶν βάρει εἰς ὕπνον κατηνέχθην βαθύν.

I-had-came then-also and upon to-the-one to-an-oyster-belonger, upon to-which the-ones fathers of-me they-had-come-to-set-off to-me, unto-the-one then-also of-the-one of-a-nourishing of-them unto-a-weighteedness into to-a-sleep I-was-beared-down to-weighted.

ATo 110:1 ταῦτα δέ μου παθόντος καὶ οἱ πατέρες μου ᾔσθηνται καὶ ἔπασχον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-me of-having-had-trekked and the-ones fathers of-me they-had-come-to-know-along and they-were-trekking over of-ME.

Note: they-had-come-to-know-along (HSQHNTAI) : HSQONTO corrected to HSQHNTAI.

Note: they-were-trekking (EPASXON) : EPAQON corrected to EPASXON.

ATo 110:2 ἐκηρύχθη δὲ κήρυγμα ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ ἡμῶν ἵνα πάντες ἐπὶ τὰς ἡμετέρας ἀπαντῶσιν θύρας.

It-was-heraldered then-also a-heraldering-to in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-us so all upon to-the-ones to-ours they-might-have-off-ever-a-oned-unto to-portalednesses.

ATo 110:3 καὶ τότε οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς Παρθίας καὶ οἱ ἐν τέλει καὶ οἱ Ἀνατολῆς πρωτεύοντες γνώμης ἐκράτησαν περὶ ἐμοῦ ἵνα μὴ λειφθῶ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ.

And to-the-one-which-also the-ones rulers-of of-the-one of-a-Parthia and the-ones in unto-a-finisheedness and the-ones of-an-Anatolê most-beforing-of of-an-aquaintance they-secured-unto about of-ME so lest I-might-have-been-remaindered in unto-an-Aiguptos.

Note: of-a-Parthia (PARQIAS) : PARQENIAS corrected to PARQIAS; an area east of Greece now known as eastern Iran.

Note: of-an-Anatolê : literally, of-a-finishing-up, i.e. toward the direction of the sunrise; used to refer to Asia Minor, the area east of Greece now known as Turkey.

Note: I-might-have-been-remaindered (LEIFQW) : ELQW corrected to LEIFQW.

ATo 110:4 ἔγραψαν δέ με καὶ οἱ δυνάσται σημαίνοντες οὕτως· Παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς βασιλέων βασιλεὺς καὶ μητρὸς τὴν Ἀνατολὴν κατεχούσης καὶ ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν δευτέρους ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν τῷ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ υἱῷ ἡμῶν εἰρήνη.

They-scribed then-also to-me, and the-ones ablers, signifiying unto-the-one-this, Beside of-the-one of-a-father, of-rulers-of a-ruler-of, and of-a-mother, to-the-one to-an-Anatolê of-holding-down, and to-brethrened of-them to-second off of-us, unto-the-one in unto-an-Aiguptos unto-a-son of-us, a-joinifying.

Note: to-an-Anatolê : literally, to-a-finishing-up, i.e. toward the direction of the sunrise; used to refer to Asia Minor, the area east of Greece now known as Turkey.

ATo 110:5 ἀνάστηθι καὶ ἀνάνηψον ἐξ ὕπνου, καὶ τῶν ἐπιστολιμαίων ῥημάτων ἄκουσον, καὶ ὑπομνήσθητι υἱὸς βασιλέων ὑπάρχων.

Thou-should-have-had-stood-up and thou-should-have-sobered-up out of-a-sleep, and of-the-ones of-seteeing-upon-belonged of-utterings-to thou-should-have-heard, and thou-should-have-been-memoried-under a-son of-rulers-of firsting-under.

ATo 110:6 δουλικὸν ὑπεισῆλθες ζυγόν· μνημόνευσον τῆς ἐσθῆτός σου τῆς χρυσοπάστου· μνημόνευσον τοῦ μαργαρίτου δι᾿ ὃν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀπεστάλης.

To-bondee-belonged-of thou-had-came-into-under to-a-couplage; thou-should-have-memory-stayeed-of of-the-one of-a-clotheness of-thee of-the-one of-gold-pattered; thou-should-have-memory-stayeed-of of-the-one of-an-oyster-belonger through to-which into to-an-Aiguptos thou-had-been-set-off.

ATo 110:7 ἐγράφη δὲ τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐν βιβλίῳ ζωῆς καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου οὗ παρείληφας ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ ἡμῶν.

It-had-been-scribed then-also the-one a-naming-to of-thee in unto-a-paperlet of-a-lifing, and of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee of-which thou-hath-had-come-to-take-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-us.

Note: It-had-been-scribed (EGRAFH) : EKLHQH corrected to EGRAFH.

Note: in unto-a-paperlet (EN BIBLIW) : BIBLION corrected to EN BIBLIW.

ATo 111:1 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ὡς πρεσβευτὴς κατεσφραγίσατο διὰ τοὺς πονηροὺς τοὺς Βαβυλωνίους παῖδας καὶ δαίμονας τυραννικοὺς Λαβυρίνθου.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of as a-more-elder it-sealed-down-to through to-the-ones to-en-necessitated, to-the-ones to-Babulon-belonged to-children and to-daimons to-tyrant-belonged-of of-a-Laburinthos.

Note: of-a-Laburinthos (LABURINQOU) : LABURINQOUS corrected to LABORINTHOU; a maze-like structure for housing tyrannical daimons.

ATo 111:2 ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς τὴν ταύτης φωνήν τε καὶ αἴσθησιν ἐξ ὕπνου ἀνερμησάμην, ἀναλαβὼν δὲ καὶ καταφιλήσας ἀνεγίνωσκον.

I then-also toward to-the-one of-the-one-this to-a-sound also and to-a-knowing-along, out of-a-sleep I-was-lifted-along-up-unto; having-had-taken-up then-also and having-cared-down-unto I-was-acquainting-up.

ATo 111:3 ἐγέγραπτο δὲ περὶ ἐκείνου τοῦ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου ἀναγεγραμμένου· καὶ ὑπεμνήσθην παραχρῆμα ὅτι βασιλέων εἰμὶ υἱὸς καὶ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου τὸ γένος μου ἐπιζητεῖ.

It-had-come-to-have-been-scribed then-also about of-the-one-thither of-the-one in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-me of-having-had-come-to-be-scribed-up; and I-was-memoried-under beside-to-an-affording-to to-which-a-one of-rulers-of I-be a-son and the-one an-en-freeing-unto of-me to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-me it-was-seeking-upon-unto.

Note: it-was-seeking-upon-unto (EPEZHTEI) : EPIZHTEI corrected to EPEZHTEI.

ATo 111:4 ὑπεμνήσθην δὲ καὶ τοῦ μαργαρίτου ἐφ᾿ ὃν κατεπέμφθην εἰς Αἴγυπτον· ἠρχόμην δὲ ἐφ᾿ ἅρμασιν ἐπὶ τὸν δράκοντα τὸν φοβερόν, καὶ κατεπόνεσα τοῦτον ἐπονομάσας τὸ τοῦ πατρός μου ὄνομα.

I-was-memoried-under then-also and of-the-one of-an-oyster-belonger upon to-which I-was-volleyed-upon-down into to-an-Aiguptos; I-was-coming then-also upon unto-a-lifting-along-to upon to-the-one to-a-serpent to-the-one to-en-feareed, and I-necessitateed-down-unto to-the-one-this having-upon-named-to to-the-one of-the-one of-a-father of-me to-a-naming-to.

ATo 111:5 ἁρπάσας δὲ τὸν μαργαρίτην ἀπέστρεφον πρὸς τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἀποκομίσας πατέρας.

Having-snatched-to then-also to-the-one to-an-oyster-belonger I-was-beturning-off toward to-the-ones to-mine to-fathers, having-tended-off-to.

Note: to-fathers, having-tended-off-to (PATERAS APOKOMISAS) : APOKOMISAS PATERAS corrected to PATERAS APOKOMISAS.

ATo 111:6 καὶ ἀποδυσάμενος τὸ ῥυπαρὸν ἔνδυμα ἐν τῇ αὐτῶν κατέλειψα χώρᾳ, ηὔθυνον δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν πρὸς τὸ φῶς τῆς κατὰ ἀνατολὴν πατρίδος.

And having-sunk-off to-the-one to-en-dirited to-a-sinking-in-to, in unto-the-one of-them unto-a-spacedness I-remaindered-down; I-was-straightening then-also to-it and to-the-one to-a-way toward to-the-one to-a-light of-the-one down to-a-finishing-up of-a-fathering.

Note: unto-a-spacedness I-had-remaindered-down (XWRA KATELEIYA) : KATELEIYA XWRA corrected to XWRA KATELEIYA.

ATo 111:7 καὶ εὗρον καθ᾿ ὁδὸν διαρμήσασάν με· αὐτὴ δέ, ὥσπερ φωνῇ χρησαμένη ἀνέστησεν ὑπνωθέντα με, καὶ ὡδήγησέν με τῷ παρ᾿ αὐτῆς φωτί.

And I-had-found down to-a-way to-having-lifted-along-through-unto to-me; it then-also, as-very unto-a-sound having-afforded-unto it-stood-up to-me to-having-been-en-slept, and it-way-led-unto to-me unto-the-one beside of-it unto-a-light.

Note: to-having-lifted-along-through-unto (DIARMHSASAN) : DIAIROUSAN corrected to DIARMHSASAN.

ATo 111:8 ἔστιν γὰρ ὅτε ἡ ἀπὸ σηρικῶν ἐσθὴς βασιλικὴ πρὸ τῶν ἐμῶν ὀφθαλμῶν.

It-be too-thus which-also the-one off of-silk-belonged-of a-clotheness ruler-belonged-of before of-the-ones of-mine of-eyes.

ATo 111:9 ἀγούσης δέ με καὶ ἑλκούσης τῆς στοργῆς τὴν Λαβύρινθον παρῆλθον· καὶ καταλείψας ἐπ᾿ ἀριστερὰ τὴν Βαβυλῶνα εἰς τὴν Μέσον ἀφικόμην τὴν μεγάλην οὖσαν παραλίαν.

Of-leading then-also to-me and of-hauling, of-the-one of-an-affection, to-the-one to-a-Laburinthos I-had-came-beside; and having-remaindered-down upon to to-more-un-bounded to-the-one to-a-Babulôn, into to-the-one to-a-Mesos I-had-tracked-off-unto, to-the-one to-great to-being to-beside-salt-belonged.

Note: to-a-Laburinthos (LABURINQON) : BABURINQON corrected to LABURINQON; a maze-like structure for housing tyrannical daimons.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

ATo 112:1 οὐκ ἐμνημόνευον δὲ τῆς λαμπρότητός μου· παῖς γὰρ ὢν ἔτι καὶ κομιδῇ νέος κατελελοίπειν αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς βασιλείοις·

Not I-was-memory-stayeeing-of then-also of-the-one of-an-en-lampness of-me; a-child too-thus being if-to-a-one and unto-tended new I-had-come-to-have-had-remaindered-down to-it in unto-the-ones of-the-one of-a-father unto-ruler-belonged;

ATo 112:2 ἐξαίφνης δὲ ἰδόντος μου τὴν ἐσθῆτα ὡς ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ ὁμοιωθεῖσαν, καὶ ὅλον ἐμαυτὸν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐθεασάμην, καὶ ἔγνων καὶ εἶδον δι᾿ αὐτῆς ἐμαυτόν, ὅτι κατὰ μέρος διῃρήμεθα ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὄντες, καὶ πάλιν ἕν ἐσμεν διὰ μορφῆς μιᾶς.

Of-un-manifested-out then-also of-having-had-seen of-me to-the-one to-a-clotheness as in unto-an-en-looking-into to-having-been-en-along-belonged, and to-whole to-myself upon to-it I-spectated, and I-had-acquainted and I-had-seen through of-it to-myself, to-which-a-one down to-a-portioneedness we-had-come-to-be-lifted-through-unto out of-the-one of-it being, and unto-furthered one we-be through of-a-form of-one;

Note: unto-an-en-looking-into : used to refer to looking in a mirror.

ATo 112:3 οὗ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς ταμειούχους τοὺς τὴν ἐσθῆτα κομίσαντας ἑώρων δύο, μορφὴ δὲ μία ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων, ἓν σύμβολον βασιλικὸν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἔκειτο·

of-which unto-indeed other and to-them to-the-ones to-facilitatelet-holders to-the-ones to-the-one to-a-clotheness to-having-tended-to I-was-seeeeing-unto to-two, a-form then-also one upon of-more-around, one a-castee-together ruler-belonged-of in unto-more-around it-was-situating;

Note: a-castee-together : used to refer to things casted together, generally of connecting tokens, i.e. passwords, objects, lists, and contracts for verification of identity or purpose or measure, also of connecting signs in nature to predictions, etc.

ATo 112:4 τὸ δὲ χρῆμα καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον ἐν χερσὶν εἶχον, καὶ ἀπεδίδουν μοι τιμήν· καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα τὴν εὐπρεπεστάτην, ἥτις ἐν φαιδροῖς χρώμασιν πεποίκιλτο χρυσῷ καὶ λίθοις τιμίοις καὶ μαργαρίταις χροιᾷ πρεπούσῃ·

to-the-one then-also to-an-affording-to and to-the-one to-a-wealth in unto-hands they-were-holding, and they-were-giving-off unto-me to-a-valuation; and to-the-one to-a-clotheness to-the-one to-most-goodly-befittinged, which-a-one in unto-en-lighted unto-tingings-to it-had-come-to-have-been-varied, unto-a-gold and unto-stones unto-value-belonged and unto-oyster-belongers unto-a-tinging-unto unto-befitting;

Note: it-had-come-to-have-been-varied, unto-a-gold (PEPOIKILTO XRUSW) : XRUSW PEPOIKILTO corrected to PEPOIKILTO XRUSW.

ATo 112:5 ἵδρυντο ἐν ὕψει· καὶ ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ τῶν βασιλέων βασιλέως ὅλη δι᾿ ὅλης· λίθοι σαπφειρίνοι ἐν ὕψει ἐπεπήγεισαν ἁρμοδίως.

they-had-come-to-have-been-seateed in unto-a-lofteedness; and the-one a-resemblance of-the-one of-the-ones of-rulers-of of-a-ruler-of whole through of-whole; stones sapphire-belonged-to in unto-a-lofteedness they-had-come-to-have-had-been-en-pitched unto-lifted-along-belonged.

Note: of-a-ruler-of (BASILEWS) : BASILEUS corrected to BASILEWS.

Note: stones sapphire-belonged-to (LIQOI SAPFEIRINOI) : LITOIS SAMPFEIRINOIS corrected to LIQOI SAPFEIRINOI.

ATo 113:1 ἑώρων δὲ αὖθις ὅτι δι᾿ ὅλων κινήσεις ἐξεπέμποντο γνώσεως, καὶ ἦν ἑτοίμη ἀφεῖναι λόγον·

I-was-seeeeing-unto then-also unto-it-from to-which-a-one through of-whole movings they-were-being-volleyed-out of-an-acquainting, and it-was readied-of to-have-sent-off to-a-forthee;

ATo 113:2 ἤκουον δὲ αὐτῆς ὁμιλούσης· Ἐγώ εἰμι ἐκείνου τῶν πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἀνδρειοτάτου οὗ ἕνεκεν παρ᾿ αὐτῷ τῷ πατρὶ ἐνεγράφην· καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ᾐσθόμην αὐτοῦ τῆς ἡλικίας.

I-was-hearing then-also of-it of-grouping-along-unto, I I-be of-the-one-thither of-the-ones of-all of-mankinds of-most-man-belonged, of-which in-out-in beside unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-father I-had-been-scribed-in; and it then-also I-knew-along of-it of-the-one of-a-staturing-unto.

ATo 113:3 Αἱ δὲ κινήσεις αἱ βασιλικαὶ πᾶσαι ἐπανεπαύοντό μοι αὐξανούσης πρὸς ταύτης ὁρμάς· ἔσπευδεν ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῶν ὀρεγομένη ἐπὶ τὸν δεχόμενον αὐτήν.

The-ones then-also movings the-ones ruler-belonged-of all they-were-ceasing-up-upon unto-me of-largening toward of-the-one-this to-cordings; it-was-hastening out of-a-hand of-them reaching upon to-the-one to-receiving to-it.

Note: of-them (AUTWN) : AUTOU corrected to AUTWN.

ATo 113:4 κἀμὲ ὁ πόθος διήγειρεν ὁρμῆσαι εἰς ὑπάντησιν αὐτῆς καὶ δέξασθαι αὐτήν.

And-to-me the-one a-yearning it-roused-through to-have-corded-unto into to-an-ever-a-oneing-under of-it and to-have-received to-it.

Note: of-it (AUTHS) : AUTOU corrected to AUTHS.

ATo 113:5 ἐκταθείς ἂν δὲ χρωμάτων ἐκοσμηθην, καὶ τὴν στολήν μου τὴν βασιλικὴν ὑπερέχουσαν ἐστολισάμην δι᾿ ὅλου· ἐνδυσάμενος δὲ ἤρθην εἰς χώραν εἰρήνης σεβάσματος·

Having-been-stretched-out, ever then-also of-tingings-to I-was-configured-unto, and to-the-one to-a-seteeing of-me to-the-one to-ruler-belonged-of to-holding-over I-seteed-to through of-whole; having-been-sunk-in then-also I-was-lifted into to-a-spacedness of-a-joinifying of-a-revering-to;

Note: Having-been-stretched-out, ever (EXTAQEIS AN) : EXTAQEISAN corrected to EXTAQEIS AN.

Note: I-was-configured-unto (EKOSMHQHN) : EKOMISQHN corrected to EKOSMHQHN.

Note: I-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

ATo 113:6 καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνας προσεκύνησα τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ φέγγος τοῦ ἀποστείλαντός μοι ταύτην, ὅτι ἐγὼ μὲν ἐποίησα τὰ προσταχθέντα, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁμοίως ὅπερ κατεπηγγείλατο· καὶ ἐν ταῖς θύραις τοῦ βασιλικοῦ τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ κατεμειγνύμην.

And to-the-one to-a-head having-clined I-kissed-toward-unto of-the-one of-a-father to-the-one to-a-brighteneedness of-the-one of-having-set-off unto-me to-the-one-this, to-which-a-one I indeed I-did-unto to-the-ones to-having-been-arranged-toward, and it unto-along-belonged to-which-very it-leadeeered-down; and in unto-the-ones unto-portalednesses of-the-one of-ruler-belonged-of of-the-one out of-a-firsting of-it I-was-en-mingling-down.

ATo 113:7 ἥσθη δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ καὶ εἰσεδέξατό με μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις· πάντες δὲ οἱ ὑπήκοοι αὐτοῦ εὐφήμοις φωναῖς ὑμνοῦσιν·

It-was-pleasured then-also upon unto-ME and it-received-into to-me with of-it in unto-the-ones unto-ruler-belonged; all then-also the-ones heard-under of-it unto-goodly-declared unto-sounds they-hymn-unto;

ATo 113:8 ὑπέσχετο δέ μοι καὶ εἰς τὰς τοῦ βασιλέως θύρας σὺν αὐτῷ ἀποσταλεῖσθαι, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν ἐμῶν δώρων καὶ τοῦ μαργαρίτου ἅμα αὐτῷ φαινώμεθα τῷ βασιλεῖ.

It-held-under then-also unto-me and into to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-portalednesses together unto-it to-have-been-sent-off, so with of-the-ones of-mine of-gifts and of-the-one of-an-oyster-belonger along unto-it we-might-be-manifested unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of.

ATo 114:1 Καὶ ὁ Χαρίσιος γεγηθὼς ἀπῄει οἴκαδε, νομίζων συνεῖναι τὴν αὐτοῦ γυναῖκα καὶ τοιαύτην γεγενῆσθαι οἵαν πρὸ τοῦ πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι τοῦ θείου λόγου καὶ πιστεῦσαι τῷ Ἰησοῦ.

And the-one a-Charisios having-had-come-to-gladden-unto it-was-going-off to-housed-then-also, parceleeing-to to-have-been-together to-the-one of-it to-a-woman and to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-have-had-come-to-become to-which-belonged before of-the-one ere to-have-heard of-the-one of-Deity-belonged of-a-forthee and to-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-an-Iêsous.

ATo 114:2 ἀπελθὼν δὲ εὗρεν αὐτὴν τὰς τρίχας κεκομμένας ἔχουσαν καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα διερρηγμένην· ἰδὼν δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Κυρία μου Μυγδονία, τί σε ἡ χαλεπὴ αὕτη κατέχει νόσος;

Having-had-came-off then-also it-had-found to-it to-the-ones to-hairs to-having-had-come-to-be-felled, to-holding and to-the-one to-a-clotheness to-having-had-come-to-be-en-bursted-through; having-had-seen then-also it-had-said unto-it, Authority-belonged of-me Mugdonia, to-what-one to-thee the-one harrowed the-one-this it-holdeth-down an-ailment?

Note: to-having-had-come-to-be-en-bursted-through (DIERRHGMENHN) : DIARERHGMENHN corrected to DIERRHGMENHN.

ATo 114:3 καὶ τίνος ἕνεκα διεπράξω ταῦτα;

And of-what-one in-out-which thou-practice-through to-the-ones-these?

ATo 114:4 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐκ παρθενίας σου γαμέτης, τῶν τε θεῶν καὶ τῶν νόμων ἄρχειν σού μοι διδόντων· τίς ἡ τοσαύτη σου μανία;

I I-be the-one out of-a-maidening-unto of-thee a-marriager, of-the-ones also of-deities and of-the-ones of-parcelees to-first of-thee unto-me of-giving; what-one the-one the-one-which-the-one-this of-thee a-raving-unto?

ATo 114:5 ὅτι κατάγελως ἐν παντὶ τῷ ἔθνει γεγένησαι.

To-which-a-one a-laughing-down in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to thou-had-come-to-become;

ATo 114:6 ἀλλὰ ἀπόθου τὴν παρ᾿ ἐκείνου τοῦ φαρμακοῦ μέριμναν· περιελῶ δὲ ἐκ μέσου τὴν ὄψιν ἐκείνου, ἵνα μηκέτι αὐτὸν ἴδῃς.

other thou-should-have-had-placed-off to-the-one beside of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-doser to-a-portion-memoriedness; I-shall-section-about then-also out of-middle to-the-one to-a-beholding of-the-one-thither, so lest-if-to-a-one to-it thou-might-have-had-seen.

ATo 115:1 Ἡ δὲ Μυγδονία τούτων ἀκούσασα ἀνεδίδου τῇ λύπῃ, στενάζουσα καὶ ὀδυρομένη.

The-one then-also a-Mugdonia of-the-ones-these having-heard it-was-giving-up unto-the-one unto-a-throe, narrowing-to and lamenting.

ATo 115:2 καὶ αὖθις ὁ Χαρίσιος· τοσοῦτον ἄρα τοὺς θεοὺς ἠδίκησα, ὅτι τηλικαύτῃ με νόσῳ περιβεβλήκασιν;

And unto-it-from the-one a-Charisios, To-the-one-which-the-one-this thus to-the-ones to-deities I-un-coursed-unto, to-which-a-one unto-statured-to-the-one-this to-me unto-an-ailment they-had-come-to-cast-about?

ATo 115:3 τί τοσοῦτον πεπλημμέληκα, ὅτι εἰς τοσαύτην με κατέβαλον ταπεινότητα;

To-what-one to-the-one-which-the-one-this I-had-come-to-beyond-member-unto, to-which-a-one into to-the-one-which-the-one-this to-me they-had-casted-down a-low-belongness-to?

ATo 115:4 δέομαί σου Μυγδονία, μή μου τὴν ψυχὴν ἄγχε ἐπὶ τῇ θέᾳ σου ταύτῃ τῇ οἰκτρᾷ καὶ τῷ ταπεινῷ σχήματι, καὶ μή μου τὴν καρδίαν καταπόνει ταῖς ἐπὶ σοὶ φροντίσιν.

I-bind of-thee, Mugdonia, lest of-me to-the-one to-a-breathing thou-should-strangle upon unto-the-one unto-a-spectatedness of-thee unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-en-pitied and unto-the-one unto-lowed-belonged-to unto-a-holdening-to, and lest of-me to-the-one to-a-heart thou-should-necessitatee-down-unto unto-the-ones upon unto-thee unto-centresses.

ATo 115:5 ἐγώ εἰμι Χαρίσιος ὁ σὸς γαμέτης, ὃν ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος τιμᾷ καὶ δέδιεν· τί με δεῖ πρᾶξαι;

I I-be a-Charisios the-one thine a-marriager, to-which whole the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to it-valuateth-unto and it-had-come-to-dire-dire; to-what-one to-me it-bindeth to-have-practiced?

Note: a-marriager (GAMETHS) : GAMETOS corrected to GAMETHS.

ATo 115:6 καὶ οὐκ οἶδα πῶς ἀναστρέψω· τί δὲ καὶ λογίσωμαι;

And not I-had-come-to-see unto-whither I-might-have-beturned-up; to-what-one then-also I-shall-forthee-to?

ATo 115:7 σιγήσω καὶ καρτερήσω;

I-might-have-silenced-unto and I-shall-more-secure-unto?

ATo 115:8 καὶ τίς ἀνέξεται ὅταν τινὲς τὸν θησαυρὸν αὐτοῦ λαμβάνωσιν;

And what-one it-shall-hold-up which-also-ever ones to-the-one to-an-en-placing of-it they-might-take?

ATo 115:9 τίς δὲ τὸν σὸν καρτερήσειεν ἀγαθὸν τρόπον;

What-one then-also to-the-one to-thine it-may-have-more-secured-unto to-excess-placed to-a-turn?

ATo 115:10 τί γὰρ ἐμοί;

What-one too-thus unto-ME?

ATo 115:11 ἡ εὐωδία σου ἐν ταῖς ῥισίν μού ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ φαιδρόν σου πρόσωπον ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου ἐγκάθηται· ἀφαιροῦντά μου τὴν ψυχήν, καὶ τὸ περικαλλὲς σῶμα ᾧ ἠγαλλόμην ὁρῶν διαφθείρουσιν· καὶ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τὸν ὀξυδερκέστατον πηροῦσιν· ἐκκόπτουσιν δὲ τὴν δεξιάν μου χεῖρα.

The-one a-goodly-odoring-unto of-thee in unto-the-ones unto-nosings of-me it-be, and the-one en-lighted of-thee looked-toward in unto-the-ones unto-eyes of-me it-sitteth-down-in; they-section-along-off-unto of-me to-the-one to-a-breathing, and to-the-one to-seemliinged-about to-an-en-capsuling-to unto-which I-excess-jump seeeeing-unto they-degrade-through; and to-the-one to-an-eye to-the-one to-most-sharp-focused they-en-beside; they-fell-out then-also to-the-one to-right-belonged of-me to-a-hand.

Note: they-section-along-off-unto (AFAIROUNTAI) : AFAIROUNTA corrected to AFAIROUNTAI.

ATo 115:12 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ εἰς λύπην μετατρέπεται καὶ ἡ ζωή μου εἰς θάνατον· καὶ τὸ φῶς σκότῳ βαδίζεται.

The-one a-joyedness the-one mine into to-a-throe it-be-turned-with and the-one a-lifing of-me into to-a-death; and the-one a-light unto-a-dimmeeing it-steppeth-to.

ATo 115:13 μηδεὶς λοιπὸν τῶν συγγενῶν βλεπέτω με, παρ᾿ ὧν οὐδεμία μοι βοήθεια γέγονεν· οὐδὲ τοὺς θεοὺς τῆς ἀνατολῆς προσκυνήσω λοιπὸν τηλικούτοις με περιβαλόντας κακοῖς· οὐδὲ μὴν προσευξαίμην αὐτοῖς ἔτι, οὐδὲ μὴν θυσιάσαιμι αὐτοῖς ἀποστερηθεὶς τῆς συμβίου μου.

Lest-then-also-one to-remaindered of-the-ones of-together-becominged it-should-view to-me, beside of-which not-then-also-one unto-me a-holler-running-unto it-hath-had-come-to-become; not-then-also to-the-ones to-deities of-the-one of-a-finishing-up I-shall-kiss-toward-unto to-remaindered unto-statured-to-the-one-this to-me to-having-casted-about unto-wedge-wedged; not-then-also unto-indeed I-may-have-goodly-held-toward unto-them if-to-a-one; not-then-also unto-indeed I-may-have-surged unto-them, having-been-beturned-off of-the-one of-dureeated-together of-me.

Note: it-should-view (BLEPETW) : BLEPETE corrected to BLEPETW.

ATo 115:14 τί δὲ αἰτήσαιμι ἕτερον παρ᾿ αὐτῶν;

To-what-one then-also I-may-have-appealed-unto to-different beside of-them?

ATo 115:15 ἡ γὰρ δόξα μου πᾶσα ἀφῄρηται.

The-one too-thus a-reckonedness of-me all it-had-come-to-be-lifted-off-unto.

ATo 115:16 εἰμὶ δὲ ἄρχων, δεύτερος τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ἀρχῆς· ἀθετήσασα δέ με Μυγδονία ταῦτα πάντα ἀφείλατο· εἴθε δὲ τὸν ὀφθαλμόν μου σκόπτε σού μοι προσεχούσης συνήθως.

I-be then-also firsting, second of-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-firsting; having-un-placed-unto then-also to-me, a-Mugdonia, to-the-ones-these to-all it-sectioned-off; if-from then-also to-the-one to-an-eye of-me thou-should-befell, of-thee unto-me of-holding-toward unto-beplaced-together.

Note: having-un-placed-unto (AQETHSASA) : HQETHSEN corrected to AQETHSASA.

Note: of-thee (SOU) : SE corrected to SOU.

ATo 116:1 Λέγοντος δὲ τοῦ Χαρισίου ταῦτα μετὰ δακρύων ἐκαθέζετο ἡ Μυγδονία σιωπῶσα καὶ εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος ἀφορῶσα· ὁ δὲ αὖθις προσελθὼν εἶπεν· Κυρία μου ποθεινοτάτη Μυγδονία, ὑπομνήσθητι ὅτι σὲ ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰνδίᾳ γυναικῶν ὡς καλλίστην ἐπελεξάμην καὶ ἔλαβον, δυνηθεὶς ἑτέρας πολλῷ σου καλλίω εἰς γάμον συνάψαι ἐμαυτῷ.

Of-forthing then-also of-the-one of-a-Charisios to-the-ones-these with of-biten-tractants it-was-sitting-down-unto-to, the-one a-Mugdonia, muting-unto and into to-the-one to-a-beloweedness off-seeeeing-unto; the-one then-also unto-it-from having-had-came-toward it-had-said, Authority-belonged of-me, most-yearn-belonged-to Mugdonia, thou-should-have-been-memoried to-which-a-one to-thee out of-all of-the-ones in unto-an-India of-women as to-most-seemly I-forthed-upon and I-had-taken, having-been-abled to-different unto-much of-thee to-more-seemly into to-a-marriage to-have-fastened-together unto-myself.

ATo 116:2 μᾶλλον δὲ ψεύδομαι Μυγδονία· μὰ τοὺς γὰρ θεοὺς οὐκ ἂν ἔσται ἑτέραν κατὰ σὲ ἐν τῇ τῶν Ἰνδῶν εὑρεθῆναι χώρᾳ· οὐαὶ δέ μοι διὰ παντός, ὅτι οὐδὲ λόγῳ ἀμείψασθαι θέλεις· ὕβριζε δέ μοι εἰ δοκεῖ σοι, ἵνα λόγον μόνον παρὰ σοῦ καταξιωθῶ.

More-such then-also I-falsify, Mugdonia, by to-the-ones too-thus to-deities not ever it-shall-be to-different down to-thee in unto-the-one of-the-ones of-Indians to-have-been-found unto-a-spacedness; a-woe then-also unto-me through of-all, to-which-a-one not-then-also unto-a-forthee to-have-along-belong-stepped thou-determine; thou-should-abuse-to then-also unto-me if it-thinketh-unto unto-thee, so to-a-forthee to-stayeed beside of-thee I-might-have-been-en-deem-belonged.

ATo 116:3 ἀπόβλεψον δὲ εἰς ἐμέ, ὅτι καλλίω ὑπάρχω τοῦ φαρμακοῦ ἐκείνου· πλοῦτος δέ μοι καὶ τιμὴ σὺ εἶ· καὶ πάντες γινώσκουσιν ὅτι οὐδείς ἐστιν τοιοῦτος οἷος ἐγώ· γένος δέ μοι καὶ συγγένεια σὺ εἶ· καὶ ἰδού, ἀφαιρεῖταί σε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ.

Thou-should-have-viewed-off then-also into to-ME, to-which-a-one to-more-seemly I-first-under of-the-one of-a-doser of-the-one-thither, a-wealth then-also unto-me and a-valuation thou thou-be; and all they-acquaint to-which-a-one not-then-also-one it-be the-one-unto-the-one-this which-belonged I; a-becomeedness then-also unto-me and a-together-becoming-of thou thou-be; and thou-should-have-had-seen, it-sectioneth-along-off-unto to-thee off of-me.

ATo 117:1 Εἰπόντος δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ Χαρισίου ἡ Μυγδονία λέγει πρὸς αὐτόν·

Of-having-had-said then-also to-the-ones-these of-the-one of-a-Charisios, the-one a-Mugdonia it-fortheth toward to-it,

ATo 117:2 Ἐκεῖνον ὃν φιλῶ βελτίων σού ἐστιν καὶ τῶν σῶν ὑπαρχόντων· ἡ γὰρ ὕπαρξίς σου ἐκ γῆς οὖσα εἰς γῆν ὑποστρέφει· ὃν δὲ ἐγὼ φιλῶ οὐράνιός ἐστιν, κἀμὲ σὺν αὐτῷ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἄξει.

To-the-one-thither to-which I-care-unto better-belonginged-of of-thee it-be and of-the-ones of-thine of-firsting-under; the-one too-thus a-firstressing-under of-thee out of-a-soil being into to-a-soil it-beturneth-under; to-which then-also I I-care-unto skyed-belonged it-be, and-to-me together unto-it into to-a-sky it-shall-lead.

ATo 117:3 ὁ πλοῦτός σου παρελεύσεται, καὶ τὸ κάλλος σου ἀφανισθήσεται, καὶ οἱ πέπλοι σου, καὶ τὰ πολλὰ ἔργα· μόνος δὲ σὺ μετὰ τῶν πλημμελημάτων σου γυμνός· μὴ ὑπομνήσῃς δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ τὰς πράξεις·

The-one a-wealth of-thee it-shall-come-beside, and the-one a-seemlieedness of-thee it-shall-be-un-manifested-to, and the-ones sprawls of-thee, and the-ones much works; stayeed then-also thou with of-the-ones of-beyond-memberings-to of-thee stripped; lest thou-might-have-memoried-under then-also upon unto-ME to-the-ones to-practices;

Note: sprawls : refers to a type of robe or tapestry; also a type of plant.

ATo 117:4 εὔχομαι γὰρ τῷ κυρίῳ ἐπιλαθέσθαι σε, ὥστε μηκέτι μνησθῆναι τῶν προτέρων ἡδονῶν καὶ τῆς συνηθείας τῆς σωματικῆς, αἵτινες ὡς σκιὰ παρελεύσονται, Ἰησοῦς δὲ μόνος μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ αἱ ψυχαὶ αἱ εἰς αὐτὸν ἐλπίζουσαι.

I-goodly-hold too-thus unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged to-have-secluded-upon to-thee, as-also lest-if-to-a-one to-have-been-memoried of-the-ones of-more-before of-pleasurings and of-the-one of-a-beplaceeing-together-of of-the-one of-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of, which-ones as a-shadowing-unto they-shall-come-beside, an-Iêsous then-also stayeed it-stayeth into to-the-one to-an-age and the-ones breathings the-ones into to-it drove-sureeing-to.

ATo 117:5 αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς ἀπαλλάξει με τῶν αἰσχρῶν σου πράξεων ἃς ἔπραττον μετὰ σοῦ.

It an-Iêsous it-shall-other-off to-me of-the-ones of-en-shamed of-thee of-practices to-which I-was-practicing with of-thee.

ATo 117:6 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Χαρίσιος εἰς ὕπνον ἐτράπη λελυμένος τὴν ψυχὴν λέγων αὐτῇ· Κατὰ σεαυτὴν λόγισαι δι᾿ ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς ἐὰν θελήσῃς μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ εἶναι τοιαύτη οἵα καὶ τὸ πρότερον ἦς, ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν φαρμακὸν μὴ ἴδῃς, πάντα σου τὰ καταθύμια ποιήσω·

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Charisios, into to-a-sleep it-had-been-turned having-had-come-to-loose to-the-one to-a-breathing forthing unto-it, Down to-thyself thou-should-have-fortheed-to through of-whole of-the-one of-a-night, if-ever thou-might-have-determined with of-ME to-be the-one-unto-the-one-this which-belonged and to-the-one to-more-before thou-was, to-the-one-thither then-also to-a-doser lest thou-might-have-had-seen, to-all of-thee to-the-ones to-passion-belonged-down I-shall-do-unto;

ATo 117:7 κἂν ἄρῃς σου τὴν διάθεσιν τὴν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐκβαλὼν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου ἀπολύσω, καὶ εἰς ἑτέραν μεταστῇ χώραν· καὶ οὐ μή σε λυπήσω· οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι σφόδρα τοῦ ξένου ἀντιποιῇ.

and-ever thou-might-have-lifted of-thee to-the-one to-a-placement-through to-the-one toward to-it, having-had-casted-out to-it out of-the-one of-a-bindeerlet I-shall-loose-off, and into to-different it-might-have-had-stood-with to-a-spacedness; and not lest to-thee I-shall-throe-unto; I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one to-vehemeneted of-the-one of-guested thou-ever-a-one-do-unto.

Note: and-ever (KAN) : KAI corrected to KAN.

ATo 117:8 καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ σοῦ πρώτης τὸ πρᾶγμα συνέβη· ὡς καὶ πολλὰς καὶ ἄλλας ἠπάτησεν μετὰ σοῦ· κἀκεῖναι ἀνένηψαν καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὰς ἐπανῆλθον.

And not off of-thee of-most-before the-one a-practicing-to it-had-stepped-together; as and to-much and to-other it-deluded-unto with of-thee; and-the-ones-thither they-sobered-up and into to-selves they-had-came-up-upon.

ATo 117:9 μὴ οὖν ἀντὶ μηδενὸς θῇς τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους καὶ ποιήσῃς με ὄνειδος ἐν τοῖς Ἰνδοῖς.

Lest accordingly ever-a-one of-lest-then-also-one thou-might-have-had-placed to-the-ones to-mine to-forthees, and thou-might-have-done-unto to-me to-a-name-sighteedness in unto-the-ones unto-Indians.

ATo 118:1 Ταῦτα τοῦ Χαρισίου λέγοντος ὕπνωσεν· ἣ δὲ λαβοῦσα δηνάρια δέκα ἀπῄει λάθρα δοῦναι τοῖς δεσμοφύλαξιν ὅπως εἰσέλθῃ πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον.

To-the-ones-these of-the-one of-a-Charisios of-forthing it-en-slept; the-one then-also having-had-taken to-dênarions to-ten it-was-going-off unto-secluded to-have-had-given unto-the-ones unto-bindee-guarders unto-which-whither it-might-have-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-a-setee-off.

Note: to-dênarions; for Latin denarius.

ATo 118:2 συνέτυχεν δὲ καθ᾿ ὁδὸν Ἰούδας Θωμᾶς ἐρχόμενος.

It-had-actuanated-together then-also down to-a-way, an-Ioudas a-Thômas coming,

ATo 118:3 ὃν ἰδοῦσα ἐφοβήθη· ἐνόμισεν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἕνα τῶν ἀρχόντων εἶναι· φῶς γάρ τι πολὺ προηγεῖτο αὐτοῦ.

to-which having-had-seen it-was-feareed-unto; it-parceleed-to too-thus to-it to-one of-the-ones of-firsting to-be; a-light too-thus a-one much it-was-leading-before-unto of-it.

ATo 118:4 καὶ ἔλεγεν πρὸς ἑαυτὴν φεύγουσα· Ἀπώλεσά σε ὦ ἀθλία ψυχή· οὐ γὰρ ἴδῃς αὖθις Ἰούδαν τὸν ἀπόστολον τούτου ζῶντος, καὶ ἕως τοῦ νῦν ἁγίαν οὐκ ἐδέξω σφραγῖδα.

And it-was-forthing toward to-self fleeing, I-destructed-off to-thee, Oh Dashed-along-belonged Breathing; not too-thus thou-might-have-had-seen unto-it-from to-an-Ioudas to-the-one to-a-setee-off of-the-one-this of-lifing-unto, and unto-if-which of-the-one now to-hallow-belonged not thou-received to-a-seal.

ATo 118:5 Καὶ φεύγουσα εἰς στενὸν προσέδραμε τόπον, κἀκεῖσε ἐκρύπτετο λέγουσα· Αἱρετώτερον ὑπὸ μετριωτέρων ἀναλίσκεσθαι, οὓς δυνατὸν πεῖσαι, ἢ περιπεσεῖν τῷ ἄρχοντι τούτῳ δυνατῷ, καταφρονοῦντι δώρων.

And fleeing, into to-narrowed it-had-circuited-toward to-an-occasion, and-thither-to it-was-hidening forthing, More-sectioned-along under of-more-measure-belonged to-be-other-alonged-up, to-which to-able to-have-sured, or to-have-had-fallen-about unto-the-one unto-firsting unto-the-one-this unto-able, unto-centering-down-unto of-gifts.

ATo 119:0 Πρᾶξις ί ὅτε Μυγδονία λαμβάνει τὸ βάπτισμα.

A-practice ten which-also a-Mugdonia it-taketh to-the-one to-a-dipping-to.

ATo 119:1 Διανοουμένης δὲ ταῦτα τῆς Μυγδονίας καθ᾿ ἑαυτὴν Ἰούδας εἰσελθὼν ἐπέστη αὐτῇ· ὃν ἰδοῦσα ἐφοβήθη καὶ πεσοῦσα ὑπὸ φόβου ἐξέθανεν· αὐτὸς δὲ παραστὰς καὶ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς λαβόμενος ἔφη αὐτῇ· Μὴ φοβοῦ Μυγδονία· οὐκ ἐάσει σε Ἰησοῦς, οὐδὲ παρόψεταί σε ὁ κύριός σου ᾧ τὴν ἑαυτῆς ψυχὴν ἀνέθηκας.

Of-en-mulling-through-unto then-also to-the-ones-these of-the-one of-a-Mugdonia down to-self an-Ioudas having-had-came-into it-had-stood unto-it, to-which having-had-seen it-was-feareed-unto and having-had-fallen under of-a-fearee it-had-died-out; it then-also having-had-stood-beside and of-the-one of-a-hand having-had-taken it-was-declaring unto-it, Lest thou-should-fearee-unto, Mugdonia; not it-shall-let-unto to-thee, an-Iêsous, not-then-also it-shall-behold-beside to-thee, the-one Authority-belonged of-thee, unto-which to-the-one of-self to-a-breathing thou-placed-up.

ATo 119:2 οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψει σε ἡ πολύσπλαγχνος αὐτοῦ ἀνάπαυσις· οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψει σε ὁ χρηστὸς διὰ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτοῦ χρηστότητα καὶ ὁ ἀγαθὸς διὰ τὴν ἀγαθωσύνην.

Not it-shall-remainder-down-in to-thee, the-one much-boweled of-it a-ceasing-up; not it-shall-remainder-down-in to-thee, the-one afforded, through to-the-one to-much of-it to-an-affordness, and the-one excess-placed, through to-the-one to-an-excess-placingedness.

ATo 119:3 ἀνάστηθι τοίνυν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ὑπεράνω ταύτης ἅπασα γενομένη· ἴδε τὸ φῶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἐᾷ κύριος τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ σκότει βαδίζειν.

Thou-should-have-had-stood-up unto-the-one-now off of-the-one of-a-soil, over-up-unto-which of-the-one-this along-all having-had-became; thou-should-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-light, to-which-a-one not it-letteth-unto, Authority-belonged, to-the-ones to-excessing-off-unto to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-dimmeedness to-step-to.

ATo 119:4 θέασαι τὸν συνοδοιπόρον τῶν αὐτοῦ δούλων, ὅτι αὐτὸς αὐτοῖς σύμμαχος ἐν κινδύνοις.

Thou-should-have-spectated to-the-one to-way-traversed-together of-the-ones of-it of-bondees, to-which-a-one it unto-them battled-together in unto-perils.

ATo 119:5 Καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία ἀναστᾶσα προσεῖχεν αὐτῷ καὶ εἶπεν· Ποῦ ἀπῄεις κύριέ μου;

And the-one a-Mugdonia having-had-stood-up it-was-holding-toward unto-it and it-had-said, Of-whither thou-was-going-off, Authority-belonged of-me?

ATo 119:6 καὶ τίς ὁ ἐξαγαγών σε ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου καθορᾶν τὸν ἥλιον;

And what-one the-one having-had-led-out to-thee out of-the-one of-a-bindeerlet to-down-seeee-unto to-the-one to-a-sun?

ATo 119:7 Λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰούδας Θωμᾶς· Ὁ κύριός μου Ἰησοῦς δυνατώτερός ἐστιν πασῶν δυνάμεων καὶ βασιλέων καὶ ἀρχόντων.

It-fortheth unto-it, an-Ioudas a-Thômas, The-one Authority-belonged of-me an-Iêsous more-able it-be of-all of-abilities and of-rulers-of and of-firsting.

ATo 120:1 Καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία εἶπεν· δός μοι τὴν σφραγῖδα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ δέξομαι δωρεὰν παρὰ τῶν σῶν χειρῶν πρὶν ἤ σε τοῦ βίου ἐξελθεῖν.

And the-one a-Mugdonia it-had-said, Thou-should-have-had-given unto-me to-the-one to-a-seal of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed and I-shall-receive to-a-giftedness beside of-the-ones of-thine of-hands ere or to-thee of-the-one of-a-dureeation to-have-had-came-out.

ATo 120:2 Καὶ παραλαβοῦσα αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ ἐξύπνιζεν τὴν τροφὸν λέγουσα πρὸς αὐτήν· Μήτηρ ἐμὴ καὶ τροφὲ Μαρκία, πάσας τὰς πρός με ὠφελείας καὶ ἀναπαύσεις ἐκ παιδός ἕως τῆς νῦν ἡλικίας ματαίας εἰργάσω, καὶ χάριν σοι δι᾿ αὐτὰς ὀφείλω πρόσκαιρον.

And having-had-taken-beside to-it, into to-the-one to-a-channeling it-had-came-into; and it-was-sleeping-out to-the-one to-a-nourisher forthing toward to-it, Mother Mine and Nourisher Markia, to-all to-the-ones toward to-me to-aidancings-of and to-ceasings-up out of-a-child unto-if-which of-the-one now of-a-staturing-unto, to-folly-belonged thou-worked-to, and to-a-granting unto-thee through to-them I-debt to-timed-toward.

Note: of-a-child (PAIDOS) : PAIDWN corrected to PAIDOS.

ATo 120:3 ποίησον δέ μοι καὶ νῦν χάριν, ἵνα διὰ παντὸς τὴν ἀμοιβὴν ἀπολάβῃς παρ᾿ ἐκείνου τοῦ τὰ μεγάλα χαριζομένου.

Thou-should-have-done-unto then-also unto-me and now to-a-granting, so through of-all to-the-one to-an-along-belonged-stepping thou-might-have-had-taken-off beside of-the-one-thither to-the-ones to-great of-granting-to.

ATo 120:4 Καὶ ἡ Μαρκία πρὸς τούτοις Τί θέλεις φησὶν θυγάτηρ μου Μυγδονία;

And the-one a-Markia toward unto-the-ones-these, To-what-one thou-determine, it-declareth, a-daughter of-me Mugdonia?

ATo 120:5 καὶ τί σοι πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἔστιν γενέσθαι;

And what-one unto-thee toward to-a-pleasuring it-be to-have-had-became?

ATo 120:6 τὰς δὲ τιμὰς ἃς πρότερα ἐπηγγείλω μοι οὐκ εἴασέν σε ὁ ξένος ἀγαγεῖν εἰς τέλος, καὶ ὄνειδός με ἐν παντὶ τῷ ἔθνει κατέστησας· καὶ νῦν τί ἄρα καινὸν ὅπερ μοι ἐπιτάσσεις;

To-the-ones then-also to-valuations to-which to-more-before thou-leadeeered-upon unto-me, not it-letted-unto to-thee, the-one guested, to-have-had-led into to-a-finisheedness, and to-a-name-sighteedness to-me in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to thou-stood-down; and now to-what-one thus to-new to-which-very unto-me thou-arrange-upon?

ATo 120:7 Καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία λέγει· γενοῦ μοι κοινωνὸς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἵνα δέξωμαι παρὰ σοῦ τροφὴν τελείαν.

And the-one a-Mugdonia it-fortheth, Thou-should-have-had-became unto-me en-together-belonged-to of-the-one of-aged-belonged of-a-lifing, so I-might-have-received beside of-thee to-a-nourishing to-finish-belonged.

ATo 120:8 ἄρτον μοι ἀνελομένη κόμισον καὶ ὕδατος κρασίν, τῆς ἐλευθερίας μου φειδομένη.

To-an-adjustation unto-me having-had-sectioned-up thou-should-have-tended-to and of-a-water to-an-en-mixing, of-the-one of-an-en-freeing-unto of-me sparing.

ATo 120:9 Ἡ δὲ τροφὸς ἔφη· Ἐγὼ κομίσω ἄρτους πολλοὺς καὶ ἀντὶ ὕδατος μετρητὰς οἴνου, καὶ τὴν κομιδῇ σου πληρῶ.

The-one then-also a-nourisher it-was-declaring, I shall-tend-to to-adjustations to-much and ever-a-one of-a-water to-measurers of-a-wine, and to-the-one unto-tended of-thee I-en-fill.

Note: to-measurers : 1 measurer = a liquid or dry measure of about 9 gallons.

ATo 120:10 Ἣ δὲ λέγει πρὸς τὴν τροφόν· Μετρητῶν οὐ δέομαι, οὐδ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν πολλῶν ἄρτων.

The-one then-also it-fortheth toward to-the-one to-a-nourisher, Of-measurers not I-bind, not-then-also of-them of-the-ones of-much of-adjustations.

Note: of-measurers : 1 measurer = a liquid or dry measure of about 9 gallons.

ATo 120:11 τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, κρασὶν ὕδατος καὶ ἕνα ἄρτον καὶ ἔλαιον κόμισον.

The-one-this then-also stayeed, to-an-en-mixing of-a-water and to-one to-an-adjustation and to-an-oillet thou-should-have-tended-to.

ATo 121:1 Κομισάσης δὲ τῆς Μαρκίας ταῦτα ἡ Μυγδονία ἵστατο ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἀποστόλου γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ· καὶ αὐτὸς ἄρας τὸ ἔλαιον κατέχεεν ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτῆς εἰπών·

Of-having-tended-to then-also of-the-one of-a-Markia to-the-ones-these the-one a-Mugdonia it-was-standing in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-setee-off unto-stripped unto-the-one unto-a-head; and it having-lifted to-the-one to-an-oillet it-poured-down in unto-the-one unto-a-head of-it having-had-said,

ATo 121:2 Ἔλαιον ἅγιον εἰς ἁγιασμὸν ἡμῖν δοθέν, μυστήριον κρυφιμαῖον ἐν ᾧ ὁ σταυρὸς ἡμῖν ἐδείχθη, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἁπλωτὴς τῶν κεκαλυμένων μελῶν· σὺ εἶ ὁ ταπεινωτὴς τῶν σκληρῶν ἔργων· σὺ εἶ ὁ δεικνὺς τοὺς κεκρυμμένους θησαυρούς· σὺ εἶ τὸ τῆς χρηστότητος βλάστημα· ἐλθέτω ἡ δύναμίς σου· ἱδρυνθήτω ἐπὶ τὴν δούλην σου Μυγδονίαν· καὶ ἴασαι αὐτὴν διὰ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ταύτης.

An-oillet hallow-belonged into to-a-hallow-belonging-to-of unto-us having-been-given, a-flexerlet hiden-belonged-unto-belonged in unto-which the-one a-stake unto-us it-was-en-showed, thou thou-be the-one an-en-folded-alonger of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-shrouded of-membereednesses; thou thou-be the-one an-en-low-belonger-to of-the-ones of-stiffened of-works; thou thou-be the-one en-showing to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-hidened to-en-placings; thou thou-be the-one of-the-one of-an-affordness a-sprouting-to; it-should-have-had-came, the-one an-ability of-thee, it-should-have-been-seateed upon to-the-one to-a-bondee of-thee to-a-Mugdonia; and thou-should-have-cured-unto to-it through of-the-one of-an-en-freeing-unto of-the-one-this.

Note: hiden-belonged-unto-belonged (KRUFIMAION) : belonged-unto-belonged intended; unusual form with the -imos ending being suffixed further with -ios.

ATo 121:3 Ἐπιχυθέντος δὲ τοῦ ἐλαίου ἐκέλευσεν τῇ τροφῷ αὐτῆς ἀποδύειν αὐτὴν καὶ σινδόνα αὐτὴν περιζῶσαι· ἦν δέ τις ἐκεῖ κρήνη ὕδατος, ἐφ᾿ ἣν ἀνελθὼν ὁ ἀπόστολος τὴν Μυγδονίαν ἐβάπτισεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος.

Of-having-been-poured-out then-also of-the-one of-an-oillet it-bade-of unto-the-one unto-a-nourisher of-it to-sink-off to-it and to-a-sindôn to-it to-have-en-girded-about; it-was then-also a-one thither a-fountain of-a-water, upon to-which having-had-came-up, the-one a-setee-off, to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia it-dipped-to into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-Hallow-belonged of-a-Currenting-to.

Note: to-a-sindôn : a fine fabric from SINDH, a region in Pakistan.

ATo 121:4 ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ἐνεδύσατο, ἄρτον κλάσας καὶ λαβὼν ποτήριον ὕδατος κοινωνὸν ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν τῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ σώματι καὶ ποτηρίῳ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν· Ἐδέξω σου τὴν σφραγῖδα, κτίσαι σεαυτῇ ζωὴν αἰώνιον.

As then-also it-was-dipped-to and it-sunk-in, to-an-adjustation having-broken and having-had-taken to-a-drinkerlet of-a-water, to-en-together-belonged-to it-did-unto to-it unto-the-one of-the-one of-Anointed unto-an-en-capsuling-to and unto-a-drinkerlet of-the-one of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity, and it-had-said, Thou-received of-thee to-the-one to-a-seal, thou-should-have-befounded-to unto-thyself to-a-lifing to-aged-belonged.

Note: unto-a-drinkerlet (POTHRIW) : POTHRIOU corrected to POTHRIW.

ATo 121:5 Καὶ παραχρῆμα ἠκούσθη ἄνωθεν φωνὴ λέγουσα· Ναί, ἀμήν.

And beside-to-an-affording-to it-was-heard up-unto-which-from a-sound forthing, Yea, amên.

ATo 121:6 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης ἡ Μαρκία, ἐξεπλάγη, καὶ ἐδεήθη τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἵνα καὶ αὐτὴ λάβῃ τὴν σφραγῖδα.

As then-also it-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-the-one-this, the-one a-Markia, it-had-been-smitten-out, and it-was-binded of-the-one of-a-setee-off so and it it-might-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-seal.

ATo 121:7 δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Ἔστω περὶ σὲ ἡ σπουδὴ τοῦ κυρίου ὡς περὶ τῶν ἄλλων.

Having-had-given then-also unto-it, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said, It-should-be about to-thee the-one a-hasteneeing of-the-one of-Authority-belonged as about of-the-ones of-other.

ATo 122:1 Ταῦτα δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος πράξας ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον· εὗρεν δὲ τὰς πύλας ἀνεῳγμένας καὶ τοὺς φύλακας ἔτι καθεύδοντας.

To-the-ones-these then-also the-one a-setee-off having-practiced it-beturned-under into to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet; it-had-found then-also to-the-ones to-gates to-having-had-come-to-be-opened-up and to-the-ones to-guarders if-to-a-one to-resting-down.

ATo 122:2 καὶ εἶπεν Θωμᾶς· Τίς ἐστιν κατὰ σὲ θεός;

And it-had-said, a-Thômas, What-one it-be down to-thee a-Deity?

ATo 122:3 ὃς τὴν φιλοστοργίαν σου καὶ σπουδὴν ἀπ᾿ οὐδενὸς ἀπέχεις· τίς ὅμοιός σοι εὔσπλαγχνος;

Which to-the-one to-an-affection-caring-unto of-thee and to-a-hasteneeing off of-not-then-also-one thou-hold-off; what-one along-belonged unto-thee goodly-boweled?

ATo 122:4 ὃς ἐκ τῶν κακῶν ἐρύσω τὰ σὰ κτήματα· ἡ ζωὴ ἡ τὸν θάνατον χειρωσαμένη· ἡ ἄνεσις ἡ τὸν πόνον ἐκκόψασα.

Which out of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged thou-tracted to-the-ones to-thine to-befoundeedings-to; the-one a-lifing the-one to-the-one to-a-death having-en-handed; the-one a-sending-up the-one to-the-one to-a-necessitatee having-felled-out.

ATo 122:5 δόξα τῷ ἐκ πατρὸς μονογενεῖ· δόξα τῷ εὐσπλάγχνῳ τῷ ἀποσταλέντι ἐκ σπλάγχνων.

A-reckonedness unto-the-one out of-a-Father unto-stayeed-becominged; a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-goodly-boweled unto-the-one unto-having-had-been-set-off out of-bowels.

ATo 122:6 Εἰπόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα οἱ φύλακες διυπνίσθησαν καὶ εἶδον πάσας τὰς θύρας ἀνεῳγμένας καὶ τοὺς ἐγκατακλείστους.

Of-having-had-said then-also of-it to-the-ones-these, the-ones guarders they-were-en-slept-through and they-had-seen to-all to-the-ones to-portalednesses to-having-had-come-to-be-opened-up and to-the-ones to-latched-down-in.

ATo 122:7 καὶ ἔλεγον καθ᾿ ἑαυτούς· Οὐχ ἡμεῖς τὰς θύρας ἠσφαλισάμεθα;

And they-were-forthing down to-selves, Not we to-the-ones to-portalednesses we-un-befailed-to?

ATo 122:8 καὶ πῶς νῦν ἀνεῳγμέναι εἰσὶν καὶ οἱ δεσμῶται ἔνδον;

And unto-whither now having-had-come-to-be-opened-up they-be and the-ones bindeers to-given-in?

ATo 123:1 Ὁ δὲ Χαρίσιος ἅμα ἕωθεν πρὸς τὴν Μυγδονίαν ἤρχετο· εὗρεν δὲ αὐτὰς εὐχομένας καὶ λεγούσας· Νέε θεὲ ὃς ἦλθες διὰ τοῦ ξένου εἰς ἡμᾶς ὧδε· θεὲ ἐναπόκρυφε τῶν ἐν Ἰνδίᾳ οἰκητόρων· ὁ θεὸς ὁ δείξας τὴν σὴν δόξαν διὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου σου Θωμᾶ·

The-one then-also a-Charisos along dawned-from toward to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia it-was-coming; it-had-found then-also to-them to-goodly-holding and to-forthing, New Deity which thou-had-came through of-the-one of-guested into to-us unto-which-then-also; Deity Hidened-off-in of-the-ones in unto-an-India of-housers-unto; the-one a-Deity the-one having-en-showed to-the-one to-thine to-a-reckonedness through of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-thee of-a-Thômas;

Note: of-the-ones (TWN) : THS TWN correct to TWN.

ATo 123:2 ὁ θεὸς οὗ τῆς φήμης ἀκούσασαι εἰς σὲ ἐπιστεύσαμεν· ὁ θεὸς πρὸς ὃν ἤλθομεν σωθῆναι· ὁ θεὸς ὁ διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν καὶ οἰκτιρμοὺς κατελθὼν πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν σμικρότητα·

the-one a-Deity of-which of-the-one of-a-declaring having-heard into to-thee we-trusted-upon-of; the-one a-Deity toward to-which we-had-came to-have-been-saved-to; the-one a-Deity the-one through to-a-mankind-caring-unto and to-pitierings-of having-had-came-down toward to-the-one to-ours to-a-besmallness;

ATo 123:3 ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιζητήσας ἡμᾶς ὅτε αὐτὸν ἠγνοοῦμεν· ὁ θεὸς ὁ τὰ ὕψη ἔχων καὶ τὰ βάθη μὴ λανθάνων· σὺ ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μανίαν Χαρισίου ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν.

the-one a-Deity the-one having-sought-upon-unto to-us which-also to-it we-were-un-mulling-unto; the-one a-Deity the-one to-the-ones lofteednesses holding and to-the-ones to-deepeednesses lest secluding; thou thou-should-have-beturned-off to-the-one to-a-raving-unto of-a-Charisios off of-us.

ATo 123:4 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Χαρίσιος πρὸς τὴν Μυγδονίαν λέγει· Δικαίως με κακὸν καὶ μαινόμενον καὶ αἰσχρὸν ἀποκαλεῖς· εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἠνεσχόμην τὸ ἀνυπότακτόν σου καὶ ἐλευθερίαν σοι ἐδωρησάμην, οὐκ ἂν ἐπεκαλέσω κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου ἐμνημόνευσας ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Charisios, toward to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia it-fortheth, Unto-course-belonged to-me to-wedge-wedged and to-raving and to-en-shamed thou-call-off-unto; if lest too-thus I-was-holding-up to-the-one to-un-arranged-under of-thee, and to-an-en-freeing-unto unto-thee I-gave-unto, not ever thou-called-upon-unto down of-ME, and of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-me thou-memory-stayeed-of in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-Deity.

ATo 123:5 πίστευσον δέ μοι Μυγδονία ὅτι ἐπ᾿ ἐκείνῳ τῷ φαρμακῷ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὄφελος, καὶ ὅσα ἐπαγγέλλεται πράττειν οὐ δύναται.

Thou-should-have-trusted-of then-also unto-me, Mugdonia, to-which-a-one upon unto-the-one-thither unto-a-doser not-then-also-one it-be an-aidanceedness, and to-which-a-which it-leadeeereth-upon to-practice not it-ableth.

ATo 123:6 ἐγὼ δέ σοι πάντα κατ᾿ ὀφθαλμοὺς ποιῶ ἅπερ ὑπισχνοῦμαι, ἵνα πιστεύσῃς καὶ ἀνάσχῃ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων καὶ γένῃ πρός με οἵαπερ ἦς τὸ πρίν.

I then-also unto-thee to-all down to-eyes I-do-unto to-which-very I-force-hold-under-unto, so thou-might-have-trusted-of and thou-might-have-held-up of-the-ones of-mine of-forthees and thou-might-have-had-became toward to-me to-which-belonged-very of-which the-one ere.

ATo 124:1 Καὶ προσελθὼν ἐδέετο πάλιν αὐτῆς λέγων· Ἐὰν σύ μοι πεισθῇς, οὐδεμία μοι λοιπὸν ἔσται λύπη.

And having-had-came-toward it-was-binding unto-furthered of-it forthing, If-ever thou unto-me thou-might-have-been-sured, not-then-also-one unto-me to-remaindered it-shall-be a-throe.

ATo 124:2 ὑπομνήσθητι τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἧς ἐν πρώτοις μοι συνέτυχες· εἰπὲ τὸ ἀληθές· πότερον καλλίω σοι ἤμην κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἢ Ἰησοῦς κατὰ τοῦτον;

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-under of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-thither of-which in unto-most-before unto-me thou-had-actuanated-together; thou-should-have-had-said to-the-one to-un-secludinged; to-more-before to-more-seemly unto-thee I-was down to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-time or to-an-Iêsous down to-the-one-this?

ATo 124:3 Καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία εἶπεν· Ὁ καιρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀπῄτει τὰ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ οὗτος τὰ ἴδια· ὁ καιρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀρχῆς ἦν, οὗτος δὲ τέλους· ἐκεῖνος ὁ καιρὸς ἦν προσκαίρου ζωῆς, οὗτος δὲ αἰωνίου·

And the-one a-Mugdonia it-had-said, The-one a-time the-one-thither it-was-appealing-off-unto to-the-ones of-self and the-one-this to-the-ones to-private-belonged; the-one a-time the-one-thither of-a-firsting it-was, the-one-this then-also of-a-finisheedness; the-one-thither the-one a-time it-was of-timed-toward of-a-lifing, the-one-this then-also of-aged-belonged.

ATo 124:4 ἐκεῖνος παρερχομένης ἦν ἡδονῆς, οὗτος δὲ διὰ παντὸς παραμόνος· ἐκεῖνος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, οὗτος δὲ ἡμέρας χωρὶς νυκτός· εἶδες ἐκεῖνον τὸν παρελθόντα γάμον ὧδε μὴ μόνον, ὁ δὲ γάμος οὗτος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένει·

The-one-thither of-coming-beside it-was of-a-pleasuring, the-one-this then-also through of-all stayeed-beside; the-one-thither of-a-dayedness and of-a-night, the-one-this then-also of-a-dayedness of-spaced of-a-night; thou-had-seen to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-having-had-came-beside to-a-marriage unto-which-then-also lest to-stayeed, the-one then-also a-marriage the-one-this into to-the-one to-an-age it-stayeth;

Note: stayeed-beside (PARAMONOS) : PARAMONOU corrected to PARAMONOS.

Note: lest (MH) : KAI corrected to MH.

ATo 124:5 ἡ κοινωνία ἐκείνη διαφθορᾶς ἦν, αὕτη δὲ ζωῆς αἰωνίου· οἱ παράνυμφοι ἐκεῖνοι ἄνδρες εἰσὶν καὶ γυναῖκες πρόσκαιροι, οἱ δὲ νῦν εἰς τέλος παραμένουσιν· ἐκεῖνος ὁ γάμος ἐπὶ γῆς ἵστησιν φιλανθρωπίαν δροσίζων·

the-one an-en-together-belonging-to-unto the-one-thither of-a-degradedness-through it-was, the-one-this then-also of-a-lifing of-aged-belonged; the-ones brided-beside the-ones-thither men they-be and women timed-toward, the-ones then-also now into to-a-finisheedness they-stay-beside; the-one-thither the-one a-marriage upon of-a-soil they-stand to-a-mankind-caring-unto dewing-to;

ATo 124:6 ἐκεῖνος ὁ παστὸς λύεται πάλιν, οὗτος δὲ διὰ παντὸς μένει· ἐκείνη ἡ κλίνη πάρεσιν κατέστρωται, αὕτη δὲ στοργῇ τε καὶ πίστει· σὺ νυμφίος εἶ παριὼν καὶ λυόμενος, ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς νυμφίος ἐστὶν ἀληθινός, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα παραμένων ἀθάνατος·

the-one-thither the-one a-chamber it-be-loosed unto-furthered, the-one-this then-also through of-all it-stayeth; the-one-thither the-one a-clining unto-plieednesses it-had-come-to-be-en-strewed-down, the-one-this then-also unto-an-affectioning also and unto-a-trust; thou bride-belonged thou-be beside-belonging and being-loosed, the-one then-also an-Iêsous bride-belonged it-be un-secluded-belonged-to, into to-the-one to-an-age staying-beside un-deathed;

Note: unto-plieednesses : from FAROS; used to refer to layers (plies); here of bedding.

Note: beside-belonging : from PARIW.

ATo 124:7 ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἀνακαλυπτήριον χρήματα ἦν καὶ πέπλα παλαιούμενα, τοῦτο δὲ ζῶντες λόγοι μηδέποτε παρερχόμενοι.

the-one-thither the-one a-shrouderlet-up affordings-to it-was and sprawls being-en-past-belonged, the-one-this then-also lifing-unto, forthees, lest-then-also-whither-also coming-beside.

Note: sprawls (PEPLA) : from PEPLON, a poetic alternative to PEPLOS, with same meaning; refers to a type of robe or tapestry; also a type of plant.

ATo 125:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Χαρίσιος ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ πάντα αὐτῷ ἀπήγγειλεν.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Charisios, it-had-came-off toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-all unto-it it-leadeeered-off.

ATo 125:2 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Ἰούδαν ἀχθῆναι, ἵνα αὐτὸν κρίνας ἀναλώσῃ.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-bade-of to-the-one to-an-Ioudas to-have-been-led, so to-it having-separated it-might-have-other-alonged-up.

ATo 125:3 ὁ δὲ Χαρίσιος εἶπεν· Ἀνέχου τέως βασιλεῦ, λόγοις δὲ πρῶτον τὸν ἄνδρα πεῖσον φοβήσας ὅπως τὴν Μυγδονίαν πείσῃ γενέσθαι πρός με ὡς πρώην.

The-one then-also a-Charisios it-had-said, Thou-should-hold-up also-as, Ruler-of, unto-forthees then-also to-most-before; to-the-one to-a-man thou-should-have-sured, having-feareed-unto unto-which-whither to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia it-might-have-sured to-have-had-became toward to-me as to-befored.

ATo 125:4 Καὶ μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Μισδαῖος ἤγαγεν τὸν ἀπόστολον τοῦ Χριστοῦ· πάντες δὲ ἐλυπήθησαν οἱ δεσμῶται ὅτι ἀνεχώρει ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ ἀπόστολος· ἐπόθουν γὰρ αὐτὸν λέγοντες ὅτι Καὶ ταύτην τὴν παραμυθίαν ἣν εἴχομεν ἀφείλαντο ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν.

And having-volleyed-with, the-one a-Misdaios, it-had-led to-the-one to-a-setee-off of-the-one of-Anointed; all then-also they-were-throed-unto the-ones bindeers to-which-a-one it-was-spacing-up-unto off of-them, the-one a-setee-off; they-were-yearning too-thus to-it forthing to-which-a-one, And to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-relating-beside-unto to-which we-were-holding they-sectioned-off off of-us.

ATo 126:1 Ὁ δὲ Μισδαῖος ἔλεγεν τῷ Ἰούδᾳ· Διὰ τί τὴν νέαν ταύτην διδάσκεις διδασκαλίαν, ἣν θεοί τε μισοῦσιν καὶ ἄνθρωποι, οὐδὲν ἔχουσα χρήσιμον;

The-one then-also a-Misdaios it-was-forthing unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas, Through to-what-one to-the-one to-new to-the-one-this thou-veer-veerate to-a-veer-veerating-unto, to-which deities also they-hate-unto and mankinds, to-not-then-also holding to-afforded-belonged-unto?

ATo 126:2 Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας λέγει· Τί φαῦλον διδάσκω;

And the-one an-Ioudas it-fortheth, To-what-one to-pettied I-veer-veerateth?

ATo 126:3 Καὶ ὁ Μισδαῖος ἔφη· Διδάσκεις λέγων ὅτι οὐ καλῶς ζῆν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ᾧ σὺ κηρύσσεις.

And the-one a-Misdaios it-was-declaring, Thou-veer-veerate forthing to-which-a-one not unto-seemly to-life-unto beside unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-which thou thou-heralder.

ATo 126:4 Λέγει Ἰούδας· Ἀληθῶς λέγεις ὦ βασιλεῦ· οὕτως διδάσκω.

It-fortheth, an-Ioudas, Unto-un-secluded thou-forth, Oh Ruler-of; unto-the-one-this I-veer-veerate.

ATo 126:5 εἰπὲ γάρ μοι· τοὺς σοὺς στρατιώτας ἐν ῥυπαρᾷ ἐσθῆτι δορυφοροῦντάς σοι οὐκ ἀγανακτεῖς;

Thou-should-have-had-said too-thus unto-me; to-the-ones to-thine to-amass-belongers in unto-en-dirtied unto-a-clotheness to-shank-beareeing-unto unto-thee not thou-excess-vex-unto?

ATo 126:6 εἰ οὖν σὺ βασιλεὺς ὢν γῆς εἰς γῆν χωρῶν ἀπαιτεῖς τοὺς ὑπὸ σὲ σεμνοὺς εἶναι τῷ πράγματι, ἀγανακτεῖς τε καὶ κακῶς με διδάσκειν ἐπί τε λέγοντα·

If accordingly thou a-ruler-of being of-a-soil into to-a-soil spacing-unto thou-appeal-off-unto to-the-ones under to-thee to-solemn to-be unto-the-one unto-a-practicing-to, thou-excess-vex-unto also and unto-wedge-wedged to-me to-veer-veerate upon also to-forthing,

Note: thou-excess-vex-unto also (AGANAKEIS TE) : AGANAKTEITE corrected to AGANAKEIS TE.

Note: upon also (EPI TE) : EFATE corrected to EPI TE.

ATo 126:7 Τοὺς τῷ βασιλεῖ μου ὑπηρετοῦντας σεμνοὺς καὶ καθαροὺς χρὴ εἶναι καὶ πάσης λύπης καὶ φροντίδος ἀπαλλαγέντας, τέκνων τε καὶ πλούτου ἀνωφελοῦς καὶ ταραχῆς ματαίας;

To-the-ones unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-me to-rowing-under-unto to-solemn and to-cleansed it-affordeth-unto to-be and of-all of-a-throe and of-a-centress to-having-had-been-othered-off, of-creationees also and of-a-wealth of-un-aidancinged and of-a-stirring of-folly-belonged?

ATo 126:8 Καὶ γὰρ τοὺς σοὺς ὑπηκόους τὴν σὴν πολιτείαν καὶ τοὺς σοὺς τρόπους μετιέναι βούλει, καὶ καταφρονούντων τῶν σῶν προσταγμάτων κολάζεις·

And too-thus to-the-ones to-thine to-heard-under to-the-one to-thine to-a-citizening-of and to-the-ones to-thine to-turns to-be-with thou-purpose, and of-centering-down-unto of-the-ones of-thine of-arrangings-toward-to thou-stricture-to;

ATo 126:9 πόσῳ μᾶλλον τῷ Θεῷ μου τοὺς πιστεύοντας αὐτῷ ὑπηρετεῖν χρὴ μετὰ πολλῆς σεμνότητος καὶ καθαρότητος καὶ ἀσφαλείας, καὶ πάντων τῶν σωματικῶν ἡδονῶν ἀπηλλαγμένους, μοιχείας τε καὶ ἀσωτίας καὶ κλοπῆς καὶ μέθης καὶ ὑπηρεσίας γαστρὸς καὶ αἰσχρῶν πράξεων;

unto-whither-which more-such unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-me to-the-ones to-trusting-of unto-it to-row-under-unto it-affordeth-unto with of-much of-a-solemness and of-a-cleanseness and of-an-un-befailing-unto, and of-all of-the-ones of-en-capsuling-to-belonged-of of-pleasurings to-having-had-come-to-be-othered-off, of-an-adultering-of also and of-an-un-saving-unto and of-a-stealing and of-a-toxinating and of-a-rowing-under-unto of-a-stomach and of-en-shamed of-practices?

ATo 127:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Μισδαῖος εἶπεν Ἰδού σε ἀπολύω.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Misdaios, it-had-said, Thou-should-have-had-seen, to-thee I-loose-off.

ATo 127:2 ἀπελθὼν οὖν πεῖσον τὴν Μυγδονίαν τὴν Χαρισίου γυναῖκα ἵνα μὴ θελήσῃ ἀποστῆναι ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ.

Having-had-came-off accordingly thou-should-have-sured to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia to-the-one of-a-Charisios to-a-woman so lest it-might-have-determined to-have-had-stood-off off of-it.

ATo 127:3 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ἰούδας· Μὴ μέλλε εἴ τι ἔχεις πρᾶξαι· ἐκείνην γάρ, εἰ δικαίως δέδεκται ἃ μεμάθηκεν, οὐ σίδηρος, οὐ πῦρ, οὐδ᾿ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων ἰσχυρότερον βλάψαι δυνήσηται οὐδὲ ἐκκόψαι τὸν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῆς κατεχόμενον.

It-fortheth unto-it, an-Ioudas, Lest thou-should-pend if to-a-one thou-hold to-have-practiced; to-the-one-thither too-thus, if unto-course-belonged it-had-come-to-receive to-which it-had-come-to-learn, not an-iron, not a-fire, not-then-also other a-one of-the-ones of-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these more-force-held to-have-illed it-might-have-abled not-then-also to-have-felled-out to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-it to-holding-down.

ATo 127:4 Λέγει ὁ Μισδαῖος τῷ Ἰούδᾳ· Φάρμακα ἕτερα διαλύει ἕτερα φάρμακα, καὶ πληγὰς ἐχίδνης θηριακὴ διαλύει· καὶ σὺ εἰ θέλεις δύνασαι λύσιν τῶν φαρμάκων ἐκείνων δοῦναι, καὶ εἰρήνην καὶ ὁμόνοιαν τοῦ συνοικεσίου ποιῆσαι.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Misdaios, unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas, Doses different it-loseth-through to-different to-doses, and to-smitings of-a-viper beast-belonged-of it-looseth-through; and thou if thou-determine thou-able to-a-losing of-the-ones of-doses of-the-ones-thither to-have-had-given, and to-a-joinifying and to-an-along-en-mulling-unto of-the-one of-an-en-housing-togetherlet to-have-done-unto.

Note: beast-belonged-of : from QHRIAKOS; the unspoken feminine subject is probably FARMAKEIA (a-dosing-of); refers to an antidote.

ATo 127:5 τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν σεαυτοῦ φείδῃ· οὐδέπω γὰρ τοῦ ζῆν κόρον ἔχεις. ἴσθι δὲ ὅτι σὲ μὴ πείθοντα ταύτην ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιποθήτου τοῖς πᾶσιν ζωῆς ἀφαρπάσω.

To-the-one-this too-thus doing-unto of-thyself thou-spare; not-then-also-unto-whither too-thus of-the-one to-life-unto to-a-kor thou-hold. Thou-should-have-had-come-to-see then-also to-which-a-one to-thee lest to-suring to-the-one-this, off of-the-one of-yearned-upon unto-the-ones unto-all of-a-lifing I-shall-off-snatch-to.

Note: to-a-kor : from Heb. KOR; largest Hebrew dry measure, about 64 gallons.

Note: of-the-one (THS) : THSAI correct to THS.

ATo 127:6 Καὶ Ἰούδας ἔφη· Ἡ ζωὴ αὕτη κατὰ χρῆσιν δέδοται, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς οὗτος ἀλλάσσεται· ἐκείνη δὲ ἡ ζωὴ ἣν ἐγὼ διδάσκω ἄφθαρτός ἐστιν.

And an-Ioudas it-was-declaring, The-one a-lifing the-one-this down to-an-affording it-had-come-to-be-given, and the-one a-time the-one-this it-be-othered; the-one-thither then-also the-one a-lifing to-which I I-veer-veerate un-degradabled it-be.

ATo 127:7 τὸ δὲ κάλλος καὶ ἡ φαινομένη νεότης μετὰ μικρὸν οὐκ ἔσται.

The-one a-seemlieedness and the-one being-manifested a-newness with to-small not it-shall-be.

ATo 127:8 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς· Ἐγὼ μέν σοι συνεβούλευσα τὸ συμφέρον, σὺ δὲ μὲν οἶδες τὰ σά.

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, I indeed unto-thee I-purposed-together-of to-the-one to-beared-together, thou then-also indeed thou-had-come-to-see to-the-ones to-thine.

ATo 128:1 Ἐξιόντος δὲ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐκ τοῦ βασιλέως προσελθὼν ὁ Χαρίσιος ἔλεγεν καὶ ἐδέετο αὐτοῦ· Δέομαί σου ἄνθρωπε ἔφη· οὐδὲν οὔτε εἰς σὲ ἢ εἰς ἕτερον ἡμάρτηκά ποτε οὔτε εἰς θεούς· διὰ τί τηλικοῦτον κακὸν ἐπέσεισάς μοι;

Of-going-out then-also of-the-one of-a-setee-off out of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, having-had-came-toward, the-one a-Charisios, it-was-forthing and it-was-binding of-it; I-bind of-thee, Mankind, it-was-declaring, to-not-the-also-one not-also into to-thee or into to-different I-had-come-un-adjust-along whither-also not-also into to-deities; through to-what-one to-statured-to-the-one-this to-wedge-wedged thou-shake-belonged-upon unto-me?

ATo 128:2 καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν τοιαύτην ἀκαταστασίαν ἐπήγαγες τῷ οἴκῳ μου;

And of-what-one in-out-in to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-an-un-standing-down-unto thou-had-led-upon unto-the-one unto-a-house of-me?

ATo 128:3 καὶ τίς σοι ἐκ τούτου ὄνησις;

And what-one unto-thee out of-the-one-this a-profiiting?

ATo 128:4 εἰ δέ τι κερδᾶναι νομίζεις, εἰπέ μοι τὸ κέρδος ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, κἀγώ σοι ἀπόνως ἐξεργάσομαι· τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐμὲ ἐξιστάνεις, σεαυτὸν δὲ ἐμβάλλεις εἰς ὄλεθρον;

If then-also to-a-one to-have-gained thou-parcelee-to, thou-should-have-had-said unto-me to-the-one to-a-gaineedness which-whither-belonged it-be, and-I unto-thee unto-un-necessitateed I-shall-out-work-to; of-what-one in-out-in to-ME thou-stand-out, to-thyself then-also thou-cast-in into to-an-en-destructing;

Note: thou-stand-out (ECISTANEIS) : EKSTANEIS corrected to ECISTANEIS.

ATo 128:5 ἐὰν γὰρ ταύτην μὴ πείσῃς, καὶ σὲ διαχειρίσομαι καὶ τέλος ἐμαυτὸν ὑπεξαίρω τοῦ βίου.

If-ever too-thus to-the-one-this lest thou-might-have-sured, and to-thee I-shall-hand-through-to and to-a-finisheedness to-myself I-lift-out-under of-the-one of-a-dureeation.

ATo 128:6 εἰ δὲ ὥσπερ λέγεις μετὰ τὴν ἐνταῦθα ἀπαλλαγὴν ἔστιν τις ἐκεῖ ζωή τε καὶ θάνατος, ἔτι δὲ καὶ κατάκρισις καὶ νίκη καὶ κριτήριον, κἀγὼ εἴσειμι ἐκεῖ μετὰ σοῦ κρινόμενος· καὶ εἰ δίκαιος θεὸς ὃν σὺ κηρύττεις καὶ δικαίως τὰς τιμωρίας ἐπάγει, οἶδα ὅτι δίκην εἰσπράξομαι μετὰ σοῦ.

If then-also as-very thou-forth with to-the-one in-unto-the-ones-these to-an-othering-off it-be a-one thither a-lifing also and a-death, if-to-a-one then-also and a-separating-down and a-mull-belonging-of and a-separaterlet, and-I I-go-into thither with of-thee being-separated; and if course-belonged a-Deity to-which thou thou-heralder and unto-course-belonged to-the-ones to-value-wardings-unto it-leadeth-upon, I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one to-a-coursing I-shall-practice-into with of-thee.

ATo 128:7 ἔβλαψας γάρ με μηδὲν παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἀδικηθείς.

Thou-illed too-thus to-me to-lest-then-also-one beside of-ME having-been-un-coursed-unto.

ATo 128:8 καὶ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα οἷός εἰμι ἀμύνασθαί σε ἐπίστασαι εἰς ὅσα εἰς ἐμὲ δέδρακας.

And too-thus in-unto-the-ones-these, which-belonged I-be to-have-heedened to-thee to-have-stood-upon into to-which-a-which into to-ME thou-had-come-to-act-unto.

Note: to-have-heedened : from Greek ANUMW; Active voice is to give heed, i.e. come to aid or defense, Middle voice is to cause the Object to heed to the purpose of the Subject, i.e. to various degrees of purpose from fending off to avenging upon, etc.

ATo 128:9 τοιγαροῦν πείσθητι καὶ ἐλθὲ οἴκοι μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ, καὶ πεῖσον τὴν Μυγδονίαν γενέσθαι μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ὥσπερ ἦν τὸ πρότερον πρὶν ἤ σε θεάσασθαι.

Unto-the-one-too-thus-accordingly thou-should-have-been-sured and thou-should-have-had-came unto-housed with of-ME, and thou-should-have-sured to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia to-have-had-became with of-ME as-very to-which to-the-one to-more-before ere or to-thee to-have-spectated.

ATo 128:10 Ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας λέγει αὐτῷ· Πίστευσόν μοι τέκνον ὅτι εἰ τοσοῦτον οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θεὸν ἔστεργον ὅσον ἀλλήλους, πάντα ἂν αἰτοῦντες ἐλάμβανον παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ μηδενὸς αὐτὸν βιαζομένου.

The-one then-also an-Ioudas it-fortheth unto-it, Thou-should-have-trusted-of unto-me, Creationee, to-which-a-one if to-the-one-which-the-one-this the-ones mankinds to-the-one to-a-Deity they-were-affectioning to-which-a-which to-other-to-other, to-all ever appealing-unto they-were-taking beside of-it of-lest-then-also-one to-it of-dureeating-to.

ATo 129:1 Καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ Θωμᾶ λέγοντος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἰσελθόντες Χαρισίου κατέλαβον τὴν μὲν Μυγδονίαν καθημένην, τὴν δὲ Μαρκίαν πρὸς αὐτὴν ἑστηκυῖαν, ὑποβεβλημένην τὴν περὶ αὐτὴν χεῖρα πρὸς τὴν Μυγδονίαν· καὶ ἔλεγεν·

And to-the-ones-these of-the-one of-a-Tômas of-forthing, into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto having-had-came-into of-a-Charisios they-had-taken-down to-the-one indeed to-a-Mugdonia to-sitting-down, to-the-one then-also to-a-Markia toward to-it to-having-had-come-to-stand, to-having-had-come-to-be-casted-under to-the-one about to-it to-a-hand toward to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia; and it-was-forthing,

Note: toward to-it (PROS AUTHN) : PROS EAUTHN corrected to PROS AUTHN.

Note: and it-was-forthing : i.e. Mugdonia.

ATo 129:2 Συντμηθείησαν ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ ὦ μήτερ αἱ τῆς ζωῆς μου ὑπόλοιποι ἡμέραι, καὶ γένωνται αἱ πᾶσαι ὧραι ὡς μία ὥρα, καὶ μετασταίην ἐκ τοῦ βίου, ἵνα τάχιον ἀπελθοῦσα ἴδω τὸν ὡραῖον ἐκεῖνον, οὗ καὶ τῆς φήμης ἤκουσα,

They-may-have-been-cut-together upon unto-ME, Oh Mother, the-ones of-the-one of-a-lifing of-me remaindered-under dayednesses, and they-might-have-had-became, the-ones all hourednesses, as one an-houredness, and I-may-have-had-stood-with out of-the-one of-a-dureeation, so to-more-quick having-had-came-off I-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-hour-belonged to-the-one-thither, of-which and of-the-one of-a-declaring I-heard,

Note: Mother (MHTER) : MHTHR corrected to MHTER.

ATo 129:3 τὸν ζῶντα ἐκεῖνον καὶ ζωῆς δοτῆρα τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύουσιν, ὅπου οὔτε ἡμέρα καὶ νύξ ἐστιν, οὔτε φῶς καὶ σκότος, οὔτε ἀγαθὸς καὶ κακός, οὔτε πένης καὶ πλούσιος, οὐκ ἄρρεν τε καὶ θῆλυ, οὐκ ἐλεύθερος καὶ δοῦλος, οὐχ ὑπερήφανος καὶ τοὺς ταπεινοὺς ὑποτάσσων.

to-the-one to-lifing-unto to-the-one-thither and of-a-lifing to-a-giver unto-the-ones into to-it unto-trusting-of, to-which-of-whither not-also a-dayedness and a-night it-be, not-also a-light and a-dimmeedness, not-also excess-placed and wedge-wedged, not-also necessitatinged and wealth-belonged, not male also and female, not en-freed and a-bondee, not manifested-over and to-the-ones to-lowed-belonged-to arranging-under.

Note: not male (OUK ARREN) : ARREN corrected to OUK ARREN.

ATo 129:4 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτῆς λεγούσης ὁ ἀπόστολος ἔστη πρὸς αὐτήν· καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀνέστη καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-it of-forthing, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-stood toward to-it; and beside-to-an-affording-to it-had-stood-up and it-kissed-toward-unto unto-it.

ATo 129:5 τότε ὁ Χαρίσιος πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔφη· Ὁρᾷς πῶς δέδοικέν σε καὶ τιμᾷ καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν προστάξῃς ἑκοῦσα ποιεῖ;

To-the-one-which-also the-one a-Charisios toward to-it it-was-declaring, Thou-seeee-unto unto-whither it-had-come-to-dire-dire to-thee and it-valuateth-unto and to-all to-which to-a-one ever thou-might-have-arranged-toward, be-outed it-doeth-unto?

ATo 130:1 Ἐκείνου δὲ ταῦτα λέγοντος ὁ Ἰούδας τῇ Μυγδονίᾳ λέγει· Πείσθητι θυγάτηρ μου Μυγδονία οἷς λέγει ὁ ἀδελφὸς Χαρίσιος.

Of-the-one-thither then-also to-the-ones-these of-forthing, the-one an-Ioudas unto-the-one unto-a-Mugdonia it-fortheth, Thou-should-have-been-sured, a-daughter of-me Mugdonia, unto-which it-fortheth, the-one brethrened a-Charisios.

ATo 130:2 Καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία λέγει· Εἰ σὺ λόγῳ τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐκ ἠδυνήθης, ἐμὲ ὑπομένειν τὸ ἔργον ἀναγκάζεις;

And the-one a-Mugdonia it-fortheth, If thou unto-a-forthee to-the-one to-a-practicing-to not thou-might-have-been-abled, to-ME to-stay-under to-the-one to-a-work thou-up-arm-to?

ATo 130:3 ἐγὼ γὰρ ἤκουον παρὰ σοῦ ὅτι ἡ ζωὴ αὕτη χρησιμαία οὐκ ἔστιν, καὶ ἡ ἄνεσις αὕτη πρόσκαιρος, καὶ ταῦτα τὰ κτήματα ἀπαράμονά ἐστιν.

I too-thus I-heard beside of-thee to-which-a-one the-one a-lifing the-one-this afforded-belonged not it-be, and the-one a-sending-up the-one-this timed-toward, and the-ones-these the-ones befoundeeings-to un-stayeed-beside it-be.

ATo 130:4 ἔλεγες δὲ πάλιν ὅτι ταύτην ὁ ἀποστρεφόμενος τὴν ζωὴν δέξεται τὴν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ὁ μισῶν τὸ τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς φῶς θεάσεται φῶς τὸ μὴ καταλαμβανόμενον, καὶ ὅτι ὁ ταῦτα παραβλέπων τὰ χρήματα εὑρήσει ἕτερα καὶ ἀίδια χρήματα· νῦν δὲ φοβούμενος τίς μεταβάλλει πράξας τι καὶ δοξασθεὶς ἐπὶ τῷ ἔργῳ;

Thou-was-forthing then-also unto-furthered to-which-a-one to-the-one-this the-one beturning-off to-the-one to-a-lifing it-shall-receive to-the-one to-age-belonged, and the-one hating-unto to-the-one of-the-one of-a-dayedness and of-a-night to-a-light it-shall-spectate to-a-light to-the-one lest to-being-taken-down, and to-which-a-one the-one to-the-ones-these viewing-beside to-the-ones to-affordings-to it-shall-find to-different and to-along-private-belonged to-affordings-to; now then-also feareeing-unto, what-one it-casteth-with, having-practiced to-a-one and having-been-reckoned-to, upon unto-the-one unto-a-work?

Note: it-shall-spectate (QEASETAI) : QEASHTAI corrected to QEASETAI.

ATo 130:5 αὖθις αὐτὸ ἐκ θεμελίων κατέστρεψεν;

Unto-it-from to-it out of-placeeer-belonged it-beturned-down?

ATo 130:6 τίς ἐν διψαλέῳ χώρῳ πηγὴν ὕδατος ἀνορύξας αὖθις κατέχωσεν ταύτην;

What-one in unto-thirsted unto-a-space to-a-pitching of-a-water having-gougered-up unto-it-from it-holdeth-down to-the-one-this?

Note: unto-thirsted (DIYALEW) : DAYILAIW corrected to DIYALEW.

ATo 130:7 τίς θησαυρὸν εὑρὼν οὐκ ἐχρήσατο τούτῳ;

What-one to-an-en-placing having-had-found not it-afforded-unto unto-the-one-this?

ATo 130:8 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Χαρίσιος εἶπεν· Ἐγὼ οὐ μιμήσομαι ὑμᾶς οὐδὲ ἐπειχθήσομαι καταφθεῖραι ὑμᾶς, οὔτε, ἐπειδήπερ ἔξεστίν μοι, δεσμῷ περιβαλῶ, καὶ οὐ συγχωρήσω σοι τῷ φαρμακῷ τούτῳ διαλεχθῆναι.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Charisios, it-had-said, I not I-shall-emulate-unto to-ye not-then-also I-shall-too-upon to-have-degraded-down to-ye, not-also, upon-if-then-very it-be-out unto-me, unto-a-bindee I-shall-cast-about, and not I-shall-space-together-unto unto-thee unto-the-one unto-a-doser unto-the-one-this to-have-been-forthed-through.

ATo 130:9 καὶ ἐάν μὴ μοι πεισθῇς· οἶδα ὃ δεῖ με ποιῆσαι.

And if-ever lest unto-me thou-might-have-been-sured, I-had-come-to-see to-which it-bindeth to-me to-have-done-unto.

Note: if-ever lest (EAN MH) : EAN corrected to EAN MH.

ATo 131:1 Ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῆς Χαρισίου οἰκίας εἰς τὴν Σιφόρου οἰκίαν ἀπῄει· κἀκεῖ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ᾤκει.

The-one then-also an-Ioudas having-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-Charisios of-a-housing-unto into to-the-one of-a-Sifôr to-a-housing-unto it-was-going-off and-thither with of-it it-was-housing-unto.

ATo 131:2 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Σιφώρ· Εὐτρεπίσω τῷ Ἰούδᾳ τρίκλινον ἐν ᾧ διδάσκει.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-Sifôr, I-shall-goodly-turn-to unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas to-three-clined in unto-which it-veer-veerateth.

Note: to-three-clined : used to refer to a guesting consisting of three couches and one open side for the servants to enter.

ATo 131:3 Καὶ ἐποίησεν οὕτως καὶ εἶπεν Σιφώρ· Ἐγώ τε καὶ ἡ ἐμὴ γυνὴ καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ οἰκήσομεν λοιπόν, ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ μιᾷ διαθέσει.

And it-did-unto unto-the-one-this and it-had-said, a-Sifôr, I also and the-one mine a-woman and the-one a-daughter in unto-an-en-hallowed-belongingedness we-shall-house-unto to-remaindered, in unto-a-purifying-of and unto-one unto-a-placing-through.

ATo 131:4 δέομαί σου ἡμᾶς τὴν σφραγῖδα δέξασθαι παρὰ σοῦ, ἵνα γενώμεθα τῷ Θεῷ τῷ ἀληθινῷ λάτραι καὶ ἐναρίθμιοι τοῖς αὐτοῦ ἀρνίοις καὶ ἀμνάσιν.

I-bind of-thee to-us to-the-one to-a-seal to-have-received beside of-thee, so we-might-have-had-became unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-un-secluded-belonged-to servers and numbered-in unto-the-ones of-it unto-lamblets and unto-lambs.

ATo 131:5 Ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας λέγει· φοβοῦμαι λέγειν ὅπερ ἐνθυμοῦμαι· οἶδα δέ τι, καὶ ὅπερ οἶδα ἐξαγορεύειν οὐχ οἷόν τέ μοι.

The-one then-also an-Ioudas it-fortheth, I-fearee-unto to-forth to-which-very I-passion-in-unto; I-had-come-to-see then-also to-a-one, and to-which-very I-had-come-to-see to-gather-out-of not which-belonged also unto-me.

ATo 132:1 Καὶ ἤρξατο λέγειν περὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος· Τὸ βάπτισμα τοῦτο ἁμαρτιῶν ἐστιν ἄφεσις· τοῦτο ἀναγεννᾷ φῶς περιεκχυνόμενον· τοῦτο ἀναγεννᾷ τὸν νέον ἄνθρωπον, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μειγνύον πνεῦμα καινοῦν ψυχήν, ἀνιστῶν τρισσῶς καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, καί ἐστιν κοινωνὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἀφέσεως.

And it-firsted to-forth about of-the-one of-a-dipping-to, The-one a-dipping-to the-one-this of-un-adjustings-along-unto it-be a-sending-off; the-one-this it-up-generateth-unto to-a-light to-having-had-come-to-be-poured-about; the-one-this it-up-generateth-unto to-the-one to-new to-a-mankind, to-the-ones to-mankinds en-mingling to-a-currenting-to, en-freshing to-a-breathing, up-standing-unto unto-thirded to-fresh to-a-mankind, and it-be en-together-belonged-to of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-a-sending-off.

ATo 132:2 σοὶ δόξα τὸ ἀπόρρηον τὸ τῷ βαπτίσματι κοινωνούμενον· σοὶ δόξα ἡ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι ἀόρατος δύναμις· σοὶ δόξα ἀνακαινισμὸς δι᾿ οὗ ἀνακαινίζονται οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι οἱ μετὰ διαθέσεως σοῦ ἁπτόμενοι.

Unto-thee a-reckonedness the-one uttered-off the-one unto-the-one unto-a-dipping-to being-en-together-belonged-to; unto-thee a-reckonedness the-one in unto-a-dipping-to un-seeeeed an-ability; unto-thee a-reckonedness a-freshening-up-to-of through of-which they-be-freshened-up-to, the-ones being-dipped-to the-ones with of-a-placing-through of-thee fastening.

Note: the-one uttered-off the-one (TO APORRHTON TO) : TW APORRHTW TW corrected to TO APORRHTON TO.

Note: un-seeeeed : i.e. un something seen; same word form as employee (something employed).

ATo 132:3 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἔλαιον κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν κατέχεεν καὶ εἶπεν· Σοὶ δόξα ἡ τῶν σπλάγχνων ἀγάπη· σοὶ δόξα τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα· σοὶ δόξα ἡ ἐν Χριστῷ δύναμις ἱδρυμένη.

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said, to-an-oillet down of-the-one of-a-head of-them it-was-pouring-down, and it-had-said, Unto-thee a-reckonedness the-one of-the-ones of-bowels an-excessing-off; unto-thee a-reckonedness the-one of-the-one of-Anointed a-naming-to; unto-thee a-reckonedness the-one in unto-Anointed an-abilty being-seateed.

ATo 132:4 Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν ἐνεχθῆναι σκάφην καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος.

And it-bade-of to-have-been-beared-in to-a-dig and it-dipped-to to-them into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-Hallow-belonged of-a-Currenting-to.

Note: to-a-dig : attic epic ionic; used to refer to a skiff as if dug out of wood.

ATo 133:1 Βαπτισθέντων δὲ καὶ ἐνδυσαμένων ἄρτον καταθεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν ηὐλόγησεν καὶ εἶπεν·

Of-having-been-dipped-to then-also and of-having-been-sunk-in, to-an-adjustation having-had-placed upon to-the-one to-a-four-footedness, it-goodly-fortheed-unto, and it-had-said,

Note: an-adjustation (ARTOS) : ARTON corrected to ARTOS.

ATo 133:2 Ἄρτος ζωῆς ὃν οἱ ἐσθίοντες ἄφθαρτοι διαμείνωσιν· ἄρτος ὁ κορεννὺς ψυχὰς πεινώσας τοῦ αὐτοῦ μακαρισμοῦ· σὺ εἶ ὁ καταξιώσας δέξασθαι δωρεὰν ἵνα γένῃ ἡμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ οἱ ἐσθίοντές σε ἀθάνατοι γένωνται·

An-adjustation of-a-lifing to-which the-ones eat-belonging un-degradabled they-might-have-stayed-through; an-adjustation the-one en-satiating to-breathings to-hungering-unto of-the-one of-it of-a-blessing-to-of; thou thou-be the-one having-en-deem-belonged-down to-have-received to-a-giftedness so thou-might-have-had-became unto-us a-sending-off of-un-adjustings-along-unto and the-ones eat-belonging to-thee un-deathed they-might-have-had-became;

Note: An-adjustation (ARTOS) : ARTON corrected to ARTOS.

ATo 133:3 ἐπιφημίζομέν σε τὸ τῆς μητρὸς ὄνομα, ἀπορρήτου μυστηρίου ἀρχῶν τε καὶ ἐξουσιῶν κεκρυμμένων· ἐπιφημίζομέν σε τὸ ὄνομα σου Ἰησοῦ.

We-declare-upon-to to-thee to-the-one of-the-one of-a-mother to-a-naming-to, of-uttered-off of-a-flexerlet of-firstings also and of-beings-out-unto of-having-had-come-to-be-hidened; we-declare-upon-to to-thee to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee, Iêsous.

Note: to-thee to-the-one to-a-naming-to (SE TO ONOMA) : SOU ONOMATI corrected to SE TO ONOMA.

ATo 133:4 Καὶ εἶπεν· Ἐλθάτω δύναμις εὐλογίας καὶ ἐνιδρύσθω ὁ ἄρτος, ἵνα πᾶσαι αἱ μεταλαμβάνουσαι ψυχαὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολούσονται.

And it-had-said, It-should-have-had-came, an-ability of-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto, and it-should-have-been-seateed-in the-one an-adjustation, so all the-ones taking-with, breathings, off of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto they-shall-be-bathed-off.

ATo 133:5 Καὶ κλάσας ἐπέδωκεν τῷ τε Σιφόρῳ καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῇ θυγατρί.

And having-broke it-gave-upon unto-the-one also unto-a-Sifôr and unto-the-one unto-a-woman of-it and unto-the-one unto-a-daughter.

ATo 134:0 Πρᾶξις ιά περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς Μισδαίου.

A-practice ten-one about of-the-one of-a-woman of-a-Misdaios.

ATo 134:1 Μισδαῖος δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀπολύσας Ἰούδαν ἀπῆλθεν οἴκαδε καὶ διηγεῖτο τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῷ συγγενεῖ αὐτῶν Χαρισίῳ λέγων· Ὅρα φησὶν τί γέγονεν τῷ ἀθλίῳ ἐκείνῳ·

A-Misdaios then-also the-one a-ruler-of having-loosed-off to-an-Ioudas it-had-came-off to-housed-then-also and it-was-leading-through-unto unto-the-one unto-a-woman of-it to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-step-together unto-the-one unto-together-becominged of-them unto-a-Charisios, forthing, Thou-should-seeee-unto, it-declareth, to-what-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become unto-the-one unto-dashed-along-belonged unto-the-one-thither;

Note: it-had-came-off to-housed-then-also and it-was-leading-through-unto unto-the-one unto-a-woman of-it (APHLQEN OIKADE KAI DIHGEITO TH GUNAKI AUTOU) : DEIPNHSAS APHEI OIKADE DIHGEITO DE TH GUNAIKI corrected to APHLQEN OIKADE KAI DIHGEITO TH GUNAKI AUTOU.

Note: unto-together-becominged (SUGGENEI) : OIKEIW corrected to SUGGENEI.

Note: to-having-hath-had-come-to-become (GEGONEN) : GEGONEN EN corrected to GEGONEN.

ATo 134:2 οἶδας δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ ὦ ἀδελφή μου Τερτία ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ καλλίω τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς ἰδίας ἐφ᾿ ἣν ἀναπέπαυται· συνέβη δὲ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν φαρμακὸν ἐκεῖνον ὃν ἤκουσας τῇ Ἰνδῶν ἐπιδημήσαντα χώρᾳ, τοῖς αὐτοῦ περιπεσεῖν φαρμάκοις καὶ τοῦ ἰδίου ἀνδρὸς διαζευχθῆναι· καὶ ἀπορεῖ ὃ πράξειεν.

thou-had-come-to-seeee-unto then-also and it, Oh Bethrened of-me Tertia, to-which-a-one not-then-also-one it-be unto-a-man to-more-seemly of-the-one of-a-woman of-the-one of-private-belonged upon to-which it-had-come-to-be-ceased-up; it-had-stepped-together then-also to-the-one to-a-woman of-it to-have-had-came-off toward to-the-one to-a-doser to-the-one-thither to-which thou-heard unto-the-one of-Indians to-having-localitied-upon-unto unto-a-spacedness, unto-the-ones of-it to-have-had-fallen-about unto-doses, and of-the-one of-private-belonged of-a-man to-have-been-en-coupled-through; and it-un-traverseth-unto to-which it-may-have-practiced.

Note: to-have-been-en-coupled-through : "through" meaning the en-coupling ran its course and the man is now "un-en-coupled."

ATo 134:3 θελήσαντος δέ μου ἀπολέσαι τὸν κακοῦργον οὐκ ἠθέλησεν· ἀλλὰ σὺ ἀπελθοῦσα συμβούλευσον αὐτῇ ἀποκλίνειν πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα καὶ τῶν τοῦ φαρμακοῦ ματαίων λόγων ἀποσχέσθαι.

Of-having-determined then-also of-me to-have-destructed-off to-the-one to-wedge-wedge-worked not it-determined; other thou having-had-came-off thou-should-have-purposed-together-of unto-it to-cline-off toward to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-man and of-the-ones of-the-one of-a-doser of-folly-belonged of-forthees to-have-had-held-off.

ATo 135:1 Ἅμα δὲ ἀναστᾶσα ἡ Τερτία ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Χαρισίου οἰκίαν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς· καὶ εὗρεν τὴν Μυγδονίαν χαμαὶ κειμένην ἐν ταπεινότητι· ὑπεβέβλητο δὲ αὐτῇ τέφρα καὶ σάκκος, ηὔχετο δὲ ὅπως ὁ κύριος αὐτῇ συγχωρήσῃ τὰς προτέρας αὐτῆς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ ἐξέλθῃ τοῦ βίου τάχιον.

Along then-also having-had-stood-up, the-one a-Tertia, it-had-came-off into to-the-one of-a-Charisios to-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-a-man of-it; and it-had-found to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia unto-ground to-situating in unto-a-low-belongness-to; it-had-come-to-have-been-casted-under then-also unto-it a-cinderedness and a-burlap, it-was-goodly-holding then-also unto-which-whither the-one Authority-belonged unto-it it-might-have-spaced-together-unto to-the-ones to-more-before of-it to-un-adjustings-along-unto, and it-might-have-had-came-out of-the-one of-a-dureeation to-more-quick.

ATo 135:2 καὶ λέγει πρὸς αὐτὴν ἡ Τερτία· Μυγδονία ἀδελφή μου ποθουμένη καὶ συνόμιλε, τίς ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ χείρ;

And it-fortheth toward to-it, the-one a-Tertia, Mugdonia, Brethrened of-me, Being-yearned-unto and Grouped-along-together, what-one it-be the-one-this the-one a-hand?

ATo 135:3 τίς ἡ νόσος ἡ σὲ καταλαβοῦσα;

What-one the-one an-ailment the-one to-thee having-had-taken-down?

ATo 135:4 καὶ τί μεμηνότων ἔργα ποιεῖς;

And to-what-one of-having-had-come-to-rave to-works thou-do-unto?

ATo 135:5 γνοῦσα οὖν σαυτὴν ἐπάνελθε εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἐπάνοδον· πλησίασον τῷ γένει σου τῷ πολλῷ, καὶ φείδου τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ σου ἀνδρὸς Χαρισίου, καὶ μὴ πρᾶττε ὅ ἐστιν τῆς σῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀλλότριον.

Having-had-acquainted accordingly to-thyself thou-should-have-had-came-up-upon into to-the-one of-self to-a-way-up-upon; thou-should-have-nigh-belonged-to unto-the-one unto-a-becomeedness of-thee unto-the-one unto-much, and thou-should-spare of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to of-thee of-a-man of-a-Charisios, and lest thou-should-practice to-which it-be of-the-one of-thine of-an-en-freeing other-belonged.

ATo 135:6 Λέγει αὐτῇ ἡ Μυγδονία· Ὦ Τερτία, οὐδέπω ἤκουσας τοῦ κήρυκος τῆς ζωῆς· οὐδέπω ταῖς σαῖς προσέπεσεν ἀκοαῖς· οὐδέπω ἐγεύσω τοῦ τῆς ζωῆς φαρμάκου καὶ τῶν φθαρτικῶν στεναγμῶν ἀπηλλάγης· ἑστῶσα ἐν τῇ προσκαίρῳ ζωῇ τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν ἀίδιον οὐκ οἶδας· καὶ, οὐκ αἰσθομένη τῆς ἀφθάρτου κοινωνίας.

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-Mugdonia, Oh Tertia, not-then-also-unto-whither thou-heard of-the-one of-a-heralder of-the-one of-a-lifing; not-then-also-unto-whither unto-the-ones unto-thine it-had-fallen-toward unto-hearings; not-then-also-unto-whither thou-tasted-of of-the-one of-the-one of-a-lifing of-a-dose and of-the-ones of-un-degraded-belonged-of of-narrowings-of thou-had-been-othered-off; having-hath-had-come-to-stand in unto-the-one unto-timed-toward unto-a-lifing, to-the-one to-a-lifing and to-the-one to-a-savioring-unto to-the-one to-along-private-belonged not thou-had-come-to-see; and, not knowing-along of-the-one of-un-degradabled of-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto.

ATo 135:7 στήκεις ἐνδεδυμένη πέπλους παλαιουμένους, καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων οὐκ ἐπιθυμεῖς· καὶ μεγάλα μὲν φρονεῖς ἐπὶ τῷ ἀφανιζομένῳ τούτῳ κάλλει, τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς οὐ φροντίζεις τὴν αἰσχρότητα· καὶ πλήθει μὲν οἰκετῶν πλουτεῖς· καὶ τῇ μὲν παρὰ πολλῶν δόξῃ κομᾷς, τῆς δὲ εἰς θάνατον κατακρίσεως ἑαυτὴν οὐ λυτροῦσαι.

Thou-stand having-had-come-to-be-sunk-in to-sprawls to-being-en-past-belonged, and of-the-ones of-aged-belonged not thou-passion-upon-unto; and to-great indeed thou-center-unto upon unto-the-one unto-being-un-manifested-to unto-the-one-this unto-a-seemlieedness, of-the-one then-also of-a-breathing not thou-centress-to to-the-one to-an-en-shameness; and unto-a-repleteedness indeed of-housers thou-wealth-unto, and unto-the-one indeed beside of-much unto-a-reckonedness thou-plume-unto, of-the-one then-also into to-a-death of-a-separating-down, to-self not en-loosing.

Note: to-sprawls : refers to a type of robe or tapestry; also a type of plant.

ATo 136:1 Ἀκούσασα δὲ ἡ Τερτία ταῦτα παρὰ τῆς Μυγδονίας εἶπεν· Δέομαί σου ἀδελφὴ ἀπάγαγέ με πρὸς τὸν ξένον ἐκεῖνον τὸν τὰ μεγαλεῖα ταῦτα διδάσκοντα, ἵνα ἀπελθοῦσα κἀγὼ αὐτοῦ κατακούσω, καὶ διδαχθῶ σέβειν ὃν κηρύσσει θεόν, καὶ κοινωνὸς αὐτοῦ γένωμαι τῶν εὐχῶν, καὶ συμμέτοχος γένωμαι πάντων ὧν μοι εἴρηκας.

Having-heard then-also, the-one a-Tertia, to-the-ones-these beside of-the-one of-a-Mugdonia it-had-said, I-bind of-thee, Brethrened, thou-should-have-had-led-off to-me toward to-the-one to-guested to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-the-ones to-great-belonged to-the-ones-these to-veer-veerating, so having-had-came-off and-I of-it I-might-have-heard-down, and I-might-have-been-veer-veerated to-revere to-which it-heraldereth to-a-Deity, and en-together-belonged-to of-it I-might-have-had-became of-the-ones of-goodly-holdings, and held-with-together I-might-have-had-became of-all of-which unto-me thou-had-come-to-utter.

ATo 136:2 Ἡ δὲ Μυγδονία λέγει αὐτῇ· Ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ἐστὶν Σιφόρου τοῦ στρατηλάτου· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς γέγονεν πρόφασις πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ἰνδίᾳ σῳζομένοις.

The-one then-also a-Mugdonia it-fortheth unto-it, In unto-the-one unto-a-house it-be of-a-Sifôr of-the-one of-an-amass-drover; and too-thus it it-hath-had-come-to-become a-manifesting-before unto-all unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-India unto-being-saved-to.

ATo 136:3 Τούτων δὲ ἀκούσασα ἡ Τερτία δρομαία εἰς τὸν οἶκον Σιφόρου ἀπῄει ἵνα ἴδῃ τὸν ἐπιδημήσαντα καινὸν ἀπόστολον.

Of-the-ones-these then-also having-heard, the-one a-Tertia, circuit-belonged into to-the-one to-a-house of-a-Sifôr it-was-going-off so it-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-having-localitied-upon-unto to-fresh to-a-setee-off.

ATo 136:4 εἰσελθούσης δὲ αὐτῆς εἶπεν αὐτῇ Ἰούδας· Τί ἐλήλυθας ἰδεῖν;

Of-having-had-came-into then-also of-it it-had-said unto-it, an-Ioudas, To-what-one thou-hath-had-come-to-come to-have-had-seen?

ATo 136:5 ξένον ἄνθρωπον καὶ πένητα καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητον καὶ πτωχόν, μήτε πλοῦτον ἔχοντα μήτε κτῆσιν;

To-guested to-a-mankind and to-necessitatinged and to-goodly-centered-down and to-beggared, lest-also to-a-wealth to-holding lest-also to-a-befoundeeing?

ATo 136:6 ἓν δέ τι κέκτημαι κτῆμα ὅπερ οὔτε βασιλεὺς οὔτε ἄρχοντες ἀφελέσθαι δύνανται, μήτε φθειρόμενον μήτε λήγοντα, ὅς ἐστιν σωτὴρ Ἰησοῦς πάσης ἀνθρωπότητος, ὁ τοῦ ζῶντος θεοῦ υἱός, ὁ δεδωκὼς ζωὴν πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύουσιν καὶ καταφεύγουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ γινωσκομένοις ἐν τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν αὐτοῦ δούλων.

To-one then-also to-a-one I-had-come-to-befound-unto to-a-befoundeeing-to to-which-very not-also a-ruler-of not-also firsting to-have-had-sectioned-off it-ableth, lest-also to-degrading lest-also to-abating, which it-be a-Savior an-Iêsous of-all of-a-mankindness, the-one of-the-one of-lifing-unto of-a-Deity a-Son, the-one having-had-come-to-give to-a-lifing unto-all unto-the-ones into to-it unto-trusting-of and unto-fleeing-down into to-it and unto-being-acquainted in unto-the-one unto-a-number of-the-ones of-it of-bondees.

Note: unto-being-acquainted (GINWASKOMENOIS) : GINWSKOMENOS corrected to GINWSKOMENOIS.

ATo 136:7 Πρὸς ὃν λέγει ἡ Τερτία· Γένωμαι κοινωνὸς τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης ἣν ἐπαγγέλλῃ δέξασθαι πάντας τοὺς συνερχομένους εἰς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καταγώγιον.

Toward to-which it-fortheth, the-one a-Tertia, I-might-have-had-became en-together-belonged-to of-the-one of-a-lifing of-the-one-this to-which thou-leadeeer-upon to-have-received to-all to-the-ones to-coming-together into to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-leaderlet-down.

ATo 136:8 Καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Τὸ ταμιεῖον τοῦ ἁγίου βασιλέως ἀναπέπταται, καὶ οἱ ἀξίως μεταλαμβάνοντες τῶν ἐκεῖ ἀγαθῶν ἀναπαύονται καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι βασιλεύουσιν.

And the-one a-setee-off it-had-said, The-one a-facilitate-belonglet of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-ruler-of it-had-come-to-be-up-spreaded-unto, and the-ones unto-en-deem-belonged taking-with of-the-ones thither of-excess-placed they-be-ceased-up, and being-ceased-up they-ruler-of.

ATo 136:9 πρότερον δὲ οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ πρόσεισιν ἀκάθαρτος ὢν καὶ φαῦλος· οἶδεν γὰρ αὐτὸς τὰ ἐγκάρδια ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐνθυμήσεως βάθη· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν τινὰ λαθεῖν αὐτόν.

To-more-before then-also not-then-also-one unto-it going-toward un-cleansabled being and pettied; it-had-come-to-see too-thus it to-the-ones to-heart-belonged-in of-us and to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-passioning-in to-deepeednesses; and not it-be to-a-one to-have-had-secluded to-it.

ATo 136:10 καὶ σὺ τοίνυν, εἰ ἀληθῶς πιστεύεις εἰς αὐτόν, ἀξιωθήσῃ τῶν αὐτοῦ μυστηρίων· καὶ αὐτός σε μεγαλυνεῖ καὶ πλουτιεῖ καὶ κληρονόμον τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας ποιήσει.

And thou unto-the-one-now, if unto-un-secluded thou-trust-of into to-it, thou-shall-be-en-deem-belonged of-the-ones of-it of-flexerlets; and it to-thee it-shall-greaten and it-shall-wealth-to and to-lot-parceleed of-the-one of-it of-a-ruling-of it-shall-do-unto.

ATo 137:1 Ἀκούσασα δὲ ταῦτα ἡ Τερτία ἐπανῆλθεν οἴκαδε γεγηθυῖα· καὶ εὗρεν τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς μένοντα ἀνάριστον ὄντα.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Tertria, it-had-came-up-upon to-housed-then-also having-had-come-to-gladden-unto; and it-had-found to-the-one to-a-man of-it to-staying to-un-un-bounded to-being.

Note: to-un-un-bounded : un-un intended; not-having had the un-bounded meal, which was taken sometime during the day besides the main meal (DEIPNON).

ATo 137:2 ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Μισδαῖος εἶπεν· Πόθεν σήμερον ἡ εἴσοδός σου καλλίων ἐστίν;

Having-had-seen then-also to-it, the-one a-Misdaios, it-had-said, Whither-from this-day the-one a-way-into of-thee more-seemly it-be?

ATo 137:3 καὶ τίνος ἕνεκα περιπάτῳ χρησαμένη ἦλθες; ὅ ἐστιν ἀπρεπὲς ταῖς κατὰ σὲ ἐλευθέραις.

And of-what-one in-out-which unto-treaded-about having-afforded-unto thou-had-came, which it-be un-befittinged unto-the-ones down to-thee unto-en-freeings-unto?

ATo 137:4 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ Τερτία· Χάριν σοι μεγίστην ὀφείλω διότι με πρὸς Μυγδονίαν ἀπέστειλας.

And it-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-Tertia, To-a-granting unto-thee to-most-great I-debt through-to-which-a-one to-me toward to-a-Mugdonia thou-set-off.

ATo 137:5 ἀπελθοῦσα γὰρ καινῆς ζωῆς ἤκουσα, καὶ εἶδον τὸν καινὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπόστολον τοῦ διδόντος ζωὴν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ προστάγματα πληροῦσιν· ὀφείλω τοιγαροῦν καὶ αὐτὴ ἀμείψασθαί σε ἀντὶ ταύτης τῆς χάριτος καὶ παραινέσαι σοι ἀγαθὴν παραίνεσιν·

Having-had-came-off too-thus of-fresh of-a-lifing I-heard, and I-had-seen to-the-one to-fresh of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-setee-off of-the-one of-giving to-a-lifing unto-the-ones unto-trusting-of unto-it and to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to unto-en-filling; I-debth unto-the-one-too-thus-accordingly and it to-have-along-belong-stepped to-thee ever-a-one of-the-one-this of-the-one of-a-granting and to-have-lauded-beside-unto unto-thee to-exess-placed to-a-lauding-beside;

Note: to-have-lauded-beside-unto unto-thee (PARAINESAI SOU) : PARAINESEWS corrected to PARAINESAI SOU.

ATo 137:6 ἔσῃ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ βασιλεὺς μέγας ἐάν μοι πεισθῇς καὶ φοβηθῇς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ ξένου κηρυττόμενον καὶ φυλάξῃς σεαυτὸν ἅγιον τῷ ζῶντι θεῷ· αὕτη γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία παρέρχεται καὶ ἡ ἄνεσίς σου εἰς στενοχωρίαν τραπήσεται· ἀλλ᾿ ἄπελθε πρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκεῖνον καὶ πίστευσον αὐτῷ, καὶ ζήσεις εἰς τέλος.

thou-shall-be too-thus in unto-a-sky a-ruler-of great if-ever unto-me thou-might-have-been-sured and thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity to-the-one under of-the-one of-guested to-being-heraldered and thou-might-have-guardered to-thyself to-hallow-belonged unto-the-one unto-lifing-unto unto-a-Deity; the-one-this too-thus the-one a-ruling-of it-cometh-beside and the-one a-sending-up of-thee into to-a-narrowed-spacing-unto it-shall-have-been-turned; other thou-should-have-had-came-off toward to-the-one to-a-mankind to-the-one-thither and thou-should-have-trusted-of unto-it, and thou-shall-life-unto into to-a-finisheedness.

ATo 137:7 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Μισδαῖος ταῦτα παρὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ συμβίου ταῖς χερσὶν ἐπάταξεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα αὐτοῦ περιέρρηξεν, καὶ εἶπεν· Μὴ ἀναπαύοιτο ἡ Χαρισίου ψυχή, ὅτι με εἰς ψυχὴν ἔβλαψεν· καὶ μὴ σχῇ ἐλπίδα, ὅτι τὴν ἐμὴν περιεῖλεν ἐλπίδα.

Having-heard then-also, the-one a-Misdaois, to-the-ones-these beside of-the-one of-it of-dureeated-together, unto-the-ones unto-hands it-smote to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it, and to-the-one to-a-clotheness of-it it-en-bursted-about, and it-had-said, Lest it-may-be-ceased-up the-one of-a-Charisos a-breathing, to-which-a-one to-me into to-a-breathing it-illed; and lest it-might-have-had-held to-a-droved-sureeing, to-which-a-one to-the-one to-mine it-had-sectioned-about to-a-droved-sureeing.

ATo 137:8 Καὶ ἐξῄει τεταραγμένος.

And it-was-going-out having-had-come-to-be-stirred.

ATo 138:1 Καὶ εὗρεν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν Χαρίσιον τὸν φίλον καὶ εἶπεν· Διὰ τί μέ σοι εἰς τὸν ᾅδην ἄλλον ἔλαβες;

And it-had-found down to-the-one to-a-gatheredness to-a-Charisios to-the-one to-cared and it-had-said, Through to-what-one to-me unto-thee into to-the-one to-a-hadês to-other thou-had-taken?

Note: thou-had-taken (ELABES) : EBALES corrected to ELABES.

ATo 138:2 διὰ τί με ἐκένωσας καὶ ἐζημίωσας κερδάνας μηδέν;

Through to-what-one to-me thou-en-emptied and thou-en-damage-belonged, having-gained to-lest-then-also-one?

ATo 138:3 διὰ τί με ἔβλαψας μηδέν σὺ ὠφεληθείς;

Through to-what-one to-me thou-illed, to-lest-then-also-one thou having-been-aidanced-unto?

ATo 138:4 διὰ τί με ἀπέκτεινας μὴ αὐτὸς ζήσας;

Through to-what-one to-me thou-killed-off lest it having-lifed-unto?

ATo 138:5 διὰ τί με ἠδίκησας αὐτὸς τὸ δίκαιον μὴ κτησάμενος;

Through to-what-one to-me thou-un-coursed-unto it to-the-one to-course-belonged lest having-befounded-unto?

ATo 138:6 διὰ τί με οὐ συνεχώρησας ἀπολέσαι ἐκεῖνον τὸν φαρμακὸν πρὶν τὸν ἐμὸν οἶκον τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ διαφθεῖραι;

Through to-what-one to-me not thou-spaced-together-unto to-have-destructed-off to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-doser ere to-the-one to-mine to-a-house unto-the-one of-self unto-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-have-been-degraded-through?

ATo 138:7 Καὶ τὸ πᾶν εἴχετο Χαρισίου.

And to-the-one to-all it-was-being-held of-a-Charisios.

ATo 138:8 ὁ δὲ Χαρίσιος λέγει· Τί γάρ ἐστιν τὸ συμβεβηκός σοι;

The-one then-also a-Charisios it-fortheth, What-one too-thus it-be the-one having-had-come-to-step-together unto-thee?

ATo 138:9 Ὁ Μισδαῖος ἔφη· Ἐφαρμάκευσεν τὴν Τερτίαν.

The-one then-also a-Misdaios it-was-declaring, It-dosed-of to-the-one to-a-Tertia.

ATo 138:10 Καὶ ἀπῄεισαν ἀμφότεροι εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σιφόρου τοῦ στρατηλάτου· καὶ εὗρον τὸν Ἰούδαν καθήμενον καὶ διδάσκοντα.

And they-were-going-off more-around into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-a-Sifôr of-an-amass-drover; and they-had-found to-the-one to-an-Ioudas to-sitting-down and to-veer-veerating.

ATo 138:11 πάντες δὲ οἱ ἐκεῖ ὑπεξανέστησαν τῷ βασιλεῖ, αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἀνέστη.

All then-also the-ones thither they-had-stood-up-out-under unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, it then-also not it-had-stood-up.

ATo 138:12 ἔγνω δὲ ὁ Μισδαῖος ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ λαβόμενος τοῦ θρόνου ἔστρεψεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐπάρας ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς χερσὶν τὸν θρόνον τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπάταξεν οὕτως ὥστε τραυματίσαι αὐτόν.

It-had-acquainted then-also, the-one a-Misdaios, to-which-a-one it the-one-thither it-be, and having-had-taken of-the-one of-a-throne it-beturned to-it, and having-lifted-upon unto-more-around unto-the-ones unto-hands to-the-one to-a-throne, to-the-one to-a-head of-it it-smote unto-the-one-this as-also to-have-wounded-to to-it.

ATo 138:13 καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς αὐτοῦ στρατιώταις εἰπών· Ἀπαγάγετε αὐτὸν σύραντες αὐτὸν ὑβριστικῶς καὶ οὐχ ὑπεσταλμένως, ἵνα πᾶσιν ἡ ὕβρις αὐτοῦ ἔκτυπος γένηται.

And it-gave-beside to-it unto-the-ones of-it unto-amass-belongers having-had-said, Ye-should-have-had-led-off to-it having-dragged to-it unto-abuse-belonged-of and not unto-having-had-come-to-be-set-under, so unto-all the-one a-abuse of-it struck-out it-might-have-had-became.

ATo 138:14 Οἳ δὲ σύραντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγον εἰς τόπον ἐν ᾧ ὁ Μισδαῖος ἐδίκαζεν.

The-ones then-also having-dragged to-it they-had-led-off into to-an-occasion in unto-which the-one a-Misdaios it-was-coursing-to.

ATo 138:15 ἐκεῖ ἔστη κρατούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τοῦ Μισδαίου.

Thither it-had-stood being-secured-unto under of-the-ones of-amass-belongers of-the-one of-a-Misdaios.

ATo 139:0 Πρᾶξις ιβ´ περὶ Οὐαζάνου υἱοῦ Μισδαίου.

A-practice ten-two about of-an-Ouazanês of-a-son of-a-Misdaios.

ATo 139:1 Οὐαζάνης δὲ ὁ τοῦ Μισδαίου υἱὸς προσελθὼν τοῖς στρατιώταις εἶπεν· Δότε μοι τοῦτον ἵνα διαλεχθῶ ἕως ἂν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀφίκηται.

An-Ouazanês then-also the-one of-the-one of-a-Misdaios a-son having-had-came-toward unto-the-ones unto-amass-belongers it-had-said, Ye-should-have-had-given unto-me to-the-one-this so I-might-have-been-forthed-through unto-if-which ever the-one a-ruler-of it-might-have-had-tracked-off-unto.

ATo 139:2 Καὶ οἳ μὲν δεδώκασιν αὐτόν, αὐτὸς δὲ εἰσήγαγεν αὐτὸν ἔνθα ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐδίκαζεν.

And the-ones indeed they-had-come-to-give to-it, it then-also it-had-led-into to-it in-from-which the-one a-ruler-of it-was-coursing-to.

ATo 139:3 καὶ λέγει Οὐαζάνης· Οὐκ οἶδάς φησιν ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι υἱὸς Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ἔξεστί μοι λέγειν τῷ βασιλεῖ ὃ βούλομαι, καὶ ζῆν σοι συγχωρήσει;

And it-fortheth, an-Ouazanês, Not thou-had-come-to-see, it-delcareth, to-which-a-one I I-be a-son of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-be-out unto-me to-forth unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-which I-purpose, and to-a-lifing unto-thee it-shall-space-together-unto?

ATo 139:4 λέγε οὖν μοι τίς ἐστιν ὁ θεός σου καὶ τίνος ἀντέχῃ δυνάμεως καὶ σεμνύναι· εἰ γάρ τις γοητικὴ δύναμίς ἐστιν καὶ τέχνη, λέγε καὶ δίδασκε, κἀγώ σε ἀπολύω.

Thou-should-forth accordingly unto-me what-one it-be the-one a-Deity of-thee and of-what-one thou-ever-a-one-hold of-an-ability, and thou-should-have-solemnened; if too-thus a-one finess-belonged-of an-ability it-be and a-crafting, thou-should-forth and thou-should-veer-veerate, and-I to-thee I-loose-off.

Note: thou-should-have-solemnened (SEMNUNAI) : SEMNUNH corrected to SEMNUNAI.

ATo 139:5 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰούδας· Σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως ὅς ἐστιν βασιλεὺς πρόσκαιρος· ἐγὼ δὲ δοῦλός εἰμι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλέως αἰωνίου·

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one an-Ioudas, Thou thou-be the-one a-son of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of which it-be a-ruler-of timed-toward; I then-also a-bondee I-be of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed of-a-ruler-of of-aged-belonged;

ATo 139:6 καὶ σοὶ μὲν ἔστιν εἰπεῖν τῷ σῷ πατρὶ σῷσαι οὓς θέλεις ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ προσκαίρῳ ζωῇ ᾗ οὐ παραμένουσιν ἄνθρωποι, ἣν σύ τε καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου δίδοτε· ἐγὼ δὲ δέομαι τοῦ ἐμοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἀντιβοῶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς καινὴν ζωὴν παντάπασιν δεόμενος.

and unto-thee indeed it-be to-have-had-said unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-father to-have-saved-to to-which thou-determine in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-timed-toward unto-a-lifing unto-which not-they-stay-beside, mankinds, to-which thou also and the-one a-father of-thee ye-give; I then-also I-bind of-the-one of-me of-Authority-belonged and I-ever-a-one-holler-unto over of-the-ones of-mankinds, and it-giveth unto-them to-fresh to-a-lifing all-unto-all binding.

Note: unto-thine (SW) : SA corrected to SW.

ATo 139:7 καὶ σὺ αὐχεῖς ἐπὶ κτήμασιν καὶ δούλοις καὶ πέπλοις καὶ τρυφῇ καὶ κοίταις μιαραῖς, ἐγὼ δὲ καυχῶμαι ἐπὶ πενίᾳ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ καὶ ταπεινότητι καὶ νηστείᾳ καὶ εὐχῇ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα κοινωνίᾳ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου τοὺς ἀξίους τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ καυχῶμαι ἐπὶ αἰωνίᾳ ζωῇ.

And thou thou-neck-unto upon unto-befoundeeings-to and unto-bondees and unto-sprawls and unto-a-luxury and unto-situatings unto-stained, I then-also I-boast-unto upon unto-a-necessitating-unto and unto-a-wisdom-caring-unto and unto-a-low-belongness-to and unto-a-non-eating-of and unto-a-goodly-holding and toward to-the-one to-Hallow-belonged to-a-Currenting-to unto-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto and toward to-the-ones to-brethrened of-me to-the-ones to-deem-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity; and I-boast-unto upon unto-age-belonged unto-a-lifing.

Note: unto-sprawls : refers to a type of robe or tapestry; also a type of plant.

ATo 139:8 καὶ σὺ μὲν ἐπ᾿ ἄνθρωπον κατέφυγες ὄντα σοι ὅμοιον, μὴ δυνάμενον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν σῷσαι ἐκ κρίσεως καὶ θανάτου, ἐγὼ δὲ κατέφυγα ἐπὶ θεὸν ζῶντα, ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα βασιλέων καὶ ἀρχόντων, ὅς ἐστιν πάντων κριτής.

And thou indeed upon to-a-mankind thou-had-fled-down to-being unto-thee to-along-belonged, lest to-abling to-the-one of-self to-a-breathing to-have-saved-to out of-a-separating and of-a-death, I then-also I-fled-down upon to-a-Deity to-lifing-unto, upon to-the-one to-a-Savior of-rulers-of and of-firsting, which it-be of-all a-Separater.

ATo 139:9 καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν σήμερον ἴσως ἐστέ, αὔριον δὲ οὐκέτι, ἐγὼ δὲ κατέφυγον εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὃς εἰς αἰῶνα μένει, γινώσκοντα πάντας τοὺς καιροὺς ἡμῶν καὶ τοὺς χρόνους.

And ye indeed this-day unto-samed ye-be, to-morrow then-also not-if-to-a-one, I then-also I-had-fled-down into to-the-one-thither which into to-an-age it-stayeth, to-acquainting to-all to-the-ones to-times of-us and to-the-ones to-whiles.

Note: to-acquainting (GINWSKONTA) : GINWSKONTOS corrected to GINWSKONTA.

ATo 139:10 καὶ σὺ δὲ ἐὰν θελήσῃς γενέσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ τούτου ὑπηρέτης, γενήσῃ ταχέως· δείξας δὲ ὅτι ἄξιος αὐτοῦ ὑπηρέτης ἔσῃ ἐν τούτοις·

And thou then-also if-ever thou-might-have-determined to-have-had-became of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one-this a-rower-under, thou-shall-become unto-quick; having-en-showed then-also to-which-a-one deem-belonged of-it a-rower-under thou-shall-be in unto-the-ones-these;

ATo 139:11 πρῶτον μὲν ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ, ἥτις ἐστὶν πάντων ἀγαθῶν κεφαλή· ἔπειτα δὲ τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τοῦτον ὃν κηρύσσω κοινωνίᾳ, καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ, καὶ ἁπλότητι, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ πίστει, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐαγγελίῳ, καὶ ἑνότητι καθαρᾶς τροφῆς.

to-most-before indeed in unto-a-hallow-belongingedness, which-a-one it-be of-all of-excess-placed a-head; upon-if-to-the-ones then-also unto-the-one toward to-the-one to-a-Deity to-the-one-this to-which I-heralder unto-an-en-together-belonging-to-unto, and unto-a-wisdom-caring-unto, and unto-a-folded-alongness, and unto-an-excessing-off, and unto-a-trust, and toward to-it unto-a-goodly-leadeeerlet, and unto-a-oneness of-cleansed of-a-nourishing.

Note: unto-the-one (TH) : H corrected to TH.

ATo 140:1 Ὁ δὲ νεανίσκος πεισθεὶς διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἐζήτει πρόφασιν ὅπως τὸν Ἰούδαν φυγαδεύσῃ.

The-one then-also a-new-belonging-of having-been-sured through of-the-one of-Authority-belonged it-was-seeking-unto to-a-manifesting-before unto-which-whither to-the-one to-an-Ioudas it-might-have-flee-hithered-of.

ATo 140:2 ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἐνεθυμεῖτο ἐφίκετο ὁ βασιλεύς· καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται παραλαβόντες τὸν Ἰούδαν ἐξήγαγον.

In unto-which then-also it-was-passioning-in-unto, it-had-tracked-upon-unto, the-one a-ruler-of; and the-ones amass-belongers having-had-taken-beside to-the-one to-an-Ioudas they-had-led-out.

ATo 140:3 συνεξῄει δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Οὐαζάνης καὶ παρ᾿ αὐτῷ ἕστηκεν.

It-was-going-out-together then-also unto-it, the-one an-Ouazanês, and beside unto-it it-had-come-to-stand.

ATo 140:4 καθεσθεὶς δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκέλευσεν εἰσαχθῆναι τὸν Ἰούδαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω δεδεμένον τὰς χεῖρας.

Having-been-sat-down-unto-to then-also the-one a-ruler-of it-bade-of to-have-been-led-into to-the-one to-an-Ioudas into to-the-ones aback-unto-which to-having-had-come-to-be-binded to-the-ones to-hands.

ATo 140:5 ἀχθεὶς δὲ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἔστη· καὶ λέγει ὁ βασιλεύς· Εἰπέ μοι τίς εἶ καὶ ποίᾳ δυνάμει ταῦτα ποιεῖς.

Having-been-led then-also into to-the-one to-middle it-had-stood; and it-fortheth, the-one a-ruler-of, Thou-should-have-had-said unto-me what-one thou-be and unto-whither-belonged unto-an-ability to-the-ones-these thou-do-unto.

ATo 140:6 Ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας λέγει αὐτῷ· Ἄνθρωπός εἰμι κατὰ σέ, δυνάμει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ταῦτα ποιῶ.

The-one then-also an-Ioudas it-fortheth unto-it, A-mankind I-be down to-thee, unto-an-ability of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed to-the-ones-these I-do-unto.

ATo 140:7 Καὶ ὁ Μισδαῖός φησιν· Τὴν ἀλήθειαν εἰπὲ πρὶν ἤ σε ἀπολέσω.

And the-one a-Misdaios it-declareth, To-the-one to-an-un-secluding-of thou-should-have-had-said ere or to-thee I-might-have-destructed-off.

ATo 140:8 Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας λέγει· Οὐκ ἔχεις ἐξουσίαν ὡς νομίζεις κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ, καὶ οὐδέν με βλάψεις.

And the-one an-Ioudas it-fortheth, Not thou-hold to-a-being-out-unto as thou-parcelee-to down of-ME, and to-not-then-also-one to-me thou-shall-ill.

ATo 140:9 Ἀγανακτήσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς ῥηθεῖσιν ἐκέλευσεν πλάκας πυρῶσαι καὶ στῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν ἀνυπόδετον· ὑπολυόντων δὲ αὐτὸν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἔλεγεν· Βέλτιόν ἐστιν ἡ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων σοφίαν.

Having-excess-vexed-unto then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, upon unto-the-ones unto-having-been-uttered it-bade-of to-slabs to-have-en-fired and to-have-stood to-it upon-up-unto-which of-them to-un-binded-under; of-loosing-under then-also to-it of-the-ones of-amass-belongers it-was-forthing, Better-belonginged-of it-be the-one a-wisdoming-unto of-the-one of-a-Deity over to-the-one of-the-ones of-mankinds to-a-wisdoming-unto.

ATo 140:10 σὺ κύριε βασιλεῦ καὶ ἡ χρηστότης σου ἀντιστήτω τῷ θυμῷ αὐτοῦ.

Thou Authority-belonged Ruler-of and the-one of-an-affordness of-thee it-should-have-ever-a-one-stood unto-the-one unto-a-passion of-it.

ATo 140:11 Ἐνέγκαντες δὲ τὰς πλάκας ἐοικυίας πυρὶ ἔστησαν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν τὸν ἀπόστολον· καὶ εὐθέως ὕδωρ ἀνεδόθη ἀθρόον ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ὥστε τὰς πλάκας καταποθῆναι· καὶ οἱ κρατοῦντες αὐτὸν ἐάσαντες ἀνεχώρησαν.

Having-beared-in then-also to-the-ones to-slabs to-having-had-come-to-resemble unto-a-fire they-stood upon-up-unto-which of-them to-the-one to-a-setee-off; and unto-straight a-water it-was-given-up flurried-along out of-the-one of-a-soil, as-also to-the-ones to-slabs to-have-been-drank-down; and the-ones securing-unto to-it having-let-unto they-spaced-up-unto.

ATo 141:1 Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὑδάτων εἶπεν τῷ Ἰούδᾳ· Δεήθητι τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἵνα με ῥύσηται ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τούτου, ἵνα μὴ τῷ κατακλυσμῷ ἀπόλωμαι.

Having-had-seen, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-waters it-had-said unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas, Thou-should-have-been-binded of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee so to-me it-might-have-tracted out of-the-one of-a-death of-the-one-this, so lest unto-the-one unto-a-down-sloshing-of-to I-might-have-destructed-off.

ATo 141:2 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ηὔξατο καὶ εἶπεν· Ὁ δεσμεύσας τὴν φύσιν ταύτην καὶ εἰς ἕνα συναγαγὼν τόπον καὶ εἰς διαφόρους ἐκπέμπων χώρας· ὁ ἐξ ἀταξίας εἰς τάξιν μεταγαγών· ὁ διδοὺς μεγαλεῖα καὶ θαυμάσια μεγάλα διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ δούλου σου Ἰούδα· ὁ ἐλεῶν τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν ἵνα σοῦ πάντοτε φέγγος καταδέξωμαι· ὁ δοὺς μισθὸν τοῖς κεκοπιακόσιν·

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-goodly-held and it-had-said, The-one having-binded-of to-the-one to-a-spawning to-the-one-this and into to-one having-had-led-together to-an-occasion and into to-beareed-through volleying-out to-spacednesses; the-one out of-an-un-arranging-unto into to-an-arranging having-had-led-with; the-one giving to-great-belonged and to-marvel-to-belonged to-great through of-the-ones of-hands of-the-one of-a-bondee of-thee of-an-Ioudas; the-one besectionating-unto to-the-one to-mine to-a-breathing so of-thee all-to-the-one-which-also to-a-brighteneedness I-might-have-received-down; the-one having-had-given to-a-pay unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-fell-belong-unto;

ATo 141:3 ὁ σωτὴρ τῆς ψυχῆς μου καὶ εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ἀποκαθιστῶν φύσιν τοῦ μὴ κοινωνεῖν τοῖς βλάπτουσιν· ὁ γινόμενος πρόφασις ζωῆς διὰ παντός· σὺ κατάπαυσον τὸ στοιχεῖον τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ἀντανᾶραν διαφθείρῃ· εἰσὶν γάρ τινες τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἑστώτων οἵτινες ζήσουσιν σοὶ πιστεύσαντες.

the-one a-Savior of-the-one of-a-breathing of-me, and into to-the-one to-private-belonged standing-down-off to-a-spawning of-the-one lest to-en-together-belong-to-unto unto-the-ones unto-illing; the-one becoming a-manisfesting-before of-a-lifing through of-all; thou thou-should-have-ceased-down to-the-one to-a-belineationlet-of to-the-one-this, so lest having-ever-a-one-lifted-up it-might-degrade-through; they-be too-thus ones of-the-ones in-unto-the-ones-these of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand being they-shall-life-unto unto-thee having-trusted-of.

Note: of-the-one (TOU) : TO corrected to TOU.

Note: to-a-belineationlet-of : a group having fallen in line to a purpose; i.e. a parade, a procession, etc.

ATo 141:4 Εὐξαμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατ᾿ ὀλίγον τὸ ὕδωρ ἀνηλώθη, ξηρὸς ὁ τόπος γενόμενος.

Of-having-goodly-held then-also of-it, down to-little the-one a-water it-was-other-alonged-up, dried the-one an-occasion having-had-became.

ATo 141:5 ἰδὼν δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Μισδαῖος προσέταξεν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι Ἕως οὗ σκέψομαι πῶς δεῖ αὐτῷ χρήσασθαι.

Having-had-seen then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Misdaios, it-arranged-toward into to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet to-it to-have-been-led, Unto-if-which of-which I-shall-scout unto-whither it-bindeth unto-it to-have-been-afforded-unto.

ATo 142:1 Ἀπαγομένου δὲ τοῦ Ἰούδα ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ πάντες αὐτῷ ἠκολούθουν, καὶ Οὐαζάνης τοῦ βασιλέως υἱὸς πρὸς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐβάδιζεν καὶ ὁ Σιφὼρ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ.

Of-being-led-off then-also of-the-one of-an-Ioudas in unto-the-one unto-a-guardery all unto-it they-were-pathing-along-unto, and an-Ouazanês of-the-one of-a-ruler-of a-son toward to-the-one to-right-belonged of-it it-was-stepping-to and the-one a-Sifôr in unto-more-un-bounded.

Note: unto-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

ATo 142:2 εἰσελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἐκαθέσθη, καὶ ὁ Οὐαζάνης καὶ ὁ Σιφώρ, καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔπεισεν καθεσθῆναι· εἰσεληλύθασι γὰρ καὶ αὐταὶ ἵνα ἀκούσωσιν τοῦ τῆς ζωῆς λόγου· καὶ γὰρ ᾔδεισαν ὅτι ὁ Μισδαῖος φονεύσει αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν τῆς ὀργῆς ὑπερβολήν.

Having-had-came-into then-also into to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet it-was-sat-down-unto-to, and the-one an-Ouazanês and the-one a-Sifôr, and to-the-one of-self to-a-woman and to-the-one to-a-daughter it-sured to-have-been-sat-down-unto-to; they-hath-had-come-to-come-into too-thus, and them, so they-might-have-heard of-the-one of-the-one of-a-lifing of-a-forthee; and too-thus they-had-come-to-have-had-seen to-which-a-one the-one a-Misdaios it-shall-slay-of to-it through to-the-one of-the-one of-a-stressing to-a-casting-over.

ATo 142:3 ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ὁ ἐλευθερωτὴς τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐκ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν δουλείας, ὅτι δέδωκα ἐμαυτὸν πραθῆναι· ἰδοὺ χαίρω καὶ θάλλω εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐπληρώθησαν οἱ χρόνοι ἵνα εἰσελθὼν ἀπολάβω.

The-one then-also an-Ioudas it-firsted to-forth, The-one an-en-freer of-the-one of-mine of-a-breathing out of-the-one of-the-ones of-much of-a-bondeeing-of, to-which-a-one I-had-come-to-give to-myself to-have-been-en-acrossated, thou-should-have-had-seen, I-joy and I-flourish having-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one they-were-en-filled the-ones whiles so having-had-came-into I-might-have-had-taken-off.

ATo 142:4 ἰδοὺ ἀπαλλάσσομαι μεριμνῶν τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-be-othered-off of-portion-memoriednesses of-the-ones upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

Note: I-be-othered-off (APALLASSOMAI) : same meaning as APALLATTOMAI in verse 6; a phonetic choice.

ATo 142:5 ἰδοὺ πληρῶ τὴν ἐλπίδα καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀπολαμβάνω.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-en-fill to-the-one to-a-droved-sureeing, and to-an-un-secluding-of I-take-off.

ATo 142:6 ἰδοὺ ἀπαλλάττομαι λύπης καὶ χαρὰν ἐνδύομαι μόνον.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-be-othered-off of-a-throe and to-a-joyedness I-sink-in to-stayeed.

Note: I-be-othered-off (APALLATTOMAI) : same meaning as APALLASSOMAI in verse 4; a phonetic choice.

ATo 142:7 ἰδοὺ γίνομαι ἄφροντις καὶ ἄλυπος ἐν ἀνέσει διατρίβων.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-become un-centressed and un-throed in unto-a-sending-up rubbing-through.

ATo 142:8 ἰδοὺ τῆς δουλείας ἀπαλλάττομαι καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἐκλήθην.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, of-the-one of-a-bondeeing-of I-be-othered-off and into to-the-one to-an-en-freeing-unto I-was-called-unto.

ATo 142:9 ἰδοὺ χρόνοις καὶ καιροῖς ὑπηρέτησα καὶ χρόνων καὶ καιρῶν ἀνυψώθην.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, unto-whiles and unto-times I-rowed-under-unto and of-whiles and of-times I-was-was-en-lofteed-up.

ATo 142:10 ἰδοὺ ἀπολαμβάνω παρὰ τοῦ μισθαποδότου χωρὶς ἀριθμοῦ διδόντος διὰ τὸ ἐξαρκεῖν αὐτοῦ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δωρεᾶς.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-take-off beside of-the-one of-a-giver-off-of-pay of-spaced of-a-number of-giving, through to-the-one to-lift-belong-of-out-unto of-it to-the-one to-a-wealth of-the-one of-a-giftedness.

Note: through to-the-one (DIA TO) : TOU corrected to DIA TO .

ATo 142:11 καὶ πάλιν οὐκ ἀποδυθήσομαι.

ATo 142:12 ἰδοὺ κοιμῶμαι καὶ ἐξυπνίζομαι, πάλιν δὲ οὐ κοιμηθήσομαι.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-situatee-unto and I-be-slept-out-to, unto-furthered then-also not I-shall-be-situateed-unto.

ATo 142:13 ἰδοὺ ἀποθνῄσκω καὶ ἀναβιῶ, πάλιν δὲ θανάτου οὐ γεύσομαι.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-die-off and I-en-dureeate-up, unto-furthered then-also of-a-death not I-shall-taste-of.

ATo 142:14 ἰδοὺ χαίροντες προσδοκῶσιν ἵνα ἐλθὼν συγγένωμαι τοῖς αὐτῶν συγγενέσιν καὶ τεθῶ ἄνθος ἐν τῷ στεφάνῳ αὐτῶν.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, joying they-might-think-toward-unto so having-had-came I-might-have-had-became-together unto-the-ones of-them unto-together-becominged and I-might-have-had-been-placed a-placeedness-up in unto-the-one unto-a-wreath of-them.

Note: a-placeedness-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

Note: unto-a-wreath (STEFANW) : STEFANA corrected to STEFANW.

ATo 142:15 ἰδοὺ βασιλεύω ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ ἐφ᾿ ἣν ἐντεῦθεν ἤλπισα· ἰδοὺ πίπτουσιν οἱ ἀνυπότακτοι πρὸ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι αὐτοὺς ἐξέφυγον· ἰδοὺ γέγονεν εἰρήνη εἰς ἣν πάντες ἀπαντῶσιν.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-ruler-of in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of upon to-which in-also-from I-drove-sureed; thou-should-have-had-seen, they-fall, the-ones un-arranged-under, before of-ME, to-which-a-one to-them I-had-fled-out; thou-should-have-had-seen, it-hath-had-come-to-become, a-joinifying, into to-which all they-might-have-off-ever-a-oned-unto.

ATo 143:1 Λέγοντος δὲ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ταῦτα πάντες οἱ ἐκεῖ ἠκροῶντο, νομίζοντες ἐκείνην τὴν ὥραν τοῦ βίου αὐτὸν μεταστῆναι.

Of-forthing then-also of-the-one of-a-setee-off to-the-ones-these all the-ones thither they-were-hearing-unto, parceleeing-to to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-an-houredness of-the-one of-a-dureeation to-it to-have-stood-with.

ATo 143:2 καὶ πάλιν ἔλεγεν· πιστεύσατε τῷ πάντων ἰατρῷ ὁρατῶν τε καὶ ἀοράτων καὶ σωτῆρι τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν δεομένων τῆς παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὠφελείας.

And unto-furthered it-was-forthing, Ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one of-all unto-an-en-curer of-seeeed also and of-un-seeeed, and unto-a-Savior of-the-ones of-breathings of-the-ones of-being-binded of-the-one beside of-it of-an-aidancing-of.

Note: un-seeeeed : i.e. un something seen; same word form as employee (something employed).

Note: and unto-a-Savior (KAI SWTHRI) : SWTHRIAN corrected to KAI SWTHRI.

ATo 143:3 οὗτός ἐστιν ἐλεύθερος ἐκ βασιλέων· οὗτος ἰατρὸς τῶν αὐτοῦ κτημάτων· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὀνειδιζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων δούλων· οὗτός ἐστιν πατὴρ ὕψους καὶ φύσεως κύριος καὶ κριτής·

The-one-this it-be en-freed out of-rulers-of; the-one-this an-en-curer of-the-ones of-it of-befoundeeings-to; the-one-this it-be the-one being-reproached-to under of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-bondees; the-one-this it-be a-Father of-a-lofteedness, and of-a-spawning Authority-belonged, and a-separater;

ATo 143:4 ὕψιστος παρὰ τοῦ μεγίστου γέγονεν, υἱὸς βάθους μονογενής· καὶ ἐκλήθη υἱὸς Μαρίας παρθένου, καὶ ἠκούσθη υἱὸς τέκτονος Ἰωσήφ.

most-lofteed beside of-the-one of-most-great it-hath-had-come-to-become, a-Son of-a-deepeedness stayeed-becominged; and it-was-called-unto, A-son of-a-Maria of-a-maiden, and it-was-heard, A-son of-a-creationer of-an-Iôsef;

ATo 143:5 οὗτος οὗ εἴδομεν τὴν σμικρότητα ἐν τοῖς τοῦ σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς, τὴν δὲ μεγαλειότητα ἐν πίστει ἐδεξάμεθα, καὶ εἴδομεν ταύτην ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις· οὗ τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἀνθρώπινον ταῖς χερσὶν ἐψηλαφήσαμεν, τὴν δὲ θέαν εἴδομεν ἐνηλλοιωμένην τοῖς ἡμετέροις ὀφθαλμοῖς, τὸν δὲ τύπον αὐτοῦ τὸν οὐράνιον ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἰδεῖν οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν·

the-one-this, of-which we-had-seen to-the-one to-a-besmallness in unto-the-ones of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to unto-eyes, to-the-one then-also to-a-great-belongness in unto-a-trust we-received, and we-had-seen to-the-one-this in unto-the-ones unto-works; of-which to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to to-the-one to-mankind-belonged-to unto-the-ones unto-hands we-felt-unto, to-the-one then-also to-a-spectatedness we-had-seen to-having-had-come-to-be-en-othered-in unto-the-ones unto-ours unto-eyes, to-the-one then-also to-a-strike of-it to-the-one to-skyed-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness to-have-had-seen not we-were-abled.

Note: of-which we-had-seen (OU EIDOMEN) : OU corrected to OU EIDOMEN.

Note: to-the-one to-mankind-belonged-to (TO ANQROPINON) : ANQROPINON KAI corrected to TO ANQROPINON.

ATo 143:6 οὗτος ὁ σφήλας τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τὸν θάνατον βιασάμενος· οὗτος ἀλήθεια μὴ ψευδομένη καὶ τέλος ἐπικεφάλαια δεδωκὸς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν· οὗτινος ἰδὼν ὁ ἄρχων ἐφοβήθη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἐταράχθησαν· καὶ ἐμαρτύρει ὁ ἄρχων τίς ἐστιν καὶ πόθεν, καὶ τὸ ἀληθὲς οὐκ ἔγνω, ἐπειδήπερ ἀληθείας ἐστὶν ἀλλότριος.

The-one-this the-one having-befailed to-the-ones to-firsting and to-the-one to-a-death having-dureeated-to; the-one-this an-un-secluding-of lest falsifying, and a-finisheedness to-headlets-upon having-had-come-to-give over of-it and of-the-ones of-it of-learners; of-which-of-a-one having-had-seen, the-one firsting, it-was-feareed-unto, and the-ones abilities the-ones together unto-it they-were-stirred; and it-was-witnessing-unto, the-one firsting, what-one it-be and whither-from, and to-the-one to-un-secludinged not it-had-acquainted, upon-if-then-very of-an-un-secluding-of it-be other-belonged.

Note: having-had-come-to-give (DEDWKOS) : DEDWKWS corrected to DEDWKOS.αὐτοῦαὐτῷ

ATo 143:7 οὗτος ἐξουσίαν ἔχων τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἡδονῶν καὶ κτημάτων καὶ ἀνέσεως ταῦτα πάντα καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ ὑπηκόους ἀνατρέπει μὴ χρήσασθαι αὐτοῖς.

The-one-this to-a-being-out-unto holding of-the-one of-an-orderation and of-the-ones in unto-it of-pleasurings and of-befoundeeings-to and of-a-sending-up, to-the-ones-these to-all, and to-the-ones of-it to-heard-under it-turneth-up, lest to-have-afforded-unto unto-them.

ATo 144:1 Πληρώσας δὲ ταῦτα ἀνέστη καὶ ηὔξατο οὕτως· Πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου.

Having-en-filled then-also to-the-ones-these it-had-stood-up and it-goodly-held unto-the-one-this, Father of-us the-one in unto-the-ones unto-skies, it-should-have-been-hallow-belonged-to the-one a-naming-to of-thee.

ATo 144:2 ἐλθάτω ἡ βασιλεία σου· γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰς ὀφειλὰς ἡμῶν ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν· καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ.

It-should-have-came, the-one a-ruling-of of-thee; it-should-have-been-became the-one a-determining-to of-thee as in unto-a-sky and upon of-the-one of-a-soil; and thou-should-have-had-sent-off unto-us to-the-ones to-debts of-us as and we we-sent-off unto-the-ones unto-debtors of-us; and lest thou-might-have-beared-into to-us into to-an-across-belonging-to-of, other thou-should-have-tracted to-us off of-the-one of-en-necessitated.

ATo 144:3 ὁ κύριος καὶ θεός μου, ἐλπὶς καὶ πεποίθησις καὶ διδάσκαλος, σύ με ἐδίδαξας εὔχεσθαι οὕτως· ἰδοὺ τὴν εὐχὴν εὔχομαι ταύτην καὶ τὸ πρόσταγμά σου πληρῶ· σὺ ἔσο μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ μέχρι τέλους· σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐκ παιδός με ἐνσπείρας ζωὴν καὶ ἀπὸ φθορᾶς φυλάξας με·

The-one Authority-belonged and a-Deity of-me, a-droved-sureeing and a-suring and a-veer-veerator, thou to-me thou-veer-veerated to-goodly-hold unto-the-one-this; thou-should-have-had-seen, to-the-one to-a-goodly-holding I-goodly-hold to-the-one-this and to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-thee I-en-fill; thou-should-be with of-Me unto-lest-whilst of-a-finisheedness; thou thou-be the-one out of-a-child to-me having-whorled-in to-a-lifing and off of-a-degradedness having-guardered to-me;

Note: of-a-child (PAIDOS) : PAIDWN corrected to PAIDOS.

ATo 144:4 σὺ εἶ ὁ εἰς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου πενίαν ἀγαγών με καὶ εἰς πλοῦτον ἀληθινὸν παρακαλέσας με· σὺ εἶ ὁ γνωρίσας μοι ἑαυτὸν καὶ δείξας ὅτι σός εἰμι· καὶ γυναικὸς ἀπεσχόμην ἵνα ἐκεῖνο ὃ χρῄζεις μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν ῥύπῳ·

thou thou-be the-one into to-the-one of-the-one of-an-orderation to-a-necessitating-unto having-had-led to-me and into to-a-wealth to-un-secluded-belonged-to having-called-beside-unto to-me; thou thou-be the-one having-acquainted-to unto-me to-self and having-en-showed to-which-a-one thine I-be; and of-a-woman I-held-off so the-one-thither to-which thou-afford-belong-unto-to lest it-might-have-been-found in unto-a-dirt;

ATo 145:1 οὐ χωρεῖ μου τὸ στόμα εὐχαριστῆσαί σοι οὐδὲ ἡ διάνοιά μου ἐνθυμηθῆναι περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς σπουδῆς.

not it-spaceth-unto of-me the-one an-en-capsuling-to to-have-goodly-granted-unto unto-thee, not-then-also the-one an-en-mulling-through-unto of-me to-have-been-passioned-in-unto about of-the-one of-mine of-a-hasteneeing.

ATo 145:2 ὁ δείξας μοι ὅτε πλουτῆσαι καὶ κτήσασθαι καὶ ἔργῳ μοι δείξας ὅτι πολὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πλοῦτος ζημία γίνεται· ἐπίστευσα δέ σου τῇ ἀποκαλύψει καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ κόσμου πενίᾳ παρέμενon, ἕως οὗ ὁ ἀληθινὸς πλοῦτος ὀφθεὶς κἀμὲ καὶ τοὺς σοὺς ἀξίους ἐπλήρωσας πλούτου, καὶ ἐνδείας καὶ μερίμνης καὶ πλεονεξίας ἀπήλλαξας.

The-one having-en-showed unto-me which-also to-have-wealthed-unto and to-have-befounded-unto, and unto-a-work unto-me having-en-showed to-which-a-one much upon of-the-one of-a-soil a-wealth a-damaging-unto it-becometh; I-trusted-of then-also of-thee unto-the-one unto-a-shrouding-off, and in unto-the-one of-the-one of-an-orderation unto-a-necessitating-unto I-was-staying-beside unto-if-which of-which the-one un-secluded-belonged-to a-wealth having-been-beheld, and-to-me and to-the-ones to-thine to-deem-belonged thou-en-filled of-a-wealth, and of-a-binding-in-of and of-a-portion-memoriedness and of-a-holding-beyond-unto thou-othered-off.

Note: I-was-staying-beside (PAREMENON) : PAREMEINON corrected to PAREMENON.

ATo 145:3 ἰδοὺ τοιγαροῦν ἐπλήρωσά σου τὸ ἔργον καὶ τὸ πρόσταγμα ἐτελείωσα· καὶ γέγονα πένης καὶ ἐνδεὴς καὶ ξένος καὶ δοῦλος καὶ καταπεφρονημένος καὶ δεσμώτης καὶ λιμώττων καὶ διψῶν καὶ γυμνὸς καὶ κεκοπιακώς·

Thou-should-have-had-seen, unto-the-one-too-thus-accordingly I-en-filled of-thee to-the-one to-a-work and to-the-one to-a-arranging-toward-to I-en-finish-belonged; and I-hath-had-come-to-become necessitatinged and bindinged-in and guested and a-bondee and having-had-come-to-be-centered-down-unto and a-bindeer and famining and thirsting-unto and stripped and having-had-come-to-fell-belong-unto;

ATo 145:4 μὴ οὖν ὑστερείσθω ἡ πεποίθησίς μου· μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω ἡ ἐλπίς μου ἐπὶ σοί· μὴ γενέσθωσάν μου μάταιοι οἱ κάματοι· μὴ ἀπολέσθωσάν μου αἱ εὐχαὶ καὶ αἱ νηστεῖαι αἱ συνεχεῖς, καὶ αἱ πράξεις μου αἱ ἐπὶ σοὶ μὴ ἐλαττούσθωσαν· μὴ ἁρπαζέτω ὁ διάβολος τὸ τοῦ σίτου σπέρμα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς·

lest accordingly it-should-be-lattered-unto the-one a-suring of-me; lest it-should-be-shamened the-one a-droved-sureeing of-me upon unto-thee; lest they-should-have-been-became of-me folly-belonged the-ones wearyings; lest they-should-be-destructed-off of-me the-ones goodly-holdings and the-ones non-eatings-of the-ones holdinged-together, and the-ones practices of-me the-ones upon unto-thee lest they-should-have-been-en-lackened; lest it-should-snatch-to, the-one casted-through, to-the-one of-the-one of-a-grain to-a-whorling-to upon of-the-one of-a-soil;

ATo 146:1 ἵνα τὰς μὲν ῥίζας πέμψῃ εἰς βάθος, εἰς οὐρανὸν δὲ τῶν κλάδων τὴν ἔκτασιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ δειχθῶσιν οἱ καρποὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ, καὶ εὐφρανθῶσιν ἐν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄξιοί σου· ἰδοὺ τὰ χρήματα καὶ τὰ κτήματα ἅπερ μοι δέδωκας κατεθέμην εἰς τράπεζαν· ἀπόδος δέ μοι αὐτὰ μετὰ τόκων ὥσπερ ἐπηγγείλω.

so to-the-ones indeed to-rootednesses it-might-have-volleyed into to-a-deepeedness, into to-a-sky then-also of-the-ones of-branches to-the-one to-a-stretching-out of-it, and they-might-have-been-en-showed the-ones fruits in unto-the-one unto-a-soil, and they-might-have-been-goodly-centered in unto-it the-ones deem-belonged of-thee; thou-should-have-had-seen, to-the-ones to-affordings-to and to-the-ones to-befoundeeings-to to-which-very unto-me thou-had-come-to-give I-placed-down into to-a-four-footedness; thou-should-have-had-given-off then-also unto-me to-them with of-creations as-very thou-leadeeered-upon.

Note: of-it (AUTOU) : AUTHS corrected to AUTOU.

Note: unto-it (AUTW) : AUTH corrected to AUTW.

Note: they-might-have-been-goodly-centered (EUFFANQWSIN) : EUFRAINESQWSAN corrected to EUFFANQWSIN.

Note: of-creations : in this context used to refer to the creation of interest, i.e. usury.

ATo 146:2 ἐν τῇ σῇ μνᾷ προσεπορισάμην ἄλλας δέκα· προστεθήτω μοι ὡς προσέταξας.

In unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-mina I-traversed-toward-to to-other to-ten; it-should-have-been-placed-toward unto-me as thou-arranged-toward.

Note: unto-a-mina : 1 mina = about 1 pound.

ATo 146:3 ἐγὼ τοῖς χρεώσταις τὴν μνᾶν συνεχώρησα· καὶ μὴ ἀπαιτείσθω παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ· συνεχώρησας γάρ μοι.

I unto-the-ones unto-afforders to-the-one to-a-mina I-spaced-together-unto; and lest it-should-be-appealed-off-unto beside of-ME; thou-spaced-together-unto too-thus unto-me.

Note: unto-afforders : one who yields a service or payment as if indebted to do so.

Note: to-a-mina : 1 mina = about 1 pound.

ATo 146:4 παρακληθεὶς εἰς δεῖπνον παρεγενόμην, ἀγροῦ καὶ γυναικὸς ἀπαλλαγείς· μὴ οὖν ἀποβληθῶ, ἀμωμήτως δὲ γεύσωμαι.

Having-been-called-beside-unto into to-a-meal I-had-became-beside, of-a-field and of-a-woman having-been-othered-off; lest accordingly I-might-have-been-casted-off, unto-un-blemished-unto then-also I-might-have-tasted-of;

ATo 146:5 ἵνα ἄξιος φανῶ καὶ μὴ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας δεθεὶς εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον εἰσέλθω.

so deem-belonged I-might-have-had-been-manifested and lest to-the-ones to-hands to-the-ones to-feet having-been-binded into to-the-one to-a-dimmeedness to-the-one to-more-out-unto-which I-might-have-had-came-into.

ATo 146:6 ὁ λύχνος μου μετὰ πολλῆς λαμπρότητος παρέμεινεν τὸν δεσπότην καὶ τοῦτον ἀπείληφεν ἀναλυθέντων τῶν γάμων· οὐ γὰρ εὗρεν αὐτὸν ἐλαίου σπάνει κινδυνεύοντα ἀποσβεσθῆναι.

The-one a-luminating-of of-me with of-much of-an-en-lampness it-stayed-beside to-the-one to-a-bind-doer, and to-the-one-this it-hath-had-come-to-take-off of-having-been-loosed-up of-the-ones of-marriages; not too-thus it-had-found to-it of-an-oillet unto-a-scarcing, to-periling-of to-have-been-en-quelled.

ATo 146:7 οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου ἀποβλεπέτωσάν σε καὶ ἡ καρδία μου χαιρέτω, ὅτι σοῦ τὴν βουλὴν ἐπλήρωσα καὶ τὸ πρόσταγμά σου ἐτελείωσα.

The-ones eyes of-me they-should-have-viewed-off to-thee and the-one a-heart of-me it-should-joy, to-which-a-one of-thee to-the-one to-a-purposing I-en-filled and to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-thee I-en-finish-belonged.

ATo 146:8 ἰδέ σου τὸν δοῦλον ἐνεργὸν καὶ εὐλαβῆ πῶς οὐ καταφρονεῖ λαμπρᾷ σπουδῇ χρώμενος.

Thou-should-have-had-seen of-thee to-the-one to-a-bondee to-worked-in and to-goodly-takinged unto-whither not it-centereth-down-unto unto-en-lamped unto-a-hasteneeing affording-unto.

ATo 146:9 ὅλην τὴν νύκτα ἐπαγρυπνῶν ἔκαμον ἀπὸ τῶν λῃστῶν τὴν οἰκίαν μου φυλάσσων μή πως διορύξωσιν.

To-whole to-the-one to-a-night field-sleeping-unto I-wearied off of-the-ones of-stealers, to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-me guardering lest unto-whither they-might-have-gougered-through.

ATo 147:1 μηδὲ γενέσθωσάν μου λοξαὶ αἱ αὔλακες.

Lest-then-also they-should-have-had-became of-me slanted the-ones channeleries.

Note: channeleries : ploughed crop furrows, linear gashes, etc..

ATo 147:2 αἱ ἄρουραί μου ἐλευκάνθησαν· θερισμὸν προσδέχονται.

The-ones en-liftednesses of-me they-were-whitened; to-a-summering-of they-receive-toward.

Note: en-liftednesses : i.e. ploughed areas.

Note: they-were-whitened : i.e. dried, denutritioned by crops.

ATo 148:1 μὴ βλάψωσιν οἱ κακοὶ καὶ ὀκνηροὶ καὶ πονηροὶ τὸν ἐπιεικῆ καὶ δοῦλον καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητον ὄντα· μέγαν καὶ ὑψούμενον οὐ τολμήσουσιν ἀντιστῆναι διὰ τὴν δύναμίν σου Ἰησοῦ τὴν περιέχουσαν.

Lest they-might-have-illed, the-ones wedge-wedged and en-hesitated and en-necessitated, to-the-one to-resemblinged-upon and to-a-bondee and to-goodly-centered-down to-being; to-great and to-being-en-lofteed not they-shall-venture-unto to-have-had-ever-a-one-stood, through to-the-one to-an-ability of-thee, Iêsous, to-the-one to-holding-about.

ATo 148:2 φεύγουσιν δὲ καὶ κρύπτονται, ἐπειδήπερ οὐδὲ ἀντιβλέψαι δύνανται.

They-flee then-also and they-hiden, upon-if-then-very not-then-also to-have-ever-a-one-viewed they-able.

ATo 148:3 ὅπως δὲ καὶ αἰφνίδιον ἐμπίπτουσιν τοῖς αὐτοῦ ὑπηκόοις.

Unto-the-one-this then-also and to-un-manifest-belonged they-fall-in unto-the-ones of-it unto-heard-under.

ATo 148:4 ἡ τούτων τῶν πονηρῶν παίδων μερὶς βοᾷ καὶ μηνύει· διὸ οὐδεὶς αὐτοὺς λαθεῖν δύναται.

The-one of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-en-necessitated of-children a-portion it-hollereth-unto and it-en-memorieth; through-to-which not-then-also-one to-them to-have-had-secluded it-ableth.

ATo 148:5 παρέλθοιμι μετ᾿ εἰρήνης τῶν χορῶν αὐτῶν, συμπαρούσης μοι τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ χαρᾶς· στάντα δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ κριτοῦ ὁ διάβολος μὴ ἴδοι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀμαυρωθείη τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς διὰ φωτὸς ὅπερ ἀνίδρυσας· καὶ φραγήτω αὐτοῦ τὸ βλάσφημον στόμα· μηδὲ τι οὖν κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἔχῃ βλάβης.

I-may-have-had-came-beside with of-a-joinifying of-the-ones of-choruses of-them, of-being-beside-together unto-me of-the-one of-a-joinifying and of-a-joyedness; to-having-had-stood then-also upon of-the-one of-a-separater, the-one casted-through lest it-may-have-had-seen, other it-may-have-been-en-diminished-along to-the-ones to-eyes through of-a-light to-which-very thou-seateed-up; and it-should-have-had-been-evinced-to of-it the-one ill-declared a-becutteeing-to, lest-then-also to-a-one accordingly down of-ME it-might-hold of-an-illing.

Note: thou-seateed-up (ANIDRUSAS) : ANIDRUSEIAS corrected to ANIDRUSAS.

Note: lest-then-also to-a-one (MHDE TI) : MHD O TI corrected to MHDE TI.

Note: it-might-hold of-a-illing (EXH BLABHS) : EXEI BLABHN corrected to EXH BLABHS.

ATo 149:1 Ἔλεγεν δὲ λυθεὶς τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν οὖσιν ἕτερα· πιστεύσατε τῷ σωτῆρι τῶν κεκοπιακότων τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν λατρείᾳ.

It-was-forthing then-also, having-been-loosed, unto-the-ones about to-it unto-being, to-different, Ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-Savior of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-fell-belong-unto unto-the-one toward to-it unto-a-serving-of.

ATo 149:2 ἐμοῦ γὰρ ἤδη τέθηλεν ἡ ψυχή, ὅτι μου ὁ καιρὸς ἐγγὺς ἀπολαβεῖν αὐτόν· ὡραῖος γὰρ ὢν προσάγει με λέγειν ἀεὶ περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κάλλους ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, μὴ δυνάμενον μηδὲ χωροῦντα κατ᾿ ἀξίαν εἰπεῖν· νοῶν φέγγος τῆς ἐμῆς πενίας καὶ πληρωτὴς τῶν ἐμῶν ὑστερημάτων καὶ τροφεὺς τῆς ἐμῆς ἐνδείας· σὺ ἔσο μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἕως ἂν ἔλθω καὶ ἀπολάβω σε εἰς αἰῶνα αἰώνων.

Of-ME too-thus which-then it-had-come-to-flourish, the-one a-breathing, to-which-a-one of-me the-one a-time neared to-have-had-taken-off to-it; hour-belonged too-thus being it-leadeth-toward to-me to-forth ever-if about of-the-one of-it of-a-seemlieedness which-whither-belonged it-be, lest to-abling lest-then-also to-spacing-unto down to-deem-belonged to-have-had-said; en-mulling-unto to-a-brighteneedness of-the-one of-mine of-a-necessitating-unto and an-en-filler of-the-ones of-mine of-latterings-to and a-nourisher-of of-the-one of-mine of-a-binding-of; thou thou-should-be with of-ME unto-if-which ever I-might-have-had-came and I-might-have-had-taken-off to-thee into to-an-age of-ages.

Note: to-deem-belonged (ACIA) : ACIAN corrected to ACIA.

Note: the-one being (O WN) : NOWN corrected to O WN.

ATo 150:0 Πρᾶξις ιγ´ ὅτε Οὐαζάνης λαμβάνει τὸ βάπτισμα μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν.

A-practice ten-three which-also an-Ouazanês it-taketh to-the-one to-a-dippng-to with of-the-ones of-remaindered.

ATo 150:1 Οὐαζάνης δὲ ὁ νεανίσκος ἐδέετο τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέγων· Δέομαί σου ἄνθρωπε ἀπόστολε τοῦ θεοῦ, συγχώρησόν μοι ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πείσω τὸν δεσμοφύλακα ἵνα σοι συγχωρήσῃ ἐλθεῖν οἴκαδε μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ὅπως διὰ σοῦ λάβω σφραγῖδα, καὶ γένωμαι ὑπηρέτης σου καὶ φύλαξ τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ θεοῦ οὗ σὺ κηρύσσεις.

An-Ouazanês then-also the-one a-new-belonging-of it-was-binding of-the-one of-a-setee-off forthing, I-bind of-thee, Mankind Setee-off of-the-one of-a-Deity, thou-should-have-spaced-together-unto unto-me to-have-had-came-off, and I-shall-sure to-the-one to-a-bindee-guarder so unto-thee it-might-have-spaced-together-unto to-have-had-came to-housed-then-also with of-ME, unto-which-whither through of-thee I-might-have-had-taken to-a-seal, and I-might-have-had-became an-under-rower of-thee and a-guarder of-the-ones of-finishings-in of-the-one of-a-Deity of-which thou thou-heralder.

ATo 150:2 καὶ γὰρ πρότερον ἐν οἷς σὺ διδάσκεις ἀνεστρεφόμην, ἕως οὗ ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ βιασάμενός με γυναικὶ συνῆψεν Ἀνισάρᾳ λεγομένῃ· ὢν γὰρ πρώτου καὶ εἰκοστοῦ ἔτους ἕβδομον ἤδη ἐνιαυτὸν ἔχω γαμήσας· πρὸ τοῦ δὲ συναλλάξαι γάμῳ ἄλλην οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον γυναῖκα·

And too-thus to-more-before in unto-which thou thou-veer-veerate I-was-beturning-up, unto-if-which of-which the-one mine a-father having-dureeated-to to-me, unto-a-woman it-fastened-together, unto-an-Anisara unto-being-forthed; being too-thus of-most-before and of-twentieth of-a-yeareedness, to-seventh which-then to-a-being-in-unto-it I-hold having-married-unto; before of-the-one then-also to-have-othered-together unto-a-marriage, to-other not I-had-acquainted to-a-woman;

ATo 150:3 διὸ καὶ ἄχρηστος τῷ πατρὶ ἐνομιζόμην· οὐδέ ποτε οὔτε υἱὸς οὔτε θυγάτηρ γέγονέν μοι ἐκ τῆς γυναικὸς ταύτης· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ γυνή μου αὐτὴ ἐν σωφροσύνῃ συνέζησέν μοι τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον, καὶ σήμερον εἰ ὑγιὴς ἐτύγχανεν καὶ παρὰ σοῦ ἀπηκροάσατο, οἶδα ὅτι κἀγὼ ἀνεπαυόμην καὶ αὐτὴ αἰωνίαν ζωὴν ἀπελάμβανεν· ἀλλ᾿ ἐν κινδύνῳ καὶ ἐν κακώσει πολλῇ ἐξετάζεται.

through-to-which and un-afforded unto-the-one unto-a-father I-was-being-parceleed-to; not-also whither-also not-also a-son not-also a-daughter it-hath-had-come-to-become unto-me out of-the-one of-a-woman of-the-one-this; other and the-one a-woman of-me the-one-this in unto-a-rational-centeringedness it-lifed-together-unto unto-me to-the-one to-a-while to-the-one-this, and this-day if healthinged it-was-actuanating and beside of-thee it-heard-off-unto, I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one and-I I-was-ceasing-up and the-one-this to-age-belonged to-a-lifing it-was-taking-off; other in unto-a-peril and in unto-a-wedge-wedging unto-much it-be-out-tested-to.

ATo 150:4 πείθω τοίνυν τὸν φύλακα ἐάν μοι ὑποσχῇ ἐλθεῖν μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ· ἰδίᾳ γὰρ κατ᾿ ἐμαυτὸν οἰκῶ· καὶ ἅμα θεραπεύῃς τὴν ἀθλίαν ἐκείνην.

I-might-sure unto-the-one-now to-the-one to-a-guarder if-ever unto-me it-might-have-had-held-under to-have-had-came with of-ME; unto-private-belonged too-thus down to-myself I-might-house-unto; and along thou-might-minister-of to-the-one to-dashed-along-belonged to-the-one-thither.

Note: thou-might-minister-of (QERAPEUHS) : QERAPEUEIS corrected to QERAPEUHS.

ATo 150:5 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα Ἰούδας ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ ὑψίστου εἶπεν τῷ Οὐαζάνῃ· Εἰ πιστεύεις, ὄψει τὰ θαύματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πῶς σῴζει τοὺς αὐτοῦ δούλους.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, an-Ioudas the-one a-setee-off of-the-one of-most-lofteed, it-had-said unto-the-one unto-an-Ouazanês, If thou-trust-of, thou-shall-behold to-the-ones to-marvelings-to of-the-one of-a-Deity and unto-whither it-saveth-to to-the-ones of-it to-bondees.

ATo 151:1 Διαλεγομένων δὲ αὐτῶν ταῦτα Τερτία καὶ Μυγδονία καὶ Μαρκία ἐν τῇ θύρᾳ ἵσταντο τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου, καὶ δοῦσαι τῷ δεσμοφύλακι τριακοσίους ἑξήκοντα τρεῖς στατῆρας ἀργυρίου εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὸν Ἰούδαν·

Of-forthing-through then-also of-them to-the-one-these, a-Tertia and a-Mugdonia and a-Markia in unto-the-one unto-a-portaledness they-were-standing of-the-one of-a-bindeerlet, and having-had-given unto-the-one unto-a-bindee-guarder to-three-hundred to-sixty to-three to-staters of-a-silverlet they-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-an-Ioudas.

Note: to-staters : an Attic coin made to both silver or gold.

ATo 151:2 καὶ εὗρον τὸν Οὐαζάνην καὶ τὸν Σιφόρα καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα καὶ πάντας τοὺς δεσμώτας καθημένους καὶ τοῦ λόγου ἀκούοντας.

And they-had-found to-the-one to-an-Ouazanês and to-the-one to-a-Sifôr and to-the-one to-a-woman of-it and to-the-one to-a-daughter and to-all to-the-ones to-bindeers to-sitting-down and of-the-one of-a-forthee to-hearing.

ATo 151:3 καὶ ὡς ἔστησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐταῖς· Τίς ὑμῖν συνεχώρησεν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ἡμᾶς;

And as they-had-stood toward to-it it-had-said unto-them, What-one unto-ye it-spaced-together-unto to-have-had-came toward to-us?

ATo 151:4 καὶ τίς ὑμῖν ἤνοιξεν τὴν ἐσφραγισμένην θύραν τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν;

And what-one unto-ye it-opened-up to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-sealed-to to-a-portaledness of-the-one to-have-had-came-out?

ATo 151:5 Λέγει αὐτῷ Τερτία· Οὐ σὺ ἀνεπέτασας τὰς θύρας ἡμῖν εἰπὼν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, ἵνα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἡμῶν τοὺς ἐκεῖ παραλάβωμεν καὶ τότε ἐνδείξηται ὁ κύριος τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν;

It-fortheth unto-it, a-Tertia, Not thou thou-out-spreaded-to to-the-ones to-portalednesses unto-us having-had-said to-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet, so to-the-ones to-brethrened of-us to-the-ones thither we-might-have-had-taken-beside, and to-the-one-which-also it-might-have-en-showed-in, the-one Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-it in unto-us?

ATo 151:6 Καὶ πλησίον τῆς θύρας γενομένων ἡμῶν οὐκ οἶδα πῶς ἐχωρίσθης ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀποκρυβεὶς ἡμᾶς προῆλθες ἐνθάδε, ὅπου καὶ τοῦ ψόφου τῆς θύρας ᾐσθόμεθα, σοῦ ἀποκλείσαντος ἡμᾶς.

And to-nigh-belonged of-the-one of-a-portaledess of-having-had-became of-us not I-had-come-to-see unto-whither thou-was-spaced-to off of-us, and having-had-been-hidened-off to-us, thou-had-came-before in-from-which-then-also, to-which-of-whither and of-the-one of-a-clangor of-the-one of-a-portaledness we-knew-along, of-thee of-having-latch-belonged-off to-us.

ATo 151:7 δοῦσαι τοιγαροῦν χρήματα τοῖς φύλαξιν εἰσήλθομεν· καὶ ἰδοὺ πάρεσμεν δεόμεναί σου ὅπως πεισθέντα σε φυγαδεύσωμεν ἕως οὗ λήξει ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς σὲ θυμός.

Having-had-given unto-the-one-too-thus-accordingly to-affordings-to unto-the-ones unto-guarders we-had-came-into; and thou-should-have-had-seen, we-be-beside binding of-thee unto-which-whither to-having-been-sured to-thee we-might-have-flee-hithered-of unto-if-which of-which it-shall-abate, the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of into to-thee a-passion.

ATo 151:8 Πρὸς ἣν ὁ Ἰούδας· Διήγησαι πρότερον ἡμῖν πῶς συνεκλείσθητε.

Toward to-which the-one an-Ioudas, Thou-should-have-led-through-unto to-more-before unto-us unto-whither ye-were-latch-belonged-together.

ATo 152:1 Καί φησιν αὐτῷ· Σὺ μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν ἦς καὶ οὐδέ ποτε ἀπελείφθης ἡμῶν πρὸς ὥραν μίαν, καὶ ἐρωτᾷς ποίῳ συνεκλείσθημεν τρόπῳ;

And it-declareth unto-it, Thou with of-us thou-was and not-then-also whither-also thou-was-remainered-off of-us toward to-an-houredness to-one, and thou-entreat-unto unto-whither-belonged we-were-latch-belonged-together unto-a-turn?

ATo 152:2 ἀλλ᾿ εἰ ἀκοῦσαι ποθεῖς, ἄκουσον.

Other if to-have-heard thou-yearn-unto, thou-should-have-heard.

ATo 152:3 μεταπεμψάμενός με ὁ βασιλεὺς Μισδαῖος ἔλεγέν μοι ὅτι Οὐδέπω σου περιγέγονεν ὁ μάγος ἐκεῖνος, ἐπειδήπερ ὡς ἀκούω ἐλαίῳ καὶ ὕδατι καὶ ἄρτῳ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μαγεύει, καὶ σὲ οὐδέπω ἐγοήτευσεν·

Having-volleyed-with to-me, the-one a-ruler-of a-Misdaios, it-was-forthing unto-me to-which-a-one, Not-then-also-unto-whither of-thee it-hath-had-come-to-become-about, the-one a-magos the-one-thither, upon-if-then-very as I-hear unto-an-oillet and unto-a-water and unto-an-adjustation to-the-ones to-mankinds it-magicketh-of, and to-thee not-then-also-unto-whither it-finessed-of;

ATo 152:4 ἀλλὰ πείσθητί μοι· ἐπεὶ σὲ μὲν ἐγκλείσας συντρίψω, ἐκεῖνον δὲ ἀπολέσω· οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι ἐὰν οὐδέπω σοι ἔλαιον καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἄρτον ἐπέδωκεν, περιγενέσθαι σου οὐκ ἰσχύει.

other thou-should-have-been-sured unto-me, upon-if to-thee indeed having-latch-belonged-in I-shall-rub-together, to-the-one-thither then-also I-shall-destruct-off; I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-which-a-one if-ever not-then-also-unto-whither unto-thee to-an-oillet and to-a-water and to-an-adjustation it-gave-upon, to-have-had-become-about of-thee not it-force-holdeth.

Note: it-force-holdeth (ISXUEI) : ISXUSEN corrected to ISXUEI.

ATo 152:5 Εἶπον δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐγώ· Τοῦ μὲν σώματός μου ἐξουσίαν ἔχεις, καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι βούλει πρᾶττε· τὴν δὲ ψυχήν μου οὐ συναπολέσω σοι.

I-had-said then-also toward to-it, I, Of-the-one indeed of-an-en-capsuling-to of-me to-a-being-out-unto thou-hold, and to-all to-which to-a-one thou-purpose thou-should-practice; to-the-one then-also to-a-breathing of-me not I-shall-destruct-off-together unto-thee.

ATo 152:6 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα συνέκλεισέν με ἐν οἰκήματι· καὶ ὁ Χαρίσιος δὲ ἤνεγκεν τὴν Μυγδονίαν καὶ κατέκλεισεν αὐτὴν σὺν ἐμοί.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these it-latch-belonged-together to-me in unto-a-housing-to; and the-one a-Charisios then-also it-beared to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia and it-latch-belonged-down to-it together unto-ME.

ATo 152:7 καὶ σὺ ἡμᾶς ἐξήγαγες καὶ μέχρι τῶν ὧδε παρέστησας.

And thou to-us thou-had-led-out, and unto-lest-whilst of-the-ones unto-which-then-also thou-stood-beside;

ATo 152:8 ἀλλὰ δὸς τάχιον τὴν σφραγῖδα ἡμῖν, ἵνα ἐκκοπῶσιν αἱ ἐλπίδες ἡμῶν Μισδαίου τοιαῦτα βουλομένου.

other thou-should-have-had-given to-more-quick to-the-one to-a-seal unto-us, so they-might-have-felled-out, the-ones droved-sureeings of-us, of-a-Misdaios to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these of-purposing.

Note: droved-sureeings of-us (ELPIDES HMWN) : ELPIDES corrected to ELPIDES HMWN.

ATo 153:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Δόξα σοι πολύμορφε Ἰησοῦ, σοὶ δόξα ὁ φαινόμενος κατὰ τὴν μετρίαν ἡμῶν ἀνθρωπότητα· σοὶ δόξα ὁ παραθαρσύνων καὶ ἐνδυναμῶν ἡμᾶς καὶ χάριν ποιῶν καὶ παραμυθούμενος καὶ παριστάμενος ἡμῖν ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κινδύνοις καὶ ἐνδυναμῶν τὴν ἀσθένειαν ἡμῶν.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-setee-off, it-had-said, A-reckonedess unto-thee, Much-formed Iêsous, unto-thee a-reckonedness the-one being-manifested down to-the-one to-measure-belonged of-us to-a-mankindness; unto-thee a-reckonedness the-one bravening-beside and en-abling-in to-us and to-a-granting doing-unto and relating-beside-unto and standing-beside unto-us upon unto-all unto-the-ones unto-perils and en-abling-in to-the-one to-an-un-vigoring-of of-us.

ATo 153:2 Λέγοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα ἐλθὼν ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ εἶπεν· Ἀπόθεσθε τοὺς λύχνους, ἵνα μή τις ἡμᾶς τῷ βασιλεῖ διαβάλῃ.

Of-forthing then-also of-it to-the-ones-these, having-had-came, the-one a-bindee-guarder, it-had-said, Ye-should-have-placed-off to-the-ones to-luminatings-of, so lest a-one to-us unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of it-might-have-had-casted-through.

Note: to-us (HMAS) : UMAS corrected to HMAS.

ATo 153:3 Καὶ τότε ἀποσβέσαντες τοὺς λύχνους εἰς ὕπνον ἐτράπησαν· ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος τῷ κυρίῳ προσδιελέγετο· Καιρὸς λοιπόν ἐστιν Ἰησοῦ τῆς σῆς ταχυτῆτος· ἰδοὺ γὰρ οἱ τοῦ σκότους παῖδες ἐν τῷ αὐτῶν καθιοῦσι σκότει.

And to-the-one-which-also having-en-quelled to-the-ones to-luminatings-of into to-a-sleep they-had-been-turned; the-one then-also a-setee-off unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged it-was-forthing-through-toward, A-time to-remaindered it-be, Iêsous, of-the-one of-thine of-a-quickness; thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, the-ones of-the-one of-a-dimmeedness children in unto-the-one of-them they-shall-sit-down-to unto-a-dimmeedness.

ATo 153:4 σὺ οὖν ἐν φωτὶ τῆς φύσεως ὢν κατάλαμψον ἡμᾶς.

Thou accordingly in unto-a-light of-the-one of-a-spawning being thou-should-have-lamped-down to-us.

ATo 153:5 Καὶ ἐξαίφνης τὸ δεσμωτήριον ὅλον ἔλαμψεν ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα.

And of-manifested-out to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet to-whole it-lamped as the-one a-dayedness.

ATo 153:6 πάντων δὲ τῶν ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ καθευδόντων βαθεῖ ὕπνῳ μόνοι οἱ πεπιστευκότες τῷ κυρίῳ ἐγρηγορότες ἐτύγχανον.

Of-all then-also of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-bindeerlet of-resting-down unto-a-deepeeness unto-a-sleep, stayeed the-ones having-had-come-to-trust-of unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged having-had-come-watch they-were-actuanating.

ATo 154:1 Λέγει οὖν ὁ Ἰούδας τῷ Οὐαζάνῃ· Πρόλαβε καὶ εὐτρέπισον ἡμῖν τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν.

It-fortheth accordingly, the-one an-Ioudas, unto-the-one unto-an-Ouazanês, Thou-should-have-had-taken-before and thou-should-have-goodly-turned-to unto-us to-the-ones toward to-the-one to-an-affording-of.

ATo 154:2 Λέγει οὖν ὁ Οὐαζάνης· Καὶ τίς μοι τὰς θύρας ἀνοίξει τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου;

It-fortheth accordingly, the-one an-Ouazanês, And what-one unto-me to-the-ones to-portalednesses it-shall-open-up of-the-one of-a-bindeerlet?

ATo 154:3 κλείσαντες γὰρ ταύτας οἱ δεσμοφύλακες ἐκοιμήθησαν.

Having-latch-belonged too-thus to-the-ones-these, the-ones bindee-guarders, they-were-situateed-unto.

ATo 154:4 Καὶ λέγει ὁ Ἰούδας· Πίστευσον τῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ εὑρήσεις τὰς θύρας ἀνεῳγμένας.

And it-fortheth, the-one an-Ioudas, Thou-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-an-Iêsous, and thou-shall-find to-the-ones to-portaledness to-having-had-come-to-be-opened-up.

ATo 154:5 Ὡς δὲ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπῄει αὐτῶν, οἱ λοιποὶ πάντες κατόπισθεν ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ.

As then-also to-have-had-came-out it-was-going-off of-them, the-ones remaindered all down-aback-from they-were-pathing-along-unto unto-it.

ATo 154:6 προελθόντος δὲ τοῦ Οὐαζάνου συνήντησεν Μνησάρα ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἐρχομένη εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον.

Of-having-had-came-before then-also of-the-one of-an-Ouazanês it-together-ever-a-oned-unto, a-Mnêsara the-one a-woman of-it, coming into to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet.

ATo 154:7 καὶ ἐπεγγίσασα αὐτὸν λέγει· Ἀδελφέ μου Οὐαζάνη, σὺ εἶ;

And having-neared-upon-to to-it it-fortheth, Brethrened of-me Ouazanês, thou thou-be?

Note: having-neared-upon-to (EPEGGISASA) : EPIGNOUSA corrected to EPEGGISASA.

ATo 154:8 Ὁ δὲ Ναί φησιν· σὺ δὲ Μνησάρα;

The-one then-also, Yea, it-declareth, thou then-also a-Mnêsara?

ATo 154:9 Ἣ δὲ λέγει· Ναί.

The-one then-also it-fortheth, Yea.

ATo 154:10 Ἔφη αὐτῇ Οὐαζάνης· Ποῦ βαδίζεις; μάλιστα καὶ κατὰ τοιαύτην ἀωρίαν; πῶς δὲ καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἠδυνήθης;

It-was-declaring unto-it, an-Ouazanês, Of-whither thou-step-to, most-such and down to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-an-un-houring-unto? Unto-whither then-also and to-have-had-stood-up thou-was-abled?

ATo 154:11 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· Ὁ νεώτερος οὗτος τὴν χεῖρά μοι ἐπιθεὶς ἤγειρέν με, καὶ ὄναρ εἶδον ἵνα ἀπέλθω ὅπου ὁ ξένος κάθηται καὶ τελείως ὑγιάνω.

The-one then-also it-had-said, The-one more-new the-one-this to-the-one to-a-hand of-me having-had-placed-upon it-roused to-me, and to-a-dream I-had-seen so I-might-have-had-came-off to-which-of-whither the-one guested it-sitteth-down and unto-finish-belonged I-might-have-healthed.

ATo 154:12 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Οὐαζάνης· Ποῖος νεώτερός ἐστιν παρὰ σοί;

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one an-Ouazanês, Whither-belonged more-new it-be beside unto-thee?

ATo 154:13 Ἣ δὲ ἔφη· Οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὸν ἐκ δεξιῶν μοι χειραγωγοῦντά με;

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, Not thou-seeee-unto to-the-one out of-right-belonged unto-me to-hand-leading-unto to-me?

ATo 155:1 Ταῦτα δὲ διαλεγομένων ἐκείνων Ἰούδας μετὰ Σιφόρου καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς καὶ Τερτίας καὶ Μυγδονίας καὶ Μαρκίας ἦλθον εἰς τὴν Οὐαζάνου οἰκίαν.

To-the-one-these then-also of-forthing-through of-the-ones-thither an-Ioudas with of-a-Sifôr and of-the-one of-a-woman of-it and of-the-one of-a-daughter and of-a-Tertia and of-a-Mugdonia and of-a-Markia they-had-came into to-the-one of-an-Ouazanês to-a-housing-unto.

ATo 155:2 ἰδοῦσα δὲ Μνησάρα ἡ Οὐαζάνου γυνὴ προσεκύνησεν καὶ εἶπεν· Ἦλθες ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ δυσκόλου νοσήματος;

Having-had-seen then-also, a-Mugdonia the-one of-an-Ouazanês a-woman, it-kissed-toward-unto and it-had-said, Thou-had-came the-one a-savior of-us off of-the-one of-onerously-fooded of-an-ailing-to?

ATo 155:3 σὺ εἶ ὃν εἶδον ἐν νυκτὶ παραδιδόντα μοι τὸν νεώτερον τοῦτον ἀγαγεῖν με εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον.

Thou thou-be to-which I-had-seen in unto-a-night to-giving-beside unto-me to-the-one to-more-new to-the-one-this to-have-had-led to-me into to-the-one to-a-bindeerler;

ATo 155:4 ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ εἴασεν ἡ χρηστότης σου καμεῖν με, σὺ δὲ αὐτὸς ἦλθες πρός με.

other not it-letted-unto, the-one an-affordness of-thee, to-have-wearied, to-me; thou then-also it thou-had-came toward to-me.

ATo 155:5 Εἰποῦσα δὲ ταῦτα καὶ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἐπιστραφεῖσα οὐκέτι εἶδεν τὸν νεώτερον.

Having-had-said then-also to-the-ones-these and into to-the-ones aback-unto-which having-had-been-beturned-upon not-if-to-a-one it-had-seen to-the-one to-more-new.

ATo 155:6 καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσα λέγει πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον· Οὐ δύναμαι μόνη βαδίσαι· ὁ γὰρ νεώτερος οὐ πάρεστιν ὃν παρέδωκάς μοι.

And lest having-had-found it-fortheth toward to-the-one to-a-setee-off, Not I-able stayeed to-have-stepped-to; the-one too-thus more-new not it-be-beside to-which thou-gave-beside unto-me.

ATo 155:7 Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας εἶπεν· Ἰησοῦς τὸ λοιπόν σε χειραγωγήσει.

And the-one an-Ioudas it-had-said, An-Iêsous to-the-one to-remaindered to-thee it-shall-hand-lead-unto.

ATo 155:8 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν δρόμῳ χρωμένη.

With to-the-one-these it-was-coming toward to-it unto-a-circuit affording-unto.

ATo 155:9 ὡς δὲ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Οὐαζάνου υἱοῦ Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἔτι νυκτὸς οὔσης φῶς αὐτοῖς πολὺ περικεχυμένον ἔφαινεν.

As then-also they-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-an-Ouazanês of-a-son of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, if-to-a-one of-a-night of-being a-light unto-them much having-had-come-to-be-poured-about it-was-manifesting.

ATo 156:1 Καὶ τότε ὁ Ἰούδας ἤρξατο εὔχεσθαι καὶ λέγειν οὕτως· Ὁ ἑταῖρος καὶ σύμμαχος καὶ τῶν ἀσθενῶν ἐλπὶς καὶ πεποίθησις τῶν μετρίων· καταφυγὴ καὶ καταγώγιον τῶν κεκμηκότων· φωνὴ οὖν ἐξελθοῦσα ἐξ ὕψους·

And to-the-one-which-also the-one an-Ioudas it-firsted to-goodly-hold and to-forth unto-the-one-this, The-one a-comrade and battled-together and of-the-ones of-un-vigoringed a-droved-sureeing and a-suring of-the-ones of-measure-belonged; a-fleeing-down and a-leaderlet-down of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-weary; a-sound accordingly having-had-come-out out of-a-lofteedness;

Note: having-had-come-out out of-a-lofteedness (ECELQOUSA EC UYOUS) : ECHLQEN EC UPNOU corrected to ECELQOUSA EC UYOUS.

ATo 156:2 ὁ παρήγορος ὁ ἐν μέσῳ κατοικῶν· καταγώγιον καὶ λιμὴν τῶν διιόντων ἀρχόντων χορῶν· ὁ ἰατρὸς ὁ ἄμισθος·

the-one gathered-beside the-one in unto-middle housing-down-unto; a-leaderlet-down and a-harbor of-the-ones of-going-through of-firsting of-spacednesses; the-one an-en-curer the-one un-payed;

Note: of-spacednesses (XWRWN) : XORWN corrected to XWRWN.

ATo 156:3 ὁ ὑπὲρ πολλῶν παρὰ ἀνθρώποις σταυρωθείς· ὁ κατελθὼν εἰς ᾅδου μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως· οὗ τὴν θέαν οὐκ ἤνεγκαν οἱ τοῦ θανάτου ἄρχοντες·

the-one under of-much beside unto-mankinds having-been-en-staked; the-one having-had-came-down into of-a-hadês with of-much of-an-ability; of-which to-the-one to-a-spectatedness not they-beared, the-ones of-the-one of-a-death firsting;

ATo 156:4 καὶ ἀνῆλθες μετὰ πολλῆς δόξης, καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς εἰς σὲ καταφεύγοντας παρεσκεύασας ὁδόν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἰχνῶν σου πάντες ὥδευσαν οὓς ἐλυτρώσω· καὶ εἰσαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ποίμνην τοῖς σοῖς ἐγκατέμειξας προβάτοις·

And thou-had-came-up with of-much of-a-reckonedness, and having-had-led-together to-all to-the-ones into to-thee to-fleeing-down thou-beside-equipped-to to-a-way, and upon of-the-ones of-trackeednesses of-thee all they-way-of to-which thou-en-loosed; and having-had-led-into into to-the-one of-self to-a-shepherding unto-the-ones unto-thine thou-en-mingled-down-in unto-stepped-before;

ATo 156:5 υἱὸς σπλάγχνων, ὁ κατὰ φιλανθρωπίαν ἀποσταλεὶς ἡμῖν υἱὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ἄνω πατρίδος τῆς τελείας·

a-son of-bowels, the-one down to-a-mankind-caring-unto having-been-set-off unto-us, a-son off of-the-one up-unto-which of-a-fathering of-the-one of-finish-belonged;

ATo 156:6 ὁ κύριος ἁπάντων κτημάτων· ὁ δουλεύων αὐτοῦ τοῖς δούλοις ἵνα ζήσωσιν· ὁ πληρώσας τὴν κτίσιν τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ πλούτου· ὁ πένης ὁ ἐνδεηθεὶς καὶ πεινάσας ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα· ὁ κορεννύων ψυχὰς διψώσας τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγαθῶν·

the-one Authority-belonged of-along-all of-befoundeeings-to; the-one bondeeing-of of-it unto-the-ones unto-bondees so they-might-life-unto; the-one having-en-filled to-the-one to-a-befounding of-the-one of-self of-a-wealth; the-one necessitatinged, the-one having-been-binded-in and having-hungered-unto to-dayednesses to-forty; the-one en-satiating to-breathings to-thirsting-unto of-the-ones of-self of-excess-placed;

ATo 156:7 σὺ ἔσο μετὰ Οὐαζάνου υἱοῦ Μισδαίου καὶ Τερτίας καὶ Μνησάρας, καὶ συνάγαγε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν σὴν μάνδραν, καὶ ἐγκαταμείγνυε αὐτοὺς τῷ σῷ ἀριθμῷ.

thou thou-should-be with of-an-Ouazanês of-a-son of-a-Misdaios and of-a-Tertia and of-a-Mnêsara, and thou-should-have-had-led-together to-them into to-the-one to-thine to-a-niche, and thou-should-en-mingle to-them unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-number.

Note: to-them (AUTOUS) {1st} : AUTAS corrected to AUTOUS.

ATo 156:8 ἔσο αὐτῶν ὁδηγὸς ἐν χώρᾳ πλάνης· ἔσο αὐτῶν ἰατρὸς ἐν χώρᾳ νοσήματος· ἔσο αὐτῶν ἀνάπαυσις ἐν χώρᾳ καμνόντων· ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν μιᾶς χώρας· ἔσο ἰατρὸς αὐτῶν σωμάτων καὶ ψυχῶν· ποίησον αὐτοὺς ναοὺς ἁγίους σου, καὶ οἰκείτω ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ ἅγιόν σου πνεῦμα.

Thou-should-be of-them a-way-leader in unto-a-spacedness of-a-wandering; thou-should-be of-them an-en-curer in unto-a-spacedness of-an-ailing-to; thou-should-be of-them a-ceasing-up in unto-a-spacedness of-wearying; thou-should-have-hallow-belonged to-them in of-one of-a-spacedness; thou-should-be an-en-curer of-them of-en-capsulings-to and of-breathings; thou-should-have-done-unto to-them to-temples to-hallow-belonged of-thee, and it-should-house-unto in unto-them, the-one hallow-belonged of-thee a-currenting-to.

ATo 157:1 Οὕτως αὐτοῖς εὐξάμενος ὁ ἀπόστολος τῇ Μυγδονίᾳ εἶπεν· Ἀπόδυσόν σου τὰς ἀδελφάς.

Unto-the-one-this unto-them having-goodly-held, the-one a-setee-off, unto-the-one unto-a-Mugdonia it-had-said, Thou-should-have-sunk-off of-thee to-the-ones to-brethrened.

ATo 157:2 Ἣ δὲ ἀποδύσασα περιέζωσεν αὐτὰς περιζώματα καὶ προσήγαγεν αὐτάς· Οὐαζάνης δὲ πρότερον προσεληλύθει, κἀκεῖναι μετ᾿ αὐτόν.

The-one then-also having-sunk-off it-en-girded-about to-them to-girdings-about-to and it-had-led-toward to-them; an-Ouazanês then-also to-more-before it-hath-had-come-to-come-toward, and-the-ones-thither with to-it.

ATo 157:3 καὶ λαβὼν Ἰούδας ἔλαιον ἐν ἀργυρέῳ ποτηρίῳ ἐπέλεγεν οὕτως· Ὁ ὡραῖος καρπὸς τῶν ἄλλων καρπῶν, ᾧ οὐδεὶς συγκρίνεται ὅλως ἕτερος· ὁ πάνυ ἐλεήμων· ὁ τῇ τοῦ λόγου ὁρμῇ ζέων·

And having-had-taken, an-Ioudas, to-an-oillet in unto-silvern unto-a-drinkerlet it-was-forthing-upon unto-the-one-this, The-one hour-belonged a-fruit of-the-ones of-other of-fruits, unto-which not-then-also-one it-be-separated-together unto-whole different; the-one all-now besectionatinged-of; the-one unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-forthee unto-a-cording boiling;

ATo 157:4 δύναμις ἡ τοῦ ξύλου ἣν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐνδυόμενοι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἀντιπάλους νικῶσιν· ὁ στεφανῶν τοὺς νικῶντας· σύμβολον καὶ χαρὰ τῶν καμνόντων·

an-ability the-one of-the-one of-a-wood to-which the-ones mankinds sinking-in to-the-ones of-selves to-ever-a-one-wriggled they-mull-belong-of; the-one en-wreathing to-the-ones to-mull-belonging-of; a-castee-together and a-joyedness of-the-ones of-wearying;

Note: a-castee-together : used to refer to things casted together, generally of connecting tokens, i.e. passwords, objects, lists, and contracts for verification of identity or purpose or measure, also of connecting signs in nature to predictions, etc.

ATo 157:5 ὁ εὐαγγελισάμενος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν· ὁ δεικνὺς φῶς τοῖς ἐν σκότει· ὁ τὰ μὲν φύλλα πικρός, τὸν δὲ γλυκύτατον καρπὸν εὐειδής·

The-one having-goodly-fortheed-to unto-the-ones unto-mankinds to-the-one of-selves to-a-savioring-unto; the-one en-showing to-a-light unto-the-ones in unto-a-dimmeedness; the-one to-the-ones indeed to-leafs bittered, to-the-one then-also to-most-sweet to-a-fruit goodly-seeinged;

ATo 157:6 ὁ τραχὺς μὲν τὴν θέαν, ἁπαλὸς δὲ τὴν γεῦσιν· ὁ ἀσθενὴς μὲν δόγμα, τῇ δὲ τῆς δυνάμεως ὑπερβολῆ τὴν τὰ πάντα θεωροῦσαν βαστάζων δύναμιν·

the-one rough indeed to-the-one to-a-spectatedness, tender then-also to-the-one to-a-tasting; the-one un-vigoringed indeed to-a-thinking-to, unto-the-one then-also of-the-one of-an-ability unto-a-casting-over, to-the-one to-the-ones to-all to-spectating carrying-to to-an-ability;

Note: to-a-thinking-to (DOGMA) : DOKWN corrected to DOGMA.

Note: to-an-ability (DUNAMIN) : DUNAMIN TAUTA EIPWN PERIWXEIMAS corrected to DUNAMIN.

ATo 157:7 Ἰησοῦ ἐλθέτω ἡ νικητικὴ αὐτοῦ δύναμις, καὶ ἐνιδρύσθω τῷ ἐλαίῳ τούτῳ ὥσπερ ἱδρύνθη ἐν τῷ συγγενεῖ αὐτοῦ ξύλῳ ἡ τότε αὐτοῦ δύναμις, ἧς τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἤνεγκαν οἱ σταυρώσαντές σε· ἐλθέτω δὴ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ δι᾿ ἧς τοῖς ἐχθροῖς αὐτοῦ ἐμφυσήσας εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ὑποχωρῆσαι ἐποίησας καὶ πρηνεῖς καταπεσεῖν, καὶ ἐπιδημῆσαι τῷ ἐλαίῳ τούτῳ ᾧ ἐπιφημίζομεν τὸ σὸν ἅγιον ὄνομα.

of-an-Iêsous it-should-have-had-came the-one mull-belonging-of-belonged-of of-it an-ability, and it-should-be-seateed-in unto-the-one unto-an-oillet unto-the-one-this, as-very it-was-seateed in unto-the-one unto-together-becominged of-it unto-a-wood the-one to-the-one-which-also of-it an-ability, of-which to-the-one to-a-forthee not they-beared, the-ones having-en-staked to-thee; it-should-have-had-came then and the-one a-giftedness through of-which unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-it having-en-puffed-unto, into to-the-ones aback-unto-which to-have-spaced-under-unto thou-did-unto, and to-beforinged to-have-had-fallen-down, and to-have-locatlitied-upon-unto unto-the-one unto-an-oillet unto-the-one-this, unto-which we-declare-upon-to to-the-one to-thine to-hallow-belonged to-a-naming-to.

Note: mull-belonging-of-belonged-of : "belonging-of-belonged-of" intended; the quailty of imposing will, i.e. the quality of conquering.

ATo 157:8 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν πρῶτον τῇ κεφαλῇ Οὐαζάνου ἐπέχεεν, ἔπειτα ταῖς τῶν γυναικῶν, λέγων· Ἐν ὀνόματί σου Ἰησοῦ Χριστὲ γενέσθω ταῖς ψυχαῖς ταύταις εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ἀποτροπὴν τοῦ ἐναντίου καὶ εἰς σωτηρίαν τῶν ψυχῶν αὐτῶν.

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said to-most-before unto-the-one unto-a-head of-an-Ouazanês it-was-pouring-upon, upon-if-the-one-ones unto-the-ones of-the-ones of-women, forthing, In unto-a-naming-to of-thee, Iêsous Anointed, it-should-have-had-became unto-the-ones unto-breathings unto-the-ones-these into to-a-sending-off of-un-adjustings-along-unto and into to-a-turning-off of-the-one of-ever-a-oned-in and into to-a-savioring-unto of-the-ones of-breathings of-them.

ATo 157:9 Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν τῇ Μυγδονίᾳ ἀλεῖψαι αὐτάς, αὐτὸς δὲ ἤλειψεν τὸν Οὐαζάνην.

And it-bade-of unto-the-one unto-a-Mugdonia to-have-smeared-along to-them, it then-also it-smeared-along to-the-one to-an-Ouazanês.

ATo 157:10 ἀλείψας δὲ αὐτοὺς κατήγαγεν εἰς ὕδωρ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος.

Having-smeared-along then-also to-them it-had-led-down into to-a-water into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to.

ATo 158:1 Ἀνελθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν λαβὼν ἄρτον καὶ ποτήριον εὐλόγησεν καὶ εἶπεν· Τὸ σῶμά σου τὸ ἅγιον τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν σταυρωθὲν ἐσθίομεν καὶ τὸ αἷμά σου τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐκχυθὲν εἰς σωτηρίαν πίνομεν·

Of-having-had-came-up then-also of-them, having-had-taken to-an-adjustation and to-a-drinkerlet it-goodly-fortheed-unto and it-had-said, To-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-thee to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-the-one over of-us to-having-been-en-staked we-eat-belong and to-the-one to-a-rushering-to of-thee to-the-one over of-us to-having-been-poured-out into to-a-savioring-unto we-drink;

ATo 158:2 γένηται οὖν ἡμῖν τὸ σῶμά σου σωτηρία καὶ τὸ αἷμά σου εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν.

it-might-have-had-became accordingly unto-us, the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-thee, a-savioring-unto, and the-one a-rushering-to of-thee into to-a-sending-off of-un-adjustings-along-unto.

ATo 158:3 ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς χολῆς ἧς ἔπιες δι᾿ ἡμᾶς περιαιρείσθω ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν ἡ τοῦ διαβόλου χολή· ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ ὄξους οὗ πέπωκας ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐνδυναμούσθω ἡ ἀσθένεια ἡμῶν·

Ever-a-one then-also of-the-one of-a-bile of-which thou-had-drank through to-us it-should-be-sectioned-along-out-unto off of-us the-one of-the-one of-casted-through a-bile; ever-a-one then-also of-the-one of-a-sharpeedness of-which thou-had-come-to-drink over of-us it-should-be-en-abled-in the-one an-un-vigoring-of of-us;

Note: of-a-sharpeedness : used to refer to sourness, i.e. vinegar.

ATo 158:4 ἀντὶ δὲ πτύσματος οὗ ἐδέξω δι᾿ ἡμᾶς δεξώμεθα δρόσον τῆς σῆς χρηστότητος· καὶ ἐν τῷ καλάμῳ ᾧ ἔτυψάν σε δι᾿ ἡμᾶς δεξώμεθα τὸν οἶκον τὸν τέλειον·

ever-a-one then-also of-a-spewing-to of-which thou-received through to-us we-might-have-received to-a-dew of-the-one of-thine of-an-affordness; and in unto-the-one unto-a-reeding unto-which they-strikered to-thee through to-us we-might-have-received to-the-one to-a-house to-the-one to-finish-belonged;

ATo 158:5 ὅτι δὲ ἀκάνθινον στέφανον ἔλαβες δι᾿ ἡμᾶς, στέφανον ἀναδησώμεθα ἀμαράντινον οἱ ἀγαπήσαντές σε·

to-which-a-one then-also to-apexedness-belonged-to to-a-wreath thou-had-taken through to-us, to-a-wreath we-might-have-binded-up to-un-quashable-belonged-to the-ones having-excessed-off-unto to-thee;

ATo 158:6 ἀντὶ δὲ σινδόνης ἧς ἐνειλήθης καὶ ἡμεῖς περιζωσθῶμεν τὴν ἀήττητόν σου δύναμιν· ἀντὶ δὲ μνημείου καινοῦ καὶ ταφῆς ἀνακαινισμὸν τῆς ψυχῆς δεξώμεθα καὶ τοῦ σώματος.

ever-a-one then-also of-a-sindôn of-which thou-was-curled-in-unto and we we-might-have-been-en-girded-about to-the-one to-un-lessenabled of-thee to-an-ability; ever-a-one then-also of-a-memorylet-of of-fresh and of-a-buriaging, to-a-freshening-up-to-of of-the-one of-a-breathing we-might-have-received and of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to;

Note: of-a-sindôn : a fine fabric from SINDH, a region in Pakistan.

ATo 158:7 ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστης καὶ ἀνεβίωσας, ἀναβιώσαντες ζήσωμεν καὶ στῶμεν πρὸ σοῦ ἐν κρίσει δικαίᾳ.

to-which-a-one then-also thou-had-stood-up and thou-en-dureeated-up, having-en-dureeated-up we-might-have-lifed-unto and we-might-have-had-stood before of-thee in unto-a-separating unto-course-belonged.

ATo 158:8 Καὶ κλάσας τὴν εὐχαριστίαν ἔδωκεν Οὐαζάνῃ καὶ Τερτίᾳ καὶ Μνησάρᾳ καὶ τῇ τοῦ Σιφόρου γυναικὶ καὶ θυγατρὶ καὶ εἶπεν·

And having-broke to-the-one to-a-goodly-granting-unto it-gave unto-an-Ouazanês and unto-a-Tertia and unto-a-Mugdonia and unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-Sifôr unto-a-woman and unto-a-daughter and it-had-said,

ATo 158:9 Γενέσθω ὑμῖν ἡ εὐχαριστία αὕτη εἰς σωτηρίαν καὶ χαρὰν καὶ ὑγίειαν τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν. Καὶ αὐτοὶ εἶπον· Ἀμήν.

It-should-have-had-became unto-ye the-one a-goodly-granting-unto the-one-this into to-a-savioring-unto and to-a-joyedness and to-a-healthing-of of-the-ones of-breathings of-ye. And them they-had-said, Amên.

ATo 158:10 Καὶ φωνὴ ἠκούσθη λέγουσα· Ἀμήν· μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀλλὰ μόνον πιστεύσατε.

And a-sound it-was-heard forthing, Amên, lest ye-should-fearee-unto other to-stayed ye-should-have-trusted-of.

ATo 159:1 Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπῄει Ἰούδας συγκλεισθῆναι· οὗ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Τερτία καὶ ἡ Μυγδονία καὶ ἡ Μαρκία ἀπῄεσαν καὶ αὐταὶ ἐπὶ τὸ συγκλεισθῆναι.

And with to-the-ones-these it-was-going-off, an-Ioudas, to-have-been-latch-belonged-together; of-which unto-indeed other and the-one a-Tertia and the-one a-Mugdonia and the-one a-Makia they-were-going-off, and them, upon to-the-one to-have-been-latch-belonged-together;

ATo 159:2 πρὸς ἃς εἶπεν Ἰούδας· Θυγατέρες μου, δοῦλαι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἀκούσατέ μου ἐν τῇ τελευταίᾳ μου ἡμέρᾳ ἐν ὑμῖν ἀποτελῶ τὸν λόγον μου τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαί με ἔτι ἐν σώματι.

toward to-which it-had-said an-Ioudas, Daughters of-me, Bondees of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed, ye-should-have-heard of-me in unto-the-one unto-finished-of-belonged of-me unto-a-dayedness in unto-ye; I-finish-off-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee of-me of-the-one lest to-have-spoke-unto to-me if-to-a-one in unto-an-en-capsuling-to.

ATo 159:3 ἰδοὺ γὰρ αἴρομαι ἄνω πρὸς τὸν κύριόν μου Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἐλεήσαντά με, τὸν ταπεινώσαντα ἑαυτὸν ἄχρι τῆς ἐμῆς σμικρότητος καὶ ἀγαγόντα με εἰς διακονίαν μεγαλειότητος καὶ καταξιώσαντα γενέσθαι με αὐτοῦ διάκονον.

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, I-be-lifted up-unto-which toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-me to-an-Iêsous to-the-one to-having-besectionated-unto to-me, to-the-one to-having-en-low-belonged-to to-self unto-whilst of-the-one of-mine of-a-besmallness and to-having-had-led to-me into to-a-raising-through-unto of-a-greatened-belongness and to-having-en-deem-belonged-down to-have-had-became to-me of-it to-a-raiser-through.

ATo 159:4 χαίρω δὲ ὅτι ἐγγὺς ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς τῆς ἐνταῦθα, ὅπως ἀπελθὼν ἀπολάβω μου τὸν μισθὸν ἐν τέλει· δίκαιος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἐμὸς μισθαποδότης, οἶδεν πῶς δεῖ ἀμείψασθαι· οὐκ ἔστιν γὰρ φθονερὸς ἀλλ᾿ ἔστιν φιλότιμος τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς.

I-joy then-also to-which-a-one neared a-time of-the-one of-an-othering-off of-the-one in-unto-the-ones-these, unto-which-whither having-had-came-off I-might-have-had-taken of-me to-the-one to-a-pay in unto-a-finisheedness; course-belonged too-thus it-be the-one mine a-giver-off-of-pay, it-had-come-to-see unto-whither it-bindeth to-have-along-belong-stepped; not it-be too-thus en-envied other it-be value-cared unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed;

ATo 159:5 θαρρῶν δὲ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ κτήμασιν ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀνενδεής.

braving-unto then-also unto-the-ones of-self unto-befoundeeings-to to-which-a-one it-be un-bindinged-in.

Note: braving-unto (QARRWN) : a later phonetic variant of QARSWN, having the same meaning.

Note: unto-the-ones of-self unto-befoundeeings-to (TOIS EAUTOU KTHMASIN) : TO EAUTOU KTHSMA corrected to TOIS EAUTOU KTHMASIN.

ATo 160:1 ἐγὼ Ἰησοῦς οὐκ εἰμί, δοῦλος δὲ Ἰησοῦ.

I an-Iêsous not I-be, a-bondee then-also of-an-Iêsous.

ATo 160:2 ἐγὼ Χριστὸς οὐκ εἰμί, διάκονος δὲ Χριστοῦ εἰμι.

I Anointed not I-be, a-raiser-through then-also of-Anointed I-be.

ATo 160:3 ἐγὼ θεοῦ υἱὸς οὐκ εἰμί, εὔχομαι δὲ ἄξιος νομισθῆναι παρ᾿ αὐτῷ.

I of-a-Deity a-Son not I-be, I-goodly-hold then-also deem-belonged to-have-been-parceleed-to beside unto-it.

ATo 160:4 ἐμμένετε δὲ τῇ πίστει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· προσδέξασθε τὴν ἐλπίδα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.

Ye-should-stay-in then-also unto-the-one unto-a-trust of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed; ye-should-have-received-toward to-the-one to-a-droved-sureeing of-the-one of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity.

ATo 160:5 μὴ ὀκνήσητε ἐν ἀνάγκαις μηδὲ διστάσητε ὁρῶντές με αἰκιζόμενον καὶ συγκλειόμενον καὶ ἀποθνῄσκοντα.

Lest ye-might-have-hesitated-unto in unto-armings-up lest-then-also ye-might-have-had-stood-through seeeeing-unto to-me to-being-un-resembled-to and to-being-latch-belonged-together and to-dying-off.

ATo 160:6 ἐν τούτοις γὰρ τὸ προστεταγμένον μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου πληρῶ.

In unto-the-ones-these too-thus to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged unto-me under of-the-one of-Authority-belonged I-en-fill.

ATo 160:7 εἰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν μὴ θελήσω, ἴσως δύναμαι.

If and to-have-had-died-off lest I-might-have-determined, unto-samed I-able;

ATo 160:8 ἀλλ᾿ οὗτος ὁ φαινόμενος οὐκ ἔστιν θάνατος, ἀπαλλαγὴ δὲ καὶ τοῦ σώματος λύσις· ὃν γεγηθὼς προσδέξομαι, ἵνα ἀπελθὼν ἀπολάβω τὸν ὡραῖον ἐκεῖνον, τὸν εὔσπλαγχνον.

other the-one-this the-one being-manifested not it-be a-death, an-othering-off then-also of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to a-loosing; to-which having-had-come-to-gladden-unto I-shall-receive-toward, so having-had-came-off I-might-have-had-taken-off to-the-one to-hour-belonged to-the-one-thither, to-the-one to-goodly-boweled.

ATo 160:9 πάνυ γὰρ κέκμηκα τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν λατρείᾳ καὶ ὅπερ πεποίηκα διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ χάριτος, καὶ νῦν οὐ μή με ἐγκαταλίπῃ.

All-now too-thus I-had-come-to-weary unto-the-one toward to-it unto-a-serving-of and to-which-very I-had-come-to-do-unto through of-the-one of-it of-a-granting, and now not lest to-me it-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in.

ATo 160:10 ὑμεῖς δὲ ὁρᾶτε μὴ ἐπεισέλθῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐκεῖνος ὁ εἰσδύων καὶ τὰς διανοίας διαιρῶν· ἰσχυρότερος γάρ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἐδέξασθε.

Ye then-also ye-should-seeee-unto, lest it-might-have-had-came-into-upon into to-ye, the-one-thither the-one sinking-into and to-the-ones to-en-mullings-through-unto sectioning-along-through-unto; more-force-held too-thus it-be the-one-thither to-which ye-received.

ATo 160:11 προσδοκᾶτε οὖν τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἐλθὼν ἀπολάβῃ ὑμᾶς· ὄψεσθε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀπάντοτε.

Ye-should-toward-think-unto accordingly to-the-one to-a-being-beside-unto of-it, so having-had-came it-might-have-had-taken-off to-ye; ye-shall-behold too-thus to-it along-all-to-the-one-which-also.

Note: along-all-to-the-one-which-also (APANTOTE) : APELQOUSAI corrected to APANTOTE.

ATo 161:1 Πληρώσας δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰς τὸν λόγον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς οἶκον σκοτεινόν· καὶ εἶπεν· Ὁ σωτήρ μου ὁ ὑπομείνας πολλὰ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς, γενέσθωσαν αἱ θύραι αὗται ὥσπερ ἦσαν, καὶ σεμναὶ ἔσθωσαν ἐν ταῖς αὐτῶν σφραγῖσιν.

Having-en-filled then-also toward to-them to-the-one to-a-forthee it-had-came-into into to-a-house to-dimmeed-belonged-to; and it-had-said, The-one a-Savior of-me the-one having-stayed-under to-much through to-us, they-should-have-had-became, the-ones portalednesses the-ones-these, as-very they-were, and solemn they-should-be in unto-the-ones of-them unto-a-seal.

ATo 161:2 Καὶ καταλείψας τὰς γυναῖκας ἀπῆλθεν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ τόπῳ.

And having-remaindered-down to-the-ones to-women it-had-came-off in unto-the-one of-it unto-an-occasion.

Note: in unto-the-one of-it unto-an-occasion (EN TW AUTOU TOPW) : SUGKLEISQHSOMENOS corrected to EN TW AUTOU TOPW.

ATo 161:3 ἐκεῖναι δὲ ἐλυποῦντο καὶ ἔκλαιον εἰδυῖαι ὅτι ἀπολέσει αὐτὸν Μισδαῖος ὁ βασιλεύς.

The-ones-thither then-also they-were-being-throed-unto and they-were-sob-belonging having-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one it-shall-destruct-off to-it, a-Misdaios the-one a-ruler-of.

ATo 162:1 Ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας ἀπελθὼν εὗρεν τοὺς φύλακας μαχομένους καὶ λέγοντας· Τί ἡμάρτομεν εἰς τὸν φαρμακὸν ἐκεῖνον;

The-one then-also an-Ioudas having-had-came-off it-had-found to-the-ones to-guarders to-battling and to-forthing, To-what-one we-had-un-adjusted-along into to-the-one to-a-doser to-the-one-thither?

ATo 162:2 ὅτι τέχνῃ μαγικῇ ἀνέῳξεν τὰς θύρας τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου καὶ βούλεται πάντας τοὺς δεσμώτας φυγαδεῦσαι.

To-which-a-one unto-a-crafting unto-magos-belonged-of it-opened-up to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-bindeerlet and it-purposeth to-all to-the-ones to-bindeers to-have-flee-hithered-of;

ATo 162:3 ἀλλὰ ἀπελθόντες μηνύσωμεν τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ.

other having-had-came-off we-might-have-en-memoried unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of about of-the-one of-a-woman of-it and of-the-one of-a-son of-it.

ATo 162:4 λεγόντων δὲ ταῦτα τῶν δεσμοφυλάκων Ἰούδας σιωπῇ κατηκροᾶτο.

Of-forthing then-also to-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-bindee-guarders an-Ioudas unto-a-muting it-was-hearing-down.

ATo 162:5 ἅμα δὲ ἕωθεν ἀναστάντες ἀπῆλθον πρὸς Μισδαῖον τὸν βασιλέα καὶ εἶπον· Ἀπόλυσον δέσποτα τὸν φαρμακὸν ἐκεῖνον ἢ ἀλλαχοῦ που φρουρηθῆναι κέλευσον· οὓς γὰρ ἡ σὴ εὐτυχία δεσμώτας συνέσχεν κλείσαντες ἐν ὥρᾳ τὰς θύρας διεγειρόμενοι ἀνεῳγμένας εὑρίσκομεν.

Along then-also dawned-from having-had-stood-up they-had-came-off toward to-a-Misdaios to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and they-had-said, Thou-should-have-loosed-off, Bind-doer, to-the-one to-a-doser to-the-one-thither or of-other-spaced of-whither to-have-been-warded-before-unto thou-should-have-bade-of; to-which too-thus the-one thine a-goodly-actuating-unto to-bindeers it-had-held-together, having-latch-belonged in unto-an-houredness, to-the-ones to-portalednesses being-roused-through to-having-had-come-to-be-opened-up we-were-finding;

ATo 162:6 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ γυνή σου καὶ ὁ υἱός σου μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐκείνων οὐκ ἀφίστανται τοῦ ἀνδρός.

other and the-one a-woman of-thee and the-one a-son of-thee with of-the-ones of-remaindered of-the-ones-thither not they-stand-off of-the-one of-a-man.

ATo 162:7 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ βασιλεὺς ἦλθεν ἐπισκεψόμενος τὰς σφραγῖδας ἃς περιβεβλήκει ταῖς θύραις· καὶ εὗρεν τὰς σφραγῖδας ὥσπερ ἦσαν.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-ruler-of, it-had-came shall-having-scouted-upon to-the-ones to-seals to-which it-had-come-to-have-casted-about unto-the-ones unto-portalednesses; and it-had-found to-the-ones to-seals as-very they-were.

ATo 162:8 καὶ λέγει τοῖς δεσμοφύλαξιν· Τίνος ἕνεκεν ψεύδεσθε;

And it-fortheth unto-the-ones unto-bindee-guarders, Of-what-one in-out-in ye-falsify?

ATo 162:9 καὶ γὰρ αἱ σφραγῖδες αὗται σῷαι διατελοῦσιν· καὶ πῶς λέγετε τὴν Τερτίαν καὶ τὴν Μυγδονίαν ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον;

And too-thus the-ones seals the-ones-these saved they-finish-through-unto; and unto-whither ye-forth to-the-one to-a-Tertia and to-the-one to-a-Mugdonia to-come-off into to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet?

ATo 162:10 Καὶ οἱ φύλακες εἶπον· Ἡμεῖς τὰ ἀληθῆ εἴπομέν σοι.

And the-ones guarders they-had-said, We to-the-ones to-un-secludinged we-had-said unto-thee.

ATo 163:1 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον καὶ μετεπέμψατο τὸν Ἰούδαν.

With then-also to-the-ones-these it-had-came-into, the-one a-ruler-of, into to-the-one to-a-bindeerlet and it-volleyed-with to-the-one to-an-Ioudas.

ATo 163:2 ἐλθὼν δὲ ἀπέδυσαν αὐτὸν καὶ περιζώματι περιέζωσαν καὶ ἔστησαν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βασιλέως.

Having-had-came then-also they-sunk-off to-it and unto-a-girding-about-to they-en-girded-about and they-had-stood in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

ATo 163:3 ὁ δὲ Μισδαῖος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· δοῦλος ὑπάρχεις ἢ ἐλεύθερος;

The-one then-also a-Misdaios it-had-said unto-it, A-bondee thou-first-under or en-freed?

ATo 163:4 Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας· Εἰμὶ δοῦλος καὶ τὴν κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐξουσίαν οὐκ ἔχεις οὐδὲ ὅλως.

And the-one an-Ioudas, I-be a-bondee and to-the-one down of-ME to-a-being-out-unto not thou-hold not-then-also unto-whole.

ATo 163:5 Καὶ Πῶς φησιν ὁ Μισδαῖος δραπετεύσας εἰς ταύτην ἀφίκου τὴν χώραν;

And of-whither, it-declareth, the-one a-Misdaios, having-circuitered-of into to-the-one-this thou-had-tracked-off-unto to-the-one to-a-spacedness?

Note: having-circuitered-of : used to refer to a man being on the run, i.e. being a fugitive.

ATo 163:6 Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας· Ἦλθον ἐνταῦθα ἵνα πολλοὺς σῴσω, κἀγὼ δὲ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀποστῶ τοῦ σώματος τούτου.

And the-one an-Ioudas, I-had-came in-unto-the-ones-these so to-much I-might-have-saved-to, and-I then-also through of-the-ones of-hands of-thee I-might-have-had-stood-off of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-the-one-this.

ATo 163:7 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Μισδαῖος· Τίς ἐστίν σου ὁ δεσπότης; καὶ τί αὐτῷ ὄνομα; καὶ ποίας χώρας;

It-fortheth toward to-it, the-one a-Misdaios, What-one it-be of-thee the-one a-bind-doer? And what-one unto-it a-naming-to? And of-whither-belonged of-a-spacedness?

ATo 163:8 Ὁ κύριός μού φησιν ὁ Θωμᾶς ὁ ἐμὸς δεσπότης καὶ σός ἐστιν, κύριος ὑπάρχων οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς.

The-one Authority-belonged of-me, it-declareth, the-one a-Thômas, the-one mine a-Bind-doer and thine it-be, Authority-belonged firsting-under of-a-sky also and of-a-soil.

ATo 163:9 Καὶ ὁ Μισδαῖος Τίς λέγεται; ἔφη.

And the-one a-Misdaios, What-one it-be-forthed, it-was-declaring.

ATo 163:10 Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας· Οὐ δύνασαι ἀκοῦσαι τὸ ἀληθινὸν ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ.

And the-one an-Ioudas, Not thou-be-abled to-have-heard to-the-one to-un-secluded-belonged-to to-a-naming-to of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-this.

ATo 163:11 λέγω δέ σοι τὸ πρὸς καιρὸν αὐτῷ ἐπιτεθὲν ὄνομα Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστός.

I-forth then-also unto-thee, the-one toward to-a-time unto-it having-been-placed-upon a-naming-to, an-Iêsous the-one Anointed.

ATo 163:12 Καὶ ὁ Μισδαῖος Ἐγὼ οὐκ ἠπείχθην φησίν σε ἀπολέσαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἠνεσχόμην· σὺ δὲ ἐπίδοσιν ἐποιήσω τῶν σῶν ἔργων, ὥστε τὰ φάρμακά σου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ χώρᾳ ἀκουσθῆναι.

And the-one a-Misdaios, I not I-was-too-uponed, it-declareth, to-thee to-have-destructed-off, other I-held-up; thou then-also to-a-giving-upon thou-did-unto of-the-ones of-thine of-works, as-also to-the-ones to-doses of-thee in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness to-have-been-heard;

ATo 163:13 ἀλλὰ νῦν τοῦτο πράξω ἵνα σου τὰ φάρμακα συναπόληται καὶ ἵνα ἐξ αὐτῶν καθαρεύθῇ τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν.

other now to-the-one-this I-shall-practice so of-thee the-ones doses they-might-be-destructed-off-together and so out of-them it-might-have-been-cleansed-of the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to of-us.

Note: it-might-have-been-cleansed-of (KAQAREUQH) : KAQAREUSH corrected to KAQAREUQH.

ATo 163:14 Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας ἔφη· Ταῦτα ἃ λέγεις φάρμακα ἕψεσθαι μοι καὶ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν οὐδέποτε ἀποστήσονται.

And the-one an-Ioudas it-was-declaring, The-ones-these to-which thou-forth doses, it-shall-follow unto-me, and of-the-ones in-also-from not-then-also-whither-also it-shall-be-stood-off.

Note: it-shall-follow (EYESQAI) : EUSESQAI corrected to EYESQAI.

ATo 164:1 Λεγομένων δὲ τούτων ὁ Μισδαῖος ἐβουλεύετο ποίῳ τρόπῳ αὐτὸν φονεύσῃ· ἐφοβεῖτο γὰρ τὸν περιεστῶτα ὄχλον, πολλῶν αὐτῷ πιστευσάντων, καὶ πρωτευόντων τινῶν· ἀναστὰς δὲ παρέλαβεν τὸν Ἰούδαν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως· συνηκολούθουν δὲ αὐτῷ ὀλίγοι στρατιῶται μεθ᾿ ὅπλων.

Of-being-forthed then-also of-the-ones-these the-one a-Misdaios it-was-purposing-of unto-whither-belonged unto-a-turn to-it to-have-slayed-of; it-was-feareeing-unto too-thus to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-about to-a-crowd, of-much unto-it of-having-trusted-of, and of-most-beforing-of of-ones; having-had-stood-up then-also it-had-taken-beside to-the-one to-an-Ioudas out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-city; they-were-pathing-along-together-unto then-also unto-it, little amass-belongers with of-implements.

ATo 164:2 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ὄχλοι ὑπενόουν τὸν βασιλέα βούλεσθαί τι παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ μανθάνειν· καὶ ἑστῶτες προσεῖχον αὐτῷ.

The-ones then-also remaindered they-were-en-mulling-under-unto to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-purpose-of to-a-one beside of-it to-learn; and having-hath-had-come-to-stand they-were-holding-toward unto-it.

ATo 164:3 ὡς δὲ προῆλθον τρία στάδια, παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν στρατιώταις τέσσαρσιν καὶ ἑνὶ τῶν πολεμάρχων, προστάξας αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ὄρος αὐτὸν ἀναγαγόντας λογχιάσαι.

As then-also they-had-came-before to-three to-stadion', it-gave-beside to-it unto-amass-belongers unto-four and unto-one of-the-ones of-war-firsters, having-arranged-toward unto-them into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-it to-having-had-led-up to-have-lanced-to.

Note: to-three to-stadion' : the Masculine form, to-three to-stadion', is correct, referring to the distance around a-stadion, 606.75 feet; the Neuter refers to the track itself, and is incorrect here.

ATo 164:4 αὐτὸς δὲ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑπέστρεφεν.

It then-also into to-the-one to-a-city it-was-beturning-under.

ATo 165:1 Οἱ δὲ παρόντες ἔτρεχον ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν προθυμούμενοι.

The-ones then-also being-beside they-were-circuiting upon to-the-one to-an-Ioudas to-have-snatched-to to-it passioning-before.

ATo 165:2 αὐτὸς δὲ ἀπήγετο συμπαρομαρτούντων αὐτῷ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀνὰ δύο ἐπ᾿ ἀμφότερα μέρη μετακεχειρισμένων λόγχας, τοῦ πολεμάρχου τῆς χειρὸς αὐτὸν κατέχοντος καὶ πρὸς τιμὴν ἄγοντος.

It then-also it-was-being-led of-fastening-along-together-unto unto-it of-the-ones of-amass-belongers up to-two upon to-more-around to-portioneednesses, of-having-had-come-to-hand-with-to to-lances, of-the-one of-a-war-firster of-the-one of-a-hand to-it of-holding-down and toward to-a-valuation of-leading.

Note: to-lances (LOGXAS) : TAS FLAMIAS corrected to LOGXAS.

ATo 165:3 καὶ ἅμα βαδίζων ὁ Ἰούδας ἔλεγεν· Ὢ τὰ ἀπόκρυφά σου μυστήρια ὅτι μέχρι τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς ἐν ἡμῖν πληροῦται· ὢ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτός σου ἐκεῖνος ὃς οὐ συγχωρεῖ ἡμῖν ἔσεσθαι τοῦ κατὰ σῶμα πάθους.

And along stepping-to, the-one an-Ioudas, it-was-forthing, Oh the-ones hidened-off of-thee flexerlets to-which-a-one unto-lest-whilst of-the-one of-the-one of-a-dureeation of-a-finishing-of in unto-us it-be-en-filled; oh a-wealth of-the-one of-a-granting of-thee the-one-thither which not it-spaceth-together-unto unto-us to-shall-have-been of-the-one down to-an-en-capsuling-to of-a-trekkeedness.

Note: of-a-trekkeedness (PAQOUS) : PAQWS corrected to PAQOUS.

ATo 165:4 ἰδοὺ γὰρ πῶς τέσσαρές με διειλήφασιν, ἐπειδήπερ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων ἐγενόμην· καὶ εἷς με ἄγει, ἐπειδήπερ ἑνός εἰμι, πρὸς ὃν ἄπειμι, πάντοτε ἀοράτως.

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, unto-whither four to-me they-hath-had-come-to-take-through, upon-if-then-very out of-the-ones of-four of-belineationlets-of I-had-became; and one to-me it-leadeth, upon-if-then-very of-one I-be, toward to-which I-be-off, all-to-the-one-which-also unto-un-seeeeed.

Note: of-belineationlets-of : a group having fallen in line to a purpose; i.e. a parade, a procession, etc.

Note: unto-un-seeeeed : i.e. un something seen; same word form as employee (something employed).

ATo 165:5 νῦν δὲ μανθάνω ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου, ἐπειδήπερ ἐξ ἑνὸς ἦν, πρὸς ὃν ἄπειμι, τὸν καὶ συμπαρόντα μοι πάντοτε ἀοράτως, ὑφ᾿ ἑνὸς ἐπλήγη· ἐγὼ δέ, ἐπειδήπερ ἐκ τεσσάρων εἰμί, ὑπὸ τεσσάρων πλήσσομαι.

Now then-also I-learn to-which-a-one the-one Authority-belonged of-me, upon-if-then-very out of-one it-was, toward to-which I-go-off, to-the-one and to-being-beside-together unto-me all-to-the-one-which-also unto-un-seeeeed, under of-one it-had-been-smitten; I then-also, upon-if-then-very out of-four I-be, under of-four I-be-smitten.

ATo 166:1 Ὡς δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον καθ᾿ ὃν λογχιάζειν αὐτὸν ἔμελλον, ἔλεγεν ὁ Ἰούδας τοῖς αὐτὸν κατέχουσιν· Ἀκούσατέ μου νῦν γοῦν ὅτι ἐν ἐξόδῳ τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἕστηκα· καὶ μὴ σκοτούσθωσαν ὑμῶν οἱ τῆς διανοίας ὀφθαλμοί, μηδὲ φραττέσθωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ἀκοαὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν ἐξ ὧν εἰπεῖν.

As then-also they-had-tracked-off-unto into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-thither down to-which to-lance-to they-were-pending, it-was-forthing, the-one an-Ioudas, unto-the-ones to-it unto-holding-down, Ye-should-have-heard of-me now too-accordingly to-which-a-one in unto a-way-out unto-the-one off of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to I-had-come-to-stand; and lest they-should-be-en-dimmeed of-ye the-ones of-the-one of-an-en-mulling-through-unto eyes, lest-then-also they-should-be-hedged of-ye the-ones hearings of-the-one lest to-hear.

Note: to-hear (AKOUEIN) : AKOUEIN EC WN EIPEN corrected to AKOUEIN.

ATo 166:2 πιστεύσατε τῷ Θεῷ ᾧ κηρύσσω, ἀπαλλαγέντες τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν θρασύτητος.

Ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-which I-heralder, having-had-been-othered-off of-the-one down to-a-breathing of-a-boldenedness.

ATo 166:3 πολιτεύεσθε δὲ ἐν πολιτείᾳ ἐλευθέροις πρεπούσῃ καὶ δόξῃ τῇ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις καὶ τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ζωῇ.

Ye-should-citizen-of then-also in unto-a-citizening-of unto-en-freed unto-befitting and unto-a-reckonedness unto-the-one beside unto-mankinds and unto-the-one toward to-the-one to-a-Deity unto-a-lifing.

ATo 167:1 Ἔλεγεν δὲ τῷ Οὐαζάνῃ· Υἱὲ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν γῆν βασιλέως, διάκονε δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δὸς τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τοῦ προστάγματος Μισδαίου τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ὅπως αὐτῶν ἀφεθεὶς ἀπελθὼν εὔξωμαι.

It-was-forthing then-also unto-the-one unto-an-Ouazanês, Son of-the-one down to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-ruler-of, Raiser-through then-also of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed, thou-should-have-had-given unto-the-ones unto-under-rowers of-the-one of-an-arranging-toward-to of-a-Misdaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-the-one to-being-debted, unto-which-whither of-them having-been-sent-off, having-had-came-off, I-might-have-goodly-held.

Note: unto-an-Ouazanês (OUAZANH) : OUZANH corrected to OUAZANH.

ATo 167:2 Τοῦ δὲ Οὐαζάνου τοὺς στρατιώτας πείσαντος ὁ Ἰούδας ἐπὶ τὴν εὐχὴν ἐτράπη· ἦν δὲ αὕτη· Ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου καὶ ἐλπὶς καὶ λυτρωτὴς καὶ ἡγεμὼν καὶ ὁδηγὸς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς χώραις, σὺ ἔσο μετὰ πάντων τῶν ὑπηρετουμένων σε καὶ ὁδήγησόν με σήμερον ἐρχόμενον πρὸς σέ.

Of-the-one then-also of-an-Ouazanês to-the-ones to-amass-belongers of-having-sured, the-one an-Ioudas upon to-the-one to-a-goodly-holding it-had-been-turned; it-was then-also the-one-this, The-one Authority-belonged of-me the-one a-Deity of-me and a-droved-sureeing and an-en-looser and a-leader and a-way-leader in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-spacednesses, thou thou-should-be with of-all of-the-ones of-rowing-under-unto to-thee, and thou-should-have-way-led-unto to-me this-day to-coming toward to-thee.

ATo 167:3 μὴ λαμβανέτω τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν μηδείς, ἣν παρέδωκά σοι.

Lest it-should-take to-the-one to-mine to-a-breathing, lest-then-also-one, to-which I-gave-beside unto-thee.

ATo 167:4 μὴ βλεπέτωσάν με οἱ τελῶναι, καὶ οἱ ἀπαιτηταὶ μὴ συκοφαντείτωσάν με.

Lest they-should-view to-me, the-ones finish-purchasers, and the-ones appealers-off lest they-should-fig-manifest-unto to-me.

Note: they-should-fig-manifest-unto : used to refer to finding illegal figs where the person was in unawares and then turning them in, or placing such in their possession to accuse them, i.e. to wrongly accuse.

ATo 167:5 μὴ βλεπέτω με ὁ ὄφις καὶ οἱ τοῦ δράκοντος παῖδες μὴ συριττέτωσάν μοι.

Lest it-should-view to-me, the-one a-snake, and the-ones of-the-one of-a-serpent children lest they-should-hiss-to unto-me.

ATo 167:6 ἰδοὺ κύριε ἐπλήρωσά σου τὸ ἔργον καὶ ἐτελείωσά σου τὸ πρόσταγμα.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, Authority-belonged, I-en-filled of-thee to-the-one to-a-work and I-en-finish-belonged of-thee to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to.

ATo 167:7 δοῦλος γέγονα· διὰ τοῦτο σήμερον τὴν ἐλευθερίαν λαμβάνω.

A-bondee I-hath-had-come-to-become; through to-the-one-this this-day to-the-one to-an-en-freeing-unto I-take.

ATo 167:8 σὺ οὖν ταύτην μοι δοὺς τελείωσον.

Thou accordingly to-the-one-this unto-me having-had-given thou-should-have-en-finish-belonged.

ATo 167:9 ταῦτα δὲ λέγω οὐκ ἐνδοιάζων ἀλλ᾿ ὅπως ἀκούσωσιν οὓς ἀκοῦσαι χρή.

To-the-ones-these then-also I-forth not in-two-belonging-to other unto-which-whither they-might-have-heard to-which to-have-heard it-affordeth-unto.

ATo 168:1 εὐξάμενος δὲ εἶπεν τοῖς στρατιώταις· Ἐλθόντες πληρώσατε τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦ πέμψαντος ὑμᾶς.

Having-goodly-held then-also it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-amass-belongers, Having-had-came ye-should-have-en-filled to-the-one to-a-practicing-to of-the-one of-having-volleyed to-ye.

ATo 168:2 Καὶ ἅμα οἱ τέσσαρες πλήξαντες αὐτὸν ἀνεῖλαν.

And along the-ones four having-smitten to-it they-sectioned-along-up.

ATo 168:3 πάντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἐδάκρυον· καὶ περιστείλαντες αὐτὸν πέπλοις καλοῖς καὶ ὀθόναις πολλαῖς κατέθεντο εἰς τὸ μνῆμα ἐν ᾧ οἱ πάλαι βασιλεῖς ἐθάπτοντο.

All then-also the-ones brethrened they-were-biten-tractanting; and having-set-about to-it unto-sprawls unto-seemly and unto-sheets unto-much they-had-placed-down into to-the-one to-a-memorying-to in unto-which the-ones unto-past rulers-of they-were-being-burialed.

Note: they-were-biten-tractanting : i.e., shed tears from emotional "bite".

Note: unto-sprawls : refers to a type of robe or tapestry; also, a type of plant.

ATo 169:1 Συφὼρ δὲ καὶ Οὐαζάνης οὐκ ἤθελον κατελθεῖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν διατρίψαντες ἐκεῖ διενυκτέρευον· οἷς ἐπιφανεὶς ὁ Ἰούδας εἶπεν· Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐνταῦθα· τί καθεζόμενοι τηρεῖτέ με;

A-Sifôr then-also and an-Ouazanês not they-were-determining to-have-had-came-down into to-the-one to-a-city, other to-whole to-the-one to-a-dayedness having-rubbed-through thither they-were-nighting-through-of; unto-which having-had-been-manifested-upon the-one an-Ioudas it-had-said, Not I-be in-unto-the-ones-these; To-what-one sitting-down-unto-to ye-keep-unto to-me?

ATo 169:2 ἀνῆλθον γὰρ καὶ ἀπέλαβον τὸ ἐλπιζόμενον.

I-had-came-up too-thus and I-had-taken-off to-the-one to-being-drove-sureed-to;

ATo 169:3 ἀλλ᾿ ἀναστάντες περιπατεῖτε, καὶ μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ συναχθήσεσθε πρός με.

other having-had-stood-up ye-should-tread-about-unto, and with not to-much ye-shall-be-led-together toward to-me.

ATo 169:4 Μισδαῖος δὲ καὶ Χαρίσιος πολλὰ ἀναγκάσαντες τὴν Τερτίαν καὶ Μυγδονίαν οὐκ ἔπεισαν ἐκστῆναι τῆς γνώμης.

A-Misdaios then-also and a-Charisios to-much having-up-armed-to to-the-one to-a-Tertia and to-a-Mugdonia not they-sured to-have-stood-out of-the-one of-an-acquaintance.

ATo 169:5 καὶ ἐπιφανεὶς ὁ Ἰούδας εἶπεν αὐταῖς· Μὴ ἐπιλάθεσθε τῶν προτέρων.

And having-had-been-manifested-upon the-one an-Ioudas it-had-said unto-them, Lest ye-should-have-had-secluded-upon of-the-ones of-more-before.

ATo 169:6 Ἰησοῦς γὰρ ὁ ἅγιος καὶ ζῶν αὐτὸς βοηθήσει ὑμῖν.

An-Iêsous too-thus the-one hallow-belonged and lifing-unto it it-shall-holler-run-unto unto-ye.

ATo 169:7 Οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Μισδαῖον καὶ Χαρίσιον μὴ πείσαντες αὐτὰς εἴασαν χρήσασθαι τῇ αὐτῶν γνώμῃ.

The-ones then-also about to-the-one to-a-Misdaios and to-a-Charisios lest having-sured to-them they-letted-unto to-have-afforded-unto unto-the-one of-them unto-an-acquaintance.

ATo 169:8 ὁμοῦ δὲ συνήγοντο πάντες οἱ ἐκεῖ ἀδελφοί· πεποιήκει γὰρ Ἰούδας ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σιφόρα μὲν πρεσβύτερον, διάκονον δὲ τὸν Οὐαζάνην, ὅτε ἀπήγετο τεθνήξεσθαι.

Of-alonged then-also they-were-being-led-together all the-ones thither brethrened; it-had-come-to-do-unto too-thus, an-Ioudas, in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness to-a-Sifôr indeed to-more-eldered, to-a-raiser-through then-also to-the-one to-an-Ouazanês, which-also they-were-leading-off to-shall-have-had-come-to-die.

Note: to-a-Sifôr (SIFORA) : SIFOROS corrected to SIFORA.

ATo 169:9 ὁ δὲ κύριος αὐτοῖς ἐβοήθει καὶ τὴν πίστιν δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἐπλεόναζεν.

The-one then-also Authority-belonged unto-them it-holler-runneth-unto and to-the-one to-a-trust through of-them it-was-beyonding-to.

ATo 170:1 Διελθόντος δὲ πολλοῦ χρόνου συμβαίνει δαιμονισθῆναι ἕνα τῶν τοῦ Μισδαίου υἱῶν· σκληροῦ δὲ ὄντος τοῦ δαίμονος οὐδεὶς ἰάσασθαι οἷός τε ἦν.

Of-having-had-came-through then-also of-much of-a-while it-steppeth-together to-have-been-daimoned-to to-one of-the-ones of-the-one of-a-Misdaios of-sons; of-stiffened then-also of-being of-the-one of-a-daimon not-then-also-one to-have-cured-unto which-belonged also it-was.

ATo 170:2 διενοεῖτο δὲ ὁ Μισδαῖος καὶ ἔλεγεν· Ἀπελθὼν ἀνοίξω τὸν τάφον καὶ λάβω ὀστέον ἐκ τοῦ ἀποστόλου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ προσάψω μου τῷ υἱῷ, καὶ οἶδα ὅτι θεραπευθήσεται.

It-was-en-mulling-through-unto then-also, the-one a-Misdaios, and it-was-forthing, Having-had-came-off I-shall-open-up to-the-one to-a-buriage and I-might-have-had-taken to-an-en-boning out of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-the-one of-a-Deity, and I-shall-fasten-toward of-me unto-the-one unto-a-son, and I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one, it-shall-be-ministered-of.

ATo 170:3 Καὶ ἀπῄει πρᾶξαι ὅπερ ἐνενοήθη.

And it-was-going-off to-have-practiced to-which-very it-was-en-mulled-in-unto.

ATo 170:4 καὶ ἐπιφανεὶς αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰούδας εἶπεν· ζῶντι μὴ πιστεύσας νεκρῷ πῶς θέλεις πιστεῦσαι;

And having-had-been-manifested-upon the-one an-Ioudas it-had-said, Unto-lifing lest having-trusted-of, unto-en-deaded unto-whither thou-determine to-have-trusted-of?

ATo 170:5 ἀλλὰ μὴ φοβοῦ· φιλανθρωπεύεται εἰς σὲ Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστὸς διὰ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτοῦ χρηστότητα.

Other lest thou-should-fearee-unto; it-mankind-careth-of into to-thee, an-Iêsous the-one Anointed, through to-the-one to-much of-it to-an-affordness.

ATo 170:6 Ὁ δὲ Μισδαῖος οὐχ εὗρεν τὰ ὀστᾶ· κεκλόφει γὰρ αὐτὰ εἷς τῶν ἀδελφῶν καὶ εἰς τὰ τῆς δύσεως μετήνεγκε μέρη· λαβὼν δὲ κόνιν ὅθεν ἦν τὰ ὀστᾶ κείμενα τοῦ ἀποστόλου προσῆψε τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν·

The-one then-also a-Misdaios not it-had-found to-the-ones to-bones; it-had-come-to-have-stolen too-thus to-them, one of-the-ones of-brethrened, and into to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-sinking it-beared-with to-portioneednesses; having-had-taken then-also to-a-raising which-from it-was the-ones bones situating of-the-one of-a-setee-off it-fastened-toward unto-the-one unto-a-son of-it and it-had-said,

Note: to-a-raising : used to refer to dust.

ATo 170:7 Πιστεύω σοι Ἰησοῦ νῦν ὅτε με ἀφῆκεν ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἀεὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ταράττων ἵνα μὴ βλέψουσιν πρὸς τὸ νοερὸν φῶς σου.

I-trust-of unto-thee, Iêsous, now, which-also to-me it-sent-off, the-one-thither the-one ever-if to-the-ones to-mankinds stirring so lest they-might-view toward to-the-one to-en-mulled to-a-light of-thee.

ATo 170:8 Ὑγιάναντος δὲ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ συνήγετο μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑποκατακλινόμενος τῷ Σιφόρῳ· καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας παρεκάλει εὔξασθαι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἵνα ἐλέους τύχῃ παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.

Of-having-healthed then-also of-the-one of-a-son of-it unto-the-one unto-a-turn unto-the-one-this, it-was-being-led-together with of-the-ones of-remaindered of-brethrened, clining-down-under unto-the-one unto-a-Sifôr; and to-the-ones to-brethrened to-all it-was-calling-beside-unto to-have-goodly-held over of-it so to-a-besectionateedness it-might-have-had-actuanated beside of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

ATo 171:1 Ἐπληρώθησαν αἱ πράξεις Ἰούδα Θωμᾶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἃς ἔπραξεν εἰς τὴν Ἰνδῶν, πληρῶν τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν· ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.

They-were-en-filled the-ones practices of-an-Ioudas of-a-Tômas of-the-one of-a-setee-off to-which it-practiced into to-the-one of-Indians, en-filling to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-having-volleyed to-it; unto-which the-one a-reckonedness into to-the-ones to-ages of-the-ones of-ages. Amên.